xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Table of Contents
[Intro]
[Howto]
[Story]
-[CH1] Heroes Rise, Chapter 1 Story events
-[CH2] Nobunaga's Vision, Chapter 2 Story events
-[CH3] A Land United, Chapter 3 Story events
-[CH4W] Peace at Last, Chapter 4 Western Army Story events
-[CH4E] Peace at Last, Chapter 4 Eastern Army Story events
-[Gai] Gaiden: Secret History Story events
[Characters]
-[Main] Female Main Character
-[Yuki] Yukimura Sanada
-[Kei] Keiji Maeda
-[Nobu] Nobunaga Oda
-[Mits] Mitsuhide Akechi
-[Ken] Kenshin Uesugi
-[Oi] Oichi
-[Oku] Okuni
-[Kuno] Kunoichi
-[Mago] Magoichi Saika
-[Shin] Shingen Takeda
-[Date] Masamune Date
-[No] No
-[Hatt] Hanzo Hattori
-[Ran] Ranmaru Mori
-[Hide] Hideyoshi Hashiba
-[Ima] Yoshimoto Imagawa
-[Tada] Tadakatsu Honda
-[Ina] Ina
-[Iey] Ieyasu Tokugawa
-[Ish] Mitsunari Ishida
-[Naga] Nagamasa Azai
-[Sak] Sakon Shima
-[Shim] Yoshihiro Shimazu
-[Gin] Ginchiyo Tachibana
-[Kane] Kanetsugu Naoe
-[Nene] Nene
-[Kota] Kotaro Fuma
-[Tosh] Toshiie Maeda
-[Chos] Motochika Chosokabe
-[Gra] Gracia
-[Kats] Katsuie Shibata
-[Kiyo] Kiyomasa Kato
-[Kan] Kanbei Kuroda
-[Mun] Muneshige Tachibana
-[Kai] Kai
-[Uji] Ujiyasu Hojo
-[Take] Hanbei Takenaka
-[Mori] Motonari Mori
-[Aya] Aya
-[Fuku] Masanori Fukushima



*[Intro]*

Hello, and welcome to the Samurai Warriors Chronicles Event Script! First 
off, I really love this game. I've been a fan of Koei's Warriors series 
since Dynasty Warriors 2. Aside from all the action, the thing I really like 
about the Warriors series is their characters.

Which is why I decided to do this. I'm aware that not everyone will 
get/want to play this, so even if they like the characters, they won't be 
able to see them as they are in this game. However, this is NOT a full game 
script as there are tons more quotes/story within the battlefields, nor is 
it a FAQs of any sort. It is only an event script.

Originally it was supposed to be just the character specific events, but I 
decided to add in all the story events as well. So basically what I consider 
events are those moments when you see and hear the characters talk outside 
of a battle (which means I don't count the FMVs as Events, or at least 
Events that I'll be writing the script of). Oh yeah, just a quick heads up, 
this script was made using the female character, so there's definitely 
going to be some lines that address "her" as a "he" as well as some 
REALLY awkward scenes (like Kiyomasa's final).

Unfortunately, just reading a script can convey only so much, to really get 
the most out of the events you really have to be playing the game since then 
you'll be able to see and hear the characters speaking (ie Hanbei and 
Kai's events/lines really stick out because of their voices and 
expressions, and then there's all the laughs they all do that isn't in the 
text boxes) as well as the background music (with some of the most emotional 
pieces I've heard)

I warn you, the game itself has errors in its script, so if there are 
mistakes here, 50/50 those are mine, my mind tend to auto correct any 
problems in the game's script. Also, I may have missed a few 
lines/conversations because you need certain combinations to get to them 
(for example, Gracia's bear and clown event), or right after a choice split 
the texts in the next few lines are exactly the same and I may just hit the 
skip button and miss some actual differences in lines because of it. My
apologies in advance.
---

*[Howto]*

For every text box in the events. You'll see this:

-This means that there's no one talking, usually it's just for 
descriptions.
[Character name]: This means that a character is talking, saying this line.

--See these double lines?
--That means there's a choice to be made.

(See these double lines?)
Of course you do. Sometimes you'll see a star like this*

(That means there's a choice to be made.)
Sometimes at the end of these choice splits, you'll see a star*

**This means that the selected choices flow back together. Though some 
choices make no difference in the dialog whatsoever.

Sometimes one choice split will lead to another, then you'll see (Choice 1 
> Choice 3) for these instances.

*END* means the event has ended. 
*Forced to pick the other option* means you can pick this choice over and 
over and it'll keep looping until you choose the other choice.

===Battle=== For story events only, this is where the battle takes place.
=Story Event Name, location= Every event has a name, only some will be at 
certain locations. Non-Story Events names will be listed next to its number. 
Usually if you see a location name, the main character isn't in the event.

[Player] means that they are addressing you/your character directly. So 
every time you see that, mentally replace it with you/your character's 
name, don't forget that this was written with the Female main character 
though. If you see the name "Silvia" in here somewhere, that's my 
character's name, my apologies.

---
*[Credits]* 

A big thank you to Koei and Nintendo for this game, as well as all their 
fans for keeping the series going.
Thanks to the various members on the message board for helping me find some 
events.

---
*[Story]*
[CH1]
[CH1-1] 1546 - Siege of Kawagoe Castle
=Before Dawn, Kawagoe Castle Exterior=

-Ujiyasu Hojo, the fool of Sagami. Ujiyasu had succeeded his father as head 
of the Hojo clan. 
-Sensing an opportunity, Yoshimoto Imagawa invaded from the West as the 
Uesugi Clan invaded from the East. 
-The Uesugi, with an army of 80,000 culled from across Kanto, laid siege to 
Kawagoe Castle for six months.
-Ujiyasu and his army of 8,000 fought tirelessly against the Uesugi Coalition.
-Ujiyasu wanted peace with the Uesugi Coalition as a condition for the 
surrender of Kawagoe Castle, but was refused.

Ujiyasu: Those imbeciles had their way home open before them, and they threw 
it away.
-Sensing the vulnerability of the Hojo, the coalition attacked. Drunk on 
overconfidence, they assumed victory would be a formality.
Ujiyasu: None of them have any idea what I have in store for them, the fools.
Ujiyasu: A six month siege with 80,000 troops, and still victory eludes 
them. They should have left when they had the chance.
Ujiyasu: But the numbers don't matter. They can't count that high anyway.
Ujiyasu: What hardships they must have caused their people to call up a 
force of 80,000 troops.
Ujiyasu: I will not surrender Kanto to such fools.
Ujiyasu: Roar, my brave lions of Hojo! This farce ends tonight!
Ujiyasu: We attack under cover of darkness. Their pretenses to sovereignty 
end here.

===Battle===
=Ujiyasu's Lesson=

Ujiyasu: I've shown those fools their folly! Things should be a little more 
comfortable around here form now on.
-As a result of the Hojo clan's victory, the Uesugi clan's presence was 
expelled from Kanto.
-Meanwhile, the Imagawa, wary of the Hojo, entered into an alliance with the 
Takeda clan, ancient enemies of the Uesugi.
-Thus, the alliance between Kai, Sagame and Suruga was born.
Ujiyasu: You're strong. I'll give you that, young one.
Ujiyasu: But that alone won't help you survive this chaos, and even if you 
do, it's wouldn't be very interesting.
Ujiyasu: You need a purpose.
Ujiyasu: A reason to fight, a reason to survive.
--How do I know how to find my one purpose?
--I'm not sure I agree.

(How do I know how to find my one purpose?)
Ujiyasu: It's not something someone can teach you to do. You must discover 
it yourself.
Ujiyasu: Things we borrow from others often break just when we need them the 
most.*

(I'm not sure I agree).
Ujiyasu: You're an ambitious kid. I can see you want to do things your own 
way; not learn from anyone else.*

**Ujiyasu: You are quite strong, physically. But your soul is stronger still.
Ujiyasu: And remember, if you don't get caught up in the little things, you 
might just see the greater truth of the world.
-These words struck a chord in [Player]'s heart.
-Use your own eyes to see the world. Then one thing to cherish in the world, 
and protect it.
-Encouraged by Ujiyasu, [Player] left the Hojo Army, and strode out into the 
wide world. *END*

---
[CH1-2] 1555 - Conflict at Itsukushima
=Stormy Night, Mori Army Camp=

Takamoto: Father, you plan to leave for Itsukushima tonight? You plan to 
cross the straits in this storm?
Motonari: I'm going. I've waited patiently for this storm, after all.
Motonari: Our enemy number 30,000 and out allies less than 5,000.
Motonari: To neutralize their numerical advantage, we must force them to 
fight at Itsukushima, where the terrain works against them. But even that 
may not be enough.
Motonari: The enemy would never expect us to arrive during a storm. History 
shows that catching one's enemy by surprise is the key to victory.
Motonari: Even so, it will not be an easy victory. Shall we begin?

===Battle===
=The Hermit=

-After the battle, Motonori extended his influence into Chugoku.
-Yoshinaga Ouchi, Harutaka's successor as head of the Ouchi clan, was 
eliminated two years later, making Motonari ruler of Chugoku.
Motonari: Many minds, one heart... It is this thought that has given us 
strength.
Motonari: Each is a master of his own destiny, but we all work together to 
build a better land.
Motonari: That, to me, is ideal. This battle proved the strength of this 
philosophy.
Motonari: [Player], you heroism distinguishes you. Please accept my 
sincerest thanks.
Motonari: My dream of "Many minds, one heart"... to realize it, each 
person must have a clear vision of what they want.
Motonari: Do you have this vision?
--In a vague kind of way.
--Not yet.

(In a vague kind of way.)
Motonari: Excellent.*

(Not yet.)
Motonari: It's all right. You're still young. You'll find it as you walk 
the battlefield.*

**Motonari: You young people have such potential - it is up to you to expand 
the frontier of history.
-If the people have one mind... Motonari's words went back and forth 
through [Player]'s mind.
-If each man knows what he wants, and they all work together, then the land 
can be united.
-Motonari's teaching had shown [Player] the true purpose of this journey. 
[Player] left Chugoku behind.*END*

---
[CH1-3] 1557 - 3rd Battle of Kawanakajima
=Words to Live By, Uesugi Army Camp=

Aya: Our adversary Shingen is a brilliant strategist and a deadly tactician. 
That is how he came to be called the Tiger of Kai.
Aya: Kenshin, how do you fell facing such a general in battle?
Kenshin: The stars hold my fate.
Kenshin: My armor is on my chest. My deeds rest at my feet.
Kenshin: I face the enemy with open arms. I will suffer no wounds.
Kenshin: Fighting for death, one lives; in fighting to live, one must die.
Kenshin: If one leaves home and never thinks of returning, one will return. 
But expect to return, and the way will be closed.
Kenshin: Uncertainty may be the only way, but never the way of the warrior.
Kenshin: We must know perfect certainty.
Aya: What splendid clarity, Kenshin. You will bring peace to Shinano and to 
the world.

===Battle===
=Nemesis=

-The rivalry between Kenshin and Shingen was not to be settled there, and 
persisted through the next battle.
Aya: Kenshin, you seem in high spirits.
Kenshin: Sister. Today I found my nemesis.
Aya: So you've finally found him, your equal in all things martial.
Kenshin: My nemesis is Shingen Takeda, Sister.
Aya: No longer will you claim victory before you have a chance to 
demonstrate the full extent of your genius.
-Kenshin bowed deeply, turned on his heel, and vanished into the throng of 
soldier.
Aya: Ah, Kenshin. Where are you headed, Kenshin? You think of only one thing.

-Kenshin walked out of the crowd of soldiers toward [Player]
-He had taken note of [Player]'s fine work in the battle.
Kenshin: You are still refining your spirit. Vanquish wickedness, and spread 
righteousness. Dispel the eveil before you, and find the path.
-With that, Kenshin spun on his heel and headed deeper into the camp.
-[Player] ruminated on Kenshin's words, trying to discern their meaning.
-They were the works of a man who understood that [Player]'s mind was not 
yet made up; that an unwavering ambition had not yet been acquired.
-There was no need to panic. Encouraged by the words of the God of War, 
[Player] made for the next field of battle, in an attempt to find that 
path.*END*

---
[CH1-4] 1560 - Battle of Okehazama
=Taking a Stand, Kiyosu Castle Interior=

Nobunaga: What is a mere fifty years... in the infinite life of the universe?
-Nobunaga danced as Imagawa's 30,000 men pressed the attack.
Nobunaga: It is nothing more than a fleeting dream. There are none who 
escape the grasping hands of time.
-He appeared a man calmly awaiting his fate.
-A storm lashed the night with wind and rain. Eventually, Nobunaga's dance 
ended.

Nobunaga: Raise the war cry! Get your armor!
-With that, he suddenly bolted, a single horseman charging out into the 
field. Only five horsemen were ready to follow.

-His army finally caught up with him at Atsuta. Nobunaga stood before them 
and spoke, his voice stentorian.
Nobunaga: The time has come to divine our fate. Does the land desire that 
Nobunaga usher in a new age?
Nobunaga: If they attack, fight back. If they flee, chase them down. It 
matters not.
Nobunaga: I will bring this land to its knees with my might.

===Battle===
=Just the Beginning=

-Yoshimoto Imagawa, head of the Imagawa clan, perished in the battle. Many 
of the powerful clans allied with the Imagawa were also destroyed.
-Consequently, the Imagawa lost influence in the Totomi and Mikawa, allowing 
Ieyasu to stand alone and free.
Ieyasu: Thank you. I am pleased that the Imagawa have been defeated and our 
lands returned to us.
-Ieyasu bowed deeply before Nobunaga.
Nobunaga: Okehazama was just the beginning.
Nobunaga: I will put the nation to the sword and forge one new land.
-Nobunaga sealed a pact with Ieyasu, thus securing the safety of the East. 
He then turned to the West, toward Mino and Kyoto, to extend his reach.
-Through fighting alongside them, [Player] had grown close to Hideyoshi and 
the men of the Oda Army.

Hideyoshi: Hey! You're not half bad! That was some incredible work you did 
out there!
Hideyoshi: You must have made a lasting impression on Lord Nobunaga! Tell 
me, what did you think, fighting with us at Okehazama?
--Nobunaga has a vision of the future that must be realized.
--Your vision of the future is a fine one, Lord Hideyoshi.

(Nobunaga has a vision of the future that must be realized.)
Hideyoshi: Ah, you get it don't you? Right you are! Nobunaga is a great man!*

(Your vision of the future is a fine one, Lord Hideyoshi.)
Hideyoshi: I want to build a world of laughter and peace, soon.
Hideyoshi: But Lord Nobunaga is a great man; I'm nothing compared to him!*

**Hideyoshi: The path to the future is through Lord Nobunaga alone. Our 
victory in this battle was clear to me before we fought.
Hideyoshi: That's how we could fight such a desperate battle without fear! 
We fought as we always do!
Hideyoshi: On the other hand, that is what was truly frightening. Something 
terrible is in store.
Hideyoshi: I can't explain it, or even describe it. But I feel it. I know 
it without a doubt!
Hideyoshi: By the way, you are a well-traveled warrior... Do you have a 
vision of your own?
--I travel in search of it yet.
--I have a vision.

(I travel in search of it yet.)*
(I have a vision.)*
**Hideyoshi: Is that so? Well don't let me keep you from your quest!
Hideyoshi: Just imagine what we could do together! Just imagine.
Hideyoshi: We'll be praying for your safe return! If the fancy strikes you, 
the Oda clan will be waiting!
-[Player] was strongly drawn to the talents of Nobunaga, and to the 
personality of Hideyoshi.
-The burning ambition each man held, and the bonds that tied them together, 
also made [Player] realize that the journey's end was near.
-One day soon, that unbending ambition would be found, and [Player[ would be 
able to stand alongside these great men.
-With eyes fixed firmly on the horizon, [Player] went forth into the world 
once again.*END*

---
[CH1-5] 1561 - 4th Battle of Kawanakajima
=Woodpecker Strategy, Takeda Army Camp=

-The strategist Kansuke Yamamoto stood before Shingen Takeda and his 
generals, explaining his strategy as he pointed to a map.
Kansuke: We are here at Kaizu Castle, and Kenshin has made his camp on Mt. 
Saijo.
Kansuke: First, we must divide our allies into two forces, the main force 
hidden at Hachimanbara facing Mt. Saijo.
Kansuke: The second force will, under the cover of night, approach 
Kenshin's Mt. Saijo camp from the rear.
Kansuke: Kenshin's surprised army will decamp from Mt. Saijo and head 
toward Hachimanbara.
Kansuke: Then, the hidden force at Hachimanbara will attack! Kenshin's 
unsuspecting troops will be thrown into chaos, without a doubt.
Shingen: The woodpecker strategy. Well done. Have the troops eat at once - 
they must be off!

-The campfires of Kaizu Castle lit the night sky. The white shadow of a lone 
horseman watched from the Chikuma River.
-Throughout the night, the secondary unit made their way into position 
behind Mt. Saijo. Shingen's main force then took up their positions at 
Hachimanbara.

-The fog had not yet cleared at dawn. Before Shingen's camp at 
Hachimanbara, a white figure could be seen...

===Battle===
=Anticipation=

-Shingen lost many of his finest men in the battle, though eventually drove 
Kenshon from the field.
-The Uesugi suffered casualties as grievous as those suffered by the Takeda. 
The battle came to be known as the "Field of Blood".
Kenshin: One day we will match wits again, my nemesis.
Shingen: Will we, then? I for one have had enough.
-A victor had not yet been decided. The two rivals would have to wait until 
the next battle.

Shingen: Your efforts were nothing short of miraculous. I thank you. Now I 
can continue to see the path to sovereignty.
--The path to sovereignty?
--Why is it that you seek this path?

(The path to sovereignty?)*
(Why is it that you seek this path?)*
**-Shingen looked at [Player] with a puzzled expression.
Shingen: Do you know what sustains the world, keeps it turning?
Shingen: The people. And it is the people who die in battle.
Shingen: Thus, war cannot be waged for personal ends. One must fight for a 
vision.
Shingen: I seek the path to sovereignty to end this chaos for the people. 
That is why I lead my troops to battle. Indeed...
Shingen: Even the terrible Kenshin and Ujiyasu fight so ferociously for the 
people, not for themselves.
Shingen: So what do you think? Pretty Impressive, aren't we?
-For the people. [Player] was moved by these words.
-For the people. For a land in which everyone can be happy.
-They used different phrases, and went about things differently, but all of 
the great warriors of this age had the same desire.
-That is what gave them their strength. That is what gave them the power to 
move people's hearts. Finally, [Player] understood.
-[Player] headed towards the Hojo Army once more.
-Ujiyasu had made a lasting impression on [Player]. Now it was time to show 
him the ambition that burned in this breast.*END*

---
[CH1-6] 1562 - Kanto Campaign
=The North Wind Blows, Hojo Army Camp=

Ujiyasu: I told that warmonger that attacking Kanto in the winter would be 
hell.
-Ujiyasu spoke to the north wind. Though the Kanto winds were infamous, the 
winds buffeting Ujiyasu were unusually fierce.
Ujiyasu: I know he's sometimes called Bishamonten, or Protector of the 
North, but does he have to have an alter ego suited for winter?
Ujiyasu: He's with that creepy sister of his, with all her suspicious talk 
of "love" and "honor".
-The Hojo generals laughed at Ujiyasu's griping. Ujiyasu turned, and saw 
familiar faces.
Ujiyasu: Well, he's not doing it for selfish ends. His sense of duty is 
admirable.
Ujiyasu: I wouldn't mind if my sons took a leaf out of Kenshin's book.
-Ujiyasu's loyal troops were perfectly loyal, but it was the minor lords of 
the region who worried him.
-Caught as they were between the Uesugi and Hojo, they had to scheme and 
plot to survive, changing sides several times.
-The Uesugi soldiers were, in fact, headed for Kanto to aid rebellions by 
minor lords against the Hojo.
Ujiyasu:  I'll not give Kanto to that bloodthirsty fiend. I'll toss him 
and his creepy sister right onto their backsides!
-The Hojo generals responded enthusiastically to Ujiyasu's exclamation.

===Battle===
=Leaving Kanto=

-After the battle, Ujiyasu and [Player] celebrated their reunion, and 
toasted their glorious victory.
Ujiyasu: Thanks to you, we chased the God of War from Kanto. Thank you.
Ujiyasu: But this conflict isn't over yet. It'll come again.
Ujiyasu: This is your time now. We old-timers won't last much longer.
Ujiyasu: I'll look after Kanto; this is your chance to grow up.
Ujiyasu: See what you can do to end this chaos.
--Yes.
--That's impossible.

(Yes.)
Ujiyasu: You're certainly confident, my foolish friend? You're 
interesting, though.
Ujiyasu: It might just take a brash young fool like you to end this crazy 
era.*

(That's impossible.)
Ujiyasu: You have some growing up to do yet.
Ujiyasu: With a strong warrior such as yourself, when the bluster's 
removed, what's left?
Ujiyashi: Even when you think it's impossible, just say you can do it. 
You'll be surprised at how well things go for you.*

**Ujiyasu: Go out there and give ￾eem hell. I'll look out for you.
Ujiyasu: You're every bit Kenshin's match. Why not shake things up a bit?
-And with that, a friendly smile spread across Ujiyasu's scar-ridden face.
-For the people, this war must be ended. A new age must be opened, with 
these very hands.
-At last, [Player] had found true ambition, something to really fight for. 
Pushed gently by Ujiyasu, [Player] set off once more.
-To end this age of war. To walk the righteous path, under this mighty 
sky.*END*

---
[CH1-7] 1564 - Battle of Mt. Inaba Castle
=Taking the Castle, Mt. Inaba Castle Interior=

-Hanbei, Tatsuoki Saito's military strategist, had managed to fend off 
Nobunaga Oda's numerous attacks on Mino with a series of ingenious tactics.
Tatsuoki: Hmmph! Don't get too haughty. Remember Hanbei, this victory was 
all thanks to...
Tatsuoki: Hey! I am our lord! Keep still when facing me!
Hanbei: Uh, this? This is a warrior's stance.
Hanbei: A warrior must be ready to move with haste at any moment. That's 
why I am always moving like this.
Hanbei: I do not mean in any way to offend you Lord Tatsuoki. Please conintue.
Tatsuoki: Oh, really? Um, well I guess that's okay. Anyway, this victory 
was not due to you.
Tatsuoki: Mt. Inaba Castle is a fortress that even an army of 100,000 men 
could not topple. The Oda Army retreated in fear of this castle.
Tatsuoki: Hanbei, this world runs on numbers. Don't let your meagre talents 
go to your head. You're dismissed!

Hanbei: Wow. Got to hand it to Lord Tatsuoki. His insight is impressive. 
It's hard to believe he's not even twenty yet.
Hanbei: But for a teenager, he has no dreams. The world does not run on 
numbers. I'm going to have to teach him a few things.

-That evening, Hanbei's brother, who was being held hostage in Mt. Inaba 
Castle, fell ill.
-Hanbei went to visit his brother with one trunk and sixteen friends. They 
entered the castle unarmed.
-But the trunk did not contain gifts and medicine for his brother, it was 
full of weapons.
-With one trunk of weapons and sixteen compatriots, Hanbei seized Mt. Inaba 
Castle.

Hanbei: Say, your castle fell to a group of just sixteen men. I thought it 
was so strong that even 100,000 men couldn't topple it.
Tatsuoki: Why? Hanbei, why? Why are you doing this?
Hanbei: Why, Lord Tatsuoki? To show you that the world does not run on 
numbers, but on vision!
Hanbei: People who can only see the world as a collection of numbers can 
never rule. They can never win.
Messenger: I bring news. The Oda Army is fast approaching. Nobunaga himself 
is leading the campaign!
Hanbei: Did you hear that? The man who beat numbers with his vision at 
Okehazama has arrived. He has come to test that vision again.
Hanbei: I, for one, have wanted to see if that vision is really strong 
enough to bring an end to these turbulent times.

===Battle===
=Three Visits=

-After the battle, Hanbei Takenaka abandoned the Saito clan and took refuge 
with the Azai clan in the neighboring domain.
-[Player] joined Hanbei in seclusion deep in the mountains.
Hanbei: What's this? Hideyoshi is here again? How annoying. This is the 
third time already.
Hanbei: [Player], what should I do?
--He seems passionate. You should meet him.
--There's no need to meet with a monkey clad in gold.

(He seems passionate. You should meet him.)
Hanbei: If you say so. I suppose I'll bow to his persistence.*

(There's no need to meet with a monkey clad in gold.)
Hanbei: Whoa! Is that what he looks like? I think I want to meet this guy.*

**-Hideyoshi, who was led into Hanbei's room, dropped to his knees before 
him.
Hideyoshi: Hanbei, [Player], won't you lend your skills to the Oda?
Hideyoshi: For our country. To fulfill my dream. Please, I beseech you.
Hanbei: A dream, huh? Why do you fight, Hideyoshi?
Hideyoshi: I have but one reason for fighting. To create a world where 
everyone lives in happiness.
Hideyoshi: Those who suffer most in a war are the people.
Hideyoshi: I've worked my way up from the bottom. I know what I'm talking 
about.
Hideyoshi: I am not trying to fight a war like a game of chance.
Hideyoshi: I am fighting to save the people from the ravages of war.
Hideyoshi: And Nobunaga is the one who can unify this war-torn land. I beg 
of you, lend your skills to Lord Nobunaga.
Hanbei: Hmm. I see. A world where everyone lives in happiness. That is quite 
interesting.
Hanbei: But you know, I just can't stand Nobunaga. I think serving the Oda 
would be impossible.
Hideyoshi: C'mon, I'm begging you. [Player], help me out here!
--Nobunaga is a good man. And he is just.
--It would be interesting to work for Hideyoshi.

(Nobunaga is a good man. And he is just.)
Hanbei: If Nobunaga is such a good man, then why don't you go serve under 
him?
Hideyoshi: C'mon, I'm begging you. [Player], help me out here! *Forced to 
pick the other option*

(It would be interesting to work for Hideyoshi.)
Hanbei: Look, I hate Nobunaga, but I could probably work for Hideyoshi.
Hanbei: I don't care to see Nobunaga's world, but I would like to see 
Hideyoshi's.
Hideyoshi: You'll team up with me? Great! Just what I wanted!
Hideyoshi: [Player], you'll come serve the Oda, too, won't you?
--Yes, that is my intention.
--I didn't intend to.

(I didn't intend to.)
Hanbei: What? You can't just leave me holding the ball. No way.
Hideyoshi: Cut it out with the jokes. Let's try that again, shall we?
Hideyoshi: [Player], you'll come serve the Oda, too, won't you? *Forced to 
pick the other option*

(Yes, that is my intention.)
Hideyoshi: Really? Even better. If you come too, we'll be all the more 
powerful.
Hanbei: Okay, Hideyoshi. I'm counting on you to create a world where 
everyone is free to sleep all day.
Hideyoshi: No, no, no! Where everyone lives in happiness.
Hanbei: Alright then. I'm counting on you Hideyoshi!

-And so, Hanbei became Hideyoshi's strategist and [Player] came to serve 
the Oda.
-Eventually, Hanbei's handiwork allowed the Oda army to overthrow the 
powerful families of Mino.
-Eventually, Mt. Inaba Castle fell. The lord of the castle, Tatsuoki, fled. 
The entire domain of Mino came under the rule of Oda.
-[Player], and indeed the era itself, were about to open a new door of 
history.*END*


---
[CH2]
[CH2-1] 1570 - Retreat from Kanegasaki
=Trapped, Oda Army Camp=

-In the Oda Army camp at the siege of Asakura, a package arrived from Oichi, 
who had married into the Azai family.
Ieyasu: What's this? It looks like a parcel of beans tied at both ends?
Nobunaga: Nagamasa. He intends to resist.
Nobunaga: On your mounts! Everyone, make haste to Kyoto!
Ieyasu: What is happening?
Mitsuhide: Nagamasa Azai has betrayed us. That is what Oichi has tried to 
tell us with this package.
Mitsuhide: The parcel with both ends tied shut is us. If the Asakura and the 
Azai move in on us from both sides, we will be unable to move.
Hideyoshi: Then many will die in the retreating battle. So that is why Lord 
Nobunaga made a snap decision: to try and keep his losses down.
Hideyoshi: Even so, Nagamasa is a skilful fighter. No matter what, this 
field is still going to be the site of a hellish blood-bath.
Nobunaga: My vision shall remain strong in the face of death. Any who die 
here are of no value.
Nobunaga: We will welcome the hell we're in and come out alive. Therein 
lies the power of Nobunaga's army.

===Battle===
=Beyond the Valley of Death=

-Nobunaga fled to Kyoto.
Nobunaga: I see it all now.
-Nobunaga had crawled through the valley of death, and had survived. The 
sight of him staring at the heavens and laughing, seared itself in 
[Player]'s mind.
Nobunaga: Men with ambition move forward, and take history with them. You 
have proven you are capable of this much.
--Face Nobunaga and nod.
--Hang your head shyly.

(Face Nobunaga and nod.)
-[Player] looked over at Nobunaga and his general, Ieyasu, Hideyoshi and 
Mitsuhide.
-They were disheveled, exhausted and covered in blood and mud. But their 
eyes burned with determination.*

(Hang your head shyly.)
Nobunaga: Heh...
-Nobunaga's smile revealed a hint of satisfaction.*

**Nobunaga: Brave warriors, march! Let us enjoy the tumult together!
-Nobunaga's greatness of character overwhelmed and attracted [Player] in 
equal measure.
-An ambition great enough to end this age of war. Nobunaga might be the man 
to do this.
-[Player] came to a decision. It was time to follow in Nobunaga's 
footsteps, to fulfill that ambition and see what the future had to hold.
-Thus began the battle between Nobunaga and Nagamasa. Eventually, this would 
escalate into a full-scale siege...*END*

---
[CH2-2] 1570 - Battle of Anegawa
=The Idealistic Couple, Azai Army Camp=

Oichi: I have no regrets. I believe in you, Lord Nagamasa.
-It was night time in Nagamasa's camp. Fires were blazing as soldiers 
hustled about.
Nagamasa: I will side with Lord Asakura, and we will win this battle.
Nagamasa: Then my dear brother-in-law, Oichi, and I will create a world 
where everyone will live in harmony.
-Nagamasa did not seem to have any sadness in his heart.
-But Oichi knew this wasn't true.
-But when she saw Nagamasa smile, she felt as if she should follow his lead.
-Oichi smiled bravely. Nagamasa smiled back to soothe her.

-The next morning, the Azai-Asakura Army appeared suddenly at Anegawa. But 
this was something Nobunaga had anticipated.
-The Oda Army was ready and waiting in the thirteen-row formation. The 
battle was about to begin...

===Battle===
=Trust in One Another=

Mitsuhide: Why...?
Mitsuhide: Oda vs Asakura, it was clear which was stronger. All he had to do 
was serve the Oda. But he didn't.
Mitsuhide: Deas he regret his choice? I wonder. Does he ever have any 
uncertainty in his heart?
Hideyoshi: It's the ties that bind.
Hideyoshi: Nagamasa and Oichi, they trust each other. Arrgh! I can't take 
it anymore!
Mitsuhide: [Player], what do you think?
--Perhaps some bonds are more powerful than brute force.
--Bah! I can't take it anymore either.

(Perhaps some bonds are more powerful than brute force.)*
(Bah! I can't take it anymore either.)*

**Mitsuhide: Really? Are you sure?
-The battle against the Azai was one which shook the Oda retainers 
Hideyoshi, Mitsuhide and [Player] to ther very souls.
-Later, the Oda would cut the lines of communication between the Asakura and 
the Azai clans and bring retainers from both houses under their control.
-The Azai-Asakura alliance would then ally with the Saika and the Takeda 
clans. The alliance would encircle Nobunaga, putting pressure on the Oda clan.
-As this game of cat and mouse continued, Shingen Takeda, the Tiger of Kai, 
began making his way to Kyoto.*END*

---
[CH2-3] 1573 - Battle of Mikatagahara
=The Trap at Mikatagahara, Tokugawa clan Castle=

Ieyasu: If I can ambush Shingen from behind, we have a chance of winning! 
Now is the time to show the spirit of the men of Mikawa! Onward!

-Ieyasu besieged Hamamatsu Castle in an effort to attack the Takeda Army 
from the rear. Afterwards, he headed to Mikatagahara.
Tadakatsu: My lord. Wait! The enemy is the crafty Shingen. It is impossible 
to attack him from the rear.
-Ieyasu marched on, ignoring disagreement from some of his retainers. But...
-The Takeda Army was waiting at Mikatagahara. Shingen had anticipated 
Ieyasu's ambush.
Shingen: I knew you'd be coming, Ieyasu. Your inexperience is evident.
Shingen: All soldiers, fish scale formation! Divide the Tokugawa Army and 
crush them!
Ieyasu: I've got to hand it to Shingen. He was ready for us. He has more 
soldiers and better tactics. This could get ugly.
Tadakatsu: There is no room for wavering on the battlefield! Crane wing 
formation! Prepare to attack!
-In 1573, the 27,000-strong Takeda Army, in a fish scale formation, collided 
with the 11,000-strong Tokugawa Army in a crane wing formation.

===Battle===
=The Mighty Men of Mikawa=

-At Mikatagahara, looking across the battlefield after the battle, Shingen 
murmured.
Shingen: They didn't let themselves fall with the enemy at their backs. A 
Mikawa warrior's pride is a fearsome thing.
-The Tokugawa soldiers did not try to flee, but fought to protect Ieyasu. 
Their bodies lay facing the Takeda.
Sakon: It's proof of Ieyasu's leadership and the loyal retainers who 
believe in him. Perhaps that is something above and beyond tactics.
Shingen: The strength of the bonds between loyal comrades makes for 
unwavering courage.
Shingen: And it will lead to a new era.

-Hamamatsu Castle.
-Ieyasu, who somehow managed to escape the claws of Shingen, sauntered 
toward [Player].
Ieyasu: [Player], I must move on.
-Tears welled up in Ieyasu's eyes, but he remained poised.
Ieyasu: For the sake of my fallen retainers and to realize my vision.
Ieyasu: Come what may, I will never stop marching into the future.
-The exhausted Ieyasu walked to his sleeping quarters. [Player] watched him 
as he left.
-His steps were heavy and slow, but they had a strength and a gravitas about 
them.

-Having gained a clear path, the Takeda Army had moved on, resuming its 
march to Kyoto.
-Sakon and Yukimura, however, remained on the battlefield at Mikatagahara, 
staring towards Hamamatsu Castle.
Sakon: Ieyasu. How strong will that man get?
-[Player] later returned to the Oda forces.*END*

---
[CH2-4] 1575 - Battle of Nagashino
=A Colossus Falls, Takeda Army Camp=

-At Noda Castle in Mikawa, on the way to Kyosto, Shingen suddenly coughed up 
blood.
-The Takeda Army ceased its march to the capitol, and on the long road back 
to Kai, Shingen died. It was April of 1573

-Kenshin, who was eating, dropped his chopsticks when he heard the news.
Kenshin: My nemesis is gone. Will there be anyone as heroic as him again in 
this world?
Norimasa: But Shingen's death is a golden opportunity. Now is the time to 
attack the Takeda clan in Shinano.
-Kenshin shook his head slowly.
Kenshin: It would be meaningless to attack the Takeda clan now that my rival 
is dead. For now, we must mourn the loss of a good general.
-One of Nobunaga's major rivals had fallen. Nobunaga began his counterattack.

-In July 1573, a few short months after Shingen's death, the Asakura clan 
was decimated.
-Nagamasa: My brother-in-law, take good care of Oichi.
-In September of 1573, Odani Castle fell. Nagamasa Azai committed suicide 
and the Azai clan was no more.

=Tenka Fubu, Oda Army Camp=

-The Shitara Plains in Nagashino. The Oda Army camp. A line of generals 
stood before Nobunaga.
Nobunaga: I will not say anything about establishing my rule. However...
-Behind Nobunaga stretched anti-cavalry fences as far as the eye could see. 
There stood 3,000 riflemen awaiting orders.
Nobunaga: But it was the power of the sword that led to this strife.
Nobunaga: This turmoil was begotten by power and we shall end it wil an even 
greater show of power.
Nobunaga: I, Nobunaga Oda, hereby declare that I will show this land the 
power of military might. This is what the world desires. And what I desire.
Nobunaga: My task is to eliminate the Takeda clan and use my power to 
overcome Nagashino.
Nobunaga: Men, this is just the beginning. Torment, harass and to whatever 
it takes to stomp out the last of the Takeda clan.

===Battle===
=Moving Forward=

-[Player], Hideyoshi, and Mitsuhide. The three of them gazed out over the 
battlefield at Nagashino.
Mitsuhide: This was no one's victory. It was a loss for all warriors.
-The verteran soldiers of the Takeda had fallen before the rifles. They 
looked like pieces of broken pottery.
Mitsuhide: Today marks the day when it no longer matters who a man is. What 
counts is how many of them there are.
Hideyoshi: It makes me unhappy to hear you say that, Mitsuhide. It make me 
truly sad...
Mitsuhide: But we must soldier on. We must create a world without war.
Hideyoshi: If you can't handle it, you can take another path.
Mitsuhide: Move forward! That is what Lord Nobunaga said. I am just 
following Lord Nobunaga's path.
Hidyoshi: Move forward... Each man is surely to decide what forward means.
Mitsuhide: Hideyoshi, you do not have enough resolve. Resolve to follow Lord 
Nobunaga and open up a new era.
-Mitsuhide turned his back to [Player] and left. Hideyoshi sighed and spoke.
Hideyoshi: Do you know what I think, [Player]? Resolve is not blind faith.
Hideyoshi: You must keep your eyes wide open and take in your surroundings.
Hideyoshi: You must walk towards the future according to your own rules, 
even if you must go it alone. And until you reach your goal, you must go 
forth with courage.
Hideyoshi: If you act on blind faith, you lose sight of the important things 
around you.
Hideyoshi: [Player], what do you see?
-Before [Player] lay and endless expanse; the field of battle extended as 
for as the eye could see.
Nobunaga: Forward!
-Nobunaga's voice echoed throughout [Player]'s mind. To go forward, 
knowing everything that entailed, was not an easy thing.
-Gazing into the distance, beyond the battlefield, [Player] thought.
-The Battle of Nagashino ended with Bonunaga victorious. The Takeda Clan, 
the main rival that kept Nobunaga in check, had withered away.
-Katsuyori managed to return safely to Kai, and with the help of his 
strategist, Masanobu Kosaka, he did his best to hid the appearance of defeat.
-Later, Katsuyori tried to keep the Takeda clan alive with military 
victories, but he was not able to control the family conflict.
-Thus, the anti-Nobunaga forces were weakened in the east, giving Nobunaga 
the opening he needed to claim dominion over the land. Or so it seemed...*END*

---
[CH2-5] 1577 - Battle of Tetorigawa
=September Thirteenth, Uesugi Army Camp=

-September 13, 1577. Kenshin recited a poem under the light of the moon.
Kenshin: Frost covers the camp; the autumnal air is crisp. A flock of geese 
flies and the midnight moon shines brightly.
Kenshin: I saw Noto lying before the mountains of Echigo. My family worries, 
but not I.
-Two months had passed since the Noto Hatakeyama Clan had requested 
Nobunaga's assistance in fending off Kenshin's attack on Nanao Castle.
-By the time Nobunaga had dispatched Katsuie in September, Kenshin had 
already taken the castle.
Aya: Frost has fallen and the chill of autumn is in the air. A flock of 
geese flies in front of the moon.
Aya: Gazing at the mountains of Echigo behind the landscape of Noto, one's 
own homeland and the worries of the conquest seem forgettable.
Aya: It's an exquisite poem, Kenshin. Quite tranquil, too.
Aya: And you're telling me you are preparing to fight Nobunaga?
Kenshin: Without my rival, I have no more enemies. I already sense victory.
-Having overwhelmed Noto, Kenshin had moved south into Kaga to attack Matto 
Castle.

-It was September 23, and it was raining. The determined Oda Army had just 
forded the rain-swelled Tetorigawa river.
Kenshin: The bells of battle have rung out.
-Kenshin descended upon Katsuie's army. With his superior tactics, he 
cornered the Oda Army.

===Battle===
=Sudden Death=

Toshiie: Fine work! That's how the Shibata Army fights!
Katsuie: Thanks to you, we've escaped the jaws of the Dragon of Echigo.

-Katsuie managed to evade Kenshin's attack. The Oda Clan had no way to stop 
Kenshin.
-Kenshin had returned home to Mt. Kasuga Castle and was preparing for a 
grand expedition, when...
-He suddenly collapsed and died.
-The Uesugi family, which had not chosen a successor, erupted in dispute, 
and the threat to Nobunaga's eastern flank disappeared.
-After this, Nobunaga ordered Hideyoshi to subjugate the west. [Player] went 
with him.
-Nobunaga would continue to move forward. He would swallow up all in his 
path: those who would follow, and those who would dare resist.*END*

---
[CH2-6] 1579 - Battle of Kizugawa
=Father and Son, Mori Clan Castle=

Terumoto: I can't believe Lord Kenshin is gone. I ever expected this in a 
million years.
Motonari: Terumoto, you make the elderly work too hard. You even make me 
work too much, and I am supposed to be dead.
Motonari: Besides, Lord Kenshin drank too much. Terumoto, you must watch how 
much you drink.
Terumoto: My lord, now is not t eh time for babbling. The house of Uesugi is 
in turmoil over the succession, and cannot attack the Oda.
Motonari: The indecision within the Uesugi has led the Hojo to defect to the 
Oda and our eastern bulwark against the Oda is now essentially powerless.
Motonari: Now Nobunaga will make an all-out effort to quash us and the other 
families in the West.
Motonari: Still, Nobunaga is a remarkable tactician.
Motonari: he provokes Hisahide Matsunaga to rebel, then starts his conquest 
with the Matsunaga and ignores the Uesugi.
Motonari: Then he gets the Harima of Miki Castle to switch sides, and 
focuses on them, overlooking the Amago at Kozuki Castle.
Motonari: Then he makes Murashige Araki revolt and tries to seize Settsu, so 
that he can take a significant slice of territory while minimizing damage.
Motonari: Snap decisions and quick action. A true hero.
Terumoto: My lord, can you please save the lecture for later? What shall the 
Mori do?
Motonari: All we can do is pray that Lord Nobunaga dies. In the meantime, we 
must keep Osaka Bay under our control.
It is a vial supply line to Murashige Araki's Arioka and Miki Castles, the 
Saika Rebels in Kii and the peasant rebels in Settsu.
Motonari: In other words, we must not forget that Lord Nobunaga knows this, 
too.
Messenger: My lord! The Oda Army has reached Kizugawa, led by Yoshitake Kuki 
and Hideyoshi Hashiba!
Motonari: Well, it looks like we have no choice but to do this.

===Battle===
=Internal Conflict=

-After the battle, [Player], Mitsuhide Akechi, Hanbei Takenaka and Kanbei 
Kuroda were talking.
Kanbei: Now the Oda control the seas, and can move freely to attack Arioka, 
Miki, Tanba and the rest of Kinki.
Kanbei: [Player], you fought well. Nobunaga is pleased.
Hanbei: Kanbei seems to like you. You've got no ambition, but you fight 
bravely. The sort he likes.
-Kanbei stood still with no expression on his face. Hanbei glanced at Kanbei 
out of one eye.
Hanbei: This is just a hunch, but look at Lord Motonari's character, the 
option of leaving the western domain to him still remains.
Kanbei: What this land needs is the vision and strength of one powerful 
leader. Any other vision will just cause unrest and malevolence.
-Upon saying this, Kanbei glanced over at Mitsuhide. He seemed to be wary of 
him.
Hanbei: I guess that's true.
-Hanbei yawned and then replied.
Hanbei: But human ambition doesn't just arise of its own accord, does it?
Hanbei: Goals are born from interacting with someone else. Isn't that 
right, [Player], Mitsuhide?
Mitsuhide: Hm? Oh yes.
-Mitsuhide was either tired or held some reservation, for he responded 
distractedly.
Hanbei: And the stronger one's ties are to that person, the stronger that 
ambition becomes.
-Hanbei paused and smiled faintly before continuing to drive home his point.
Hanbei: Even if it happens that one comes to cross swords with that someone. 
Right?
-Hanbei's smile was fixed firmly in the forefront of [Player]'s mind.
-Shortly afterward, [Player] returned to Nobunaga's fold.
-Each warrior had their own desires, their own ambitions, but the land was 
slowly but surely being molded according to Nobunaga's vision.
-And therein pulsed the nascent heartbeat of a new age, just waiting to be 
born.*END*

---
[CH2-7] 1582 - Incident at Honnoji
=The Enemy is at Honnoji, Akechi Army Camp=

Mitsuhide: Now is the season / When the rain never ceases / Perhaps it is May.
-Mitsuhide, who was ordered to assist Hideyoshi in battling the Mori cland, 
had just left Kameyama Castle in Tanba with a 13,000-strong army.

Soldier1: Hey, aren't we going the wrong way? This is the way to Kyoto. 
We're heading south when we should be going west.
Soldier2: Maybe Lord Nobunaga gave Lord Mitsuhide a secret order to attack 
Ieyasu in Sakai?
-The Akechi Army did not go to Takamatsu Castle in Bitchu where Hideyoshi 
was. Instead it marched through the night towards Kyoto.

-On June 2, early in the morning, the army had just crossed the Katsura River.
Mitsuhide: Our enemy...
-Mitsuhide unsheathed his sword with resolve and raised it high in to the air.
Mitsuhide: Our enemy... is at Honnoji!

-The Akechi Army surged into Kyoto and completely surrounded Nobunaga. The 
only people at Honnoji were Nobunaga's small retinue.
Ranmaru: Mitsuhide Akechi as rebelled!
Nobunaga: It was inevitable. Let us enjoy this, Mitsuhide.

===Battle===
*END*

---
[CH3]
[CH3-1] 1582 - Battle of Yamazaki
=Nobunaga's Death, Hashiba Army Camp=

-Hideyoshi was still leading the campaign against the Mori clan when he 
received word of Nobunaga's death.
Hideyoshi: It can't be... How could Lord Nobunaga die?
-Kanbei Kuroda whispered in the ear of the dumbstruck Hideyoshi.
Kanbei: Looks like a turn of good luck.
Hideyoshi: Kanbei, how dare you?!
-Hideyoshi snapped and lunged at Kanbei.
-But his fists did not land upon Kanbei. Kanbei saw the fire of conviction 
burning in Hideyoshi's eyes.
Kanbei: To end these troublesome times, you will need a vision to lead the 
land.
Kanbei: Lord Hideyoshi, do not waste this chance. Now is the time to move.

=A New Direction, Hashiba Army Camp=

-Keeping secret the incident at Honnoji, Hideyoshi brokered a peace deal 
with the Mori. He ended the siege on Takamatsu Castle in Bitchu and rushed 
back to Kyoto.
Hideyoshi: About face! We must avenge the death of Lord Nobunaga!
-Hideyoshi's army rode through the night and managed to cover a great 
distance.
-Commoners sent by Mitsunari provided food during the day and stood along 
the road with torches at night.
Hideyoshi:  I've got to hand it to Mitsunari. He works fast. We couldn't 
have pulled this off without him.
Hideyoshi:  But his methods seem high-handed. I can only hope I don't anger 
him later on.
Kiyomasa: Someone like Mitsuhide who has dishonored the house of Oda, I 
mean, dishonored his own house, has no right to control the land.
-So mumbled Kiyomasa as he strode briskly beside Hideyoshi.
Hideyoshi: You're wrong, Kiyomasa. Mitsuhide has inherited the vision of 
Nobunaga.
Hideyoshi: As I have myself, of course. So, we cannot lose!
Hideyoshi: I will turn Lord Nobunaga's intentions into reality. By my own 
will and in my own way.
-Caught off guard by Hideyoshi's unexpectedly quick return, Mitsuhide was 
forced into battle without making sufficient preparations.
-It was June 1582. The 40,000-strong Hashiba Army clashed with the 16,000 
man Akechi Army at Yamazaki.

===Battle===
=Three Day Rule=

Mitsuhide: No matter what a man without emotion may say, his name will be 
forgotten when his body is no more.
-Mitsuhide lost his life in this battle. This period came to be known as 
Mitsuhide's three-day rule.
-Hideyoshi, the avenger of Nobunaga's death, rose to power after this 
battle. He was on the path to rule the entire land.

Hideyoshi: Lord Nobunaga, this monkey shall soldier on.
-Thus spoke Hideyoshi as he stared straight into the sky.
Hideyoshi: I will march forward on my own two feet into the future. Lord 
Nobunaga, your dream and my intent are one.
Hideyoshi: What are you going to do, [Player]
--I will follow you, Hideyoshi.
--I will not follow you, Hideyoshi

(I will not follow you, Hideyoshi.)
Hideyoshi: You know, I would really like you to come with me. The idea hit 
me when we first met at Okehazama.
Hideyoshi: You are a brave, battle-tested warrior. You've fought in many of 
the renowned battles of this war.
Hideyoshi: You've met many a man - Hojo, Mori, Uesugi, Takeda, Oda - in 
many a place.
Hideyoshi: You can use what you saw in those places to create a better 
future. I urge you to join me.
Hideyoshi: Move forward with me, [Player]. *Forced to pick the other option*

(I will follow you, Hideyoshi.)
Hideyoshi: Really? You're going to follow me? You're going to go forward 
with me?
Hideyoshi: Alright! With you on board, we'll have even more powerful. 
Together, we will fulfill the wishes of the people.
-[Player] and Hideyoshi defeated Mitsuhide, and opened the path for a new age.
-[Player] decided to walk that path, together with Hideyoshi, a true friend.
-Together, they swore that they would carry on Nobunaga's ambition, and 
also the ambition of Mitsuhide, until this age was at an end.*END*

---
[CH3-2] 1583 - Battle of Shizugatake
=Twin Threats, Omi Battlefield=

-In 1583, Hideyoshi confronted Katsuie at Omi. The two armies were in a 
standoff, unmoving.
-In April, the situation changed. Behind Hideyoshi, at Mino, Nobuatake Oda 
and Kazumasu Takigawa raised an army to join forces with Katsuie.
-Hideyoshi pulled troops from Ome to launch an assault. The forced led by </pre><pre id="faqspan-2">
Katsuie's nephew, Morimasa Sakuma, used this opportunity to charge forward.
-He captured and occupied Mt. Oiwa Garrison, forcing Hideyoshi's defensive 
units to retreat.
-Katsuie advised Morimasa to withdraw. Instead, Morimasa underestimated the 
distant Hideyoshi, and insisted upon attacking.
Oichi: The Monkey is coming.
Katsuie: That is what carrying on Nobunaga's vision means.
Katsuie: Morimasa's over extension of his forces will cost him. Even a 
thousand miles isn't too far if travel in a straight line.
Katsuie: Even after Honnoji, Hideyoshi was resolute. He has no reservations.
Oichi: But you do, don't you Katsuie? Like the fact that Toshiie is 
suffering.
Oichi: The Monkey is best of friends with Toshiie. But Katsuie, you are like 
a father to Toshiie.
Katsuie: Toshiie struggles because he an honest man.
Katsuie: But because he knows sadness, Toshiie must shoulder the burden of 
the new era.

-Katsuie and Oichi looked out into the distance, and just as katsuie had 
expected, Hideyoshi's army was galloping towards Shizugatake.
Masanori: You better be ready, Shibata!
-The fervent Masanori led the charge. Hideyoshi's proteges, including 
Kiyomasa and Mitsunari, were also present.
Kiyomasa: I was like a stray dog, but Lord Hideyoshi took me in and educated 
me, making me the man I am today.
Kiyomasa: The era of Lord Hideyoshi is before us! I will do anything for the 
house of my lord!
-Hideyoshi's army reached Shizugatake in a mere five hours. This would be 
known as the Great Mino Reversal.
-Morimasa had not anticipated this, the start of Hideyoshi's tremendous 
counterattack.

===Battle===
=Farewell at Fuchu=

-Katsuie Shibata and Oichi, who were defeated in the Battle of Shizugatake, 
retreated back to Kitansho Castle.
-On the return trip, they stopped at Fuchu Castle, Toshiie's home base.
-There, they came across [Player], who had come to talk to Toshiie as well.
Toshiie: But why, old man? Tell me why can't I go!
Katsuie: ...
Toshiie: Uncle, let me go with you. I beg you.
Katsuie: Toshiie...
Katsuie: A new era has already begun.
Toshiie: But why? Come what may, I told you that I would remain loyal to you.
Katsuie: I sacrificed myself for the era of Lord Nobunaga. But now...
Katsuie: Now I leave the new era to you.
Toshiie: My lord...
Katsuie: It's in your hands.
Toshiie: Katsuie!

-After returning home, Katsuie sent Toshiie's daughter back to Toshiie.
-Toshiie surrendered to Hideyoshi. Kitanosho Castle was besieged and fell 
three days later.
-Ambitions collide, and create history.
-Thus, the age moves forth.*END*

---
[CH3-3] 1584 - Battle of Komaki-Nagakute
=Ready to Go, Hashiba Army Camp=

-In March 1584, Ieyasu captured Mt. Komaki Castle. After that, the battle 
looked like it would last a long time.
-Hideyoshi and Ieyasu knew each other's strengths, and they kept close 
watch on each other. They each built earthen fortifications from which they 
stared at each other.
Kiyomasa: So, what do you think of the plan?
-Hideyoshi's generals Tsuneoki Ikeda and Nagayoshi Mori had decided to 
stage an attack to break the stalemate.
-The plan was to bypass the battlefield, raid Okazaki Castle to draw out the 
enemy, and attack them as soon as they made a move.
Masanori: This is big. This is a great plan. Even 20,000 of the best 
generals couldn't devise such a plan.
Kiyomasa: Idiot! You think it's that easy? We are fighting Ieyasu! He 
won't just let such a large army do as it pleases.
Masanori: Kiyomasa, you're overestimating Ieyasu. Whose side are you on 
anyway?
Mitsunari: This plan will definitely lead to some action on the field, at 
least.
Mitsunari: Ieyasu has teamed up with the Chosokabe and the Saika Rebels to 
put pressure on our rear flank.
Mitsunari: Our biggest problem would be for this war to drag on and leave us 
pinned down by Ieyasu.
Mitsunari: Even if you lose some men, I think it's worth trying this plan 
to lure Ieyasu out into the open.
Masanori: Now that's some cold-hearted talk. Who are you anyway, Kanbei?
-Mitsunari turned away, refusing to give Masanori the time of day. Masanori 
was about to grab hold of him, when a messenger.
Messenger: I bring news!
Kiyomasa: Here we go.
Mitsunari: About time.
Messenger: The diversion unit is in trouble. It was attacked en route. An 
order has been issued to send help immediately.
Mitsunari: Let's go! For unification under Lord Hideyoshi!
Kiyomasa: Let's go! To protect our house!
Masanori: Okay. Finally, some face-to-face combat. Let's get to it!

===Battle===
=A Victory of Sorts=

-The battle between Ieyasu and Hideyoshi eventually tapered off without a 
decisive result.
-Two years later Ieyasu and Hideyoshi reached a truce. After that, Ieyasu 
agreed to serve Hideyoshi, as they strove for peace.
Masanori: Yes! We beat the mighty Ieyasu! The land is almost all ours. Right?
Mitsunari: Indeed. Ieyasu yielded to Lord Hiseyoshi - to us. But he didn't 
give up any of his power to oppose Hideyoshi again in the future.
Kiyomasa: Now many feudal lords are likely to succumb to Lord Hideyoshi. 
They will bow down before his awesome power, but they'll do the same before 
Ieyasu.
Masanori: What's with you two? Standing there with somber faces. C'mon, 
[Player]! Let's get rowdy and make some noise!
-[Player] saw Mitsunari and Kiyomasa. Their eyes were gazing far off into 
the distance, beyond all this trouble and strife.*END*

---
[CH3-4] 1585 - Conquest of Shikoku
=Questioning the Sea, Hashiba Army Camp=

-After the Battle of Komaki-Nagakute, Hideyoshi attacked Kishu, a domain 
that threatened him from the rear.
Kanbei: What the world needs is the vision of a single strong leader. All 
other visions just cause unrest and hate.
-Outnumbered and overwhelmed by superior resources, the armed militia of 
Kishu was eliminated.
Mitsunari: Our superior resources will put an end to these tumultuous times. 
But will peace come to the land thereafter?

-Hideyoshi's army focused its next attack on another threat just beyond its 
control: Shikoku.
Mitsunari: Motochika Chosokabe, the man who rules Shikoku, will not be able 
to withstand our superior resources. It's simple logic.
Mitsunari: But why does he resist? It is futile.

-Across the sea, Motochika smiled as if he were replying to Mitsunari's 
query.
Motochika: Half-hearted action and compromise will not lead to a new era.
Motochika: Violent determination. That is the only way.

===Battle===
=Mitsunari's Torment=

Mitsunari: Motochika has surrendered to Hideyoshi. You're been very 
successful. Masanori is raving that this is a victory for the ties that bind.
-Mitsunari was speaking to [Player]. Leaving the short pause, he stared at 
his feet.
Mitsunari: But I don't understand what is meant by the ties that bind, or 
vision, and I don't know what to do.
-Looking out over the expansive battlefield, Mitsunari murmured.
Mitsunari: What if the world is nothing but the combination and 
confrontation of strong ambitions?
-Kanbei's words came back to Mitsunari.
Kanbei: What the world needs is the vision of a single strong leader. All 
other visions just cause unrest and hate.
Mitsunari: But won't that just this era of strife...?
-Mitsunari shook his head and closed his eyes.
Mitsunari: What should I do? If I am to carry on Lord Hideyoshi's vision 
and bring everlasting peace to the land...
Mitsunari: What is it that I do?
-[Player]'s mind did not have an answer to Mitsunar's question.
-An unending peace. A true end to this war. Beyond even Hideyoshi's time. 
To do that...
-Ambitions would collide, and the cycles repeat, but someone had to stop it. 
Someone had to have the unbending will to overcome all others.
-Mitsunari's question roamed the vastness of [Player]'s mind, looking for 
an answer.

-After the battle, [Player] was summoned to the yet-unfinished Osaka Castle.
Hideyoshi: Ah, [Player]. You've made it. Welcome to Osaka Castle.
Hideyoshi: To behold my territory is a tremendous feeling. This will be the 
greatest castle in the land, the greatest ever!
--No one will ever be able to take this castle.
--This castle could be taken easily.

(No one will ever be able to take this castle.)
Hideyoshi: Even the brave, battle-tested [Player] couldn't take it? I 
appreciate the compliment, but I think you're exaggerating.
Hideyoshi: I have already thought of several ways to take this castle.
Hideyoshi: For example, you could attack the castle, and then seek a peace 
deal, and make the enemy fill in the moat.
Hideyoshi: Even the strongest castle has its weaknesses. Everything is up to 
the people involved.*

(This castle could be taken easily.)
Hideyoshi: That sounds like the brave, battle-tested [Player] I know. You 
are bold indeed.
Hideyoshi: But if you knew I was the one protecting the castle, would you 
still attack? I am a formidable opponent you know.
Hideyoshi: Castles, or any thing for that matter, are put to use or quashed 
by the hands of men. Everything is up to the people involved.*

**Hideyoshi: But enough small talk. I have a favour to ask you.
Hideyoshi: You know Masayuki Sanada of Ueda Castle, right? Well, he's a 
no-good, two faced liar.
Hideyoshi: For a couple years now he's been bickering with the Hojo and the 
Tokugawa over land. Sooner or later there will be war.
Hideyoshi: Won't you ally with Ieyasu in that battle?
Hideyoshi: There are two objectives. First, I want to make peace with Lord 
Ieyasu.
Hideyoshi: You're a good friend and a brave warrior. If you  go, Ieyasu 
will surely see it as a sign of good will.
Hideyoshi: Second, I want you to go check on some people for me, some people 
we were just talking about.
Hideyoshi: There is Ieyasu, of course. And the other is... well, I don't 
have to tell you. You'll figure it out.
Hideyoshi: But, no rush. Do it at your leisure. You and I are equals in this 
venture. I can't boss you around.
Hideyoshi: But given your position, you're the most fit for the job.
-With Hideyoshi's words in mind, [Player] set off for Ueda.*END*

---
[CH3-5] 1585 - 1st Battle of Ueda Castle
===Battle===
=Evaluating Yukimura=

Ieyasu: [Player], how many times have you come to my aid?
-After the battle, Ieyasu was thanking [Player]. Tadakatsu and Hanzo stood 
behind him like two shadows.
Ieyasu: I've got to hand it to Lord Hideyoshi. He can read people. I never 
thought he would send you, [Player].
Ieyasu: You know, I can't simply refuse a peace offering from Hideyoshi. 
Especially since it's for the good of all the people in the land.
-Ieyasu's face softened as he spoke of the people. A pleasant expression 
spread across his countenance.
Ieyasu: That being said, Yukimura and Kanetsugu are both man of honor. They 
are fine generals.
Ieyasu: Yukimura Sanada, especially. His principles. His passionate spirit. 
They are truly admirable.
Ieyasu: I am sure Hideyoshi sent you here to check up on Yukimura.
Ieyasu: So, what did you think of him, [Player]?
--Some day he will be known as the greatest warrior in Japan.
--He is nothing more than useless young fool.

(Some day he will be known as the greatest warrior in Japan.)*
(He is nothing more than useless young fool.)*
**Ieyasu: I see. I shall take the words of a battle-tested warrior to heart.
Ieyasu: Do you know what I think? I would like to team up with warriors like 
that.
Ieyasu: I'd like to bring all of their visions together and put them to 
good use.
-Ieyasu looked up at the sky.
-It was as if he was staring into the future that Hideyoshi would create.
Tadakatsu: My lord, please move ahead.
-Thus spoke Tadakatsu who stood behind Ieyasu. He too was staring up at the 
sky.
-Not long after, Ieyasu would make peace with Hideyoshi. And this would pave 
the way to peace across the land.
-The Tokugawa and Sanada clans also made peace, and Tadakatsu's daughter 
Ina would marry Nobuyuki Sanada.
-The Uesugi and Sanada clans fell under the rule of Hideyoshi, and Yukimura 
Sanada would come to serve under Hideyoshi.
-And from the far reaches of Kyushu, the Otomo clan, which had come under 
pressure from the Shimazu clan, proposed that they be allowed to show 
allegiance to Hideyoshi.*END*

---
[CH3-6] 1587 - Conquest of Kyushu
=Kyushu Winds, Toyotomi Army Camp=

-Kiyomasa arrived first. It was 1587, the year Hideyoshi began a full attack 
on Kyushu. Sent as the vanguard, he was issuing orders.
Kiyomasa: Shimazu is the enemy. Don't drop your guard even for a moment. 
The house of Tachibana or even the house of Toyotomi could be destroyed.
Muneshige: Impossible.
-Muneshige Tachibana spoke plainly off to the side. He was the son of the 
head of the Otomo family retainer Shoun Takahashi.
Mitsunari: Kyushu is almost completely under Shimazu's rule, and his second 
son, Yoshihiro, is a brave general.
-Mitsunari had entered the conversation. He had been sent there in advance 
as part of the Toyotome Army.
Mitsunari: Your father, Shoun, died last year when he was defeated by 
Shimazu at Iwaya Castle. It could happen.
Mitsunari:In fact, even Hidehisa Sengoku and your lord, Yoshimune Otomo, who 
made it into Kyushu earlier than we did, suffered an overwhelming defeat.
Kiyomasa: It is also a fact that this battle is about Lord Hideyoshi's 
suppression of Kyushu. The Otomo are to serve him, you know.
Muneshige: What's your point?
-Muneshige smiled boldly.
Muneshige: One gust of wind can change everything, no matter what advantage 
you have.

===Battle===
=Muneshige and Kiyomasa=
-After the battle, [Player] celebrated the victory with Muneshige and his men.
-After the battle, all of Kyushu's lords, including Shimazu, had fallen 
under Hideyoshi's command.
-The Otomo were recognized as rulers of Bungo, and Muneshige was selected to 
be serve the Toyotomi directly.
-He was made lord of Chikugo and Yanagawa.
Kiyomasa: You've changed your house's fate.
Muneshige: Fate is easily changed by a person's will.
Muneshige: Does it frighten you to know that the house of Toyotomi's fate 
can be changed so easily?
-Kiyomasa clenched his fist as he stared forward.
Kiyomasa: Even so, my pat stays the same.
-Following the battle in Kyushu, Hideyoshi expanded his sphere of influence 
dramatically, and brought peace to the land.
-Under his leadership, the next generation of great leaders set off on their 
path, to carry on his dream.*END*

---
[CH3-7] 1590 - Assault on Oshi Castle
=At Oshi Castle, Toyotomi Army Camp=

-Mitsunari stood alone as he gazed upon Oshi Castle, surrounded by water.
Mitsunari: This battle is not only about defeating the Hojo. It is about 
showing off our immense resources and crushing the ambitions of any who 
oppose us.
-To that end, Hideyoshi commanded Mitsunari to attack Oshi Castle by water.
-Mitsunari was worried.

Mitsunari: The peasants we have pressed into service are loyal to the Hojo 
and their morale is low. Will there be any problems with the embankment we 
had them build?
Mitsunari: Also, I wonder if resources and numbers alone will really be 
enough to rule?
Mitsunari: The resources of this land we call Japan may one day reach their 
limits.
Mitsunari: If we attack the Hojo and take their land, there is nothing 
beyond that. When that happens, governing by force of numbers alone will fail.
-The lords gathered in Odawara came to Mitsunari's mind. Tokugawa, Uesugi, 
Date, Mori, Maeda, Tachibana...
Mitsunari: how could I do it? How could I bring them all together?
Kanetsugu: We need something grander.
-Mitsunari turned around in surprise to see a smiling Kanetsugu Naoe, chief 
advisor to the Uesugi.
Katnetsugu: Something grand enough to win over anyone and bring everything 
together.
-Mitsunari raised his eyebrows.
Mitsunari: If you have the answer, let it be known.
Yukimura: Perhaps righteousness is what you seek.
-Yukimura Sanada, later praised as Japan's greatest warrior, was also 
taking part in the assault on Oshi Castle.
Yukimura: It is the will to act in a righteousness manner, the will to carry 
this through, no matter the cost.
Mitsunari: You're too idealistic.
Kanetsugu: Maybe. However...
Kanetsugu: If we all believe in it and help each other, it may be enough to 
overcome even the greatest numbers.
Mitsunari: Hah.
-Mitsunari snorted, and looked up.
-"Daiichi, Daiman, Daikichi".
-What he saw were the words he had put up himself on his camp enclosure.
Mitsunari: "Daiichi, Daiman, Daikichi". If we work one for all and all for 
one, then the nation will come together.
Mitsunari: I suppose I could believe in it.

===Battle===
=To the Next Battle=

-Oshi Castle opened its gates and Kai and her followers surrendered. They 
then came under the command of Hideyoshi.
-The Hojo's main castle, Odawara Castle, also opened its gates, and the 
Hojo were no more. Knto then fell under Ieyasu's control.
-Thus, the land was united under Hideyoshi Toyotomi. The troubles the people 
faced were over, and peace came to the land.

Mitsunari: Peace for now, at least. But I suppose I should thank you. You 
played a large part in this battle.
-After his haughty words, Mitsunari suddenly looked at [Player] with a 
despondent look on his face.
Mitsunari: Forgive me. I was being arrogant. I shouldn't talk that way to 
someone who was a celebrated warrior before I was even born.
Mitsunari: It seems I have a habit of speaking out of the line. I make a lot 
of enemies this way.
--I guess we'll have to keep an eye on you.
--I will destroy you as punishment for your insult!

(I will destroy you as punishment for your insult!)
-[Player] glared bitterly at Mitsunari with hatred and left the camp. *END*

(I guess we'll have to keep an eye on you.)
-[Player] stained a smile at Mitsunari's straightforwardness and assured 
him that no offense had been taken.
Mitsunari: Thank you. I will continue as a before then. You are a good person.
Mitsunari: People like Sakon are always on me about every little thing. They 
treat me as if I'm a kid, just like Lady Nene does.
Mitsunari: Anyway, this battle has started to open my eyes. This is a battle 
we must take part in.
Mitsunari: We fight to help keep the nation that Lord Hideyoshi built from 
collapsing and to end mere rule by numbers.
Mitsunari: It will be a hard battle. Naturally, I cannot fight it alone. But 
I have my comrades. And we will win the day.
Mitsunari: And it would be, well, encouraging, if you could also fight 
alongside me.
Mitsunari: That's all I wanted to say! Farewell, [Player]. You are a brave 
and wise warrior!
-Through battle, Mitsunari spoke of his dreams of building a land united as 
one, a dream that could only be realized by ambition.

-Ambition. This word resonated within [Player]'s chest. Ambition was the 
only way to lasting peace.
-Mitsunari, Hideyoshi... They all had that same ambition to drive the land 
forward from this age of chaos.
-If ambition had the power to unite, as well as divide, then...
-[Player] felt that things were clear at last. The path to walk had been 
uncovered. *END*

---
[CH3-8] 1590 - Conquest of Odawara
=Kanto's Future Ruler, Toyotomi Army Camp=

Hideyoshi: Lord Ieyasu, pardon my rudeness, but would you mind accompanying 
me?
-It had been at least ten days since Hideyoshi led the lord from across 
Japan in beginning the siege of Odawara.
-Hideyoshi and Ieyasu climbed a hill from which Odawara Castle could be seen.
Hideyoshi: It's refreshing to climb to a high place like this to forget all 
the gloom of the siege.
-Hideyoshi looked down on Odaware Castle and laughed. Ieyasu sighed at the 
strong defensives in front of his eyes.
Ieyasu: However, it does live up to its name as a strong fortress. The cost 
of a full-on attack would be great.
Hideyoshi: There won't be any need. As long as reinforcements never show 
up, they will have nowhere to run.
Hideyoshi: They are just waiting to bring us down with them. It's ridiculous.
Hideyoshi: My castle in Osaka is built many times stronger than this one. 
But it all comes down to the people who have to protect it. No castle is 
impenetrable.
Ieyasu: How do you propose we take this one?
Hideyoshi: They have got to be shaking in their armor after seeing all of 
the powerful resources I've been flaunting.
Hideyoshi: We need to give them a reason to make them realize they are just 
going to lose anyway.
Hideyoshi: If we do that, they'll come out and then we can take care of 
them without any problems.
Hideyoshi: I'm thinking about going after their provisions. By the way, 
Lord Ieyasu.
Ieyashu: Yes?
-Ieyasu was taken aback when the conversation turned to him. Hideyoshi 
continued.
Hideyoshi: When this battle is over, would you take care of Kanto for me?
Ieyashi: Yes?
Hideyoshi: If the fighting ends, peace will come. And that means that all 
these men will be out of work.
Hideyoshi: So, I was thinking, with Osaka growing larger, I could give them 
work and support.
Hideyoshi: But it's hard to keep the spirits fired up when there's no 
competition.
Hideyoshi: So, Lord Ieyasu, what do you think about building a large city 
here in the east? One that will rival even Kyoto and Osaka.
-He had already started post-war planning before the battle had even ended.
-Ieyasu stood there, surprised, until Hideyoshi slapped him on the back and 
started to laugh.
Hideyoshi: Great! So you'll take me up on it then? I'm glad! Well, let's 
win this battle then, shall we?
-And with that, Hideyoshi's expression returned to that of a military 
commander as he went back down to camp.

===Battle===
=A Land United=

-After the battle, the Hojo clan faced its downfall. Fuma was nowhere to be 
found. Kai cam under Hideyoshi's command.
-The troubled times ended as the lands were united under Hideyoshi Toyotomi.
-Ieyasu talked face to face with [Player] inside the war-worn camp.
Ieyasu: Lord Hideyoshi, with his ambition and talent, has finally united the 
land.
--But... what if Hideyoshi were to pass away?
--Yes, he has.

(But... what if Hideyoshi were to pass away?)
-Ieyasu nodded gravely.
Ieyasu: After Lord Hideyoshi's death, new ambitions will arirse and 
collide, and the land will be in turmoil again.
Ieyasu: I want to be there to bring those ambitions together.
Ieyasu: I have had enough of the ambitions of such talented men clashing.
Ieyasu: I want to create a world where we can live and prosper together.
-Ieyasu's words resonated with [Player], and with the countless memories of 
war and of friends departed.

-People [Player] had met, the words they had spoken, the dreams they had 
shared.
-All were etched firmly in [Player]'s heart.
-Their ambitions had driven this land forward.
-If their ambitions could be directed not against one another, but forward, 
toward a common goal...
-Then there truly was a way out of this age of strife. Peace was possible. 
[Player] understood that now.

---
[CH4W]
[CH4-1W] 1600 - Battle of Fushimi Castle
=Cracks Appear=

-In 1598, eight years after Odawara's suppression, the great Hideyoshi's 
life was coming to an end.
-A bedridden Hideyoshi called Ieyasu and Mitsunari to his side. He wheezed 
heavily.
Hideyoshi: This new world... is up to you.

-The change yielded by Hideyoshi's death in the world was subtle.
-The country's second greatest power holder, Ieyasu, increased his influence.
-On the other hand, Mitsunari, one of the Toyotomi's five commissioners, 
kept Ieyasu's actions in check in order to protect the Toyotomi's land.
-Their conflict gradually surfaced and their influence on the country split 
it down the center.
-Then, one year after Hideyoshi's death...

-Toshiie, who had tried to quell the unrest in the country on his own, was 
on his deathbed.
Toshiie: Ieyasi, Mitsunari... Look after the world Hideyoshi and the old man 
built for us.
Toshiie: Help keep it alive.
Ieyasu: We will.
Mitsunari: We will protect the Toyotomi's order, no matter what.

-Hideyoshi and Toshiie's death created a crack in the young friendship of 
the two who had sworn to support the house of Toyotomi.
Kiyomasa: Ieyasu will surely strive for rule. And he is too strong. We stand 
no chance as we are now.
Kiyomasa: Even if we stand downwind of the Tokugawa temporarily, we can 
still rebuild our house if we pull together.
Kiyomasa: When will you understand, Mitsunari?
Mitsunari: There is no doubt that Ieyasu will try to crush the Toyotomi. The 
stronger his will is, the more ruthless he will be.
Mitsunari: If he plans on pushing ahead with the strength of numbers, then I 
plan on meeting him head on. We can win with the strength our unity as 
warriors gives us.

-Several days after Toshiie's death, an urgent message arrived for Ieyasu.
-A breach had occurred between Hideyoshi's proteges, as Kiyomasa and 
Masanori chose to oppose Mitsunari by serving Ieyasu.
Ieyasu: The establishment of a Toyotomi dynasty is not the same thing as 
carrying on Lord Hideyoshi's dying wish.
Ieyasu: Mitsunari does not understand that.
Tadakatsu: Then proceed forward, my lord.
Ieyasu: Yes. I will do so, and I will honor Lord Hideyoshi's ambition.
-The country was once again on the verge of great change, with Ieyasu and 
Hideyoshi's retainers at its center.


=Pie in the Sky, Western Army Camp=

-Mistunari's forces encircled Fushimi Castle where the Tokugawa's loyal 
servant, Mototada Torii, was confined.
-Mitsunari and Sakon gazed upon the scene together.
-Since Hideyoshi had united the country, Sakon had grown attracted to 
Mitsunari's ideas, and had become his strategist.
Mitsunari: Ieyasu is now moving to subjugate the Uesugi. While he is gone, 
we will seize Fushimi and take control of Kinai.
Mitsunari: After that, we will conquer Ise and Mino. Then we will execute a 
pincer attack against Ieyasu with the help of Kanetsugu and the others.
Sakon: That's quite the ambitious plan.
Mitsunari: Are you saying you think it won't work?
Sakon: You read me well.
Mitsunari: Well, it may not. But listen, Sakon.
Mitsunari: Whether it works or not, we have to win this. We have to protect 
the world the Toyotomi built for us.
Mitsunari: Please, Sakon. We need you strategic advice to win.
Sakon: Leave it to me. It may not seem like it, but I possess as much 
strategic knowledge as you, my lord.
Sakon: I'm no worthless freeloader, don't you worry!
Soldier: I have a message! Lord Yoshiro Shimazu wishes to join our forces.
Mitsunari: Wasn't Shimazu supposed to be with the Eastern Army?
Sakon: He would be a powerful ally, my lord. We should use every resource we 
can get.
Mitsunari: All right. We will accept Shimazu's forces.
Mitsunari: no more holding on to ideals. We will protect ourselves using any 
means necessary.

===Battle===
=The Righteous Path=

-The soldiers celebrated their victory. Beside Mitsunari and Sakon, was the 
figure of [Player]
Sakon: Fushimi Castle has finally fallen. Next is Ieyasu himself.
Mitsunari: Gather the soldiers.
-Mitsunari stood on a platform and gazed out over his victorious forces.
Mitsunari: My fellow comrades! We now move on to the final battle with Ieyasu.
Mitsunari: But before we do, I want you all to consider you motives.
Mitsunari: I want every single one of you to follow the path you truly wish 
to follow.
Mitsunari: You were born a warrior in this troubled world.
Mitsunari: But even so, I want this to be your own decision. If you are here 
of your own free will...
Mitsunari: Then we will move forward together.
Soldier1: Yes!
Soldier2: Yes!
Sakon: Quite an enthusiastic crowd, my lord.
Mitsunari: I have faith. I believe that righteousness does exist in this 
world.
Mitsunari: And my comrades who believe in it stand before me!
-Bound by their common ambition, they would build a new world. That one 
desire tied Mitsunari to [Player], and to their soldiers.
Mitsunari: We will move forward together.
-[Player] moved forward.
-They had but one aim: to build a brotherhood of man that was truly strong, 
that would bring true peace.
-To battle.*END*

---
[CH4-2W] 1600 - Battle of Sekigahara
=The Ultimate Battle, Sekigahara Battlefield=

-Early morning, September 15th, 1600. Sekigahara, in the land of Mino...
-Ieyasu's Eastern Army and Mitsunari's Western Army silently faced each 
other in the morning mist.

Sakon: We are nearly evenly matched in terms of numbers. The Mori and 
Hideaki Kobayakawa have large armies. Their allegiances will be key to this 
battle.
Sakon: Kanetsugu and the Uesusi forces are holding their ground in Aizu.
Sakon: Yukimura has the Tokugawa's reinforcements pinned down in Ueda. This 
should be all we have to worry about from the enemy.
Mitsunari: Sakon, I will not lose this battle.
Mitsunari: This battle is for Kanetsugu, Yukimura and everyone who fight for 
man and believes in me on this battlefield.
Mitsunari: Once the mist clears we will attack! Let everyone know.
Sakon: Yes, sir.
Mitsunari: Wait, there is one more thing. Tell them we move forward together 
towards a righteous future.
Sakon: They are already aware of that.

Ieyasu: Mori, Shimazu, Ukita and Konishi. I could not have imagined they 
would build such a force.
Tadakatsu: Then answer them back. Show Mitsunari and his warriors what you 
can do.
Ieyasu: Right.
Masanori: You want me as your advance guard, right, Ieyasu? I'm itching to 
get my hands on that blockhead.
Ieyasu: Take it slow. There are some in the enemy ranks who have agreed to 
effect to us.
Ieyasu: Kikkawa, Kitsuki and Wakisaka of the Mori, and Lord Hideyoshi's 
nephew Hideaki Kobayakawa, to name a few.
Masanori: What? How did you get so many?
Ieyasu: I have told you many times before. I will ead the country to peace 
by whatever means necessary.
Masanri: But. But then Mitsunari is...
Ieyasu: What are you hesitating for?
Ieyasu: You are fighting to protect the Toyotomi, right? You know that the 
only way to carry on Mitsunari's ideals is to kill Mitsunari.
Masanori: Yeah, that's right. I do! I'll fight no matter what!
Ieyasu: Well, the mist will clear soon. Let us see what Mitsunari has in 
store for us.

-Each warrior with his own desires, the future was about to be decided at 
Sekigahara...

===Battle===
=Separate Paths=

-The Battle of Sekigahara ended in a sweeping victory for the Eastern Army.
-It was unknown if Sakon Shima had survived or not. All other officers had 
scattered and fled.
-After narrowly escaping the grasp of the Tokugawa, [Player] searched for 
Mitsunari, who had already withdrawn from the battlefield.

Mitsunari: [Player]!
-Mitsunari was hiding in some bushes near Sekigahara.
Mitsunari: I am sorry. I know I bring shame on myself by doing this. But 
there's no use apologizing for it now.
Mitsunari: We must take separate paths.
-Mitsunari stared at [Player] with determination.
Mitsunari: Don't worry about me now. You go.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Mitsunari: Good. I believe in you.*

(No.)
Mitsunari: You fool. If we flee together, we will both be captured.*

**Mitsunari: Take the path of righteousness and honor, as we swore to do.
Mitsunari: I believe in you. Now go!
-Mitsunari and [Player] fled in separate directions.

-News of Mitsunari's capture reached [Player] just days after they last saw 
each other.
-The ties of friendship, unbending ambition...
-[Player]'s eyes burned with a quiet determination.*END*

---
[CH4-3W] 1600 - 2nd Battle of Ueda Castle
=Reasons, Ueda Castle Interior=

-Father and son, Masayuki and Yukimura Sanada, played Go in the Main Keep of 
Ueda Castle.
Yukimura: Lord Mitsunari and I made an oath. We sword to uphold honor and 
protect the world the Toyotomi built for us.
Masayuki: Your brother Nobuyuki and his wife Ina will join the Eastern Army. 
No matter which side wins, the Sanada family will live on.
Masayuki: Your brother will protect our home and you will protect honor. 
Both paths will bear fruit.
-The sound of stone game pieces striking the board echoed in the halls.
-The silence within the keep was in stark contrast to the roar of Hidetata 
Tokugawa's large army outside the castle walls.
-After traveling through the central mountain pass, Hidetada arrived at Ueda 
to join the decisive Battle of Sekigahara.
-Hidetada then tried to strike down the Sanada, confined in Ueda, who had 
sword their allegiance to the West.
Yukimura: Then why, father, did you join the Western Army?
Masayuki: Because I can't stand that fat tanuki.
-Masayuki set down his last stone and won the game. Yukimura tightened his 
expression and stood up.
Yukimura: Lord Mitsunari is fighting at Sekigahara. For his sake, we need to 
stop Hidetada.
Masayuki: Don't worry yourself, Yukimura. I'm not going to let that little 
boy kick me around.
Masayuki: Now then, let's give that big tanuki in Sekigahara a little 
fight, shall we?

===Battle===
=Miscalculation=

-The resistance of [Player] and the Sanada slowed Hidetada's advance.
Masayuki: That rascal, he's headed for Mino. But at least he won't make it 
to the battle in time.
Yukimura: This should make things a bit easier for Lord Mitsunari.
Yukimura: I wish I knew what was going on at Sekigahara. Would you scout 
things out for me?
Kunoichi: Understood! And if I get a chance at taking out that fat tanuki, 
I'll take it!
-Hidetada failed to make it in time for the decisive battle at Sekigahara.
-The time spent fighting the Sanada was part of the reason, but a bigger 
factor was that the Battle of Sekigahara finished too quickly.

Kunoichi: The Western Army have been defeated, and Lord Mitsunari was 
executed...
Yukimura: ...!
-It took several days after the battle in Ueda for the bad news to reach 
Yukimura.
-The land would be united through unbreakable bonds of friendship. The vow 
made with Mitsunari meant the world to [Player].
-The land would move on. But his dream would never die.
-[Player] knew now what had to be done. The dream they shared, from the 
bottom of their hearts, had to be realized.
-The decision had been made. Together, they would go forward, as far as it 
took.*END*

---
[CH4-4W] 1600 - Battle of Hasedo
=Forced to Retreat, Uesugi Army Camp=

Kanetsugu: It has been more than ten days since we began our siege of Hasedo 
Castle, and yet their troops' morale still does not fall. Remarkable.
Kagekatsu: But we must come out victorious.
Kanetsugu: Agreed! Relocating the Uesugi to Aizu was originally to restrain 
the ambitious Date and Mogami.
Kanetsugu: We shall strike those who have turned their backs on honor. Then 
we will march south!
Kanetsugu: We will attack Ieyasu from two sides along with our friend, 
Mitsunari. Love and honor must prevail!
Messenger: I have a message! Lord Mistunari's Western Army and Ieyasu's 
Eastern Army have clashed at Sekigahara.
Messenger: The Western Army has been defeated in a single day! It was 
appears that Lord Mitsunari has been executed!
Kanetsugu: What did you say?
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari. How could that be? How in heaven did this come to be?
Aya: Calm yourself! You are the only ones who can lead us on our path now.
Aya: It is your duty to Lord Mitsunari as a friend to move forward, is it not?
Kanetsugu: Yes.
Aya: I understand how you must feel. But time will not wait for us, Kanetsugu.
Aya: If you lose your composure, who will lead the Uesugi? Who will be there 
to lead the country?
Kanetsugu: Give the order to retreat, Kanetsugu.
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari. Forgive me. I must think about the soldiers and people 
of the Uesugi.
Kanetsugu: All troops, make preparations for retreat! We return to Yonezawa!

===Battle===
=For the Uesugi=

-Kanetsugu and [Player] shook off the tenacious Date and Mogami, and 
regrouped their forces at Yonezawa.
-They kept the enemy alert by faking to attack, then would run. Their 
magnificent use of Kenshin's famous strategy became renowned throughout the 
land.
-And so, one year after the Battle of Sekigahara, the orders for the house 
of Uesugi's demise were given.
-Kanetsugu accompanied his lord, Kagekatsu, to Fushimi Castle to apologize 
to Ieyasu. [Player] went with them.
Kanetsugu: Please, my lord. Uesugi will swear allegiance to you from here on 
after.
Ieyasu: There are many in my house that would have you struck down. They say 
that you were the one who cased all of the trouble by writing that letter.
Ieyasu: But I will forgive you. Support Uesugi with the same bravery you 
displayed at Aizu. Do it for our cause.
Kanetsugu: Thank you, my lord.
Ieyasu: I will spare the Uesugi, bit I will take Shonai and Aizu. As for 
territory, I will take only 300 thousand koku of land from Yonezawa.
Kagekatsu: My lord.
-Ieyasu began to leave the room and the two humbled warriors behind.
-But he stopped, turned to Kanetsugu and spoke.
Ieyasu: Mitsunari was magnificent. He fought until the end for you both.
Ieyasu: I understand your feelings, Kanetsugu.
Ieyasu: But now that you have pledged allegiance to the Tokugawa, you must 
live your lives in honor of Mitsunari.
Kanetsugu: Yes, my lord.
-The Battle of Sekigahara changed the fates of many warriors, including 
Kanetsugu and [Player].
-But some things did now change. Their dream to bring peace to the land.
-To unite the people under a common goal. That would never change.
-Now, [Player] truly understood the importance of following a dream, and the 
land that had to be created.
-To make that dream a reality, [Player] marched forth, steadfastly.*END*

---
[CH4-5W] 1600 - Conflict at Yanagawa
=Escape with the Enemy=

-September 15th, 1600. The Western and Eastern Armies clashed at Sekigahara. 
The Western Army was crushed the same day.
-The Western Army commander, Mitsunari Ishida, was executed at Rokujogawara.
-Muneshige Tachibana would hear of this news just after taking Otsu Castle 
in Omi.
Muneshige: It's too soon. But it's still not over yet. Let's head back to 
Osaka Castle where Terumoto is.
-Muneshige had failed to convince the Western Army's supreme commander, 
Terumoto, to rally, and so he decided to fall back.

-As he pulled back to his own territory in Yanagawa, Muneshige met with 
Yoshihiro Shimazu who was pulling back from Sekigahara.
-Yoshihiro's forces comprised no more than a hundred troops. Not only were 
they few in number but they were also wounded and exhausted.
Muneshige: Looks like you took quite a beating.
Yoshihiro: Our reinforcements were met by some force in Otsu and they were 
never able to make it to Sekigahara.
-Shimazu was an enemy to Muneshige's father, Shoun Takahashi.
Yoshihiro: You could strike me down now if you wanted to, boy.
Muneshige: That may be your way of doing things. But it isn't mine.
Muneshige: Let's go, Devil... We're going back to Kyushu alive.
-Muneshige helped his mortal enemy Yoshihiro escape from the clutches his 
pursuers as they made their way to Kyushu.

Yoshihiro: It looks like I owe you one now. Maybe this Devil could lend you 
a hand in Kyushu if you still feel like fighting.
Muneshige: I'd appreciate it.
Muneshige: Although Yanagawa will most like be like hell by the time we get 
back. I may need your strength right away.

===Battle===
=Each on a Separate Path=

-Muneshige and the other quickly surrendered after fighting off Kiyomasa 
Kato and Kanbei Kuroda's attack.
Muneshige: This is how it should be. I've lived my life the way I wanted.
Yoshihiro: Although it came at the cost of your family's honor.
Yoshihiro: Ieyasu was the great victor here. And you stood up to him. It's 
only natural you should lose something.
Muneshige: Becoming a ronin and seeing the country isn't so bad.
Muneshige: The Shimazu will survive too.
Muneshige: That desperate center breakthrough you pulled off at Sekigahara? 
You made quite a name for yourself with that.
Yoshihiro: That was just a gamble.
Yoshihiro: Either way, it looks as though things are settled now.
-Just as Yoshihiro predicted., the Tachibana were stripped of their rank.
-Rejecting the offers of employment from Kiyomasa and other lords, Muneshige 
chose to become a ronin.
-On the other hand, the Shimazu's display of combat skill at Sekigahara and 
sharp diplomatic tactics succeeded in guaranteeing them recognition.

-The Battle of Sekigahara changed the fates of many warriors, including 
Muneshige and [Player].
-But some things did not change. Their dream to bring peace to the land.
-To unite the people under a common goal. That would never change.
-Now, [Player] truly understood the importance of following a dream, and the 
land that had to be created.
-To make that dream a reality, [Player] marched forth, steadfastly.*END*

---
[CH4-6W] 1614 - Osaka Winter Campaign
=The Sanada Ward, Osaka Castle Interior=

-October, 1614, fourteen years after the Battle of Sekigahara.
-Hideyori, the son of Hideyoshi Toyotomi, issued a manifest to all ronin and 
daimyo indebted to the Toyotomi.
Soldier: I bring news! Yukimura Sanada has arrived.
Hideyori: Oh! I heard that you had been banished for holding up Hidetata 
after Sekigahara.
Yukimura: My lord, I have arrived from Mt. Kudo.
Hidetada: Yukimura, even though the warlords indebted to the Toyotomi all 
sided with Ieyasu, you came to me.
Hideyori: Ieyasu's intentions are now obvious. He is trying to destroy me 
for the sake of a stable shogunate.
Hideyori: It has been decided that we are to hole up in the impregnable 
Osaka Castle to await Ieyasu.
Yukimura: That should be our last resort. We should buy time by fighting in 
the field, and try and get as many daimyo as possible on our side.
Hideyori: I agree, but everyone insists we should hole up in the castle. My 
apologies. If only I had more power.
Yukimura: In that case, I would like to say just one thing.
Yukimura: Osaka Castle is indeed a might fortress; however, there is one 
weakness in the south tertiary ward.
Yukimura: With your permission I would like to fill the breach there by 
building a small fortress.
Hideyori: Very well. I know I can count on your bravery. Defend the Toyotomi 
until the end.
Yukimura: Your words are too much for a ronin such as myself. I am very 
grateful to you.
Yukimura: It is a great honor for me to have this opportunity. You do not 
need to worry.

-Without delay, Yukimura constructed a small fortress in the south tertiary 
ward of Osaka Castle.
-Yukimura and his Sanada troops occupied the small fortress dubbed the 
Sanada Ward.
-It was December, 1614. All of the Toyotomi`s soldiers had retreated to 
Osaka Caastle.
-Ieyasu and the heir to the shogunate, Hidetada, surrounded Osaka Castle 
with 200,000 troops.

===Battle===
=A Temporary Truce=

-Pushed back by the Toyotomi Army, the Tokugawa extended an offer of peace.
-Exhausted after repeated cannon attacks, the Toyotomi accepts the truce.
-When Yukimura heard of the truce, he did not lay down arms. Instead, he 
continued his training, silently.
Yukimura: Hip! Hip! Hurrah!
Yukimura: [Player], what's the matter?
--Why won't you lay down arms?
--Why won't you join in the victory celebrations?

(Why won't you join in the victory celebrations?)
Yukimura: We did not win this battle. This is simply a truce.
Yukimura: This is exactly what Lord Ieyasu planned.*

(Why won't you lay down arms?)
Yukimura: I don't think Lord Ieyasu will leave the Toyotomi alone. There 
will most certainly be another battle.
Yukimura: We must be prepared to go to battle at any time.*

**-Yukimura's expression was grim.
Yukimura: The situation has not changed. Lord Ieyasu will continue to attack 
until he wins, and destroys the Toyotomi.
Yukimura: This truce was probably planned from the start.
Yukimura: Our final battle is near. Be sure you are ready.
-This was all Yukimura said, then he went back to thrusting his spear.

---
[CH4-7W] 1615 - Osaka Summer Campaign
=Ieyasu's Head, Osaka Castle Exterior=

-March, 1615, the year after the winter campaign.
-Violence and arson by wandering samurai in and around Osaka led to the 
spread of an uneasy atmosphere.
-Hearing this, Ieyasu requested that the Toyotomi banish the ronin from 
Osaka Castle, and that the Toyotomi relocate to a different domain.
-The Toyotomi refused this demand, leading the relationship between them and 
the Tokugawa to fall apart once again.
-In June, the Tokugawa Army started out on its campaign to lay siege to 
Osaka Castle once again. They were 150,000 soldiers strong.
Kai: So that was his intention from the beginning.
Kunoichi: Oh well, I half expected as much. Lord Yukimura, what will we do?
Yukimura: Osaka Castle will not be of any more use. We barely have half the 
number of soldiers as the enemy.
Yukimura: So, the only thing we can do is attack the Tokugawwa Main Camp and 
take Lord Ieyasu's head.
Kunoichi: Lord Yukimura...

===Battle===
=Finest in the Land=

Yukimura: Lord Ieyasu, prepare yourself!
-Yukimura was about to finish the fallen Ieyasu, but just at that moment...
-One of Ieyasu's retainers rushed in front of Ieyasu, knocking down a 
banner, and restrained Yukimura.
-Seeing this chance, the Tokugawa soldiers rushed in to protect Ieyasu. 
Dozens of them surrounded and confronted Yukimura.
-Ieyasu unsteadily got to his feet, and upon seeing the fallen banner, he 
mumbled...
Ieyasu: Our banner has not been knocked down since that time at Mikawa by 
Lord Shingen.
Ieyasu: You have done the best we can. Tales of your fighting will be talked 
about by future generations.
Ieyasu: I will make you that promise. Your vision will be connected to the 
future through me.
-Yukimura smiled without any pretense.
Yukimura: I was not strong enough to beat you, but I have no regrets.
Yukimura: [Player], it is time to retreat.
--Yes.
--It's too soon to give up.

(It's too soon to give up.)
Yukimura: No. Under these circumstances, we cannot attack Lord Ieyasu.*

(Yes.)*

**Ieyasu: Everyone, the battle is over. Let Yukimura and the others retreat.
-Yukimura and [Player] bowed to Ieyasu, and left his main camp. Then they 
disappeared.
Ieyasu: He is nothing less than the greatest warrior in the land.

-It was late at night on May 7, 1615. Osaka Castle had fallen. Hideyori 
Toyotomi committed suicide.
-The land was unified under the rule of the Tokugawa Shogunate. The age of 
war was at an end.*END*

---
[CH4E]
[CH4-1E] 1600 - Battle of Fushimi Castle
=Cracks Appear=

-In 1598, eight years after Odawara's suppression, the great Hideyoshi's 
life was coming to an end.
-A bedridden Hideyoshi called Ieyasu and Mitsunari to his side. He wheezed 
heavily.
Hideyoshi: This new world... is up to you.

-The change yielded by Hideyoshi's death in the world was subtle.
-The country's second greatest power holder, Ieyasu, increased his influence.
-On the other hand, Mitsunari, one of the Toyotomi's five commissioners, 
kept Ieyasu's actions in check in order to protect the Toyotomi's land.
-Their conflict gradually surfaced and their influence on the country split 
it down the center.
-Then, one year after Hideyoshi's death...

-Toshiie, who had tried to quell the unrest in the country on his own, was 
on his deathbed.
Toshiie: Ieyasi, Mitsunari... Look after the world Hideyoshi and the old man 
built for us.
Toshiie: Help keep it alive.
Ieyasu: We will.
Mitsunari: We will protect the Toyotomi's order, no matter what.

-Hideyoshi and Toshiie's death created a crack in the young friendship of 
the two who had sworn to support the house of Toyotomi.
Kiyomasa: Ieyasu will surely strive for rule. And he is too strong. We stand 
no chance as we are now.
Kiyomasa: Even if we stand downwind of the Tokugawa temporarily, we can 
still rebuild our house if we pull together.
Kiyomasa: When will you understand, Mitsunari?
Mitsunari: There is no doubt that Ieyasu will try to crush the Toyotomi. The 
stronger his will is, the more ruthless he will be.
Mitsunari: If he plans on pushing ahead with the strength of numbers, then I 
plan on meeting him head on. We can win with the strength our unity as 
warriors gives us.

-Several days after Toshiie's death, an urgent message arrived for Ieyasu.
-A breach had occurred between Hideyoshi's proteges, as Kiyomasa and 
Masanori chose to oppose Mitsunari by serving Ieyasu.
Ieyasu: The establishment of a Toyotomi dynasty is not the same thing as 
carrying on Lord Hideyoshi's dying wish.
Ieyasu: Mitsunari does not understand that.
Tadakatsu: Then proceed forward, my lord.
Ieyasu: Yes. I will do so, and I will honor Lord Hideyoshi's ambition.
-The country was once again on the verge of great change, with Ieyasu and 
Hideyoshi's retainers at its center.

=The Loyal Retainer, Fushimi Castle Interior=

-Fushimi Castle's defensive general, Mototada Torii, faced Mitsunari's 
large army.
-Mitsunari's forces numbered in the tens of thousands. The forces inside 
the castle were less than two thousand.
-Mototada closed his eye and remembered the conversation he had with Ieyasu 
just days before.

Ieyasu: I am leave for Aizu, Mototada. Can I trust you with Fushimi?
Mototada: Yes, sir. I will pray for safety for your jouney.
Ieyasu: Mitsunari will most likely make his move while I am gone. If he 
does, Fushimi will be his first target.
Ieyasu: It will be the prologue to the deciding battle. In other words, he 
will not leave any soldiers alive.
Mototada: I understand what we are up against.
Mototada: Ever since you were taken prisoner by the Imagawa all those years 
ago, it has been an honor to serve you.
Ieyasu: Mototada. Forgive me!
Mototada: My lord, affect seems to linger within you. Thos in power are 
supposed to order their subordinates to die.
Mototada: I will take as many of Mitsunari's men down with me as long as it 
brings peace.
Ieyasu: Mototada!
Mototada: Farewell, my lord.

Mototada: ...
Soldier: Lord Mototada! Yoshihiro Shimazu's forces are requesting entrance 
into the castle.
Mototada: I don't know what you are talking about. We need no 
reinforcements! It will give the enemy an opening! Get rid of them!
Mototada: My lord. I will die fighting as an honourable Mikawa warrior!
-Fushimi Castle was surrounded by Mitsunari's forces.

-Under Ieyasu's orders, Tadakatsu hurried toward Fushimi to save Mototada.
Tadakatsu: I hear that the Shimazu have now defected to Mitsunari.
Tadakatsu: Mototada's life is already hanging in the balance. I will not 
let him throw his life away! Even for our lord!

===Battle===
=For the People=

-After the battle, Tadakatsu spoke to [Player].
Tadakatsu: Mitsunari's intentions are now clear. Our next clash will decide 
everything.
Masanori: Against Mitsunari? I can't believe it.</pre><pre id="faqspan-3">
Masanori: Hey, [Player]. What will you do?
--Fight.
--This is too hard.

(This is too hard.)
Masanori: I know! Run, right? This next battle is the real thing! There's 
going to be a real slaughter!
Masanori: But I can't bring myself to run away. Nothing good would come of 
it!*

(Fight.)
Masanori: I can't wait to throttle that big-headed fool. But you know, we 
used to always be together.
Masanori: How could I expect you to understand how I feel?
Tadakatsu: Then why not flee?*

**Tadakatsu: I don't want to make the people have to experience the pain 
and sadness of slaying friends again.
Tadakatsu: Our lord is fighting for that with his whole heart and soul.
Tadakatsu: If you truly wish to realize Lord Hideyoshi's ambition, then you 
might fight for it, with your own hands.
Tadakatsu: You must build the land you want, the land everyone wants.
-[Player]'s hands quietly gripped their weapon.

-The endless cycle of conflicting desires. The cruel fate that befell all 
those of this age.
-It was time to rage against these. It was time to win.
-And it was time to build a future which everyone desired - a land of peace, 
with these two hands.
-[Player] stepped forward.
-To battle.*END*

---
[CH4-2E] 1600 - Battle of Sekigahara
=The Ultimate Battle, Sekigahara Battlefield=

-Early morning, September 15th, 1600. Sekigahara, in the land of Mino...
-Ieyasu's Eastern Army and Mitsunari's Western Army silently faced each 
other in the morning mist.

Sakon: We are nearly evenly matched in terms of numbers. The Mori and 
Hideaki Kobayakawa have large armies. Their allegiances will be key to this 
battle.
Sakon: Kanetsugu and the Uesusi forces are holding their ground in Aizu.
Sakon: Yukimura has the Tokugawa's reinforcements pinned down in Ueda. This 
should be all we have to worry about from the enemy.
Mitsunari: Sakon, I will not lose this battle.
Mitsunari: This battle is for Kanetsugu, Yukimura and everyone who fight for 
man and believes in me on this battlefield.
Mitsunari: Once the mist clears we will attack! Let everyone know.
Sakon: Yes, sir.
Mitsunari: Wait, there is one more thing. Tell them we move forward together 
towards a righteous future.
Sakon: They are already aware of that.

Ieyasu: Mori, Shimazu, Ukita and Konishi. I could not have imagined they 
would build such a force.
Tadakatsu: Then answer them back. Show Mitsunari and his warriors what you 
can do.
Ieyasu: Right.
Masanori: You want me as your advance guard, right, Ieyasu? I'm itching to 
get my hands on that blockhead.
Ieyasu: Take it slow. There are some in the enemy ranks who have agreed to 
effect to us.
Ieyasu: Kikkawa, Kitsuki and Wakisaka of the Mori, and Lord Hideyoshi's 
nephew Hideaki Kobayakawa, to name a few.
Masanori: What? How did you get so many?
Ieyasu: I have told you many times before. I will ead the country to peace 
by whatever means necessary.
Masanri: But. But then Mitsunari is...
Ieyasu: What are you hesitating for?
Ieyasu: You are fighting to protect the Toyotomi, right? You know that the 
only way to carry on Mitsunari's ideals is to kill Mitsunari.
Masanori: Yeah, that's right. I do! I'll fight no matter what!
Ieyasu: Well, the mist will clear soon. Let us see what Mitsunari has in 
store for us.

-Each warrior with his own desires, the future was about to be decided at 
Sekigahara...

===Battle===
=After the War=

-The Battle of Sekigahara ended in a sweeping victory for the Eastern Army.
-After the battle, Ieyasu and [Player] gazed down at the empty battlefield.
Ieyasu: Mitsunari, Sakon, Yoshihirio - I have heard no news of the famous 
Western Army generals.
--We must hurry and capture them.
--Maybe they should be forgiven.

(We must hurry and capture them.)
Ieyasu: There is no need to be hasty. The battle has been won.
Ieyasu: They will not be able to flee forever.*

(Maybe they should be forgiven.)
Ieyasu: I understand how you feel. Even though they were our enemy, I have 
to admit they fought magnificently.
Ieyasu: pointed towards the now silent Sekigahara.*


**Ieyasu: this battlefield was lit up by the ambitions of many...
Ieyasu: It was so bright...
Ieyasu: We must move on.
Ieyasu: The light of their desires will guide our path forward.
Ieyasu: And they fill find release, at last under a peaceful sky.
-[Player] nodded.

-Far in the distance, beyond the field of battle, shone a single ray of 
light.*END*

---
[CH4-3E] 1600 - 2nd Battle of Ueda Castle
=Lady of the Sanada, Ueda Castle Exterior=

-Early September, 1600.
-Hidetada Tokugawa led his army of roughly forty-thousand troops through the 
central mountain pass towards Sekigahara in Mino.
-Along the way, Ueda Castle in Shinano took a stance of resistance towards 
Hidetada.
Hidetada: So, Masayuki and Yukimura Sanada, you've decided to oppose me 
until the end. Then prepare to be crushed!
-The enemy's forces were small. Hidetada, certain of victory, commanded the 
attack on Ueda Castle.
-Ina felt strange as she looked upon Ueda Castle and the army that 
surrounded it.
Ina: Father-in-law, Yukimura... So you choose to follow you warrior spirit 
to the end.
Ina: Then as wife of Nobuyuki Sanada, I will do the same and fight!

===Battle===
=Not in Time=

-Thanks to [Player] and the other, Hidetada was able to shake off the 
Sanada's pursuit.
Hidetada: I didn't think that Sanada would give us this much trouble. Now 
we won't make it in time for the battle!
Hidetada: [Player], without your help, we may have suffered defeat here today.
Hidetada: We must hurry to where father is in Sekigahara! Come! We must be 
off!
Ina: My father-in-law and Yukimura appear to be unharmed, but for how long...?
Ina: No, I mustn't let my thoughts wander before such an important battle!
Ina: My lord! Yukimura! Watch me as I go! I will prove my determination at 
Sekigahara!
-Hidetada failed to make it in time for the decisive battle at Sekigahara.
-The time spent fighting the Sanada was part of the reason, but a bigger 
factor was that the Battle of Sekigahara finished too quickly.
-September 15th, 1600. The Western and Eastern Armies clashed at Sekigahara. 
The Western Army was crushed the same day.
-The Western Army commander, Mitsunari Ishida, was executed at Rokujogawara.

-Some men fought for their dreams, and found comradeship. Others fought for 
their dreams, and met only death.
-With the dreams of the departed and the souls of dear friends for company, 
[Player] walked forward once again.
-[Player]'s eyes were fixed far ahead, to the horizon, to a land of peace 
that had to come.*END*

[CH4-4E] 1600 - Battle of Hasedo
=Another Sekigahara, Date Army Camp=

Masamune: Kanetsugu... He waved the flag of honor over his head, and spoke 
of me as a wild dog, interested only in my own survival.
Magoichi: That was to rebuke you.
Magoichi: No doubt he couldn't stand watching you, a man who had killed his 
own father, become so obsessed with ruling the land.
Masamune: Hah.
-Masamune and Kanetsugu...
-Those who had fought side-by-side for Hideyoshi were now about to face each 
other with swords raised.
Masamune: Magoichi, I fought as hard as I could under Hideyoshi.
Masamune: But now it is Ieyasu's time. The country is entering a place I 
cannot follow.
Masamune: I have yet to accomplish anything.
Magoichi: You've rebelled, fought and have been wounded. And now, what are 
you saying, you're too old for all this?
Masamune: Ha! Don't be ridiculous! If I can't seize this land, then I'll 
make it my own!
Magoichi: Hm?
Masamune: Ieyasu can have his land.
Masamune: However, the people need me to prevent war from ever happening 
again and to live prosperous lives.
Masamune: They need me to help build that world!
Magoichi: I wouldn't expect any less from you, Masamune!
Magoichi: I have wandered around aimlessly up until now.
Magoichi: Now I want to be there beside you when you build our world!
Masamune: Do as you like!
Messenger: I come with a report! Lord Ieyasu's Eastern Army clashed with 
Lord Mitsunari's Western Army at Sekigahara!
Messenger: The Eastern Army was victorious in one day! The Western Army's 
commander mitsunari has been executed.
Masamune: So Ieyasu won.
Magoichi: Ieyasu has taken Sekigahara. Now what about this battle?
Masamune: Fool! The Eastern Army's victory is assured here on Hasedo as well!
Masamune: It pains me, but Kanetsugu must also share Mitsunari's fate!

===Battle===
=For the Future of Japan=

-Masamune was carrying out executions after the battle. Kanetsugu was 
brought before him.
Kanetsugu: I showed the world my honor. I have no regrets.
Kanetsugu: Strike, Masamune.
Masamune: Well said, Kanetsugu. Prepare yourself!
--Wait!
--Let me do it!

(Wait!)
Masamune: There will be no waiting! Kanetsuge must prepare himself now.
Masamune: He and I have some important business to undertake together.
Kanetsugu: Masamune, what are you talking about?*

(Let me do it!)
Masamune: You fool! Did you really believe I was going to go through with it?*

**Masamune: I will be the one who give this world its substance. I will 
build Japan's future.
Masamune: To do that, I need your help, Kanetsugu.
Masamune: You boldly challenge the enemy with the naive slogans of love and 
honor. You were foolishly determined.
Kanetsugu: Masamune.
Masamune: Don't worry. Ieyasu isn't stupid enough to kill off someone as 
capable as you.
-Masamune was right. Ieyasu had forgiven Kanetsugu.
-Ieyasu realized that if he killed Kanetsugu, it might put the other lords 
on guard and they would confine themselves in their own lands.
-Although the house of Uesugi had faced wide scale punishment, Kagekatsu and 
Kanetsugu's apology prolonged their lives.
-Following this, Kanetsugu would devote himself to Ieyasu, enemy of his 
great friend Mitsunari.

-Some men fought for their dreams, and found comradeship. Other fought for 
their dreams, and met only death.
-With the dreams of the departed and the souls of dear friends for company, 
[Player] walked forward once again.
-[Player]'s eyes were fixed far ahead, to the horizon, to a land of peace 
that had to come.*END*

---
[CH4-5E] 1600 - Conflict at Yanagawa
=Sparks in Kyushu, Eastern Army Camp=

Kanbei: Good to see the reinforcement are here from Higo.
Kiyomasa: They aren't here for you.
-After the conquest of Kyushu, Kiyomasa Kato became Lord of Higo.
Kiyomasa: Just then I thought you had retired in Buzen, you gather ronin and 
strike against Otomo. You are much too crafty.
-After the conquest of Kyushu, Kanber became Lord of Buzen. Afterwards, he 
had left his son in charge and retired.
Kanbei: You misunderstand. I am only trying to strike down those who 
threaten this land.
Kanbei: Normally, I would just mind my own business. However, the world has 
started to fall back into turmoil.
Kanbei: If it is peace that you seek, then lending your strength to Ieyasu 
is quickest way to find it.
Kanbei: That is why I attack Otomo of the Western Army at the Ishigaki 
Plains. That's all there is to it.
Kiyomasa: I'm not so sure I agree. Even if Ieyasu does win, if he cannot 
fix things right away, the world will just return to turmoil.
Kiyomasa: Maybe you were just trying to put out the fire that Ieyasu 
represented?
Kiyomasa: Maybe you just wanted to claim Kyushu for yourself and then make 
us your subordinates, including your son.
Kanbei: Oh, really? Well, that would be one big fire to have to put out. But 
it is one that will someday require extinguishing.
Kanbei: But first things first. Tachibana's flame must be extinguished.
Kanbei: It seems that Muneshige rushed back to his base in Yanagawa after he 
heard of the defeat at Sekigahara while he was in Otsu.
Kanbei: He and Yoshihiro Shimazu returned to Kyushu together after 
Yoshihiro's desperate retreat from Sekigahara.
Kiyomasa: Wait. If I remember correctly, didn't Shimazu kill Muneshige's 
father?
Kanbei: He is cooperating with the man who killed his father, and who is 
ripe for the picking. His actions are beyond comprehension.
Kiyomasa: It's a bond that goes beyond the simple lines of ally and enemy.
Kanbei: Like you and Mitsunari?
Kanbei: Today we take out the Tachibana and tomorrow we bury the Shimazu.

===Battle===
=One Must Go=

Kanbei: The rule of the land has been decided. From now on, in order to 
ensure stability:
--The Kuroda must be eliminated.
--The Toyotomi must be eliminated.

(The Kuroda must be eliminated.)
Kiyomasa: You will most certainly be regarded as dangerous.
Kanbei: I could say the same of you too.*

(The Toyotomi must be eliminated.)
Kiyomasa: Don't say another word. I won't let it happen.*

**Kiyomasa: I have no objection to Ieyasu's rule. But, we will not give up 
our house.
Kanbei: Eagerness is all very well, but I will give you some advice. You 
need to restrain yourself for now.
Kanbei: If you aren't careful, you will be finished before you can protect 
your house.
Kiyomasa: Thank you for your kind advice.
-The Tachibana were stripped of their titles. Muneshige, the family head, 
became a ronin.
-Subsequently, his military prowess was recognized by Ieyasu, and he became 
an officer of the Tokugawa.
-On the other hand, The Shimazu's display of combat skill at Sekigahara and 
sharp diplomatic tactics succeeded in guaranteeing them recognition.
-Kanbei died four years later, and Kiyomasa eleven years later, before the 
downfall of the Toyotomi clan.
-Some men fought for their dreams, and found comradeship. Other fought for 
their dreams, and met only death.
-With the dreams of the departed and the souls of dear friends for company, 
[Player] walked forward once again.
-[Player]'s eyes were fixed far ahead, to the horizon, to a land of peace 
that had to come.*END*

---
[CH4-6E] 1614 - Osaka Winter Campaign
=Finishing Blows, Osaka Castle Exterior=

-It was December, 1614, fourteen years after the Battle of Sekigahara.
-Ieyasu left Sunpu and joined forces with the heir to the shogunate, 
Hidetada. Together, the surrounded Osaka Castle.
-Their troops numbered approximately 200,000.
-Prior to the final assault, Ieyasu visited each camp and gave orders in 
preparation to attack the castle.
-The Date of Oshu had decided to cooperate with the Tokugawa
Masamune: Watch and learn the might of the Date!
-After Sekigahara, the Uesugi of Yonezawa swore loyalty to the Tokugawa and 
served as the vanguard in battle.
Kanetsugu: It is time to settle this now... Settle everything.
-After being stripped of his titles, Muneshige Tachibana came to serve the 
Tokugawa, and was reinstated as a daimyo.
Muneshige: I will live up to your expectations.
-Each general viewed the battle from a different standpoint. But they were 
united in their desire to end the chaos.

-Ieyasu received an urgent message when he returned to headquarters at Mt. 
Chausu after inspecting the camps.
Soldier: I bring news! A fortress has appeared in the Osaka Castle Tertiary 
Ward!
Ieyasu: So they are trying to plug the hole they found in their formation. 
Who advised this?
Soldier: The fortress is named the Sanada Ward.
Ieyasu: The Sanada must not be underestimated. We must devise a strategy to 
attack Yukimura.
Ieyasu: Then there's Hidetada.
Ieyasu: He won't have recovered after being humiliated at Ueda by the 
Sanada. I only hope he will not be too impetuous.
Ieyasu: Alright. We will begin.
-From Mt. Chausu, Ieyasu set his sights on Osaka Castle.
Ieyasu: Lord Nobunaga and Lord Hideyoshi, watch me now. Our mission to unify 
this land will be achieved here.

===Battle===
=The Toyotomi's Fate=

-The initial battle was won by the Tokugawa Army.
-However, Ieyasu did not build on the momentum of this victory, and offered 
a truce to the Toyotomi side.
-The Toyotomi accepted the offer. Ieyasu ordered his troops to withdraw.
Ina: My lord, I do not understand. We had the upper hand.
Ieyasu: I am simply being careful. Hideyori, Yukimura and Osaka Castle are 
still alive and well.
-Also, as a condition of the truce, destruction of the Sanada Ward and 
filling in of the moat was ordered.
Ieyasu: As a result, Osaka Castle will be powerless, and Yukimura will not 
be able to carry out his strategy.
--There is no need to fight anymore.
--This is the time to destroy the Toyotomi.

(There is no need to fight anymore.)
Ieyasu: The Toyotomi must be destroyed.
Ieyasu: While the Toyotomi clan exists, it will not be possible to create 
peace that will last for dozens, or hundreds of years.*

(This is the time to destroy the Toyotomi.)
Ieyasu: Yes. I am being cautios as failure will not be tolerated.
Ieyasu: There will be no more sacrifices. This next battle will be the last.*

**Ieyasu: Ina, the next move is up to the Toyotomi, but it will not be long 
coming.
Ieyasu: Be ready.
Ina: We will.
Ina: [Player]... I was ready for this, but still...
Ina: Yukimura, as a samurai, must you die?
-The war continued. Yukimura, Ieyasu, [Player]... The ambitions of each 
would live on, even after they were gone.*END*

---
[CH4-7E] 1615 - Osaka Summer Campaign
=Under Siege, Kyoto Surrounds=

-April, 1615, the year after the winter campaign. Ieyasu, Hidetada and their 
forces gathered in Kyoto.
Ieyasu: It is now time to make peace.
Ieyasu: Ina, for my meal preparation, all I need is ten kilograms of rice, 
one dried fish, bonito flavored miso soup, and some pickles.
Ina: Uh, but that will only last for three days.
Ieyasu: The Toyotomi and Yukimura have resisted long enough. This needs to 
be ended as soon as possible.
Ina: My lord...

-In May, the Tokugawa Army decamped from Kyoto to besiege Osaka Castle yet 
again. They were 150,000 soldiers strong.
-On the other hand, the Toyotomi troops were half that number. Without the 
Sanada Ward, Osaka Castle was almost completely exposed.

===Battle===
=The Final Curtain=

-Yukimura was on one knee in front of Ieyasu and [Player]
-Suddenly, he rose up, and faced Ieyasu with his lance drawn.
--Overpower Yukimura.
--Shield Ieyasu.

(Overpower Yukimura.)
Yukimura: Hmmph.
-Worn out from battle, Yukimura was easily taken down by [Player].*

(Shield Ieyasu.)
-Maybe it was the fatigue from battle, but Yukimura's lance was not what it 
once was.
-Knocking Yukimura's lance aside, [Player] took him down.*

**Ieyasu: Until the very end, you were true to your ambition. Sanada, the 
greatest warrior in all the land!
Yukimura: I am pleased that you were the last opponent I faced.
-[Player] helped Yukimura to his feet. Yukimura bowed to [Player] and smiled.
-Ieyasu stepped forward unsteadily as Yukimura smiled. His face was wet with 
tears.
Ieyasu: The future is never-ending. The dreams, visions, and glory of many 
will shine on.
Ieyasu: The vision that you have shown here will never be forgotten.
Yukimura: Yes.
-Ieyasu prevented his retainers from capturing Yukimura, and let him retreat.
Ieyasu: I will see you off. This is my thanks to you, the final warrior of a 
bygone age.
-Yukimura bowed to Ieyasu and stumbled away, alone.
-Disappearing into the throng, he was never seen again. And then...

-It was the evening of May 7, 1615. White smoke began to rise from Osaka.
-The war was over. With closed eyes, [Player] looked up.
-Even now, the only vision that came to mind was that of the battlefield. 
And on the battlefield, countless warriors.
-As they collided, they each gave off sparks of brilliant light; their 
dreams gleaming brightly in the gloom.
Ieyasu: When people have something important to believe in and protect, they 
will fight for it.
-Ieyasu was gazing at the heavens.
Ieyasu: This is what people do; it is the fate of the millions of people of 
this world.
Ieyasu: But, because of this, people shine, and history is the richer for it.
Ieyasy: This world is indeed beautiful.
-Ieyasu looked at the setting sun and Osaka Castle and slowly nodded.
Ieyasu: It's all over.
-The Toyotomi were ruined, and rule of the land was unified under the 
Tokugawa Shogunate.
-The age of war was at an end.*END*

---
[Gai]
[Gai-1] 1578 - Conflict at Otate
=God's Will, Mt. Kasuga Castle Interior=

-Kenshin Uesugi took ill at Mt. Kasuga Castle and fell into a coma.
-Kanetsugu Naoe waited by Kenshin's sickbed.
Kenshin: The rest is up to Kage... Can't... Nemesis, I will be with you...
Kanetsugu: What? You mean that your successor is to be Kagekatsu, and not 
Kagetora?
Kanetsugu: And you say that we should join forces with your old enemy, Takeda?
Kanetsugu: I understand, my lord. Your dying wish will be granted.
-And with this, Kenshin took his last breath.

Officer: Lard Kanetsugu! Kagetora's front line is approaching Mt. Kasuga 
Castle.
Officer: They are demanding that the Uesugi family estate and Mt. Kasuga 
Castle be handed over!
Kanetsugu: Why? Lord Kagekatsu was decided on as the heir in Lord Kenshin's 
will!
Kanetsugu: We will attack the enemy! This is Lord Kenshin's dying wish!
Kanetsugu: Lord Kagekatsu, let's go!
Kagekatsu: I will continue my father's legacy.

===Battle===
=The Righteous Uesugi=

Kanetsugu: See that, a victory for honor!
Kagekatsu: Well done.
Kanetsugu: So! You came through! I'm sure Lord Kenshin in heaven is also 
pleased!
Kagekatsu: A terrible battle...
Kanetsugu: Just as you say, the Uesugi have been weakened by this terrible 
battle.
Kanetsugu: That demon Nobunaga spotted it and will arrive at our door like a 
hungry wolf.
Kanetsugu: Overcoming this crisis will be no easy task.
Kanetsugu: But united by honor, the Uesugi will not be defeated!
Kagekatsu: My father is not all there is to the Uesugi.
Kanetsugu: I see, the Uesugi family does not simply belong to Lord Kenshin. 
The Uesugi family is what it is because of loyalty and love!
Kanetsugu: You are truly perceptive! Lord Kagekatsu, you are right! You are 
an inspiration to us all!
Kanetsugu: Well will show them the strength of the Uesugi!
Kanetsugu: Leave it all to me! I will show the world the power of justice.
Kagakatsu: Hmph.*END*

---
[Gai-2] The Lover's Temple
=The Flower of Legend, Odani Castle Interior=

Nagamasa: Oichi, accompany me to the shrine, will you?
Oichi: To the shrine? Of course... But why, all of a sudden?
Nagamasa: It is said that there is a flower in that shrine that blooms once 
a year.
Nagamasa: They say that any man and woman that obtain this flower will never 
be separated.
Oichi: How lovely!
Nagamasa: I want us to always be together. Will you come with me, Oichi?
Oichi: But of course, my lord! I feel the same way!

-The pair arrived at the fabled shrine.
Nagamasa: Can I ask a question of you? We have come to this shrine in search 
of a flower that blooms just once a year.
Okuni: The flower of romance? It is in the inner sanctuary.
Nagamasa: So we should look for the inner sanctuary then. Oichi, let's go!
Oichi: Yes, my lord!
Okuni: This looks interesting. Perhaps I'll help out.
-But from the shadows, another figure watched.
Hideyoshi: Lady Oichi, with that man? I have to stop this at once!
-Yet another figure witnessed this.
Nene: I followed you because I thought you were cheating! You! I'll give 
you a piece of my mind!

===Hilarious Battle===
=Together Forever=

Nagamasa: We did it, Oichi! The flower is ours!
Oichi: Lord Nagamasa! This means we will always be together!
Nagamasa: I have never seen such a beautiful flower. Oichi, I will give this 
flower to you.
Oichi: You man I can have it?
Nagamasa: Of course you can. That's why we came here.
Oichi: Lord Nagamasa...
Nagamasa: Please, accept it.
-As Nagamasa stepped forward to give her the flower, he foot got entangled.
Nagamasa: Owwww! Oh no!
-Nagamasa fell over himself spectacularly.
Oichi: Lord Nagamasa, are you alright?
Nagamasa: I'm fine. But, the flower...
-Nagamasa fell on top of the flower, scattering the petals and crushing the 
stalk.
Nagamasa: Oichi, I'm sorry. I'm so clumsy.
Oichi: A flower does not matter.
Nagamasa: What?
Oichi: The flower is not important. The fact that we are together here is 
what matters.
Oichi: A flower of romance is nothing but rumor and superstition.
Oichi: We will decide if we will always be together, not a flower.
Oichi: We can overcome difficulty together by aiming for one goal.
Oichi: i believe that this has meaning. Isn't that right, Okuni?
-Oichi looked over towards Okuni, but Okuni was not there.
Oichi: Hmm, she was just there a minute ago.
Nagamasa: I guess she decided it was too soon to take us with her.
Oichi: What?
Nagamasa: Oichi, it is as you say. Even without a flower, we are here now.
Nagamasa: As long as you believe that we will not be separated, we will be 
together.
Oichi: Yes, my lord.
Nagamasa: Oichi, we will be together till death do us part.*END*

---
[Gai-3] Championship Match (West)
=Hideyoshi's Amusement, Osaka Castle Surrounds=

-The land was united under the leadership of Hidyoshi Toyotomi.
Nene: Oh! Look at all these wonderful children, gathering here from all 
across the land!
Hideyoshi: Nene, look at that. Tadakatsu Honda, and Muneshige Tachibana!
Hideyoshi: Both are warriors who shall go down in history. I will make them 
commanders, and we shall stage a battle between East and West.
Hideyoshi: What do you think Nene? Does that make you excited?
Nene: Ah, it's Kiyomasa! That's the way, Kiyomasa!
Hideyoshi: What's this? You're not listening to me.
Motochika: I am sensing something... I hear the great spirits of the 
departed... They are telling me to commentate on this battle.
Motochika: In that case, I will analyze the conflict as best I can.
Hideyoshi: Uh... Yes... Sure, you do that.
Hideyoshi: A showdown between East and West! The battle starts now!

===Battle===
=Mightiest in the West=

Hideyoshi: Well, both sides did very well!
Hideyoshi: The victor this time was Muneshige Tachibana of the West.
Hideyoshi: Your reputation as the mightiest in the West is well-deserved! I 
would like to make you a retainer of mine!
Muneshige: Even you, Lord Hideyoshi, cannot tame the wind.
Hideyoshi: I know that! The wind will blow wherever it wants to!
Hideyoshi: And I already have retainers I am proud of!
Nene: Kiyomasa, you did well!
Kiyomasa: Ah, thank you very much Lade Nene! With you nearby, I can... That 
is...
Hideyoshi: It seems more like he is Nene's retainer than mine.*END*


---
[Gai-4] Championship Match (East)
=Spear vs Sword, Osaka Castle Surrounds=

-The land was united under the leadership of Hidyoshi Toyotomi.
Nene: Oh! Look at all these wonderful children, gathering here from all 
across the land!
Hideyoshi: Nene, look at that. Tadakatsu Honda, and Muneshige Tachibana!
Hideyoshi: Both are warriors who shall go down in history. I will make them 
commanders, and we shall stage a battle between East and West.
Hideyoshi: Will Tadakatsu's lance pierce Muneshige's shield? Or, will 
Muneshige's shield smash Tadakatsu's lance?
Hideyoshi: What do you think, Nene? Aren't you excited?
Nene: Ah, it's Kiyomasa! That's the way, Kiyomasa!
Hideyoshi: What's this? You're not listening to me.
Kanetsugu: Kanetsugu is here to perform the commentary for this battle.
Hideyoshi: Uh... Yes... Sure, you do that.
Hideyoshi: A showdown between East and West! The battle starts now!

===Battle(with hammy commentary)===
=Mighty Guardian=

Hideyoshi: Well, both sides did very well!
Hideyoshi: The victor this time was Tadakatsu Honda of the East.
Hideyoshi: Your reputation as guardian of the Tokugawa is well-deserved! I 
would like to make you a retainer of mine!
Tadakatsu: I am humbled by your kind words. However, I have always been 
loyal to my lord.
Hideyoshi: I know! Ieyasu is a lucky man!
Hideyoshi: Compared to that, how am I doing?
Nene: Kiyomasa, you've got to try harder! Special training! Come on! You 
can do it!
Kiyomasa: Ahh, Lady Nene, please! Don't hit me like that, I...
Hideyoshi: What kind of special training is this?*END*

---
[Gai-5] Chaos in Iga
=Trouble in Iga, Oda Army Camp=

-Nobunaga's son Nobukatsu mobilized a great army to invade Iga.
Ieyasu: Lord Nobukatsu plans to destroy the village of Iga out of pure hatred.
Ieyasu: The Iga area produces many proficient ninjas. I can't just stand by 
and let it happen.
Nene: I will help too!
-Nene suddenly appeared.
Ieyasu: If it isn't Lady Nene... Weren't you supposed to be joining forces 
with Lord Hideyoshi to attack the Mori?
Nene: My husband sent me to here to help. And Iga is Hanzo's home province.
Ieyasu: Thank you. With Lady Nene's help, we will certainly be able to save 
the people of Iga.
Ieyasu: However, in our position we cannot do anything too obvious.
Ieyasu: Let's make stealthy use of the Iga ninjas so we are not found out 
by Lord Nobukatsu.
Nene: Leave the clandestine operations up to the ninjas! Right, Hanzo?
Hanzo: A ninja should not speak so loudly.

===Battle===
=Safety=

Ieyasu: Things didn't exactly unravel as expected, but it looks like Iga 
was saved.
Nene: Ieyasu, that's great! We've done a good deed, so maybe a good deed 
will come our way!
Nene: Sympathy is not merely for others' sake.
Ieyasu: If you say so, my lady, I am sure that something good is bound to 
happen.
Nene: Of course it will! Hanzo, don't you agree?
Hanzo: The people of Iga will not forget this.
Nene: All right, I should be getting back to my husband. Ieyasu, where will 
you go from here?
Ieyasu: I had completely forgotten. I was on my way to Sakai.
Nene: I hope you'll get a chance to relax! Alright, I must be going!
-Upon saying this, Nene disappeared, headed back toward her husband 
Hideyoshi in the Chugoku region.
Ieyasu: Lord Hideyoshi is struggling, but Lord Nobunaga will soon move to 
help him in his subjugation of the Mori.
Ieyasu: The Mori will soon be defeated, and peace will be upon us. Which 
just means, we'll have more work to do.
Ieyasu: This little break may be very valuable. Let's make the most of 
it.*END*

---
[Gai-6] 1578 - Battle of Arioka Castle
=Kanbei Captured, Arioka Castle Surrounds=

-In 1578, Murashige Araki, one of the Oda's retainers, instigated an 
uprising at Settsu.
-Hearing this news, Kanbei left on his own for Arioka Castle where Murashige 
had barricaded himself.
Kanbei: Murashige was an old friend of my master Kodera. There is a danger 
that Kodera will leave the Oda and join the Mori.
Kanbei: I must stop Murashige before this gets out of hand.
-However, Kanbei was captured by Murashige and imprisoned in Arioka Castle.
Hanbei: Ahh, Lord Kanbei, sometimes you are too impetuous.
Hanbei: And you know I'm not sure how long I'll last...
-Hanbei was seriously ill.
Hanbei: Oh well, it can't be helped. Looks like I'll have to rescue a 
friend in need.
-In 1579, the year after the battle of Kizugawa, Nobunaga's several 
thousand troops surrounded Arioka Castle.

===Battle===
=Hanbei's Parting Gift=

-After the battle, Nobunaga slaughtered everyone left in Arioka Castle.
-This was an expression of Nobunaga's anger toward Murashige. But at the 
same time, it was an indication of the strength of his will.
Hideyoshi: Kanbei! You look exhausted. And you're so pale...
Kanbei: This is how I always look.
Hideyoshi: Well, I'm just glad that you're safe. You should quickly go and 
join your family.
Kanbei: My family? But I thought they were dead.
Hideyosh: Indeed. Nobunaga suspected you of rebelling and was about to kill 
all of them.
Hideyoshi: However, Hanbei was resourceful and came through.
Hideyoshi: He secretly took your family to his territory.
Kanbei: Hanbei did that?
Hideyoshi: Now, Nobunaga understands that you were thinking of the unity of 
this land. Don't worry.
-Kanbei left for Hanbei's camp to express his thanks.
-However, Hanbei was no longer there.
-Hanbei died of illness in 1579.*END*

---
[Gai-7] Motonori's Machinations
=Motonari's Challenge, Mori Clan Territory=

Motonari: Ah, thank you for coming.
Ginchiyo: Motonari, just what are you planning?
Ginchiyo: I was not able to get the gist of that document from you. It's 
verbose, as well as illegible.
Motonari: You should have more respect for your elders. But alright. Shall I 
explain the meaning then?
Ginchiyo: Don't bother. You'll be too long-winded again, no doubt, and I 
won't understand.
Ginchiyo: I know how you think, though. You want more people to learn history.
Ginchiyo: While fighting on the battlefield, you want us to answer questions 
about history, right?
Motonari: Hmm... That's a rough way of saying it, but yes, something like 
that.
Ginchiyo: Who would want to do something as bothersome as that?
Muneshige: Well, we've come all this way. It won't hurt to join Lord 
Motonari in his amusements.

===Pop Quiz Battle===
=Motonari's Dream=

Ginchiyo: Is that all your questions, Motonari? Eh, where did he go? Hey, 
Motonari!
-Ginchiyo looked around, but Motonari was nowhere to be found.
Muneshige: Hmm, a book. Could this be Lord Motonari's writings?
-A thick book had been left behind. Ginchiyo picked it up.
Ginchiyo: There's no mistake, this is Motonari's book. It's very 
monotonous.
-Ginchiyo flipped through a few pages, then disgustedly handed it Muneshige.
Muneshige: Oh, what's this? A letter to us is inserted in here.
Motonari: Dear Tachibana family. Due to your efforts, the history of the Age 
of War is now complete.
Motonari: It will please me if this book makes people more interested in 
history. Motonari.
Ginchiyo: Muneshige! What are you doing?
-Muneshige lit a flame to Motonari's book. The book went up in flames in an 
instant, and turned into ashes.
-Then Muneshige picked up the ashes and threw up in the air.
Muneshige: His book has been swept away by the wind. Lord Motonari's ideas 
will now be known to the whole world.
Ginchiyo: You! Why did you do that?
Muneshige: Ginchiyo, it's all right. History is not something that should 
just be read about.
Muneshige: It's something you experience. It's what you think and feel. 
And then, it's about deciding what to do next.
Muneshige: Don't you think that is what Lord Motonari wanted teach?
Ginchiyo: You're saying this crazy war was for that reason?
Ginchiyo: Well Motonari, you definitely got the point across.
Muneshige: History is something that is created. That's right, by those of 
us who are alive.
-Muneshige and Ginchiyo looked skyward, proudly, thinking of Motonari.*END*

---
[Gai-8] Trouble in the Capital
=Keiji and Okuni, Kyoto On the Road=

-The always bustling Kyoto had a different atmosphere to usual.
-Storekeepers quickly closed their shops while it was still daylight, and 
the voices of people coming and going were hushed and secretive.
Keiji: Hmm, there must be some villain in the area.
Okuni: This is no good. No one's going to donate to my temple in this 
atmosphere.
Kanetsugu: What happened? If you're in trouble, I would be glad to help.
-Keiji and Okuni, as well as the passing Kanetsugu, set forth into the city, 
to discover the source of the problem.

===Dance vs Kemari Battle===
=Party's Over=

Keiji: Tonight is my treat! Let's do some serious drinking!
Okuni: Lord Keiji, you're so generous!
Kanetsugu: You really are a wild man! You know how to let you hair down!
Masanori: General Keiji, you're the best! Let's drink until morning!
Kiyomasa: There'll be no drinking for you.
Mitsunari: You're banned from drinking for a while.
Masanori: What?*END*

---
[Gai-9] Gracia's Strange Journey
=Gracia's Engagement, Akechi Clan Territory=

Gracia: My father has gone and started marriage talks without consulting me.
Magoichi: Marriage talks? Hmm...
Gracia: Hmm...? Is that all you can say?!
Magoichi: Well, for the daughter of a samurai, you're about the right age.
Gracia: I don't want to be married off to some stranger!
Magoichi: Well, what am I supposed to do?
Gracia: You share a lifetime with your husband, right? I want to search for 
a husband that I am happy with!
Magoichi: Hmm, I see what you mean.
Gracia: If you are truly my friend, then you'll help me! Let's go and find 
a husband!
Magoichi: Hey, wai! You can't just...

===Husband Hunt Battle===
=Gracia Hosokawa=

-After returning home, Gracia was ordered by MJitsuhide to stay inside the 
house.
Gracia: This is so boring!
-The marriage talks continued without her being able to consult with Magoichi.
Gracia: I hate this!
-In August, 1578, Mitsuhide's lord, Nobunaga acted as a go-between for 
Gracia's wedding.
Gracia: I can't believe I have to marry a man I've never seen... Huh? I 
think I have seen his face before.
-The bridegroom was Tadaoki Hosokawa, the son of Yusai Hosokawa, an old 
friend of her father.
Gracia: Ah! It's him!
-Gracia opened up her heart to the hones and loyal Tadaoki, and they became 
a loving wedded couple.

-After some time had passed, the Incident at Honnoji occurred.
-Mitsuhide was killed, and while the rest of her family was executed, only 
Gracia survived.
-Her husband Tadaoki did not follow the orders, and protected his wife by 
hiding her.
-Ironically, it took the Mitsuhide's own death to prove that he had made 
the right choice for his daughter.

Gracia: Father, thank you.*END*

---
[Gai-10] Heroes Collide
=Expelling the Demon King, Kai Province Territory=

-Nobunaga continued expanding his sphere of influence in his quest to unite 
the land. The Tiger of Kai rose up to stop him.
Shingen: I will time to pave the righteous path of a true leader.
-Shingen made an alliance with the Uesugi and the Hojo, requesting their 
cooperation in defeating Nobunaga.
-The Takeda also secretly sought the support of commander in the West, and 
formed an alliance surrounding the Oda.
Ujiyasu: Shingen, you have us all tangled up in your effort to get rid of 
this demon.
Kenshin: A fight to slaughter a demon, eh? I will enjoy this immensely.

-The three mighty warriors of Kanto advanced toward Totomi. This sent a wave 
of shock through the Oda camp.
Nobunaga: Monkey, tell Ieyasu to hold them off for awhile. We will join 
forces with him later.
Hideyoshi: Yes, my lord! This will be an all-out battle!
-Facing the Kanto Three would be the Three Unifiers of Japan, made up of 
Nobunaga, Hideyoshi, and Ieyasu.
-The decisive battle for the rule of the land was about to begin...

===Battle===
=Tiger, Dragon and Lion=

Kenshin: So you are finally headed for the capitol, Nemesis?
Ujiyasu: Nobody can stop the Tiger. Go on, then, do what you must.
Ujiyasu: The Lion and the Dragon will protect the East.
Shingen: Yes. I am thankful for the cooperation from both of you. When we 
have reached out goal, I must reward you.
Ujiyasu: In that case, bring me back something tasty from Kyoto. I'd like 
to give something to my wife.
Shingen: Very well. Kenshin, what do you desire?
Kenshin: War.
Ujiyasu: What? Another fight? You never change, do you?
Shingen: All right. I'm on my way. And I'll be back.*END*

---
*[Characters]*
[Main] (18 events)
These Events actually pop up as you progress through Story Mode for the 
first time before certain battles. After that, they stop showing up in Story.

---
[Main-1]  The Journey Begins

-While traveling throughout Japan, [Player] heard of the bravery of Ujiyasu 
Hojo, Hero of Kanto.
-Hoping to train under him, [Player] decided to join the Hojo Army at the 
Siege of Kawagoe Castle.
-Before the battle, a figure appeared before the tense [Player]. It was none 
other than the supreme commnder of the army himself, Ujiyasu Hojo.
Ujiyasu: A new face, huh? Stay sharp, and don't get killed, alright?
-The deep scar on his forehead made it clear that this was the man known as 
the Lion of Sagami.
-Although gruff, there was a kindness behind his words.
-Encouraged by Ujiyasu, [Player] hurried to the battlefield.*END*

---
[Main-2] The Strategist

-[Player] continued traveling from battle to battle to learn more about the 
world and what role it would be best to play in it.
-After hearing of the legendary general Motonari Mori, [Player] joined the 
Mori Army.
-While participating in the raid at Itsukushima, [Player] learned from 
Motonari how trickery could be used to great advantage.
Motonari: Hello there, I heard you are helping us too. Thank you. I'm 
counting on you.
-[Player]'s spirits were raised by his smile and unexpected kind words.
-The cunning displayed by this canny general showed [Player] a new way to 
live.*END*

---
[Main-3] The Immovable Uesugi

-[Player]'s journey led next to the Uesugi Army.
-Kensin uesugi was a genius sometimes called the God of War. His sister Aya 
was very talented in her own right.
-During the battle with their nemesis Shingen Takeda, the two of them tried 
to inspire the new soldiers, including [Player].
Kenshin: I am Kenshin, the God of War. Let us enjoy this battle.
Aya: Here are your orders. Display your battle skills to the fullest to show 
the world our righteous cause.
-[Player] left the camp with Kenshin and his soldiers, all of whom were 
prepared to fight with unmatched skill and unwavering resolve.*END*

---
[Main-4] Soldiers of the Oda

-With firm resolve, [Player] joined the Oda Army in a surprise attack at 
Okehazama.
-The situation was dire, with the enemy greatly outnumbering them. But the 
Oda Army did not despair.
Hideyoshi: Hey, you have ambitious eyes! I'm Hideyoshi. Let's aim for the 
top together!
-A soldier named Hideyoshi spoke in a bright and cheerful voice. Near 
Hideyoshi, another soldier laughed jovially.
Toshiie: I am Toshiie, spearman without peer in the Shibata Army. I'll 
prove myself worthy as a man!
-[Player] was impressed by the strength in the men's eyes, even as they 
faced a serious challenge.
-The hidden talent of the supreme commander Nobunaga Oda, sometimes called 
the Fool of Owari, was also readily evident.
-Having learned the true power of the Oda Army, [Player] headed to battle 
hoping to get a glimpse of what the future would hold.

---
[Main-5] Learning from Shingen

-Once again, [Player] joined the battle between Kenshin Uesugi and Shingen 
Takeda in Kanto.
-In an effort to learn as much about the arts of battle as possible, 
[Player] joined the army of Shingen, said to be Kenshin's equal as a 
strategist.
Sakon: I'm Sakon Shima. Let's create something unforgettable on this 
battlefield.
-With Shingen were a number of men like Sakon Shima - lordless samurai 
traveling from battle to battle.
-Surrounded as he was by soldiers, Shingen's style was quite different from 
that of Kenshin.
Shingen: Are you looking for something? I hope you find it in this battle.
-His seemingly casual wards were perceptive and filled with empathy.
-Having witnessed Shingen's regal presence first-hand, [Player] hurried to 
the battlefield to learn more about his motives.*END*

---
[Main-6] First Steps

-Determined to help end Japan's constant wars, [Player] continued 
traveling, hoping to discover the best path to take.
-[Player] decided to aid the Saito clan, weakened as it was in repeated 
battles with the Oda forces.
Hanbei: I am the strategist Hanbei Takenaka. With my tactics and your battle 
skills, victory is assured.
Mitsuhide: Thank you for your help. I'm Mitsuhide Akechi. We must fight 
together.
-[Player] met a number of soldiers and learned that many of them planned to 
leave the Saito clan.
-Among the enemy was Hideyoshi Hashiba. Hideyoshi had once told [Player] 
that the two of them would one day fight side-by-side.
-Heading toward the battle, it seemed that [Player]'s fate hung in the 
balance.*END*

---
[Main-7] After the Demon King

-Warriors rushed here and there on the battlefield trying to escape attacks 
from the Azai and the Asakura.
-Many fellow soldier died during the hellish march. And [Player], too, was 
prepared for death.
Nobunaga: What is it that you desire? You must have ambition, or you have no 
value.
-Nobunaga's words were like a bolt of lightning to [Player].
-This constant war must come to an end. Filled with renewed purpose, 
[Player] sprang into action.*END*

---
[Main-8] Another Perspective

-A dark mood hung over the Oda camp as the battle with against the Azai 
intensified.
-Hideyoshi, who secretly pined for Oichi, came to [Player] to discuss his 
feelings, as did the earnest Mitsuhide.
No: Oh, you're new. I hope you'll do what you can to please me.
-But others like Nobunaga's wife No merely headed for battle with barely a 
word.
-With conflicting emotions, [Player] left to try and determine the true 
meaning of this battle.

---
[Main-9] Men of the Tokugawa

-[Player] was in the jaws of death in Mikatagahara, having been ordered to 
aid the Oda's ally, the Tokugawa.
-The weary soldiers were encouraged by the brave leader Tadakatsu Honda, 
Ieyasu's right-hand man.
Tadakatsu: I am Tadakatsu Honda. A true warrior survives and puts an end to 
the chaos.
-Inspired by Tadakatsu's battle cry, the soldiers answered in kind, their 
eyes filled with a renewed energy.
Ina: I am Ina, daughter of Tadakatsu Honda. Thank you for your help!
-[Player] watched Ina and her soldiers as they made their way toward the 
battle lines.
-United by a single goal, they resolutely faced death.
-Looking into their determined eyes, [Player] knew that they would make it 
back alive.*END*

---
[Main-10] Flames

-Mitsuhide had challenged Nobunaga. [Player] was with Nobunaga at Honnoji.
-The swarming Akechi Army had turned the place into hell. The Oda soldiers 
were being slaughtered.
Ranmaru: My lord, I won't let you down!
-The sight of Ranmaru and the determined Mitsuhide plunged [Player] into 
confusion.
Nobunaga: Forward!
-Suddenly, [Player] remembered Nobunaga's words. They were invigorating.
Nobunaga: Forward!
-[Player] started running, as if in response to those words.
-Following Nobunaga, thoughts centered upon the one thing that Nobunaga 
seemed sure of.
-Honnoji, and a terrible clash of will, awaited.*END*

---
[Main-11] Young Blood

-Inspired by Nobunaga's words, [Player] escaped from Honnoji and met up 
with Hideyoshi.
-They decided to head for a showdown with Mitsuhide.
-Before the battle, many ideas spun around in [Player]'s head: Nobunaga's 
death, Mitsuhide's grim determination.
Masanori: Hey you! You're not scared, are you?! Then shout it out to the 
world!
-[Player] turned at the sound of several raucous voices to see a group of 
Hideyoshi's closest retainers.
Kiyomasa: This is the moment of truth for lord Hideyoshi's clan. Whoever 
you are, you have to help us.
Mitsunari: I'm not interested in what you've done so far. What I'm 
interested in is what we can do together from now on.
-Seeing their strange and smiling faces helped to break the tension.
-[Player] set off again, following the group of young warriors intent on 
starting a new age.*END*

---
[Main-12] Marching Forward

-[Player] went with Mitsunari and Kiyomasa to reinforce the Tachibana clan 
in Kyushu.
-In battle, [Player] grew to know Muneshige, leader of the Tachibana, as 
well as his wife Ginchiyo.
-The two of them had lost many friends and family in the war, but continued 
marching forward, their heads held high.
Muneshige: You look interesting. I'm Muneshige Tachibana. Show me your 
fighting spirit.
-It was as if the spirit of their departed fathers was with them, lending 
them strength.
Ginchiyo: You seem like a good soldier. I order you in the name of 
Tachibana: try to survive!
-Inspired by their courage, [Player] stared down, lost in thought.
-Something deep inside you, something, keeps you going forward.
-What lay beyond Hideyoshi's promised peace? There lay the true answer, the 
true reason for fighting.
-With the war drawing to a close, [Player] knew things would be soon 
clear.*END*

---
[Main-13] Mitsunari's Answer

-[Player] was aiding Mitsunari in his attack on Oshi Castle.
-Before the battle, [Player] spoke with Yukimura Sanada and Kanetsugu Naoe, 
who were also joining the siege.
Yukimura: We are comrades who join here in honor. Let us savor the sweet 
taste of victory together.
Kanetsugu: We swear, under the banner of justice, love, and hope to show the 
world the righteous path.
Mitsunari: Whew.
-Mitsunari smiled as he stood alongside Yukimura and Kanetsugu. It was as if 
he could see past the battle to the peace that lay beyond.
-Somthing deep inside you, someting, keeps you going forward...
-[Player] followed the three men to battle, in search of the answer.*END*

---
[Main-14] Looking to the Future

-[Player] was with Hideyoshi, ready to wage war at Odawara. Daimyo from 
throughout the land had gathered there.
-Masamune Date from Oshu, Yoshihiro Shimazu from Kyushu... This was the 
magnificent world that Hideyoshi had created.
Masamune: I was born twenty years too late.
-Masamune left without giving [Player] a second glance. His eye were fixed 
on the sky beyond the grand army before him.
-[Player] looked up at the sky. It had been a long battle. More struggles 
lay ahead.
-But no matter what happened, one thing was clear. The age of never-ending 
war must come to an end.
-With a determined look, [Player] headed toward the final battle that would 
unite the land.*END*

---
[Main-15] Banner

-[Player] was with Mitsunari in the ranks at the battle for Fushimi Castle.
-The land that Hideyoshi had united had fallen into strife and disorder once 
again.
-[Player] remembered what Mitsunari once said.
Mitsunari: What should I do? If I am to carry on Lord Hideyoshi's vision 
and bring everlasting peace to the land.
-[Player] looked up at the sky, and saw the slogan on Mitsunari's banner.
Mitsunari: "Daiichi, Daiman, Daikichi." If we work as one for all and all 
for one, then the nation will come together.
-Fight for all - for the people!
-Those were the words that had moved [Player] at the start of this journey.
-The firm resolve so many leader had spoken of, the determination in each of 
their hearts...
-If that could be used to bring the world together...
-The time of chaos and strife would end. [Player] nodded slowly, and looked 
out upon the battlefield.*END*

---
[Main-16] The Ties that Bind

-[Player] was in the ranks of the Tokugawa Army at the battle for Fushimi 
Castle.
-As the final battle neared, [Player] recalled the worlds of Ieyasu.
Ieyasu: After Lord Hideyoshi's death, motives will divide and collide in a 
bright flash, signalling in the next world.
-As Ieyasu had foreseen, the order that Hideyoshi had created had crumbled. 
The peace was shattered.
Ieyasu: I want to be there to bring those motives together.
-[Player] looked up at the sky. Countless stars shone far above.</pre><pre id="faqspan-4">
Ieyasu: I do not want all who live in this troubled world to continue 
clashing.
Ieyasu: I want to create a world where we can live and prosper together.
-[Player]'s eye were closed. But the images of the leaders of this land 
remained.
-[Player] recalled their words, how they lied their lives, how their 
greatness had shone. The bonds between them would last forever.
-None of these bright lights had been lost. And they must never be.
-[Player]'s eyes opened. Nearby, Tadakatsu looked at the battlefield and 
spoke.
Tadakatsu: Continue. And with your hand, reveal the sunlit land.*END*

---
[Main-17] The Final Battle

-[Player] was at the battle of Osaka Castle with Yukimura. Mighty heroes 
from across the land surrounded the castle.
-[Player] thought quietly. With such numbers, Ieyasu must have it in his 
power to end this war. But...
Mitsunari: I want every single one of you to follow the path you truly wish 
to follow.
Mitsunari: You were born a warrior in this troubled world.
-One thing would not leave [Player]'s mind. It was the vow that had been 
made with so many other warriors before.
-Fight for the people. That was the spirit that could unite this land. And 
it still burned brightly in [Player]'s heart.
Yukimura: [Player], I will leave for Osaka Castle.
-[Player] looked out at the battlefield once more. So many of the warriors 
there today had once been allies.
-With blade drawn, [Player] faced the battle, ready to die if need be.
-This blade could be used to show them all what true ambition was.
-[Player] was born a warrior in troubled world. This was a chance to make a 
difference.
-[Player] set off, eye clear, without a trace of indecision.*END*

---
[Main-18] Forward, Together

-[Player] was with Ieyasu at Osaka Castle. Many great heroes were there in 
the area around the castle.
-[Player] felt a bond with Yukimura and all the other warriors.
Ieyasu: We must move on.
-[Player] was moved by these unforgettable words.
Ieyasu: Do you know what I think? I would like to team up with warriors like 
that.
Ieyasu: I'd like to bring all of their visions together and put them to 
good use.
-And so [Player] set out for battle, carrying memories of every encounter, 
every friend.
-The tranquil sky seemed to shine with the spirits of each of these 
warriors. They would accompany [Player] on the journey.
-[Player]'s vision would be known to Yukimura, to the land, to history and 
to the distant future.*END*

---
[Yuki] (8 events)
Yukimura Sanada

---
[Yuki-1]  Yukimura's Challenge

Yukimura: [Player]! Your efforts in battle were most inspiring!
-Following the battle, Yukimura Sanada's voice rang out...
Yukimura: It would seem I must try harder as well. Will you agree to test 
your might against me?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Yukimura: I am honored. Now let us have at it!*

(No.)
Yukimura: You would deny my request? That only increases my desire to face 
you even more!
Yukimura: You will fight, whether you like it or not!*

**-Yukimura and [Player] entered into combat. The battle raged furiously, 
and then...
-Upon being grazed in the head, [Player] deftly grabbed the spear and looked 
for an opening to srike Yukimura.
Kunoichi: My lord! Look out!
-Kunoichi threw a stone, knocking the weapon from [Player]'s grasp.
Kunoichi: Huh? I thought you were on our side!
Yukimura: Now, now... This was but a friendly test of strength.
Kunoichi: It's just that it looked so real. Please, forgive my intrusion.
--You are a fine ninja.
--Ouch, my arm!

(Ouch, my arm!)
Kunoichi: Here, let me see your arm... There, now you're all better!*

(You are a fine ninja.)
Kunoich: Heh... Once I have something in my sights, there is no escape. My 
duty is to protect Yukimura no matter what the cost.
Yukimura: Even if it means you can't distinguish friend from foe?
Kunoichi: I... Forgive me. I have no excuse.*

**Yukimura: I must apologize. She was merely looking to protect me.
Kunoich: There's no need for that, my lord. I am the one to blame.
Yukimura: No. The mistakes of my ninja are the same as my own. I ask for 
your forgiveness, [Player].
-Yukimura bowed deeply before [Player].
Kunoichi: Come now. There's no need for such formality, Lord Yukimura.
Yukimura: Be that as it may, I have been bested in combat. However, I will 
continuing my training until one day, I am able to surpass you.
Yukimura: We will meet again in battle, I swear it!
-Yukimura bowed and strode swiftly away.
Kunoich: Next time, I won't interfere. Just try not to kill each other, okay?
-And with that, Kunoichi leapt from tree to tree, vanishing into the 
distance.*END*

---
[Yuki-2]  Kanetsugu's Decision
=Uesugi Clan Castle=

-Yukimura arrived in Echigo, domain of the Uesugi clan, to petition for 
reinforcements to taid in his resistance against the Tokugawa Army.
Yukimura: I am Yukimura Sanada, and I have come seeking reinforcements. I 
humbly request an audience with Lord Kagekatsu Uesugi!
Kanetsugu: I am Kanetsugu Naoe. As my lord's chief representative, I shall 
hear your petition on his behalf.
Yukimura: We of the Sanada clan do not have the necessary resources to 
oppose the Tokugawa onslaught.
Yukimura: I implore you... We would be honored to have the might of the 
Uesugi behind us.
-Yukimura bowed his head deeply in respect.
Kanetsugu: I have a question for you, Yukimura. Why do you persist in 
fighting a battle that cannot be won?
Kanetsugu: You could submit to Tokugawa rule. That way, the Sanada clan 
might be able to avoid annihilation.
-Kanetsugu continued to press him in a stern tone.
Yukimura: Because we are warriors.
Yukimura: we live by the sword in service to our clan That is the way of the 
samurai.
Yukimura: We fight solely to carry out the orders assigned to us by our lord.
Kanetsugu: I have heard all that I need to hear.
-Kanetsugu prepared to take his leave.
Yukimura: Lord Kanetsugu! Please, wait!
Kanetsugu: I must speak with Lord Kagekatsu. Wait here for now. I shall 
return shortly.
Yukimura: If I may... Can we expect your aid in our struggle?
Kanetsugu: The Uesugi are motivated by honor. You may rely upon us. 
Yukimura, it will be my pleasure to fight alongside you.
Yukimura: I am forever in your debt, Lord Kanetsugu! I shall never forget 
this!
-And with that, Kanetsugu took his leave.
Yukimura: Motivated by honor...?*END*

---
[Yuki-3]  Union of Three

-[Player] went and paid a visit to Lord Yukimura in his quarters. Just then, 
Kunoichi burst into the room.
Kunoichi: My lord! Is it true that we are supposed to serve this monkey?!
Yukimura: We must show him the proper respect. He is Lord Hideyoshi Toyotomi 
and is regent to the Emperor himself. He has subdued many restive lands.
Kunoichi: Why must we serve this Hideyoshi? Are we to simply leave Ueda 
behind then?
Yukimura: Because one he repelled the Tokugawa, Lord Hideyoshi took the 
Sanada under his protection.
Yukimura: This was also due to Lord Kanetsugu's kind intervention on our 
behalf.
-Yukimura turned to face [Player] and bowed politely.
Yukimura: I must go pay my respects to Lord Kanetsugu. Will you accompany me?

Kanetsugu: Ah, Yukimura, [Player]... Thank you for coming. Yukimura, there 
is somebody I would like to introduce to you.
Kanetsugu: May I present Mitsunari Ishida, retainer of the Toyotomi clan.
Mitsunari: Mitsunari Ishida, at your service. Yukimura, I presume? You may 
repay Lord Hideyoshi's magnanimity through unwavering loyalty.
Yukimura: Yes, my lord! It shall be an honor!
Mitsunari: Yukimura, there is something I'd like to as you. What, in all 
the world, do you hold most precious?
Yukimura: The ability to live and act according to my convictions.
Mitsunari: And I suppose it is the corruption of this world that drives you 
to seek your own truth?
Mitsunari: I see... I now understand what motivated Kanetsugu to bring us 
together.
--Honor?
--Love?

(Honor?)
Kanetsugu: Of course!*

(Love?)
Kanetsugu: Surely, it cannot be overlooked. It is not everything, however.*

**Kanetsugu: It is honor that has brought us here together today!
Yukimura: Indeed, Lord Kanetsugu!
Mitsunari: What a grandiose notion...
Mitsunari: Although I suppose I'm not completely against it.*END*

---
[Yuki-4]  The Red Fan

Mitsunari: I am thinking to make a new fan. Yukimura, what color do you 
prefer?
-Together with Mitsunari, [Player] paid a visit to Yukimura's quarters.
Yukimura: I suppose I would have to say red.
Mitsunari: I see... And why may I ask, is that?
Yukimura: For it is the color of fire, and invokes fury, courage, and 
strength.
Yukimura: Therefore, one could say that red is the color that represents a 
warrior's pride.
Mitsunari: I thought you might say that. Here, I would like for you to have 
this fan.
Yukimura: A red fan!
Mitsunari: I find this color to be much too passionate for my tastes. 
However, I think it suits you well.
Yukimura: My deepest thanks, Lord Mitsunari! I shall carry it with me always.
Mitsunari: Now, now... There's no need to humor me.*END*

---
[Yuki-5]  The Moon

-Yukimura, Kanetsugu, Mitsunari, and [Player] gazed absently up at the stars.
-A full moon shone brightly in the night sky.
Yukimura: The moon is so round.
Kanetsugu: Indeed, Yukimura. It is much like a musket round.
Yukimura: Imagine if you could pack the moon into a gun. Its sheer power 
would be unequaled.
Mitsunari: What a pair of fools...
Kanetsugu: We know what you want to say, Mitsunari. The moon takes many 
shapes; it would make a poor bullet.
Yukimura: What's more, blasting the moon out of the sky would leaves 
shrouded in darkness. What would we do then?
Mitsunari: Are you making fun of me?!
Kanetsugu: Calm down, Mitsunari. We are only jesting. Let us simply sit back 
and enjoy this lovely moon.
Yukimura: Indeed. For if we were to actually shoot the moon, where else 
could we look for inspiration?
Mitsunari: Yukimura is such a pure and simple soul...
--That's the truth.
--Don't encourage him.

(That's the truth.)*
(Don't encourage him.)*
**Kanetsugu: What's the harm? The moon is there, and we are here.
Kanetsugu: Even if these celestial bullets should rain down upon the land, 
they all still fall under the light of the same moon.
Yukimura: I see! So that's what you were trying to say, right Mitsunari?
Mitsunari: I think I've had about enough of all you.*END*

---
[Yuki-6]  A Promise Made

-Upon being summoned by Hideyoshi Toyotomi, [Player] and Yukimura appeared 
for an audience.
Hideyoshi: Welcome, Yukimura! Welcome, [Player]! I've heard much about you 
both from Mitsunari.
Yukimura: It is a great honor to appear before you, Lord Hideyoshi.
Hideyoshi: Let us dispense with the formalities. Please come a bit closer.
Yukimura: Yes, my lord!
Hideyoshi: Yukimura, [Player]... Can you see the people? They are all 
laughing.
-From Osaka Castle's main keep out into the surrounding town, the scene was 
bustling with energy.
Hideyoshi: This is the world that I was seeking to create.
Hideyoshi: Nevertheless, I know these idyllic days cannot last forever.
Hideyoshi: Cities, people, souls... All change as the edd and flow of time 
carries them forward.
Hideyoshi: Can I ask you to protect this town and the peace that it 
currently enjoys?
--It would be our honor!
--I am not sure if we can...

(It would be our honor!)
Hideyoshi: I knew I could count on you as loyal retainers! *

(I am not sure if we can...)
Hideyoshi: You will do just fine. For you are not alone in endeavour.*

**Yukimura: B-but... is it even possible to stop events already in motion?
Hideyoshi: Some things never change. You two should know that as well as 
anybody.
Yukimura: You man the bond between warriors? Or honor?
Hideyoshi: Yes, as well as the fire and sense of conviction that burn within 
your heart.
Yukimura: Lord Hideyoshi, I vow to carry out your order no matter what the 
cost!
Hideyoshi: Excellent, my brave young warriors! The new era is your chance to 
shine!*END*

---
[Yuki-7]  Escape from Mt. Kudo

-After the defeat of the Western Army at the Battle of Sekigahara, Yukimura 
Sanada was banished to Mt. Kudo.
-While on the war to visit Mr. Kudo, [Player] happened to meet Yukimura 
Sanada's sister-in-law, Lady Ina.
Yukimura: I thank you for coming all this way to see me.
Yukimura: Forgive me, for in my current state, I have little to offer any 
guests.
Yukimura: I apologize for the lack of even the most basic of hospitalities.
-Yukimura bowed deeply to Ina and [Player].
--Think nothing of it.
--You truly are living a difficult life.

(Think nothing of it.)
Yukimura: Thank you, [Player]. Your kind words lift my spirits.*

(You truly are living a difficult life.)
Yukimura: It pains me to make you worry so. Although, once accustomed to 
this way of life, it is not so bad.*

**Ina: Yukimura, you look exhausted. Maybe you shouldn't drink so much?
Yukimura: I have already laid down my spear. Why are you so worried about me 
health?
Ina: Our lord... Err, the Tokugawa clan is preparing to mount a full-scale 
assault on Osaka Castle.
Ina: Many generals loyal to the Toyotomi are gathering in Osaka in order to 
repel the onslaught.
Yukimura: That is no concern of mine.
Ina: Yukimura, I have felt the fire that continually roared within your heart.
Ina: But I can see that flame has been extinguished.
Ina: I understand, though. Lord Mitsunari was taken from this world, and 
your father-in-law if lost to you as well.
Ina: I imagine you must be lonely, but I must say that I'm relieved. I was 
worried that you had lost the fire within your heart.
Ina: If you truly seek to die with honor... If the fire still burns within 
you, then won't you go t to the aid of Osaka Castle?
Yukimura: The hearts of men are fickle, my lady.
Ina: Lord Nobuyuki was also worried about you. I know that hearing this will 
help put his mind at ease.
Ina: If this battle end and peace is restored to the land, then I am sure 
you will be forgiven.
Ina: And then, I know that you will be able to resurrect the Yukimura of old.
Ina: In fact, even now I can sense the fire within your chest beginning to 
burn, ever so slightly.
-With that, Ina took her leave. As Yukimura watched her walk away, he called 
out...
Yukimura: Forgive me, my lady!
Yukimura: [Player]... I... I am still the same man I always have been.
Yukimura: The fire within my soul refuses to die out. It will continue to 
burn ever brightly.
Yukimura: For Lord Hideyoshi... For my departed father... For the bonds of 
friendship... I carry them all with me!
Yukimura: [Player], I shall depart for Osaka Castle.
--You can't win.
--Let us journey forth together.

(You can't win.)
Yukimura: Perhaps... But I must press forward.*

(Let us journey forth together.)
Yukimura: How I longed to hear those words from you!*

**-Yukimura took up his spear and prepared for battle. For he had taken 
meticulous care of it for just such an occasion.
Yukimura: I am ready to face my final challenge!
-Spear in hand, Yukimura left Mt. Kudo and set out for Osaka Castle.*END*

---
[Yuki-8]  Unto the Breach

-After a desperate struggle, Yukimura and [Player] took shelter at a small 
shrine away from the battlefield.
-Yukimura and [Player] were exhausted. The clamor of the Tokugawa army drew 
ever closer.
Yukimura: [Player], I'll create an opening in their lines. You must save 
yourself...
--Let us flee together.
--I will not leave your side.

(I will not leave your side.)*

(Let us flee together.)
-[Player] dragged the reluctant Yukimura towards the path to safety.
Yukimura: I have given all that I have to give as a warrior in this battle. 
I have no regrets!
--No! You mustn't throw your life away!
--Indeed. I will remain with you until the end.

(Flee>No! You mustn't throw your life away!)
Yukimura: [Player]...
-[Player] grabbed the dazed Yukimura and saved him from certain death.

-Many years after the Osaka Summer Campaign, the following tale spread 
through the streets...
-The lovely flower, [Player] kept company of the diabolical Sanada.
-And retreated with haste to Kagoshima.*END*

(Flee>Indeed. I will remain with you until the end)*

**-Yukimura quietly shook his head and smiled.
Yukimura: You must survive this battle. I humbly ask that you tell future 
generations that I lived my life honorably.
Yukimura: This is my wish. You are the only one who can honor my request.
-The Tokugawa army was nearly upon them. [Player] chose to...
--Quietly prepared for battle.
--Charged headfirst at the Tokugawa Army

(Quietly prepared for battle.)
Yukimura: Even in these dire circumstances, you choose to fight...
-The Tokugawa Army spotted Yukimura, and slowly moved in to finish him off.
Yukimura: [Player], you have not changed in the least.
Yukimura: Your bonds of friendship, your convictions, your thirst for 
victory, they still smolder within you.
-Yukimura drove his spear into the ground, and slowly rose to his feet.
Yukimura: I could not have asked for a finer companion. You have reignited 
the passion within my own heart.*

(Charged headfirst at the Tokugawa Army.)
-[Player] charged the Tokugawa Army in order to allow Yukimura time to escape.
-However, the enemy numbers were vast. Exhausted, [Player] was unable to 
prevent from being backed into a corner.
Soldier: I am Nizaemon Nishio! I know who you are! Prepare yourself to fall 
by my hand!
-As a soldier's spear shot towards [Player]'s chest, it was deflected by 
Yukimura's spear.
Yukimura: With one of your courage, I would expect nothing less than you 
coming to face the enemy alone like this.
Yukimura: My life has been so much richer and profound for having met you.
Yukimura: Truly, I have no regrets.
Yukimura: took his place beside [Player] and drew his spear.*

**Yukimura: Let us go forth and finish this fight!
-Yukimura and [Player] nodded to one another, and found themselves enveloped 
by the Tokugawa hordes.*END*

---
[Kei] (9 events)
Keiji Maeda

---
[Kei-1] The Wild Man

Keiji: Hey! Can you spare a moment?
-A large, flamboyant man called out. With his face painted in red and large 
bells hanging from his waist, he was quite the imposing figure.
-It was none other than the eccentric Keiji Maeda.
Keiji: Look like we've got a real live one here.
Keiji: You're much too calm and collected. I could never fight a battle 
like that.
--Even I have my limits...
--I could say the same about you.

(Even I have my limits...)
Keiji: So you're saying you've yet to face a real challenge? You're 
really something, aren't you?*

(I could say the same about you.)
Keiji: Thank you. I appreciate the compliment.*

**Keiji: You're everything I'm looking for in a woman.
Keiji: I can' wait to see how this all turns out.
-Keiji smiled widely, and started into [Player]'s eyes.
Keiji: I suppose I'm correct in thinking that you haven't figured out who 
you are yet...
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Keiji: I knew it... However, once you do figure it out, you'll be a force 
to be reckoned with.*

(No,)
Keiji: Really? When I look at you, I see so much unrealized potential still 
trapped inside.*

**Keiji: The people you come across are sure to help shape you into a fine 
young lady.
Keiji: When that time comes, I'd love to see you show me what you've got!
Keiji: See you around!*END*

---
[Kei-2] Keiji and Toshiie

Keiji: Hey, come over here!
-Keiji was sitting upon a mat on the ground, sipping from a glass of wine.
[Player] accepted the invitation and sat down on the mat.
Keiji: I was just offering a drink to those that have lost their lives on 
the battlefield.
-Keiji raised his glass towards the battlefield, and then drained his cup in 
a single long gulp.
Keiji: He was quite a formidable opponent...
--Kenshin?
--Katsuie?

(Kenshin?)
Keiji: Yes, I know now why he's referred to as the God of War.
Keiji: However, it was not just Kenshin. All of the men of the Uesugi were 
mighty warriors.
Keiji: Enemy or not, I feel no hatred towards them.*

(Katsuie?)
Keiji: Yes, the Devil Shibata himself. It was amazing how he could really 
keep it together under the most difficult circumstances.
Keiji: Any normal general would've been awestruck by Kenshin, and summarily 
destroyed.*

**Toshiie: Indeed, the two of them were most worthy of our respect.
-As the two spoke, Toshiie Maeda approached the both of them from behind.
Keiji: Why are you sneaking up on us like that? That's no way to show your 
appreciation.
Toshiie: I wouldn't say I was sneaking up on you.
Toshiie: Well, I'm not here to scold you. Why don't you take the rest of 
the day off?
Toshiie: You too, [Player]. I'll be seeing you around.
-And with those words, Toshiie took his leave.
Keiji: When did he mange to become so calm and relaxed?
--What do you mean?
--Was he different in the past?

(What do you mean?)
Keiji: You'll have to ask him that.*

(Was he different in the past?)
Keiji: Yeah, he was considerably different back in his day.*

**Keiji: He's always been conscientious, perhaps even to the point of being 
rigid.
Keiji: Not to say I don't think he's a splendid fellow.
Keiji: But, he and I, out lifestyles, couldn't be any more different. 
That's not to say one is right, and one is wrong.
Keiji: You, too, should live as you see fit.
Keiji: Whichever path you choose, be sure to approach it head on. I have a 
feel you prefer it that way.
Keiji: Well, I'm beat. I think I'm going to call it a day and just kick 
back and look up at the stars.*END*

---
[Kei-3] Keiji's Decision

Keiji: What is it, Uncle? I don't think I've ever seen you look so pathetic.
Toshiie: Don't you ever shut up?
-Keiji continued talking to Toshiie, as [Player] watched on.
Keiji: Katsuie died in the era that Nobunaga built, and left you as his 
successor.
Keiji: Perhaps trying to live up to him is what drives your own code of honor?
Toshiie: ...
Keiji: Judging by the look on your face, it looks like you're afraid of 
letting him down.
Keiji: I think the best thing for you would be for us to have a friendly 
little brawl!
Toshiie: Huh? I'm not really in the mood...
-Keiji grabbed Toshiie and slung him over his shoulder.
Toshiie: Hey! Put me down!
-Keiji carried Toshiie threw him into the bath.

Toshiie: Keiji! What did you do that for?
Keiji: Hey, that's the Uncle I know!
Keiji: I just wanted to see that face one last time.
Toshiie: One last time? What's that supposed to mean?
Toshiie: Because you're always so concerned about appearances.
Keiji: You're still worried about replacing me as the head of the Maeda 
family, right?
Keiji: Well, the fact that you worry makes it even worse for me.
Keiji: There is nothing that can keep Keiji Maeda in one place!
Keiji: I owe you much, but the only path I follow is my own. See you 
around!*END*

---
[Kei-4] Future Ambitions

Keiji: Ahh, there you are! That was some battle we fought, huh?
-After spotting [Player] on the battlefield, Keiji called out cheerfully.
Keiji: It looks like the land is finally at peace, at least for the time 
being.
--Yes.
--For the time being?

(Yes.)
Keiji: As a warrior, I suppose I'll have to find work as a shopkeeper or 
something...
Keiji: Still, I'm sure I'll find a way to be able to enjoy the peace.*

(For the time being?)
Keiji: I don't suspect there will be any more great battles, at least while 
Hideyoshi is still alive.*

**Kanetsugu: You two, over there!
-Kanetsugu Naoe and Yukimura Sanada walked over to meet Keiji.
Yukimura: Your efforts in battle were most impressive.
Kanetsugu: So, what are our two heroes plotting here in this dark corner?
Keiji: Speak for yourself. Should the two of you really be loitering about 
here?
Kanetsugu: We would be remiss if we did not honor the heroism of our 
champions.
Yukimura: We are comrades who have fought together in the name of honor. Let 
us savor the sweet taste of victory together.
Keiji: I didn't come here out of ambition. I'm not really good with 
concepts like honor and justice.
Keiji: Everybody knows of Yukimura's ability, but you did quite well out 
there too, Kanetsugu.
Keiji: Let me jsut say I didn't expect such a performance from one of our 
fearless leaders.
Kanetsugu: I am merely just another loyal samurai on the field of battle.
Kanetsugu: After swearing allegiance to the Toyotomi, I have naught but to 
fight with honor. That is the way of the Uesugi clan.
Kanetsugu: Alas, I must take my leave. I would enjoy to revisit this topic 
some other time.
-With those words, Kanetsugu Naoe and Yukimura Sanada departed.
Keiji: Kanetsugu is quite an impressive individual. He's earned my respect, 
and that's not an easy thing to do.
Keiji: The way I see it, Kanetsugu is much more capable than that awkward 
Mitsunari.
Keiji: By the way, what're you going to do now?
--Protect the land of the Toyotomi.
--Fight for the peace of the land.

(Protect the land of the Toyotomi.)
Keiji: The land of the Toyotomi... Sure, it's peaceful now, but what about 
in the future?
Keiji: It looks like things are more complicated than they seem.*

(Fight for the peace of the land.)
Keiji: Peace, is it? That's no easy task to say the least.*

**Keiji: However, once you do decide upon your path, be sure to stay the 
course.
Keiji: Well then... I'm sure we'll meet again someday. See you around!*END*

---
[Kei-5] A True Warrior

Keiji: Ahh, it's you again!
-While [Player] was walking around the village, Keiji suddenly appeared out 
of nowhere.
Keiji: You've grown into quite a fine young warrior, I see.
-Keiji stares into [Player]'s face, and seemed genuinely amused.
--Do you really think so?
--I could say the same about you.

(Do you really think so?)
Keiji: So, are you a young lady in love?
Keiji: If not, I suppose it means you've simply chosen the life of a 
warrior.*

(I could say the same about you.)
Keiji: Do I look different?
Keiji: Even though i continue to live my life for myself, I don't think 
I've changed all that much.*

**Keiji: I think it's only a matter of time before you master the way of 
the warrior.
Keiji: If you ever want to test your abilities, I'd be happy to face you 
anytime.
--Face me?
--With pleasure!

(Face me?)
Keiji: Remember though, I fight to the death. Feel free to attack me while 
I'm sleeping if you feel you need to.*

(With pleasure!)
Keiji: Well said! Honestly, what fun would it be if you refused?!*

**Keiji: I look forward to facing you in one last battle.*END*

---
[Kei-6] Party Time

-As [Player] was strolling along the street, Keiji, accompanied by Magoichi 
and Okuni, walked over from across the way.
Keiji: Hey, [Player]! How's it going?
-After exchanging greetings, Okuni looked back and forth between [Player] 
and Keiji.
Okuni: So you two are thick as thieves, are you?
--Yes, I suppose so.
--Not at all.

(Yes, I suppose so)
Okuni: What a lovely young lade you are! Not even Lord Keiji can resist you.
Magoichi: Really? How come nobody ever introduced me us properly?
Keiji: Hah, it's not exactly quite like that...*

(Not at all.)
Okuni: Ahh, it looks like I've made you blush. How cute!
Magoichi: Wait a minute, the two of you aren't... Naw, it couldn't be.*

**Keiji: Enough about that. The night is still young. would you care to join 
us for a drink?
Okuni: That sounds like a plan! Let's go!
-[Player] followed behind Keiji.
-Noticing something written on Keiji's back, [Player] asked him about the 
mysterious writing.
Keiji: Oh, this? I'm known for being somewhat wild and eccentric, so I feel 
as if I need to stick out in some way.
Keiji: What do you think? Does it suit me?
--What does it mean?
--Pitiful?

(Pitiful?)*
(What does it mean?)
Well, it means that I'm one of the baddest men around.
Keiji: Although I suppose you could also read it to mean that I often worry 
much more than I should.*

**Okuni: Lord Keiji, I don't think I've seen a cloud in the sky that's as 
restless as you are. What could you possibly worry about?
Magoichi: Indeed. When you feel like fighting, you fight. When you feel like 
grinking, you drink. I wouldn't call that perseverance.
Keiji: I may be a carefree soul, but it's not easy being me. For example, I 
don't even know where I'm going to sleep tonight.
Keiji: Compared to people who have managed to establish some roots, my 
constant restlessness is quite worrisome.
Okuni: In that case, I'd love to have your problems. Who wants to go home 
to the same bed every night anyway?
Keiji: My thoughts exactly. I guess we all have more in common than we though.
Magoichi: Did you ever think differently?
Keiji: Look at the four of us! We're quite the pitiful lot, aren't we?! 
Hahaha!*END*

---
[Kei-7] Duel

-While walking along the dark road, [Player] sensed a threatening presence 
from behind.
Keiji: Hrah!
-In an instant, a piercing battle cry rang throughout the darkness, and an 
assailant lunged at [Player].
--Absorb the blow.
--Dodge the blow.

(Dodge the blow.)
-[Player] deftly twisted in the air and avoided the attack, but immediately 
started to lose balance!*

(Absorb the blow.)
-Although the assailant's blow was deflected, the sheer force of it managed 
to throw [Player] off balance.
--Stand strong and counterattack.
--Deflect the attack to the side.

(Absorb>Stand strong and counterattack.)
-Player stood strong and attempted to strike back, but was overwhelmed by 
the sheer force of the blow and lost balance!*

(Absorb>Deflect the attack to the side.)
-Moving to deflect the attack caused the opponent to lose balance and 
stumble back.
--Slice upward.
--Launch a kick.

(Absorb>Deflect>Launch a kick.)
-[Player] prepared to deliver a powerful kick at the assailant, but the 
uneven ground caused [Player] to lose balance.*

**-Almost immediately, [Player] noticed a second blow rapidly closing in.
-As [Player] prepared to embrace death, the assailant's blade stopped just 
short of its intended target.
Keiji: Victory is mine!
-Standing before [Player] was a very bemused-looking Keiji.
--Only a coward would ambush his opponent!
--Next time, I'll emerge victorious!

(Only a coward would ambush his opponent!)
Keiji: So what? A true warrior must constantly walk the fine line between 
life and death.
Keiji: In the time you took to call me a coward, perhaps you could've done 
something to reverse your fortunes.*

(Next time, I'll emerge victorious!)
Keiji: That's the spirit!*

**Keiji: Next time, try to put up a little more of a fight, will ya? See you 
around!
-And with that said, Keiji left without another word.*END*

(Absorb>Deflect>Slice upward.)
-[Player] sensed an opening and sliced upward, causing the assailant to fall 
to the ground after a failed attempt to dodge the blow.
-[Player] approached the fallen assailant, holding the blade at the enemy's 
throat.
Keiji: I surrender!
-The mystery assailant was none other than Keiji Maeda himself.
-[Player] lowered the weapon and Keiji rose slowly to his feet.
Keiji: I'm impressed! I thought I had it won, but I guess I underestimated 
you.
Keiji: You've improved since we last met. Without a doubt, you are a first 
class fighter!
Keiji: I can't wait to face you again! Next time, I won't be defeated so 
easily!
-Before [Player] could utter a single word, Keiji quickly rose to his feet 
and left.*END*

---
[Kei-8] The Final Blow
=Uesugi Army Camp=

-The battle between the Date and Mogami armies was progressing as planned. 
However...
Messenger: I bring news! The Western Army has been defeated at Sekigahara!
Kanetsugu: What?! Mitsunari, defeated? This can't be!
Keiji: Kanetsugu, you must withdraw our armies at once. Our enemy is 
Masamune. We've no time to lose!
Kanetsugu: We have played right into Masamune's hands. This field shall be 
our tomb!
Keiji: But what a stage it makes! There is nothing more exciting than seeing 
a band of warriors roused into action.
Kanetsugu: Keiji...
Keiji: For me, there is no greater cause than to fight for those comrade 
that continually risk their lives for me.
Kanetsugu: Thank you. Ti cannot express my gratitude enough for you coming 
to the aid of the Uesugi.
Kanetsugu: I must follow your example and throw myself into this battle. The 
land shall know that I fear not enemy numbers nor death itself!
Keiji: It's fine you're willing to die for your cause, but I don't plan 
on letting that happen on my watch!
Keiji: Alright! I'm going to enjoy this!*END*

---
[Kei-9] Farewell.

-Following the battle of Hasedo...
-Even after Kanetsugu Naoe and the rear guard had entered Yonezawa Castle, 
the Date and Mogami troops still did not break their siege.
-Kagekatsu Uesugi sat silently on his stool, almost as if watching over his 
exhausted troops.
-By his side stood Kanetsugu Naoe, and together, they listened to the 
continual stream of reports fromt he scouts.
Keiji: Look at those two, [Player].
Keiji: They refuse to let the times pass them by, instead clinging to the 
code of honor that Kenshin followed.
Keiji: Their disdain for power and its trappings is an example to the world.
Keiji: No matter the outcome of this war, there shall be peace. However...
Keiji: If this is a world that would put such noble samurai to death, I will 
have no part of it.
-Keiji shouldered his weapon, and turning his back upon the Uesugi lord and 
retainer, looked off towards the distant Hasedo Castle.
Keiji: A least out last battle will be a memorable one. I must remember to 
thank Kanetsugu.
Keiji: [Player], you're quite a capable warrior, aren't you?
Keiji: Would you be willing to stay at the castle and look after those two 
for me?
--You can count on me.
--What about you, Lord Keiji?

(You can count on me.)
Keiji: It warms my heart to hear you say those words.*

(What about you, Lord Keiji?)*

**Keiji: There are still Uesugi soldiers out there who have not returned. 
And there are various skirmishes still being fought.
Keiji: With you here, I know this place is safe. Now I'm going out for on 
last hurrah.
-Keiji whistled shrilly and his legendary mount, Matsukaze, came galloping 
toward him.
Keiji: Even when I have nothing left to give, I will do whatever it takes to 
help my comrades in their time of need.
Keiji: [Player], this is farewell!
-Keiji mounted Matsukaze and took off through the gates, and just like that, 
disappeared in the distant horizon.
Keiji: I am Keiji Maeda. Prepare to die!*END*

---
[Nobu] (10 events)
Nobunaga Oda

---
[Nobu-1] Nightingale

-Hideyoshi, Ieyasu and [Player] were accompanying Nobunaga on his journey 
when they came upon a clearing.
Ieyasu: Are we safe out here with no guard present?
Hideyoshi: Don't worry. We have with us here the legendary champion 
[Player], who fought bravely at Itsukushima in the West, and at the Siege of 
Kawagoe Castle in the East.
Nobunaga: Ieyasu, Hideyoshi... I want you to make me a haiku on the 
nightingale. [Player], you shall be the judge.
-Without warning, Nobunaga gave his instructions. Staring mischievously at 
each, he added:
Nobunaga: But this nightingale that does not sing.
Ieyasu: Hmm... Not only must we come up with a haiku on the spot, but our 
nightingale cannot even sing.
Hideyoshi: I've got it. How's this? Silent nightingale / I shall force you 
to sing if / silent you remain.
Ieyasu: Very nice. Mine goes something like this: Though you do not sing / I 
await you patiently / silent nightingale.
Hiseyoshi: And your verse, Lord Nobunaga?
Nabunaga: If you do not sing / I must kill you nightingale / silent 
nightingale.
--Nobunaga's haiku.
--Hideyoshi's haiku.
--Ieyasu's haiku.

(Nobunaga's haiku.)
Ieyasu: I must say that it seems somewhat tragic to resort to murder.
Nobunaga: I find that I disagree.
Nobunaga: A nightingale that cannot sing is like a bird without wings, or a 
horse who has lost its legs.
Nobunaga: With no reason to live, prolonging a life of misery and 
humiliation is by torment. Death is preferable.
-Hideyoshi and Ieyasu fell silent at Nobunaga's words.
Nobunaga: What value is there in hanging on to life? Eventually, death comes 
for us all.
Nobunaga: Therefore, if you value life above all else, then it makes 
everything else in this world worthless.
-Nobunaga stared off into the distance and continued...
Nobunaga: Yet man must continue forward.*END*

(Hideyoshi's haiku.)
Ieyasu: I must say that it seems somewhat tragic to resort to murder.
Nobunaga: I find that I disagree.
Nobunaga: A nightingale that cannot sing is like a bird without wings, or a 
horse who has lost its legs.
Nobunaga: With no reason to live, prolonging a life of misery and 
humiliation is by torment. Death is preferable.
Hideyoshi: I see... I must do whatever I can to somehow force this 
nightingale to sing.
Hideyoshi: Or at least, that is how I see it.
-As he spoke, Hideyoshi stared off into the distance.*END*

(Ieyasu's haiku.)
Ieyasu: I must say that it seems somewhat tragic to resort to murder.
Nobunaga: I find that I disagree.
Nobunaga: A nightingale that cannot sing is like a bird without wings, or a 
horse who has lost its legs.
Nobunaga: With no reason to live, prolonging a life of misery and 
humiliation is by torment. Death is preferable.
Ieyasu: I see... However, with the passage of time, the nightingale may yet 
regain its voice.
Ieyasu: The bird may heal and once again take to the skies, and the horse 
may someday gallop across the plains.
Ieyasu: Together with the bird and the horse, I will patiently await that day.
-As he spoke, Ieyasu stared off into the distance.*END*

---
[Nobu-2] Silver and Stone

-While on a journey, Nobunaga, Mitsuhide and [Player] stopped for a rest 
alongside the path.
Nobunaga: There are 11 pieces of silver within my pocket, all of them equal 
in weight to a single ryo. There is a stone mixed in with them as well.
-Nobunaga reached into his pocket, withdrew the coins, and set them in a 
row. He picked up a single stone and added it amongst them.
Nobunaga: Separate the stone from amidst the silver. However...
-Nobunaga produced a small scale and smirked as he placed it in front of 
Mitsuhide and [Player].
Nobunaga: You may use the scale twice, and twice only.
--It is impossible.
--No problem.

(It is impossible.)
-Mitsuhide nodded emphatically at [Player] and spoke.
Mitsuhide: It is as [Player] says... You must use the scale three times. 
Twice is not enough to produce the stone.
Nobunaga: Open your eyes Mitsuhide, [Player].
-Nobunaga smiled, and without even using the scale, produced the stone and 
held it before them.*

(No problem.)
Mitsuhide: [Player], that's impossible!
Nobunaga: Open your eyes, Mitsuhide.
-Nobunaga laughed and turned to [Player].
-Ignoring the scale, [Player] plucked out the stone and handed it to 
Nobunaga.*

**Mitsuhide: Incredible!
Nobunaga: Two uses of the scale were permitted; however, I never said they 
were obligatory.
Nobunaga: The silver and the pebble are of differing appearance, and of 
different weight. You must have seen where it was placed...
Nobunaga: So Mitsuhide, you were correct. However, the truth is meaningless.
Nobunaga: What may be undisputed fact now may be utterly false at some other 
point in time.
Nobunaga: Therefore, do not allow the truth to keep you from your 
objectivity. See the world for what it is.
-Nobunaga smiled wryly at [Player], then mounted his horse and rode off.
-Mitsuhide and [Player] hurriedly mounted their steeds and galloped after 
Nobunaga.*END*

---
[Nobu-3] Shogi

-Hideyoshi, Ieyasu, and [Player] took turns playing each other at Shogi.
Hideyoshi: I'm sick of playing you two! You're too good for me!
-After a series of defeats, a still winless Hideyoshi threw the pieces in 
anger and upended the board.
Hideyoshi: Lord Ieyasu, for somebody of your numerous talents to be such a 
good Shogi player as well is simply unfair!
Ieyasu: Go may not be your strong suit, Lord Hideyoshi, but is not your 
renown as a warrior sufficient enough?
Nobunaga: I wonder...
-Nobunaga appeared suddenly, causing the three of them to set up straight.
Nobunaga: I would like to play one game. However, you will have little time 
to consider your moves. Which of you will play me?
--Lord Ieyasu, I humbly defer to you.)
--I, [Player], shall trounce you.

(Lord Ieyasu, I humbly defer to you.)
Ieyasu: W-what?! I... [Player]! How could you do this to me?
-Cursing under his breath, Ieyasu took his seat opposite Nobunaga and the 
match began.
-Though Ieyasu was quite skilled at Shogi, he became flustered due to the 
time limit and made one poor move after another.
-Though Nobunaga also committed errors, he continued placidly, capturing 
pieces as he went.
-After many frenetic exchanges across the game board, Nobunaga won the match 
decisively.*

(I, [Player], shall trounce you.)
Ieyasu: Ahh, thank you, [Player]! I am in your debt! Have at it!
-With an obviously relieved Ieyasu cheering in the background, [Player] 
faced off against Nobunaga.
-However, [Player] spend too much time fretting over mistakes, and began to 
rush.
-In response, Nobunaga's unorthodox attacks provoked still more missteps 
form [Player].
-Though Nobunaga also committed errors, he continued placidly, capturing 
pieces as he went.
-When faced with the time limit on moves, [Player] was unable to utilize the 
proper strategies and fell before Nobunaga.*

**Nobunaga: On the field of battle, as in life, there is little time for 
deliberation. Though our losses may mount, still we must not yield.
Hideyoshi: I see... Now, why don't you try facing me this time?
-Hideyoshi came unbidden to sit opposite Nobunaga.
Ieyasu: B-But Lord Hideyoshi. He has beaten even us.
-Before Ieyasu and [Player] could move to intervene, Hideyoshi shot them a 
mischievous wink.
Hideyoshi: I shall give him a taste of his own medicine. Watch and learn.
-Both men set their piece on the board. Hideyoshi removed the pawn from in 
front of his rook.
Hideyoshi: I don't think I'll be needing this.
-He then placed it off to the side of the board. Nobunaga laughed thinly as 
the match began.
-Incredibly, the unskilled Hideyoshi took control of the match.
Ieyasu: Of course! By removing the pawn from before the rook, the rook can 
be deployed immediately... Ingenious!
-Hideyoshi continued to keep Nobunaga on the defensive, until he ultimately 
emerged the winner.
Hideyoshi: In a real battle, one may not alter the enemy's formation, but 
he may do as he like with his own.
Hideyoshi: There are always many paths to the same desination. That's life.
Nobunaga: You should listen to Monkey once in a while.
-Nobunaga laughed heartily and knocked over Hideyoshi's king.*END*

---
[Nobu-4] Nobunaga at Anegawa
=Oda Army Camp=

Hanbei: Nobunaga has won this battle. It was a strategic victory.
-That night, in the Oda camp at Anegawa, Hanbei and Kanbei conversed while 
observing the Azai camp.
Kanbei: Yokoyama Castle is a strategic transportation hub. Capture it, and 
the communications between the Azai and Asakura will be cut.
Hanbei: Thus, in order to protect Yokoyama Castle, Nagamasa would be forced 
to venture forth from the impregnable Odani Castle.
Kanbei: I would prefer if Azai just stayed put. If we could topple Yokoyama 
Castle, then the enemy territory would be ours for the taking.
Hanbei: If isolated, then any fortress will eventually be overcome. We 
simply need to surround them and then wait for them to surrender.
Kanbei: If we drew them out onto the field, our allies will crush them. 
Nagamasa's only chance for victory would be to use the element of surprise.
-Nagamasa's campfires lit the night sky. Meanwhile, far away from Yokoyama 
Castle, Nobunaga's laughter boomed.
Hanbei: Those watch fires must mean they're working through the night in 
order to launch a surprise attack against us tomorrow morning.
Hanbei: But that's impossible. Nobunaga will immediately see through that. 
How unfortunate for Nagamasa.
Kanbei: We have readied our formation to prepare for their assault. The 
spark that is the Azai and Asakura shall be forever extinguished here at 
Anegawa.
Hanbei: It won't be that easy. We mustn't make light of out adversary.
Hanbei: He is passionate, strong of will and has the devoted loyalty of his 
men. That is why we must take precautions.

-At dawn, the Azai-Asakura Army quickly gathered on the far bank of the 
river as expected.
-The Oda-Tokugawa Army of 30,000 strong squared off against the 18,000 men 
of the Azai-Asakura forces. The battle began.*END*

---
[Nobu-5] Nobunaga and Hanbei
=Oda Army Camp=

Hanbei: You are a terror. You rush headfirst towards the peace that has 
eluded our troubled land, without hesitation.
-In the Oda Army camp at Nagashino... Hanbei spoke to Nobunaga, who was 
standing alone.
-At the Shitara Plains, anti-cavalry barricade had been built across the 
battlefield. And behind them, 3,000 rifles lied in wait.
Hanbei: Cavalry are powerless against out rifle formations. r formations, 
and with that spectre before them, the path is hidden.
Hanbei: The true terror of the rifle is not merely tactical. They have 
altered the very foundations of warfare as we know it.
Hanbei: With a bow, the power and range entirely depended upon the bowman, 
be he a veteran or callow youth.
Hanbei: That is not the case with firearms. Men and boys alike wield the 
same power. What is the significance of this?
Hanbei: When a soldier is lost, he can be replaced much more quickly. This 
alone is a drastic change to the way battles are fought.
-When a soldier is lost... In other words, dead. Hanbei's expression 
hardened as he spoke those words.
Hanbei: In the past, soldiers were too valuable to risk in decisive battles, 
so the wars were never won, and the chaos continued.
Hanbei: However, you are different. You realized that with the deployment of 
the rifles, no soldiers must be held in reserve for future battles.
Hanbei: You do not flinch at the sacrifices as you pursue your goal. And 
therefore, a final battle has finally been presented before us. And finally, 
the land my know peace.
Nobunaga: ...Is that so?
-Nobunaga smiled faintly, which infuriated Hanbei.
Hanbei: We are not playthings with which you while away the time! We are 
living, breathing people!
Hanbei: People yearn to build a future for themselves and their loved ones 
from the ashes of their past.
-Nobunaga leaned in toward Hanbei, stared intently into his eyes, and smiled.
Nobunaga: In your final hour you finally realize this, eh, Hanbei?
Hanbei: How could you... ?!
-Just at that moment, Hanbei convulsed as he clutched at his chest in agony.
Nobunaga: Death comes to us all. It is the unavoidable destination, which is 
why we are even on this journey known as life anyway.
Nobunaga: The Takeda are finished. Shingen has overstepped his bounds. His 
failure to seize the capital has invited the overthrow of his clan.
Nobunaga: Therefore, fresh off of his string of victories, Katsuyori seeks 
to continue the Takeda name. However, this is as far as it shall go.
Nobunaga: He and his generals plan grand, heroic deaths for themselves; that 
they might stock the flames of the warrior's hearts, reinvigorating the 
house of Takeda.
Nobunaga: Such fools...
Nobuanga: That plan is futile. They must be destroyed. I cannot allow such 
acts of dissension to go unpunished.
-Withering in pain, Hanbei fell to his knees. Smiling, Nobunaga stood before 
him and spoke.
Nobunaga: I will not relent, Hanbei. I will bring meaning to life.
Hanbei: Urgh... ugh... Aaaah!
-Turning around, Nobunaga prepared to leave, while Hanbei stared at this 
back as he strode away.

---
[Nobu-6] A Target Missed

-In the year 1576, one year after the Battle of Nagashino, Nobunaga was once 
again on the verge of conquering the Kinki region.
-The lord of the Chugoku region, Terumoto Mori, arrived to aid the Kinki 
resistance forces that were encircling Nobunaga.
-Nobuanga ordered Naomasa Ban to lead a large army in an all-out assault 
against the resistance forces.
Magoichi: I will never allow you to get away with this, Nobunaga... 
Everyone! Follow my lead!
-Magoichi assembled thousands of riflemen and launched an counterattack 
against, slaughtering Naomasa and repelling the Oda forces.

-The remaining 7000 troops reache dhte safety of the Tennoji Garrison thanks 
to Mitsuhide Akechi. However...
Mitsuhide: The enemy numbers 15,000. Their allies are many, and more. Morale 
is dangerously low; victory is beyond our reach.
-Surrounded by Magoichi's 15,000 troops, they were left with nothing but to 
wait for death.

-Nobunaga then took to the field to rescue Mitsuhide and his men. But few 
troops mustered to his rash call.
Hideyoshi: This is madness, Lord Nobunaga. There aren't even three thousand 
men here. They aren't even a fifth of what awaits you!
Hideyoshi: Even if you count Mitsuhide's tired and wounded men, you don't 
even have ten thousand. If that isn't enough, you face the Saika Rebel's 
rifles!
Nobunaga: Let them come.
-Nobunaga deftly mounted his horse, and galloped headlong toward the enemy.
-Hideyoshi and [Player], trailing behind, hurled themselves after him, 
toward certain death.
Officer: Fools! Have they come seeking death? It makes no sense. Perhaps the 
rumors of Nobunaga's sortie are false.
Magoichi: Nobunaga's movtives are inscrutable! Don't try to make sense out 
of his actions. Reason is no key to his madness!
-Ignoring the other officers, Magoichi took up his gun, made for the 
battlefield, and went looking for Nobunaga.
Magoichi: Where are you, Nobunaga? My aim is infallible. Once I've got you 
in my sights, there is no escape.
Maoichi: You should have stayed, pondering the utopian dream alone at Azuchi 
Castle.
Nobunaga: But one man's dream will do nothing for the people.
Magoichi: Thus you prowl about, igniting conflicts, and take countless lives!
Nobunaga: Every life is equally precious. Therefore, every life is equally 
worthless.
Nobunaga: I ask you thin. Is it better to die, swallowed by the tide of 
fate, or resist, with purpose and brilliance, and live.
Magoichi: I have a question for you too. I'll let my rifle ask it.
-Magoichi took aim at Nobunaga, and pulled the trigger.

-Meanwhile, word of Nobunaga's assault reached Mitsuhide and his men at the 
Tonnoji Garrison.
Messenger: Lord Nobunaga is leading a regiment against the main enemy force!
Mitsuhide: Impossible! They ride into the very jaws of death!</pre><pre id="faqspan-5">
Mitsuhide: We can wait for a full report and risk death, or take the matter 
into our own hands.
Mitsuhide: The time is now! Men, battered though we may be, we must rescue 
Lord Nobunaga!
Mitsuhide: The shadows of defeat and disgrace will vanish in the light of 
our glorious victory! We are destined for victory!

-Nobunaga's foolis gambit, and Mitsuhide's subsequent charge were 
completely unexpected by the enemy. The battlefield was in chaos.
Magoichi: It can't be.
-Magoichi was astonished. He lost sight of Nobunaga in the melee.
Magoichi: I missed my mark.
-Magoichi's bullet missed Nobunaga's heart. It only grazed his thigh.

-Nobunaga's troops stood and repelled Magoichi's forces. After the battle, 
Mitsuhide, overcome with emotion, fell to his knees before Nobunaga.
Nobunaga: This is how life opens before you. Did you feel it, Mitsuhide?
Mitsuhide: Yes, my lord.
Nobunaga: Look at me, Mitsuhide. Strike down he who stands in your way.
-Mitsuhide looked up. Smiling softly, Nobunaga stood before him.*END*

---
[Nobu-7] Steamed Bun

-Araki Murashige, a lord of Settsu, came to request an audience with Nobunaga.
Murashige: There are matters I wish to discuss with you, my lord.
Nobunaga: Very well.
Murashige: Please, you must send me troops. I beg of you, you must 
reconsider Settsu's situation.
-Nobunaga had many enemies in Settsu, and had suffered their treachery before.
Murashige: In the spirit of a new beginning, I ask that you let me take care 
of Settsu!
-The room erupted into murmurs with Murashige's pronouncement.
Mitsuhide: An entire domain, eh? He's not shy.
Hideyoshi: That's too heavy a load for out dear Lord Araki! I think you 
should leave it to me!
Nobunaga: Silence!
-One thunderous command from Nobunaga returned the room to silence.
-In the blink of an eye, Nobunaga was on his feet, blade drawn.
--Stop Murashige from being slain.
--Murashige's insolence cannot stand. He must be punished!

 (Stop Murashige from being slain.)*
(Murashige's insolence cannot stand. He must be punished!)*
**-Nobunaga waited for Murashige to lower his sword, then speared a steamed 
bun with is blade.
Nobunaga: Eat!
-He pointed at Murashige with the blade that speared the steamed bun.
-All expected that Murashige would meet his end.
Murashige: Yes, my lord.
-Murashige devoured the impaled steamed bun with exceptional vigor.
Nobunaga: Excellent.
-Nobunaga departed.
Hideyoshi: That one's got guts to spare. One day, he'll be a great man.*END*

---
[Nobu-8] Big Words

-Motochika Chosokabe, Lord of Tosa and an Oda ally, sought counsel with 
Nobunaga.
Nobunaga: So, you are the bat on a birdless island.
Motochika: Your kindness humbles me, my lord.
Nobunaga: Does it now? Hahahaha!
Motochika: Hahahaha!
Toshiie: Looks like they're firm friends already.
Toshiie: I've no idea how though. I don't even understand what they're 
saying!
--I understand.
--I haven't a clue either.

(I understand.)
Toshiie: Do you really get it, [Player]? No wonder Lord Nobunaga saw so much 
in you.*END*

(I haven't a clue either.)
Toshiie: That's what I thought, [Player]. That's a relief. Hero for the 
ages you may be, but even you aren't sure.
Toshiie: All's well then. I'm in trouble if I'm the only one who doesn't 
get it.*END*

---
[Nobu-9] Seeds of Rebellion

-By all outward appearances, Nobunaga's world was tranquil. 
-However, [Player] had many contacts, and heard shadowy rumors of a plot to 
assassinate Nobunaga.
-Given Nobunaga's penchant for making enemies, many people could have been 
plotting his death.
-Regardless of their actual guilt, only rumors of the following members of 
Nobunaga's inner circle reached him.
-Mitsuhide Akechi, Shibata Katsuie, Tokugawa Ieyasu, and even his son, Oda 
Nobutada, were suspected.
-[Player] went to Nobunaga to deliver a report.

Nobunaga:... Is that so?
-As expected, Nobunaga listed with an amused smirk on his face, and 
summarily ignored the report.
--So you have faith in your men?
--You can't let the flow of time stop.

(So you have faith in your men?)
Nobunaga: Do you believe this?
-This time Nobunaga was clearly amused, and his grin became a laugh.
Nobunaga: Faith is a prayer for things to stay as they are, small and 
understandable.
Nobunaga: I could create a small world here in the palm of my hand, or a 
miraculous, fantasy world of great proportions.
Nobunaga: Forced to choose, would you take the latter?
-Nobunaga clapped [Player] on the shoulder and smiled.
Nobunaga: Don't be guillible. I pray ceaselessly. I hope for betrayal.*

(You can't let the flow of time stop.)
Nobunaga: Even if you kill Nobunaga the man, you cannot stop the flow of time.
-This time Nobunaga was clearly amused, and his grin became a laugh.
Nobunaga: They pray for things to stay small and understandable.
Nobunaga: Sacrificing my body to their puny gods is a waste of time.
-Nobunaga clapped [Player] on the shoulder and smiled.
Nobunaga: It is not Nobunaga alone who can advance the passage of time.*

**-A rear door slid open. Ranmaru bent in a polite, brisk bow.
Ranmaru: Lord Nobunaga, it is time for the meeting with the Hakata partisans.
-The audience with Nobunaga, at that point, ended.*END*

[Nobu-10] Professor Mori's Analysis
=Mori Clan Castle=

Motonari: Quite an interesting battle, isn't it? Lord Nobunaga shall alter 
the very essence of waging war.
Motonari: Until now, it was seldom that even a great battle would result in 
a lasting settlement.
Motonari: It takes a lot of time to recruit replacement for fallen soldiers. 
This is especially true when one is engaged with other enemies.
Motonari: Troops can be recruited and sent to fight, while the true 
settlement is being politically settled in negotiations.
Motonari: This takes time, naturally. The battlefield and its environs will 
be devastated, and no crops will be harvested.
Motonari: These settlements are always compromises. No quarrel is ever truly 
laid to rest. This pattern had repeated itself throughout history.

Motonari: With this battle, Lord Nobunaga aims to achieve swift, decisive 
victory with an ingenious new strategy.
Motonari: To do this, a trap to lure out Lord Yoshimoto Imagawa has been 
very carefully designed.
Motonari: Five years earlier, the lord of Narumi Castle, an Oda vassal, 
defected to the Imagawa side.
Motonari: In reality, though, the lord of narumi Castle maintained his 
allegiance to the Oda, and the rumor of treachery was spread to deceive 
Yoshimoto.
Motonari: I think this is what Nobunaga intended all along.
Motonari: However, Lord Yoshimoto got wind of the plot, put the lord of 
Narumi Castle to the sword, and assumed direct control of the castle.
Motonari: This weakened the Mikawa and other local clans, and the Imagawa 
gained the advantage through their direct control of the area.
Motonari: Moreover, Narumi Castle was positioned neat the heart of the Oda 
clan. With this acquisition, the Oda's opposition gained the upper hand.
Motonari: On the other hand, it put them dangerously close to the Oda's 
headquarters. Lord Nobunaga moved quickly to surround Narumi Castle.
Motonari: Given the iron-fisted local rule, he had no fears of being set 
upon by the local castle.
Motonari: Under pressure, the Imagawa sent reinforcements. Using Narumi 
Castle as bait, Nobunaga had snared a big fish.
Motonari: Lord Yoshimoto pulled back his attacking forces from Narumi 
Castle. As he had done in the past, he sought to enter into negotiation.
Motonari: Nobunaga dashed his hopes of negotiation, and changed the nature 
of warfare. He did this to bring the era of strife to a speedy close.

Motonari: Indeed, without victory there is nothing. But the way I see it, he 
knew he could win.
Motonari: The Imagawa, with their great numbers, pressed the Oda forces, but 
the long week of campaigning had taken their toll on their forces.
Motonari: Once the local clans joined the fight, the Imagawa's hopes for a 
great victory faded away before his eyes.
Motonari: Under the direct rule policy of the Imagawa, the local lords 
realized that he recent tragedy at Narumi Castle could one day be their own 
fate.
Motonari: Their will to fight was limited, meaning that in reality, there no 
more than 5000 fatigued troops to defeat.
Motonari: Ah, for shame! I've run on for far too long. Being long-winded is 
bound to bore and annoy everyone.
Motonari: Anyway, we must continue to observe history as it unfolds.*END*

---
[Mits] (9 events)
Mitsuhide Akechi

---
[Mits-1] Mitsuhide's Resolve

Hideyoshi: That's quite a rough road for a retreat.
Mitsuhide: Lord Hideyoshi.
-Following the Battle of Kanegasaki, [Player] was engaged in conversation 
with Mitsuhide and Hideyoshi.
Hideyoshi: Ah, Mitsuhide, my thanks for your aid.
Hideyoshi: You cut your way through with the rearguard, and really showed 
what you're made of! Just was we were starting to hand our heads.
Hideyoshi: That was some king of rescue! We are most indebted, Lord Mitsuhide!
Mitsuhide: I was only protecting the life of Lord Nobunaga.
Hideyoshi: No, not at all! You risked your life in the attack, just as Lord 
Nobunaga did.
Hideyoshi: I don't know about the rest of you, but I'd go to the end o the 
earth for some food right now.
Mitsuhide: Lord Mitsuhide, we look forward to fighting with you again!
Mitsuhide: ...
Mitsuhide: Likewise. I will follow my leader without reservation.
Mitsuhide: Indeed, it is he who guides me through the blood and tears of 
these troubled times.
Mitsuhide: Toward the peace on the horizon.*END*

---
[Mits-2] Ill Omens

-One fine day in the country, [Player] happened to cross paths with Akechi 
Mitsuhide.
Mitsuhide: I have heard much of your recent heroic exploits. Lord Nobunaga, 
as well, expects great work from you.
--I am most humbled.
--Well, that's to be expected.

(I am most humbled.)
Mitsuhide: Soon, the mayhem of the battle will again rise to meet us. You 
must devote yourself even more deeply.*

(Well, that's to be expected.)
Mitsuhide: Be that s it may, the coming battles will be fiercer still. You 
must be remain committed to your cause.*

**Mitsuhide: For now, I bid you farewell.
-As Mitsuhide took his leave, he dropped a small slip of folded paper.
--Retrieve and open it.
--Call out to Mitsuhide.

(Retrieve and open it.)
-[Player] opened the folded piece of paper.
Mitsuhide: Ah, that's...
-It was his fortune.
Mitsuhide: Ah, but you've already seen it.
Mitushide: It is most rude to read another's fortune. And...
-The fortune foretold great ill for Mitsuhide.*

(Call out to Mitsuhide.)
Mitsuhide: What?
-[Player] called out to Mitsuhide, informing him of the dropped slip of paper.
Mitsuhide: Ah, thank you so much.
Mitsuhide: It's a fortune I got when I stopped at a shrine.
Mitsuhide: It was not good, I'm afraid.*

**-Mitsuhide was clearly crestfallen.
--Laugh it off; it's just a slip of paper.
--Tie it to a tree.

(Laugh it off; it's just a slip of paper.)
Mitsuhide: That's easy for you to say.
Mitsuhide: But you're right, it is just a slip of paper.
Mitsuhide: Seeing you laugh about it lifts my spirits. You are a strange 
one, aren't you.*

(Tie it to a tree.)
-[Player] tied the fortune to the branch of a nearby tree.
Mitsuhide: With that, my troubles cease?
Mitsuhide: Yes, I suppose they do. Let us pray they do.
Mitsuhide: I am most grateful.
-The life returned to Mitsuhide's face.*

**Mitsuhide: This was most unexpected. I though you cold and arrogant.
Mitsuhide: Those were my assumptions.
Mitsuhide: Perhaps I sensed some measure of impetuousness in your success.
Mitsuhide: Now, however, I must be off.
-Mitsuhide bowed respectively and left.*END*

---
[Mits-3] Lunar Illusions

-One night, out for a walk, [Player] came across Mitsuhide, leaning up 
against a tree.
Mitsuhide: Oh, it's you.
-Mitsuhide turned glazed eyes this way. He looked deathly pale.
Mitsuhide: I wanted to feel the breeze. The moon is almost terrifying in it 
beauty.
-But the moon was not out. Something was wrong.
--Are you alright?
--Shall I call for someone?

(Are you alright?)
Mitsuhide: Certainly.*

(Shall I call for someone?)
Mitsuhide: No. I've no desire to cause a ruckus.*

**Mitsuhide: Really. It's nothing.
Mitsuhide: To tell the truth, I've had a bit to drink. I'm something of a 
lightweight, you see.
-Mitsuhide laughed weakly.
--You look terrible.
--You've simply had too much.

(You look terrible.)
Mitsuhide: I agree. Though I know it, I can't help it.*

(You've simply had too much.)
Mitsuhide: I know it all too well. But try as I might, I can't avoid it.*

**Mitsuhide: Maybe it's time you got going. I'll be fine.
--Is there nothing I can do?
--Well then, take care of yourself.

(Is there nothing I can do?)
Mitsuhide: Don't bother about me.
Mitsuhide: But if it isn't too much trouble, won't you fetch me some water?*

(Well then, take care of yourself.)
Mitsuhide: Wait a moment.
Mitsuhide: I do have one thing to ask of you. Won't you fetch me some water?*

**-[Player] returned quickly after drawing some water for Mitsuhide.
-Mitsuhide guzzled the water draining it in one gulp.
Mitsuhide: Ah, that hit the spot. Thanks to you, I feel much better.
Katsuie: So this is where you've been hiding. Lord Nobunaga will be furious.
Mitsuhide: Oh, I must hurry back to my seat.
-Mitsuhide rose unsteadily to his feet. [Player] reached out quickly to 
steady him.
Mitsuhide: For you to see me like this... I shall never drink again.
-Mitsuhide pulled away from the proffered hand and stumbled away into the 
distance.*END*

---
[Mits-4] The Curious Daughter

Mitsuhide: Today, there is someone who wishes to make your acquaintance.
-One day, [Player] was summoned to speak with Mitsuhide.
Mitsuhide: I have worried about if it is correct to make this introduction, 
but I did not want to hide anything from you.
Mitsuhide: Will you meet this person?
--With pleasure.
--I am not sure I should.

(With pleasure.)*
(I am not sure I should.)
Mitsuhide: Please reconsider, I beg you.
-Mitsuhide bowed deeply.*

**Mitsuhide: Enter!
Gracia: Yes, my lord.
Mitsuhide: Introduce yourself, and do be courteous.
Gracia: It is my honor to stand before you.
Mitsuhide: Allow me to present my daughter.
--You can't be serious!
--Actually, I knew about her.

(You can't be serious!)
Mitsuhide: Had my daughter been courtly and modest, I would not have kept 
her hidden from view.*

(Actually, I knew about her.)
Mitsuhide: So you knew, did you? She is such an excitable child, and she 
brings me such shame.
Mitsuhide: Her curiosity is so strong. I wonder what a manner of mischief 
she is up to when my back is turned.*

**Gracia: Father! You make it sound like I don't listen to a word I say!
Mitsuhide: Is it not so? I do believe I told you to change your clothes and 
make yourself presentable.
Gracia: I'm not interested in such nonsense! These are exotic, imported 
fashions, and I think they're stunning.
--They suits you nicely.
--A change of clothes is in order.

(They suits you nicely.)
Gracia: Ha! Someone who understands me! Wonderful!*

(A change of clothes is in order.)
Gracia: You complain a lot, just like Father. It's very disappointing.*

**Mitsuhide: Very good. Now please leave us.
Gracia: Huh? If it's very good, why do I have to leave then? Tell me, Father!
Mitsuhide: I tell you, I don't where she gets it, this brashness.
Mitsuhide: [Player], this is my daughter, for what she it.
Mitsuhide: I do so regret troubling you in this way, but please try to teach 
her some manners.
Gracia: I'm counting on you!
Mitsuhide: ...*END*

---
[Mits-5] The Letter
Mitsuhide: Oh, it's you.
-[Player] paid Mitsuhide a visit, and saw a half-written letter lying on his 
desk.
Mitsuhide: Read it, by all means. I felt it was time to take a break.
Mitsuhide: In all honesty, it's a very depressing letter.
Mitsuhide: It is a letter of condolence written to a clan whose loyal 
retainer was wounded in battle
Mitsuhide: In war, there are always the wounded, the slain.
Mitsuhede: When this really strikes you, it not during the battle itself.
Mitsuhide: It strikes home here and now, as one writes letters of condolence 
to the families.
--We must fight to end this chaos.
--Then perhaps you should lay down your arms.

(We must fight to end this chaos.)
Mitsuhide: That's right. That is why I have served Lord Nobunaga faithfully.*

(Then perhaps you should lay down your arms.)
Mitsuhide: Perhaps, but the war will continue with or without me. The people 
will continue to suffer.
Mitsuhide: That is why I have served Lord Nobunaga faithfully.*

**Mitsuhide: Within ten years, though, Lord Nobunaga will have freed us from 
this torment.
Mitsuhide: I have no indecision. I will become a warrior-demon, and offer 
victory up to Lord Nobunaga.
Mitsuhide: And I want to see Lord Nobunaga's vision for a peaceful world as 
soon as I can.
--For now, we must fight.
--Are things truly the way you say they are?


(For now, we must fight.)
Mitsuhide: Of course, it is so.*

(Are things truly the way you say they are?)
Mitsuhide: What are you trying to say?
-[Player] asked Mitsuhide if he though Nobunaga was truly fighting to bring 
an end to the suffering.
Mitsuhide: If we look back upon the path Lord Nobunaga has traveled to this 
point the answer is clear.*

**Mitsuhide: Confronted at every turn with death and suffering, still he 
battles on.
Mitsuhide: Despite the terrible path ahead, he has the confidence never to 
break his stride.
Mitsuhide: He can accomplish this because he has allies fighting at his 
side... perhaps this is self-indulgement fantasy?
-Mitsuhide looked directly at [Player].
--I also rely on you, Mitsuhide.
--It is hard to say.

(I also rely on you, Mitsuhide.)
Mitsuhide: Thank you, [Player].*

(It is hard to say.)
Mitsuhide: Perhaps I spoke too rashly.
Mitsuhide: But as an officer of the Oda Army, I trust you.*

**Mitsuhide: Now I must finish writing my letter. After speaking with you, I 
feel my burden lifting.
-Mitsuhide turned towards his desk, and began to write, painstakingly, one 
letter at a time.*END*

---
[Mits-6] The Demon King's Cruelty

The Oda had taken control of Osaka Harbor. The supply route to the 
resistance forces had been disrupted.
-Following the battle of Kizugawa, [Player] watched Mitsuhide in 
conversation with Nobunaga.
Mitsuhide: The protracted peasant uprising has been quelled.
Nobunaga: This is the best you can do, Mitsuhide? You owe me more than that.
Nobunaga: Until every last opponent has been crushed, the attack must 
continue, as strong as ever.
Mitsuhide: But, my lord!
Mitsuhide: But so much more blood, so many more tears must flow if we persist.
Nobunaga: Pay the bodies of the dead no mind. You must face the future, and 
forge ahead.
Nobunaga: To stop is to admit defeat.
Mitsuhide: ...
Mitsuhide: Lord Nobunaga, you...*END*

---
[Mits-7] The Moment of Truth

-After the battle of Kizugawa, [Player] spotted Mitsuhide standing on the 
battlefield.
Mitsuhide: Before, you asked me a question.
Mitsuhide: Is Nobunaga truly fighting to end this suffering?
Mitsuhide: You're right. I should have known much earlier.
--Are you sure you only realized now?
--What are you talking about?

(Are you sure you only realized now?)
Mitsuhide: Indeed, I may have realized a long time ago.
Mitsuhide: I struggled once I found the answer. I thought that I might be 
deceiving myself.
Mitsuhide: But now, I know without a doubt.*

(What are you talking about?)
Mitsuhide: His power points the way to the end of this chaos. But what lies 
beyond that?
Mitsuhide: At last, I understand.*

**Mitsuhide: The world I seek is not at the end of this road piled with 
bodies and awash in tears.
Mitsuhide: I thought I saw what he saw, but it was nothing more than an 
illusion.
Mitsuhide: ...
-Mitsuhide fell silent, as though he were trying to come to a conclusion.
--What are you thinking?
--Then what of Lord Nobunaga's fate?

(What are you thinking?)
Mitsuhide: I do not want to speak of that, even to you. No, because it's 
you, I must not.*

(Then what of Lord Nobunaga's fate?)
Mitsuhide: Please, don't say any more.*

**Mitsuhide: I'm going for a walk to calm myself.
--Shall we walk together?
--Farewell.

(Shall we walk together?)
Mitsuhide: No, you mustn't.
Mitsuhide: You cannot accompany me. Please stay behind.
Mitsuhide: The north wind blows especially cold tonight. You'll catch cold. 
Farewell.*END*

(Farewell.)
Mitsuhide: Farewell, and take care.*END*

---
[Mits-8] The Brave Daughter
=Akechi Army Camp=

-June, 1582 Mitsuhide was supposed to lead reinforcement for Hideyoshi in 
his assault on the Mori.
Gracia: Father!
Mitsuhide: Why have you come here? You must return at once.
Gracia: No. I am my father's daughter, after all. As long as I'm by your 
side, Father, nothing can hurt us.
Mitsuhide: This battle will be as no battle before it. You couldn't 
possibly understand.
Gracia: I do understand, Father.
Gracia: That's why I must be beside you... I want to be here for you.
Mitsuhide: I really have no idea where you came by your brashness.
Mitsuhide: Lord Nobunaga, your place in the new order shall be mine!
-With that, Mitsuhide ordered his army forward, but not to assist Hideyoshi.
-They moved toward Honnoji, and Nobunaga.*END*

---
[Mits-9] For a Land Free of War

Mitsuhide: ...
-[Player] paid Mitsuhide a visit, and found him alone, staring off into the 
distance.
Mitsuhide: One more battle has ended.
Mitsuhide: Hearts are heavy in the aftermath. But there remain no lingering 
doubts.
--Is the end of our torment in sight?
--Because the Demon King is no more?

(Is the end of our torment in sight?)*
(Because the Demon King is no more?)*
**Mitsuhide: That's right.
Mitsuhide: And I have trusted comrades beside me.
Mitsuhide: Through this war, I have learned that I am but a frail creature.
Mitsuhide: But I also believe this.
Mitsuhide: Because I am weak, I feel the pain of those who suffer.
Mitsuhide: I fervently pray for a world where the weak do not live under 
constant threat.
--Those are noble sentiments.
--Is this truly what matters?

(Those are noble sentiments.)
Mitsuhide: Your words have banished all doubt from my mind.*

(Is this truly what matters?)
Mitsuhide: Perhaps you, with your lion's heart, cannot understand.*

**Mitsuhide: We are almost there.
Mitsuhide: I want to look upon a land of peace with you.
Mitsuhide: Let's go.*END*

---
[Ken] (13 events)
Kenshin Uesugi

---
[Ken-1] Hail of Bullets

-At the front lines of a certain battle...
-[Player] had ventured too far forth, and had been targeted by the distant 
enemy riflemen.
Kenshin: Fall back.
-Kenshin strode up, and stood protectively before [Player].
Kenshin: It is dangerous. You will be shot.
-As soon as he spoke, a bullet grazed his cheek. Kenshin did not so much as 
flinch.
--Remind Kenshin he is not bulletproof, either.
--Obediently do as Kenshin says.

(Remind Kenshin he is not bulletproof, either.)
-Nevertheless, Kenshin stood his ground.
-Even under the hail of bullets, Kenshin's expression was other worldly, 
even as [Player] shouted a warning.
Aya: Do not bother. Kenshin will not heed your warning.
Aya: It has not occurred to Kenshin that he might be struck by a bullet.
-Surely enough, Kenshin walked fearlessly ahead, as though swimming through 
the rain of bullets.
Aya: One might assume there is something wrong with Kenshin.
Aya: But it is precisely because something is amiss that he sees with his 
mind that which no other can detect.
Kenshin: I have read the energies of this battlefield. This will be a mighty 
sacrifice to the heavens.
-Kenshin turned his back on the enemy fusillade, and placidly headed back 
toward his camp.*END*

(Obediently do as Kenshin says.)
-[Player] with drew as Kenshin requested.
Kenshin: Victory is survival. Or, if you will, the gift of life.
-Kenshin spoke as he passed by [Player]. Bullets continued to whir past.
Kenshin: I am sure you thought you had read the battlefield, but if we 
should lose a champion such as you, I will have lost the war.
Kenshin: You must learn the art of appreciating life, as my sister is fond 
of saying.
-[Player] stared back at Kenshin. Bullets continued to fly between them.*END*

---
[Ken-2] The God of War

-The Uesugi were engaging in drills and maneuvers.
Kenshin: Hiiiiyaaa!
-Kenshin rode freely through the ranks, dividing soldiers into units.
-The designations seemed almost random, as lords and their retainers often 
found themselves in different groups.
-However...
Kenshin: Change your formation. Change from Rolling Wheel to Fish Scale 
formation. Do this to break through the center of the enemy line.
-Each unit shifted so fluidly that it seemed they had been performing the 
maneuver together for decades.
Aya: Kenshin truly is the God of War.
Aya: He knows intuitively the best way to position his troops.
--He is a true genius.
--But he is beyond emulation.

(He is a true genius.)
Aya: He is the avatar of Bishamonten, punisher of the wicked.
-[Player] and Lady Aya looked on in awe and admiration at the army that 
moved in concert like one mighty beast.*END*

(But he is beyond emulation.)
Aya: True enough. It is useless for a mere mortal to imitate such genius.
Aya: Genius must be found anew in each succeeding generation. [Player], you 
must never forget this.
-Lady Aya nodded her approval at a[Player] much as a teacher acknowledges an 
apt pupil.*END*

---
[Ken-3] Lucky Charm

-Kenshin and Ujiyasu were seated upon a boulder. [Player] was talking with 
them.
Ujiyasu: Kenshin, give me your underclothes. I want to give them to my men 
as talismans against harm.
Kenshin: Why do you ask this of me?
--Why not Shingen's underclothes?
--Why not Nobunaga's underclothes?

(Why not Shingen's underclothes?)
Ujiyasu: Ridiculous! That scoundrel's unmentionables as spiritual 
protection... Ha!
Kenshin: They would bring you divine providence.
Ujiyasu: He fight with too much deception for my liking.
Ujiyasu: I'm not having all my young men fighting like him!*

(Why not Nobunaga's underclothes?)
Ujiyasu: Ridiculous! You'd be cursed just for touching them.*

**Ujiyasu: None but thoughts of battle ever cross your mind.
Ujiyasu: Regarless of whether that's the right way to be, you're an open 
book, that's for sure.
Ujiyasu: That's why I want them. Role model for the greenhorns, eh?
Kenshin: Compliments from Ujiyasu. Let us pray it doesn't snow.
Ujiyasu: It always snows in your lands you fool.*END*

---
[Ken-4] Aya and Kenshin

-[Player] called upon Kenshin.
-After the battle, they were at an abandoned camp. Kenshin bowed on one knee 
before Lady Aya.
Aya: Honor is the acknowledgement of the inherent value of the world. But 
love must always be the foundation of honor.
-The invincible God of War knelt before such a delicate woman. [Player] 
gazed in wonderment at this paradoxical scene.
Aya: Your armor is in your chest. The strongest armor one can wear is in 
one's heart.
-Lady Aya struck Kenshin with a rod, in the manner of a Zen monk.
-The rod bit into Kenshin's shoulder with a reverberating crack.
Aya: We etch honor and love deeply into your souls. So very deep... You 
understand, don't you, Kenshin.
-Lady Aya caught sight of [Player]. Her red lips formed a smile on her 
alabaster face.
Aya: I have our guest with you, Kenshin. Let us end today's conversation 
here.
-Lady Aya helped Kenshin to his feet. With a bow to [Player] she was gone.
-Kensin and [Player] were alone in the camp, where only the cloying scent of 
Lady Aya's sweat remained.
--Why do you do as she says?
--I, too, wish to study at Lady Aya's feet.

(Why do you do as she says?)
-Kenshin stared at [Player] as the impertinent question was swallowed by the 
silence.
Kenshin: I have yet to fully understand the concept of righteousness.
-After a heavy silence, Kenshin spoke.
Kenshin: Might cannot make right. Right must be supported by might.
Kenshin: But I have yet to discern when right may be. Might still hides in 
the guise of right.
Kenshin: Therefore we must follow those who speak rightly, and spare no 
might in the pursuit of right.*END*

(I, too, wish to study at Lady Aya's feet.)
Kenshin: I see. I find you... unusual.
Kenshin: I have often been told by my sister that something is not quite 
right within me.
Kenshin: Perhaps it is I who am unusual.
-Kenshin stared at [Player], deep in thought.
Kenshin: Forgive me, [Player] Your envy is beyond my comprehension.*END*

---
[Ken-5] Brothers in Arms

-Kenshin, Shingen, Ujiyasu, and [Player] sat talking among themselves.
Ujiyasu: Why do you have a suspicious look in your eye, Shingen?
Shingen: It's nothing. I can't help but feel there has been some subtle 
shift in Kenshin's fighting style.
Shingen: He is as ever the Dragon of Echigo. There's just something at the 
core, fading in and out, barely a flicker.
Kenshin: I don't know what it could be. What do you think?
--Hunger for peace.
--I haven't the slightest idea.

(Hunger for peace.)
Kenshin: Peace...
Shingen: Oh, Kenshin. Have you finally realized the worth of my righteous 
path to glory?
Ujiyasu: Come on, Kenshin, not you too!*END*

(I haven't the slightest idea.)
Shingen: You have no idea? Well, you are honest, I will say that much.
Ujiyasu: But I will say this. Since you joined him, something about our dear 
Dragon has changed.
Shingen: Yes. He now has a comrade in battle.
-At Shingen's words, a thin, heartfelt smile crept across Kenshin's 
face.*END*

---
[Ken-6] The Meaning of Victory

-Kenshin and Shingen faced each other as they drank.
Kenshin: Sake shared with you, Nemesis, is sweet in deed.
Shingen: I look forward to the day when we can partake together, in peace.
-[Player] busily refilled glasses, served the victuals, and ran back and 
forth.
Shingen: Thank you, [Player], for looking after us so.
Shingen: May I ask you a question? What is the difference between the way 
Kenshin and I fight?
--Tactics and strategy.
--Your handling of the aftermath.

(Tactics and strategy.)
Shingen: That's true. I aim for a narrow victory.
Shingen: But Kenshin sometimes goes for overkill.
Kenshin: Lately I have followed your example.
Kenshin: After my crushing victories, I now return swiftly to camp.
Shingen: But only after crushing victories I see.
-Shingen lifted his cup contentedly, while Kenshin quietly drained his.*END*

(Your handling of the aftermath.)
Shingen: You are sharp indeed. Kenshin fight one battle at a time.
Shingen: Victory in each battle is his only goal. That's why he's so 
formidable.
Kenshin: My nemesis believes he can take many domains once the battle has 
ended.
Kenshin: And that is why he moves with utmost caution.
Shingen: You can't mean to suggest it is because I'm weak?
Kenshin: Of course not.
-Shingen and Kenshin nodded and raised their glasses.*END*

---
[Ken-7] A Gift of Salt

-After Yoshimoto was slain at the Battle of Okehazama, Shingen dissolved the 
alliance between Kai, Sagami and Suruga.
Shingen: This vacuum of power invites catastrophe. But it must be thus, if I 
am to rule.
-After the demise of Yoshimoto, Shingen attacked the Imagawa clan, and took 
parts of their domain.

Ujiyasu: This hits too close to home. I can't let it go. This has been in 
the making since before the alliance was dissolved.
-Meanwhile, the Hojo and Imagawa formed an alliance, and conpired to deprive 
the Takeda of their supply of salt.
-The landlocked Takeda began to suffer from salt deprivation. It would 
become to known as the "Salt Embargo."
-[Player] came before Kenshin, enemy of the Takeda, and spoke.
--Send some salt to the Takeda.
--Now is our chance to strike at the Takeda!

(Send some salt to the Takeda.)
-Kenshin nodded solemnly at [Player]'s words.
Kenshin: You have spoken what is in my heart...*

(Now is our chance to strike at the Takeda!)
-Kenshin shook his head at [Player]'s words.
Kensin: You propose something crooked.*

**Kenshin: I am sending salt to my nemesis. You must guard it on its journey.
Kenshin: You are also very influential with the Takeda. Go, and give this 
message to Shingen.
Kenshin: Tell him he needn't thank me. Tell him my quarrel is with him 
alone. I am no enemy to the people of Kai.

-Thus, Kenshin sent salt to the Takeda domain of Kai.
Shingen: I see, so that's what Kenshin said.
Shingen: Impeccably honorable, unmatched in strategy, infallibly courageous. 
Is he the one who will govern the people with justice?
-Shingen looked toward the sky as he spoke.*END*

---
[Ken-8] A Nemesis Missed

Kensin: I am unsatisfied.
-After the victory, in the empty camp, Kenshin looked up to the heaven and 
spoke.
Kenshin: After so long and treacherous a path, I finally face the site of 
the ultimate battle.
Kenshin: But it has finished before I am able to exhibit even one third of 
my strategic ability.
Kenshin: I only ask for an adversary worth enough to prepare a true 
challenge for me.
-The old enemy he sought, the one he had matched wits with in many epic 
battles, was of this world no longer.
Kenshin: I remain unsatisfied...
-Kenshin spoke once more. [Player] could only watch, wordlessly.*END*

---
[Ken-9] A Principled Man

-While traveling, [Player] was accosted by many crying children claiming a 
"white demon" had come out of the mountains.
-Turning toward the mountains, [Player] was overcome by a sense of foreboding.
-Just then, a large, white figure approached [Player] from behind.
Kenshin: Ah, [Player]! How unexpected. I trust you are well.
-[Player] turned to see the cause of the strife. Kenshin had taken up 
hermitage on the mountain.
Kenshin: I am honing my battle skills.
-Unbidden, Kenshin began telling the story of his presence on the mountain.
Kenshin: Books and maps do not contain enough detail.
Kenshin: To come up with the very best strategy, I decided I needed to leave 
my castle, and come here.
-Kenshin's famous wanderlust had emerged once more.
Kenshin: Only by striding over the field of battle and breathing in the air, 
can one truly imaging the battle to come.
--You're always thinking of battle.
--So this is how the God of War's strategy was born.

(You're always thinking of battle.)*
(So this is how the God of War's strategy was born.)*
**-Kenshin let out a sigh, and shook his head.
Kenshin: War is always on my mind.
Kenshin: War is the way towards a peaceful world. But that peace has no 
reality for me.
Kenshin: However, fighting for fighting's sake is pointless. There is no 
point in it if we cannot learn to live a happy life together.
Kenshin: But nothing comes into my mind when I try to think of people living 
in harmony and peace.
Kenshin: And because of this, I spend my time simulating the battles that 
will bring us this peace.
-[Player] saw pain in Kenshin's face as he spoke.
--To die in battle is your ultimate pleasure.
--If the bonds between people are strengthened, peace will follow.

 (To die in battle is your ultimate pleasure.)
-Kenshin stared hard at [Player]. And after a brief moment, he placed his 
hand on [Player]'s shoulder.
Kenshin: That had never occurred to me. It may be true. I am drunk with war. 
Will I die, in such drunkenness?
Kenshin: Now that you have made me realize this, I pledge to you that I will 
not die on the battlefield.
If I die there, it will mean that my allies have been annihilated. If that 
happens, many live will have been lost.
Kenshin: I wish to die alone, n a time of peace. Perhaps that will be my 
true battle.*END*

(If the bonds between people are strengthened, peace will follow.)
-Kenshin stared hard at [Player]. And after a few moments, he opened his 
mouth to speak.
Kenshin: That is what my sister means by honor and love. It seems you are 
the one who understands this truth.
Kenshin: I have always been surrounded by warm and perhaps that is why I 
cannot see it myself.
Kenshin: Only through war can these layers of wickedness be torn away, 
finally revealing the truth.*END*

---
[Ken-10] Kenshin and the Children

-Kenshin and [Player] encountered children playing in a village.
Kenshin: Children are dear to my heart. Come, let's join them.
--Play with them.
--Watch from a distance.

(Play with them.)
-[Player] joined Kenshin, and they entered the circle of children.
-When the children saw Kenshin, they began to cry and shout, "It's the 
White demon!" They rushed to cower behind [Player].
-Kenshin watched [Player] and the children for a while. After a pause, he 
opened his mouth, and let out a roar.
Kenshin: Rawr!... I won't eat you.
-Kenshin shot [Player] a knowing wink.
-[Player] hit Kenshin on his head, upon which Kenshin promptly fell down on 
his back.
Kenshin: Rawr!... I am defeated.
-The children shouted in delight and jumped around. Soon after, they marched 
away in triumph.
-Kenshin slowly got up off the ground and watched as the children left. He 
had one comment.
Kenshin: Children are such charming creatures. Today, I enjoyed myself 
immensely.*END*

(Watch from a distance.)
-The children saw Kenshin and cried out, "It's the White demon!" They 
scattered.
-Kenshin chased them toward one end of the village, and before long, the 
childred escaped, running away in all directions.
Kenshin: Today's games with the children lifted my spirits. It brings me 
great joy.*END*

---
[Ken-11] Kenshin's Letter

-[Player] visited Kenshin as he was writing a letter.
Kenshin: He wrote, "To my unwed retainer - Delay no longer. The time has 
come for you to tie the knot."
--Ask Kenshin why he would say that.
--Peer at the letter.

(Ask Kenshin why he would say that.)
-It must be noted that Kenshin himself remained single his whole life.
-But as he spoke, Kenshin's expression took on an otherworldly quality.
Kenshin: To help in the affairs of one's vassal is a lord's responsibility.*

(Peer at the letter.)
-Peering down at the words, [Player] saw that the normally reserved Kenshin 
used tender words to express his views.
Kenshin: It is my wish that this man find happiness with a home and family.*

**-Once more, Kenshin returned with determination to his letter writing.*END*

---
[Ken-12] The Young Rifleman

Kenshin: Look at that rifleman.
-Kenshin pointed out a rifleman to [Player].
-The rifleman was young. The soldiers around him were about the same age.
Kenshin: It is quite different than it was in the time of bows and archers. 
The rifle has changed the very nature of warfare.
Kenshin: It takes the strength of a grown man to pull a bowstring. With a 
rifle, even a child can wield the same destructive force.
Kenshin: The time it takes to train a soldier has been reduced by ten years. 
But future battles will cause great loss of life.
Kenshin: I want to conclude this protracted conflict, and bring peace to the 
land with all haste.
Kenshin: I will not say that a peace bought with the blood of children is 
not worth it.
Kenshin: The fact that peace is bought with blood only makes it more 
precious. But this present reality must change.
--That's true, of course.
--That's a bit naive.

(That's true, of course.)
-[Player] nodded at Kenshin.*

(That's a bit naive.)
-Kenshin let out a deep sigh.
Kenshin: Perhaps. But still...*

**Kenshin: We will banish these demons one by one; all in good time. This 
will be my war.*END*

---
[Ken-13] Plums
 -[Player] sat between Kenshin and Lady Aya. They contemplated the moon as 
they drank.
Aya: This sake if from Echigo. And I pickled these plums myself.
-Kenshin drank his sake in one gulp and popped a pickled plum into his mouth.
Kenshin: ...
-His face puckered grotesquely as he was overcome by the sour taste.
Aya: Hehehe...
Aya: Here, why don't you try one.
--Yes.
--I'll pass.

(Yes.)
-[Player]'s face was screwed into a grimace.
Aya: Too much brine, I suppose.*

(I'll pass.)
Aya: Come now, I insist.
-Aya jammed a pickled plum into [Player]'s mouth. [Player]'s face was 
screwed into a grimace.* 

**Kenshin: Hahaha...
Aya: My, my. I didn't know you could smile like that, Kenshin. I've never 
seen it before.*END*

---
[Oi] (9 events)
Oichi

---
[Oi-1] Oichi and Nobunaga

-After the battle, Oichi stared intently at Nobunaga's back from a distance.
Oichi: My elder brother. Can I be useful to you in some way?
Katsuie: Oichi, war is for warriors. You must stop asking me to let you fight.
Hideyoshi: No, no, no! She will come into full bloom only on the field of 
battle. Just you watch!
Katsuie: Monkey! I'm tired of your useless chattering!
-In the face of Katsuie's anger, Hideyoshi tried to slink away.
-Oichi noticed [Player], and bowed with a smile.
Oichi: You are [Player], the great champion. You have toiled heroically on 
our behalf.
Oichi: I have heard many stories. You have won many victories.
--That is true.
--No, that's an exaggeration.

(That is true.)
Oichi: You waste no time with pleasantries, do you?*

(No, that's an exaggeration.)
Oichi: There's no need for false modesty. You should take pride in your 
accomplishments.*

**Oichi: Well, I must return to my brother. I beg your pardon.
Oichi: My brother and I are counting on you.*END*

---
[Oi-2] Sisterly Devotion

Oichi: You have come a long way. To what do I owe this pleasure?
Oichi: Do you have something to ask of me?
--I want you to tell me about yourself.
--Tell me about Nobunaga.

(I want you to tell me about yourself.)
Oichi: What? You want to know about me?
Oichi: There really isn't anything to tell. I'm not that interesting.
Oichi: I think you'd much rather hear about my brother.*

(Tell me about Nobunaga.)
Oichi: Very well. Let's talk about my brother.*

**Oichi: Presently, he is aiming to take the capital, Kyoto, so he can gain 
a foothold from which to unite the whole country.
Oichi: To do that, he plans to ally with the Azai clan of Omi.
Oichi: Only my brother has the strength to do this. If only I could also 
have that kind of strength.
Oichi: For my brother, I would do anything.
Oichi: And how about you? Is there anyone you are fighting for?
--For Nobunaga!
--I fight for you!

(For Nobunaga!)
Oichi: It seems my brother has really grown on you.* 

(I fight for you!)
Oichi: Chivalry isn't dead after all.*

**Oichi: We have much in common. I look forward to talking with you again 
soon.*END*

---
[Oi-3] Talk of Marriage

-[Player] went to visit Oichi, who was wearing a subdued expression.
Oichi: [Player],do you remember the discussion we had about allying with the 
Azai family?
Oichi: There is something that I haven't revealed to you yet... I want to 
talk you about it.
Oichi: To cement the alliance, it has been decided that I must marry into 
the Azai family.
Oichi: What do you think I should do?
--You don't have any choice, do you?
--You mustn't go!

(You don't have any choice, do you?)
Oichi: You are probably right. If it is for my brother, it can't be helped.*

(You mustn't go!)
Oichi: Your words fill my soul with happiness. But I cannot disobey my 
brother.*

**Oichi: As an Oda, I must do my duty.
Oichi: Still, no matter how many firm my commitment, gnawing doubts remain.
Oichi: What sort of man is the head of the Azai family?
--He is surely a good person.
--I pray he's no monster.

(He is surely a good person.)
Oichi: I hope and pray.*

(I pray he's no monster.)
Oichi: Well. I hope for a gentle and kind man.*

**Oichi: But I've heard terrible rumors.
Oichi: That he grabbed power in the clan from his father, in his greed to 
become lord.
Oichi: But there is no way out, I cannot escape my destiny.
--Try to find something positive in the situation.
--Submit to your fate.

(Try to find something positive in the situation.)
Oichi: You are right.*

(Submit to your fate.)
Oichi: Yes, no matter what happens, I must fully accept my fate.*

**Oichi: Why wallow in self-pity? I'd only make myself miserable.
Oichi: Talking to you always lifts my spirits.
Oichi: Well. [Player], I have taken your words to heart.
Oichi: Every time I remember you shining smile, it fills me with courage.*END*

---
[Oi-4] Meeting with Nagamasa

-At last, the time had come for Oichi to meet with the head of the Azai 
family.
-[Player] was assigned as an escort for Oichi.
Oichi: You are Lord Azai? There is a gentleness about you.
Nagamasa: Indeed, it is I, Nagamasa Azai, leader of the Azai!
Nagamasa: But I am taken aback. You are more beautiful than I could have 
imagined.
Nagamasa: Truth be told, my servant, Naotsune, sought to frighten me with 
tales of the sister of the Demon King.
Oichi: I have heard dark stories about you, as well, my lord.
Nagamasa: But this picture before me is worth a thousand words! Laughter 
invites good fortune, after all!
Nagamasa: Whatever reservations one may have in this world, anything can be 
resolved face-to-face.
Oichi: Ture, my lord.
--Nagamasa seems like a fine fellow.
--Quite interesting, this Nagamasa.

(Nagamasa seems like a fine fellow.)
Oichi: Yes. He does leave one with a favourable impression.*

(Quite interesting, this Nagamsa.)
Oichi: Yes. A bit rash, perhaps, but as affable a fellow as one is likely to 
meet.*

**Nagamasa: I am the luckiest man in the world! To be blessed with a woman 
of such beauty!
Oichi: Lord Nagamasa...
Nagamasa: Though I am young and not without fault, there is nothing I would 
not do for you.
Oichi: Yes. As your wife, I will devote myself to you in return.
Nagamasa: Lady Oichi. No, Oichi. With that, I welcome you into the Azai 
family!

Oichi: Who would have thought that I would meet someone like this.
--It's because you stayed positive.
--It was your destiny!

(It's because you stayed positive.)
Oichi: That's right. I am glad I did not avert my eyes through fear.
Oichi: If you heed what lies before you, the doors of fate will surely open.*

(It was your destiny!)
Oichi: Pshaw, [Player].
Oichi: Fate this, fate that. It isn't such a powerful force.*

**Oichi: [Player], thank you for coming with me today.
Oichi: Please visit the Oda... no, the Azai, whenever you can!*END*

---
[Oi-5] A Family Divided
=Odani Castle Surrounds=


-There was a terrible surprise in store for Oichi.
-Her brother, Nobunaga Oda, violated his pledge to her husband, Nagamasa 
Azai, and turned his troops against the Asakura.
-The family was split in two: one group seeking to honor the pact with 
Nobunaga and another that wished to aid the Asakura.
Nagamasa: If Lord Asakura is slain by my brother-in-law, the world will know 
no peace.
Nagamasa: Thus, I will aid Lord Asakura by attacking the Oda from the rear, 
and steal the country from the control of my brother-in-law.
Nagamasa: With these hands I will plant the seeds of peace and fraternity.
Nagamasa: Oichi, your rightful place is with the Oda clan.
-His words stung Oichi more strongly than if he had struck her. It took all 
of her strength to fight the tears welling within her.
Nagamasa: When the time has come for you, and I, and your brother to live 
together in harmony, I will send for you.
Oichi: Lord Nagamasa...
-Oichi's heart was heavy.
-And at that very moment, she recalled a memory from long ago. A memory of a 
time she had innocently laughed.
Oichi: I mustn't cry. I mustn't. I must stay positive.
-Stay positive - the words echoed in her mind as she recalled the person who 
spoke them. Courage surged through her.
Oichi: This is out bond.
Oichi: From now on, I want to be that touchstone, that bond Lord Nagamasa 
and my brother and everyone.
Oichi: Lord Nagamasa. I... am an Oda no longer.
Oichi: We walk the same path!
Nagamasa: Oichi. I understand. I won't say anything more. Let us go - 
together!

Oichi: My brother, I am sorry. I can do no more.
-Oichi stuffed a bag with red beans.
Oichi: The Azai will attack the Oda from the rear. And, my brother will be 
like a rat caught in a trap.
Oichi: I must warn my brother.
-Oichi then tied both ends of the bag carrying the beans.
Oichi: The knots at the ends are Lord Asakura and Nagamasa. And the beans 
inside the bag are my brother.
Oichi: Knowing my brother, he will definitely recognize the significance of 
this.

-In 1570, Nagamasa Azai raided the Oda army from the rear while the Asakura 
rushed to the attack.
-Nobunaga began a desperate withdrawal.*END*

---
[Oi-6] For her Daughters

-After this battle, the Azai and Asakura encircled Nobunaga and pressed the 
attack.
-Although Nobunaga was cornered, he was able to take advantage of Shingen 
Takeda's death to break through the encirclement.
-Nobunaga's fierce attack ended in the annihilation of the Asakura. The 
Azai were forced to retreat to their last base, Odani Castle.
Nagamasa: Oichi, you must return to the Oda.
Oichi: No! Never!
Oichi: Why do you send me away?! Didn't you say we would go together?
Oichi: I can't just leave to die while I escape. I refuse!
Nagamasa: You need not fear for me; I shall not fall. Trust me. I will 
return for you, Oichi.
Nagamasa: I will return when this war has been won and I have built a world 
where everyone lives harmony.
-"Lair!" was upon Oichi's lips, but she relented.
Nagamasa: This is my request. Oichi, look after my daughters.
-Oichi told herself to stay positive, to have faith, to believe in Nagamasa 
and obey him.
Oichi: Lord Nagamasa. Yes, I shall.
Nagamasa: Thank you, Oichi That's my wife, my pride and joy.
-[Player] watched their parting.
-[Player], who had accompanied Oichi once before, was selected once again as 
her escort.
--Are you alright?
--It's time to go.

(Are you alright?)
Oichi: I'm fine, because now I have something I must protect.*

(It's time to go.)
Oichi: Thank you. We must not stop, right?*

**Oichi: Let us return to the Oda, [Player].
Oichi: Come on. Come, Chacha, Ohatsu, Ogo. We must leave our home for a while.
--Accompanied by her three daughters, Oichi walked off. Watching them go, 
Nagamasa spoke.
Nagamasa: [Player], I must not fail.
Nagamasa: If I do, then everything I said to her would have been a lie.
--That's not true. Your bond is stronger than that.
--Such selfishness.

(That's not true. Your bond is stronger than that.)
Nagamasa: Bonds...
Nagamasa: Forgive me, Oichi*

(Such selfishness.)
Nagamsa: Thank you. Your scolding has lightened my burden.*
</pre><pre id="faqspan-6">
**-September, 1573. Nagamasa attempted to fight off the Oda, but failed, and 
committed suicide.
-The Azai clan was no more.*END*


---
[Oi-7] Looking Ahead

-[Player] returned to the Oda and called on Oichi. Katsuie had also come to 
extend his greetings.
Oichi: Katsuie, thank you for looking after us.
Katsuie: You are my lord's younger sister. It is only natural for a 
retainer to serve his lord.
Oichi: Still the same old Katsuie.
Katsuie: I am too old to change.
-Katsuie bowed low and withdrew. Oichi watched him depart, and murmured.
Oichi: [Player], you always told me...
Oichi: Stay positive.
Oichi: Because of you, I feel that I can always move forward no matter what 
happens.
Oichi: I have my daughters. There is nothing more precious in the world.
Oichi: I won't let anything get in my way. I will continue to look ahead.
Oichi: I cannot know what surprises this broken world holds in store for us.
Oichi: But I will not give up. I will face whatever challenge comes my way.
Oichi: I will decide my own fate, for better or worse.
Oichi: Even through the darkness and chaos, I will look to the future, and 
keep moving ahead.*END*

--
[Oi-8] Oichi and Katsuie

-Having returned to the Oda, [Player] paid a visit to Oichi. Katsuie was 
also present.
-Katsuie's concern for Oichi was obvious; he often visited her.
Oichi: I have heard that is the war of the Devil Shibata's army: look 
ahead, and fight the enemy in front of you.
Oichi: Can you teach me about that.
Oichi: Is it so bad to look back to the past?
Katsuie: Fool that I am, I have yet to see much this world has to offer.
Katsuie: Even so, I can answer an honest question sincerely.
-Katsuie was unusually talkative. His sincerity could be seen in the 
gentleness of his speech.
Katsuie: I have spoken poorly. Forgive me if I have offended you.
Oichi: Yes...
Katsuie: Words are weak.
Katsuie: If you tie enough awkward phrases together, they will eventually 
end up meaningless.
Katsuie: But people are true.
Katsuie: To ensure that out spirit endure, future generations must know of 
our ways, our lives.
Katsuie: Fighting the enemy in front of you, does not mean forgetting about 
the past.
Katsuie: But the past is not just to be talked about. We must embrace it in 
our very being as we move forward.
Katsuie: I am not worthy to even talk of this, but you know one who was.
-Katsuie was speaking of Nagamasa.
Oichi: Yes...
-Oichi gazed at Katsuie and nodded deeply.
-Anguished tears fell from her eyes.
--Ask her if she is alright.
--Silently wipe the tears away.

(Ask her if she is alright.)
Oichi: I'm all right. I don't know why I'm crying.
Katsuie: Don't hold back your tears. I am not so weak that I will run from 
them.
Oichi: I'm sorry. It's not that I'm sad. But, why am I crying?
-[Player] left Oichi's presence.*END*

(Silently wipe the tears away.)
Oichi: Thank you. It is not that I'm unhappy, but the tears won't stop.
-[Player] remained silently with Oichi until her tears ceased.*END*

---
[Oi-9] Final Destination
=Kyosu Castle Surrounds=

-After the Battle of Yamazaki, Nobunaga's successor was appointed at the 
Kiyosu Counsil.
-There was confusion at the meeting due to quarrelling within the divided 
Oda clan.
-Katsuie Shibata supported Nobunaga's third son, Nobutaka, while Hideyoshi 
Hashiba favoured Nobutada's eldest son, Hidenobu.
-Having obtained credibility though slaying Mitsuhide, Hideyoshi won the 
day, and Hidenobu was appointed.
-At Hidenobu's guardian, Hideyoshi became the most powerful member of the 
Oda family.

Oichi: Monkey, what are you plotting.
-Hideyoshi had always been extremely fond of Oichi.
-However, he acted as the intermediary in bringing her and Katsuie together.

Hideyoshi: This ought to keep the stubborn Lord Shibata in check.
Hideyoshi: I've done what I can. Lady Oichi, I want you to be happy again.

-However, despite Hideyoshi's wishes, Oichi was once again wrapped up in 
turmoil.
-In 1583, Hideyoshi confronted Katsuie at Omi. The two armies were in a 
standoff, unmoving.
-In April, the situation changed. Behind Hideyoshi, at Mino, Nobutaka Oda 
and Kazumasu Takigawa raised an army to join forces with Katsuie.
-Hideyoshi pulled troops from Omi to launch an assault. The forces led by 
Katsure's nephew, Morimasa Sakuma, used this opportunity to charge forward.
-he captured and occupied Mt. Oiwa Garrison, forcing Hideyoshi's defensive 
units to retreat.
-Katsuie advised Morimasa to withdraw. Instead, Morimasa underestimated the 
distant Hideyoshi, and insisted upon attacking.

Oichi: The monkey will come.
Katsuie: Morimasa's overextension of his forces will cost him. Even a 
thousand miles isn't too far if you travel in a straight line.
-As Katsuie predicted, Hideyoshi's army rode hard towards Shizugatake.
Oichi: This is the fate of those that live by war. But my heart is set. I 
won't look back.
Oichi: Come, Monkey. Our destiny awaits us.*END*

---
[Oku] (9 events)
Okuni

---
[Oku-1] At Kiyomizu

-[Player] happened upon Okuni in Kyoto. But in an instant, she melted into 
the crowd.
-As [Player] seared for Okuni at Kiyomizu Temple, someone jumped out from 
the shadows.
Okuni: What a spectacular place to meet!
-Losing equilibrium, [Player] fell from the raised temple stage.
-But just before the inevitable tragedy happened...
-Okuni grabbed [Player] and broke their fall by opening her umbrella.
Okuni: It must be fate!
-Applause erupted all around as onlookers showed their appreciation of their 
acrobatic performance.
Okuni: Would you do me the honor?
-Without warning, Okuni threw a flute to the already flustered [Player].
Okuni: Play anything; I'll take it from there. Ready?
-Okuni began to dance. The audience was overcome with excitement. [Player] 
played the flute furiously.
-In time with the music, Okuni delicately fluttered her sleeves. The 
audience's excitement grew as they raptly listened to the flute.
-The performance ended to thunderous applause, leaving a veritable mountain 
of offerings in its wake.
Okuni: Today, fortune smiles upon the temple.
-Okuni smiled at [Player]'s puzzled look.
Okuni: When anaudience gather for two beautiful women, isn't the stage set?
Okuni: One must be prepared for anything, anytime. Isn't that the way of 
the warrior as well?
Okuni: You have to connect with the audience to keep their attention. 
That's one of the tactics of a samurai, in fact.
Okuni: I had to dance quite a bit to collect the money needed to repair the 
shrine at Izumo.
Okuni: You can't afford to loaf when you have serious goals to accomplish. 
You cannot let an opportunity like this pass you by.
Okuni: Oh, honorable warrior, do you have a dream that you cling to?
--To build ties with people and bring peace.
--I'm too embarrassed to say.

(To build ties with people and bring peace.)
Okuni: That is such a wonderful dream you have! Such grand dreams demand 
heroic action.*

(I'm too embarrassed to say.)
Okuni: You can't hide it forever. I don't know what it is, but it must be 
a magnificent dream.
Okuni: Deny it, and you will fear the battlefield. Fear will grip your heart.*

**Okuni: You have big dreams. Be sure you know what you're doing. Let's 
help each other make our dreams come true.*END*

---
[Oku-2] Okuni's Promise

-[Player] caught sight of a group of men carrying hoes and spades chasing 
after Okuni.
-The men were not warriors, but their boos and jeers and the anger in their 
eyes had a special intensity.
-[Player] stood protectively in front of Okuni.
Okuni: Don't resist! We must flee!
-Okuni pulled on [Player]'s arm with all of her strength, and fled.
-Okuni maintained a swift pace, and the mob began to fall behind.

-Okuni and [Player] arrived at an old shrine, and scurried inside. Okuni 
placed her hand over [Player]'s mouth.
-The men began to search the area, but after a while gave up the search, 
muttering as they went.
Okuni: Such soft lips.
-Smiling, Okuni removed her hand. [Player] asked what had happened.
Okuni: I did nothing wrong. I was merely a stranger, passing through their 
village.
Okuni: These are the laws of a village in troubled times. Strangers are seen 
as spied or bandits.
Okuni: The toil and slave from morning to night without rest. They eat very 
little, and get no respect.
Okuni: These people see someone like me, dressed up in my fine clothes, and 
well...
Okuni: They see me as a symbol of everything they hate. And I don't want to 
hurt them.
Okuni: If we could just sit down and talk, we'd probably get along fine.
Okuni: But peace seems an awfully long way off.
-Okuni laughed as she spoke, as though she had not a care in the world.
--Why do you do so much?
--Don't you tire of it all?

(Why do you do so much?)
-Okuni gently tweaked [Player]'s nose, like a mother scolding a child.
Okuni: When you are trying to do something big, the path ahead is not always 
pure enjoyment. That is true of the warrior's path as well, is it not? *

(Don't you tire of it all?)
-Okuni gently tweaked [Player]'s nose, like a mother scolding a child.
Okuni: Yesterday is as tough as today. Nothing will change that.
Okuni: But that's no reason to expect tomorrow must be rotten, too.
Okuni: You must never lose hope. When your hopes are destroyed, pursuing 
your dream seems impossible, doesn't it?*

**Okuni: I can tell that you, noble warrior, have a great dream too. You 
must follow it, even if it eventually leads to your death.
-Okuni wore a wry grin as she spoke to [Player].
Okuni: If you accompany me to Izumo, I'll explain my wonderful dream to you.
Okuni: I promise. Give it your all, and the rest will take care of 
itself.*END*

---
[Oku-3] Orphans

-As [Player] walked though the countryside, Okuni appeared in the road ahead.
Okuni: I'm so happy to see you again!
-Okuni again threw the flute to the worried [Player].
-[Player] vigerously blew the flute as Okuni danced gracefully to the sound.
-The audience burst into applause with smiles all around. Okuni finished her 
marvellous performance and received many donations.
Okuni: It's getting late. I need to find a place to stay.

-After everyone left, Okuni walked up to a small bleak shrine at the edge of 
the village and quietly entered.
-There were no lights. And, of course, nothing to sleep on. It was an old 
and abandoned shrine.
-Smiling, Okuni turned to [Player] and said,
Okuni: I always end up sleeping at a place like this. I use the money I 
receive from my audiences as offerings to the gods, you see.
-Suddenly, Okuni threw her arms around [Player].
Okuni: There - in the darkness! Something moved - there, in the corner!
-It was a small group of children. They were orphans, living at the shrine.
-They huddled closely together in the corner of the room, apprehensively 
watching the pair who had suddenly come in.
-Relieved to see who it was, Okuni approached the children and crouched 
before them.
Okuni: Do you kids live here? It's late, and I was looking for a place to 
sleep. Will you let me stay here? Just for tonight?
-The oldest boy looked at the rest of children, turned to Okuni, and nodded 
approval.
Okuni: Oh, thank you. Please, let me give you this little bit I have.
-With no hesitation Okuni gave all her money to the children. She did not 
keep a cent for herself.
Okuni: Be careful with it. Spend it a little at a time. If you spend it all 
at once, some bad grown-ups might notice it.
-Having said this, Okuni began singin a soft, happy song. The watchful 
children began to lose their fear. They gathered around Okuni.
-Okuni led them in happy songs. Finally, the singing and laughing children 
grew weary, and still smiling, they drifted off to sleep.
Okuni: Such darling faces. Their lives must be tough.
--Okuni, you truly are very kind.
--But, just giving them money won't solve the basic problem.

(Okuni, you truly are very kind.)
-Saying this, [Player] turned to Okuni with a slightly worried smile.
Okuni: Children at shrines are children of the gods. Giving them the money I 
collected for the gods is not a bad thing, is it?
-Looking at the children's faces, Okuni sighed deeply.
Okuni: Even after a war ends, many children are still left without a home.
Okuni: Please do not make a world like this, a world with many homeless 
children.*END*

(But, just giving them money won't solve the basic problem.)
-Saying this, [Player] turned to Okuni with a slightly worried smile.
Okuni: You are right, of course. The money only helps them get by temporarily.
Okuni: Even though war may end and peace is restored, until we have a world 
in which these children can live without worries...
Okuni: They cannot even get by a single day without this kind of help.
-Okuni turned, displaying a radiant smile.
Okuni: You are fighting to hasten the creation of that type of world, right? 
I am counting on you.*END&

---
[Oku-4] Okuni's True Colors

Okuni: I was invited to a performance the other day.
-Okuni began to chatter aimlessly.
Okuni: There was a peach tree on the backdrop, full of both flowers and 
fruit on it branches.
Okuni: But don't the flowers become the fruit? I thought it was a bit odd.
Okuni: And then it hit me. Maybe it was supposed to mean that everyone has a 
true essence that radiates from their heart.
Okuni: What's the essence of a peach? It's the sweet fruit and the 
beautiful flower. Makes sense to me.
Okuni: By the way, tell me something. What do you think of when you think of 
me?
--Dancing.
--Chatting to men.

(Dancing.)
Okuni: Oh. So my true beauty comes out when I am dancing?*

(Chatting to men.)
Okuni: Oh. So my true beauty comes out when I'm in love?*

**Okuni: Why, thank you! That made my day.
-Okuni went off in a very good mood.*END*

---
[Oku-5] Dangerous Dancing

-In Kyoto, a dynamic duo was fighting off a gang of ruffians.
-It was Keiji and Okuni.
-Immediately after [Player] came to their aid, Keiji and Okuni managed to 
chase away the young troublemakers.
Okuni: [Player], how nice of you to show up, just at the right time!
--Okuni, were you causing trouble again?
--Okuni, are you helping out Keiji?

(Okuni, were you causing trouble again?)
Okuni: Why do you think I'm to blame?
Keiji: I was the one who was fighting. Okuni just came to help me out.
Keiji: I was enjoying the battle so much, she asked me to let her have a go.
Keiji: So there you have it. We were having a good time together.*

(Okuni, are you helping out Keiji?)
Okuni: That's right.
Okuni: Underneath his bright demeanor, Keiji is extremely sad and stern.
Okuni: So, I took the liberty of adding some flair to his fight with a few, 
fun little dance steps.*

**Keiji: Okuni, it looks like those guys haven't had enough of our dancing.
-Those hellions. They're coming from every direction. And they've brought 
friends.
Okuni: If they want to see us dance so badly, then the more the merrier.
--I'll do the dance too! We'll be a trio.
--Sorry guys. Maybe next time.

(Sorry guys. Maybe next time.)
Keiji: That's a pity.
Okuni: Take care now!
-After giving all of his money to the hellions' leader. [Player] was 
spared.*END*

(I'll do the dance too! We'll be a trio.)
Keiji: Ha! I like this one's style!
Okuni: Alright. Let's get a move on. Let the kabuki dance begin!
-[Player], Okuni and Keiji joined forces to fight the gang.
-With so many opponents, they battled as if they were dancing. Many gathered 
to behold the spectacle.
-The fearsome trio won easily. The ecstatic crowd offerings to the warriors.
Okuni: Thanks to you, we've made the gods happy. It was they who brought us 
together.
-[Player], Okuni and Keiji joined arms as they walked, and Okuni 
chuckled.*END*

---
[Oku-6] Music and Dance

-While walking along a riverbank in Kyoto, [Player] ran into Okuni yet 
again. She began dancing to the strains of [Player]'s flute.
-Just then...
Motochika: Ahoy!
-Motochika Chosokabe appeared. He was carrying his shamisen.
Motochika: I heard that wonderful flute, saw that dancing, and just had to 
come over. Let's play an old tune together!
--What on earth are you doing here?
--You really shouldn't be here!

(What on earth are you doing here?)
Motochika: Now, that wasn't a very nice thing to say!*

(You really shouldn't be here!)
Motochika: I shouldn't be here. Is that the rule?
Motochika: Then I have no choice but to resist against that rule, and 
furiously!*

**Okuni: That's right! There's no use in being a stick in the mud. Life is 
but a dream. Well, let's get started!
-Motochika's shamisen was truly amazing. His performance was so good, it 
made the soul tremble.
-Okuni accompanied the shamisen with a divine dance, and the sound of 
[Player]'s flue grew more and more lively.
-A crowd formed and began to dance with Okuni and the other performers. The 
entire city of Kyoto came alive.
Motochika: Now that's what I call a performance! But it's not like me to 
boast.
--I feel the same way!
--But you're boasting aren't you?

(I feel the same way!)
-Motochika laughed, then peered into [Player]'s eyes.*

(But you're boasting aren't you?)
Motochika: No. You felt what I felt. It's in your soul!*

**Motochika: These are the ties that bind us.
Motochika: Well, I must head back to Tosa! Farewell. Let's play together 
again sometime!
-Upon saying this, Motochika leapt into the Kamo River and floated 
downstream. The crowd cheered.
Okuni: He may be a fool, but just for a second, I thought he was very suave.
Okuni: But someone who wasn't a part of this frenzy wouldn't think so.
Okuni: It makes you realize that, in this world, sometimes you can't see 
some things unless you're caught up in the moment.*END*

---
[Oku-7] The Finest Woman

-Okuni's dancing had drawn a huge crown once again.
-[Player] stood watching the spectacle with Magoichi.
Magoichi: She's like an angel dancing...
Magoichi: There may be a million women in this world, but there's only one 
Okuni.
--Beside her, I feel so inadequate.
--I couldn't agree more.

(Beside her, I feel so inadequate.)
Magoichi: Don't get so down on yourself.
Magoichi: You're already number one in my book.*

(I couldn't agree more.)
Magoichi: I wonder if Okuni has feelings for someone. Keiji, perhaps?
Magoichi: He's stronger than I am. I guess I'll have to wow her with my 
handsome face.*

**-When she finished dancing, Okuni came over to see the two spectators.
Okuni: Ah, I received a considerable number of generous donations again today.
Magoichi: And we have enjoyed the finest dancer in the world. Perhaps you 
could do a little dance, just for me.
-Okuni gracefully held out a hand to Magoichi.
Maogichi: You'll do me the honor? Why, thank you.
Okuni: But what about your donation?
Magoichi: What?
-Okuni flashed a gentle yet frightening smile at Magoichi.
Magoichi: I'm not giving up though. Remember that.
-Magoichi took off like a scared rabbit. Okuni chased after him.
Okuni: You can't get away from me! Even good friends shouldn't forget 
their manners.
-Surprisingly, Okuni could run quite fast. Whether or not Magoichi could 
escape was anyone's guess.
--Pray for Magoichi's safety.
--Take off as soon as Magoichi gets caught.

(Pray for Magoichi's safety.)
Magoichi: Arrgh!
-Unfortunately for [Player], the gods were on Okuni's side that day.*END*

(Take off as soon as Magoichi gets caught.)
Magoichi: You, you! Coward!
-Magoichi's noble sacrifice allowed [Player] to escape from Okuni.*END*

---
[Oku-8] The Meaning of her Dance

-Okuni was dancing alone one night. She had an audience of one: [Player].
-Okuni's dance was not the usual flashy performance. It was quiet, and even 
had and air of dignity.
Okuni: Many have fallen again today.
Okuni: You see them, do you not?
-Okuni pointed to the battlefield in front of them.
Okuni: After all this resentment, pain, and sorrow, a multitude of souls 
will make their way to the heavens.
Okuni: And all I can do is dance and watch them go.
-A tuft of grass behind [Player] and Okuni rustled, ever so slightly.
Okuni: Wh-what was that?
-Just then Kotaro appeared before the trembling Okuni.
Okuni: Is that you, Kotaro? You scared me!
Kotaro: I see them too.
Kotato: Fate again has made this a turbulent world.
Kotaro: After all, people cannot escape the cycle of chaos.
--That's not true.
--I agree.

(That's not true.)
Kotaro: Ah, to be innocent.*

(I agree.)
Kotaro: You are honest.*

**Okuni: But isn't it just adorable?
Okuni: I don't understand anything that's going on.
Okuni: But I do know that hatred brings war.
Okuni: So I just keep dancing.
Okuni: I to try to make people - alive or dead - feel a little more at peace.
Kotaro: Is that so? Then let me wreak havoc upon your dance.
Okuni: Of, stop it you blowhard! You think you can stop my dancing?
Okuni: I shall dance a little more and you, Lord Kotaro, may accompany me 
back to Izumo.*END*

---
[Oku-9] To Izumo

-Finally, peace came to the land.
Okuni: Are you here to escort me?
-[Player] spun around to see Okuni there.
Okuni: As promised, you came to escort me, no?
-Okuni placed her milky white hand in front of [Player].
--I don't know if I have fulfilled my dreams.
--I've done all that I was supposed to do.

(I don't know if I have fulfilled my dreams.)
-Okuni let out a giggle, and taking [Player]'s hand began to speak.
Okuni: Your dreams haven't come true... yet.
Okuni: How have you lived? How have you changed the world? This is what 
people will ask a warrior.
Okuni: You're only just now planted the seed of your dream. Take good care 
of it.
-Thus began [Player]'s long journey with Okuni.*END*

(I've done all that I was supposed to do.)
Okuni: Shall we?
-[Player] nodded with certainty, grasped Okuni's hand, and they set off on 
their long journey, together.*END*

---
[Kuno] (9 events)
Kunoichi

---
[Kuno-1] Palm Reading
Kunoichi: Your lordship, I've been waiting for you.
-As [Player] was walking down the street, a young woman called out to stop.
--Stop for her.
--Keep walking.

(Stop for her.)
Kunoichi: Ha ha! I shall read your palm. Let me see you hand.
-[Player] complied.
Kunoichi: My goodness!
Kunoichi: So many blisters! They must hurt! You are a hard-working one, yes 
indeed.*

(Keep walking.)
Kunoichi: Now hold on a second!
Kunoichi: A beautiful woman is beckoning you, and you are just going to walk 
right on by?*

**-The woman waited for [Player] to respond, but not long afterward, she 
sighed and gave up.
Kunoichi: So, do you remember me?
--Of course I do.
--Um... I think I do now.

(Of course I do.)*
(Um... I think I do now.)*
**-She was Kunoichi, servant of Yukimura Sanada. They had exchanged 
salutations once on the battlefield.
Kunoichi: Gee. It took you that long to remember? Of course, I am but a mere 
servant.
Kunoichi: But as I recall, your lordship achieved many feats in that battle.
--I suppose I did.
--It was not that impressive.

(I suppose I did.)
Kunoichi: Even you don't deny it. Anyway, I thought you were exceptionally 
strong.*

(It was not that impressive.)
Kunoichi: My, how humble! I admit I was impressed.*

**Kunoichi: You're almost as good as Kai.
Kunoichi: On that note, I hav eto get back to Yukimura's place.
Kunoichi: Remember, we ninjas never rest. Until we meet again!
-And with that, Kunoichi was gone.

---
[Kuno-2] Kunoichi and Yukimura

Kunoichi: Something along those lines.
Yukimura: I see. Good work.
-Kunoichi was reporting something back to Yukimura Sanada.
-If it's confidential, greeting them could be a nuisance.
--Nod and walk by.
--Go ahead and greet them.

(Nod and walk by.)
Kunoichi: Your ladyship! Yes, you. Please wait a minute!*

(Go ahead and greet them.)
Kunoichi: Your ladyship. Where are you off to this fine day?*

**Yukimura: [Player], greetings! Come this way.
-Slightly hesitant, [Player] went over to Yukimura and Kunoichi.
Yukimura: We've just finished talking. Kunoichi was informing me of the 
situation in the other domains.
Kunoichi: The true power of the ninja is unleashed off the battlefield. 
Woosh woosh!
Yukimura: Don't mind her. She always acts this way, but she is a top-notch 
ninja.
Yukimura: She performs her duties without complaining and is very reliable.
Kunoichi: Of course I never complain. Ninjas work silently until the job is 
done.
--Impressive!
--Did you say silently?

(Impressive!)
Kunoichi: I know. I'm like a model ninja, am I not?*

(Did you say silently?)
Kunoichi: Hey, when I am working I am as quiet as a mouse.*

**Yukimura: I sincerely appreciate your efforts.
Yukimura: Thanks to you, when war erupts, I can focus on the enemy in front 
of me.
Kunoichi: Hee hee, sounds like you just got a pat on the back, [Player].
Kunoichi: Well, I have to get back to work.
Kunoichi: Master Yukimura, [Player], I bid you adieu!*END*

---
[Kuno-3] A Reliable Warrior

Kunoichi: Ready to die?
-As [Player] walked through the outskirts of town, Kunoichi suddenly leaped 
down from a tree.
Kunoichi: Just kidding! How's it going?
--Good.
--Not so good.

(Good.)
Kunoichi: Well, you look good today. I bet you've never been sick a day in 
your life.
Kunoichi: And you run like crazy on the battlefield, too.*

(Not so good.)
Kunoichi: No way. Your complexion looks great.
Kunoichi: The way you run all over the battlefield, there's no way you 
could be the sickly type.*

**Kunoichi: But your footwork out there makes my job easier, and I 
appreciate that.
Kunoichi: I always feel a bit more at ease when you're on the battlefield.
Kunoichi: It's like, you'd be there for me if something ever happened.
--Leave it to me!
--It'd hate for you to have to count on me.

(Leave it to me!)
Kunoichi: Oh, that unfounded confidence is so manly.*

(I'd hate for you to have to count on me.)
Kunoichi: How humble of you.*

**Kunoichi: I'll be counting on you, m'lady.
-As the pair chatted, a strong gust of wind churned up a whirl of fallen 
leaves and blocked their view.
Kotaro: A ninja making small talk?
-When the leaves settled, Kotaro, the leader of the Fuma Ninja Army, 
appeared behind Kunoichi.
Kunoichi: Ack, it's that chaotic evil man who's friends with Kai.
Kotaro: If I felt like usurping your life, I would. You had better keep your 
guard up. Ha ha.
-In an instant, a strong gust of wind blew past and Kotaro vanished.
Kunoichi: I can't believe I left my back unprotected. I guess I need more 
practice...
-With a sudden jump, Kunoich was gone. Only her voice could be heard.
Kunoichi: See you later, [Player]!*END*

---
[Kuno-4] For a Friend
=Tokugawa Army Camp=

-The Tokugawa Camp.
Tadakatsu: My son-in-law. I am grateful for your pledging allegiance to Lord 
Tokugawa.
-Yukimura's elder brother, Nobuyuki Sanada, was with the Tokugawa Army 
regiment that was preparing to attack Ueda Castle.
Nobuyuki: Only Ieyasu shall bring peace to the land. I have no regrets.
Ina: But brothers fighting brothers like this.
-Next to Nobuyuki stood his wife Ina, daughter of Tadakatsu, with a bow in 
hand ready for battle.
Tadakatsu: You foolish girl, Ina! You must accept Sanada's decision 
wholeheartedly.
Ina: Yes, Father!

Kunoichi: Nobuyuki's gone over to Tokugawa's side. How difficult this must 
be for Yukimura.
Kunoichi: Even Ina is on the battlefield.
Kunoichi: She should've just stayed at home like a good girl. She can't 
fight, that one.
Kai: What are you talking about?
-Then spoke Kai, daughter of Ujinaga Narita and former servant of Ujiyasu 
Hojo.
-Kunoichi, a loyal friend of Yukimura Sanada, had decided to rush to this aid.
Kunoichi: Ah, here's someone else ho should've stayed home like a good girl.
Kai: What? There's no time for your idle chatter. The enemy is almost upon 
us!
Kunoichi: Hey!
Kai: You want to protect what's dear to you, do you not?
Kunoichi: Yes.
Kai: Then you must not lose!
Kai: Reach inside and find your inner power!
Kunoichi: Yes, I will.*END*

---
[Kuno-5] Peaceful Days
Kunoichi: Hey, I think I know that man. The slovenly bearded one with the gun.
Kai: Yeah, he is a silly-looking man for his age.
-Kunoichi was having a quiet conversation with Kai.
--Nod and walk by.
--Go ahead and greet them.

(Nod and walk by.)
Kunoichi: Excuse me, your ladyship, won't you join me for some tea?
Kai: You can't get away from us ladies so easily, [Player].
Kunoichi: You better get over here before this beast Kai beats you with her 
iron fists.
Kai: Hey! Do you mind not calling me a beast?*

(Go ahead and greet them.)
Kunoichi: My, what a coincidence meeting you here!*

**Kai: Have you come to purchase a kimono? Shall I pick one out for you?
Kunoichi: Ha! You pick one out?
Kai: And what is wrong with that?
Kunoichi: It'll probably be something gaudy.
-Things were starting to get ugly between the two ladies. [Player] decided 
to...
-Intervene.
-Quietly slip away.

(Intervene.)
Kai: Let's ask [Player].
Kai: Which one of us would you rather have pick your kimono?
Kunoichi: Yes, what do you think?*

(Quietly slip away.)
Kai: He, you! Don't try to sneak away!*

**Kunoichi: Well, I guess you could let Kai choose?
Kunoichi: She does keep up with the latest trends. Because she is always 
struggling to stay popular with the men.
Kai: You talk too much! Besides, there is nothing wrong with being 
attractive to men.
Kunoichi: Don't bark at me!
Kai: BARK!*END*

---
[Kuno-6] Unease

Kunoichi: Thanks...
-Kunoichi was not her usual, vibrant self. [Player] was uncertain how to 
approach her.
--Gently.
--Full of good cheer.

(Gently.)
Kunoichi: Sorry, did I worry you? I'm fine. I'm fine.*

(Full of good cheer.)
-Hearing your voice sure makes me feel better.*

**--Was something bothering you?
--Smile. You look cuter that way.

(Smile. You look cuter that way.)
Kunoichi: Really? Then I'll just keep laughing. Heehee!*END*

(Was something bothering you?)
Kunoichi: You know, I've been to hell and back many times.
Kunoichi: So I always keep a level head even in battle, in fact, I quite 
enjoyed the fighting.
Kunoichi: But now there is someone I care for, and I just want to make sure 
that person stays safe.
--Yukimura?
--Kai?

(Yukimura?)
Kunoichi: Yes. Among others.*

(Kai?)
Kunoichi: Her, too, of course. It's the first time I've ever made a real 
friend.*

**Kunoichi: And I just got apprehensive, all of a sudden. Can I handle it?
Kunoichi: Why do I get so fearful when I get close to someone?
Kunoichi: ...
Kunoichi: Just kidding!
Kunoichi: Did I get you worried there? Ha ha ha!
Kunoichi: I'm a born ninja. Just doing my duty, no more no less!
Kunoichi: Take care!*END*

---
[Kuno-7] A Moment of Respite

Kunoichi: Ah, [Player]! Your victory in that last battle was magnificent!
Kunoichi: But I don't think we've seen that last of that old tanuki, Ieyasu.
--Do you think there will be another battle soon?
--Do you think there will be peace for a while?

(Do you think there will be another battle soon?)
Kunoichi: Well. That is what my ninja sense is telling me.*

(Do you think there will be peace for a while?)
Kunoichi: Perhaps there will be a brief ceasefire.*

**Kunoichi: At least that is what Master Yukimura said. No matter what, 
I'll keep fighting them.
--That's right, and you'll keep winning!
--Aren't you afraid?

(That's right, and you'll keep winning!)
Kunoichi: Right! I'll never lose!
Kunoichi: Wait., I sound like Kai now.
Kai: You called?
Kunoichi: Um, no.
Kai: Oh, I see.*

(Aren't you afraid?)
Kunoichi: Are you joking? I'm a first class ninja.*

**Kunoichi: Actually, I am a little bit scared.
Kunoichi: Not about war, mind you. I don't want to lose those who are close 
to me.
Kunoichi: Master Yukimura, what about Kai? You. Heehee.
Kunoichi: But never fear! I'll protect you all.
Kunoichi: I will never lose!
Kai: You called?
Kunoichi: Um, no.*END*

---
[Kuno-8] The Finest Ninja
=Osaka Castle Surrounds=

-In 1615, one year after the Winter Campaign, relations between the Tokugawa 
and Toyotomi Clans ruptured once again.
-In May, the Tokugawa Army marched from Kyoto to besiege Osaka Castle yet 
again. They were 150,000 soldiers strong.
Kunoichi: The time has come.
Yukimura: I seem to have gotten you mixed up in this. Forgive me.
Kunoichi: I'm here of my own free will. There is no need to apologize.
Kunoichi: Besides...
Kunoichi: I am hopeful and optimistic. I will keep everyone out of harm's 
way!
Kunoichi: I am a top-notch ninja!
Yukimura: Thank you.*END*

---
[Kuno-9] A New Beginning
Kunoichi: I couldn't keep them safe.
-After the battle, [Player] caught sight of Kunoichi.
Kunoichi: I've failed as a ninja.
Kunoichi: Ooh... Uh...
Kunoichi: No one is left. There is nowhere to go home to. I have nothing 
left anymore.
Kai: What are you crying about?
Kunoichi: Huh?
Kai: I said, what are you crying about?
Kunoichi: A ghost?
Kai: Don't be an idiot! I'm alive. Barely.
Kunoichi: Waaaaaaah!
-Kunoichi embraced Kai. [Player] watched on, silently.
Kai: Hey now, cut that out. You've going to make me cry, too.
Kai: Please. Pull yourself together.
Kunoichi: But I'm so happy, yet sad. I can't stop crying!
Kai: Fool!
Kai: You think this is it? It's not over yet.
Kunoichi: ...
Kai: Master Yukimura and his fellow warriors gave us great examples to live 
by.
Kai: We, on the other hand, have yet to leave anything behind. Right?
Kunoichi: I guess you're right.
Kunoichi: But what can we leave behind?
Kai: It's as plain as day.
Kai: Our legends as two of the most desirable women in the land.
Kunoichi: Seriously, Kai?
Kai: There, you look best when you smile! Just keep on smiling, girl!*END*

---
[Mago] (10 events)
Magoichi

---
[Mago-1] Mercenary Training

-Something cold and hard pressed up on [Player]'s back.
Magoichi: Shh. Don't move. Move and you're dead.
Magoichi: Sorry, but I'm going to have to kill you.
--Quietly raise your hands.
--Wait for a chance to spin around and confront you aggressor.

(Quietly raise your hands.)
Magoichi: You're a good little soldier.
Magoichi: And now a little something to take with you to the netherworld. I 
am Magoichi Saika, the last man you'll ever see.
Magoichi: Now, turn around.*

(Wait for a chance to spin around and confront you aggressor.)
-[Player] spun around to see the barrel of a gun.
Magoichi: Thought I was faking? At this distance, there's nowhere to run.
Magoichi: And now a little something to take with you to the netherworld. I 
am Magoichi Saika, the last man you'll ever see.*

**Magoichi: Huh? You! But what would he have against you.
Magoichi: Oh! I guess I shouldn't point this thing at a good-looking girl, 
should I?
-This playful man was the mercenary, Magoichi Saika. He put the gun away.
Magoichi: After the battle, I picked up another job.
Magoichi: I never knew you were the target. I guess I was lied to.
--By who?
--Are you serious?

(By who?)
Magoichi: Ah, ah, ah. I am a mercenary. You know I can't tell you who sent 
me.*

(Are you serious?)
Magoichi: Hey! Do you think I'm lying?
Magoichi: You know I could never shoot a beautiful lady.*

**Magoichi: Ok, that's it. I am not doing this job.
Magoichi: It would be such a waste to shoot you. It was nice spending time 
with you.
Magoichi: But, to have been taken off guard so easily.
Magoichi: Don't try to follow me.
Magoichi: The way of the mercenary awaits!*END*

---
[Mago-2] The Mercenary's Lecture

-After the battle, Magoichi was ranting at [Player].
-When along came Keiji on his beloved horse, Matsukaze.
Keiji: Magoichi, what's with all the yelling?
Magoichi: This maniac's fighting was so reckless I couldn't bear to watch.
Keiji: In my opinion, he fought with passion. What's your problem?
Magoichi: One shouldn't right so recklessly that they can't see what's 
going on around him.
Magoichi: You're not getting paid, and no one is asking you to fight, right?
Magoichi: So why do you fight like your life depends on it?
--For peace.
--For all the people.

(For peace.)
Keiji: You're a strange one. You think you can shoulder such a big burden 
by yourself?
Magoichi: No matter how hard you try, your efforts will be for naught.
Keiji: Magoichi, you won't be able to swat away someone that devoted.*

(For all the people.)
Keiji: I know another man who says the same thing. Isn't that right, 
Magoichi?
Magoichi: You're trying to create a world where everyone lives in 
happiness, too?*

**Keiji: You may have been outdone.
Keiji: You're with him because you think he's an interesting character, 
right?
Magoichi: But this guy isn't going to change his reckless ways no matter 
what I say.
Magoichi: There's nothing I can do about it. I'll stick by you and your 
dreams until the bitter end.
Magoichi: But you must promise me you'll never give up. Because if you do, 
it's BANG, right in your back.

---
[Mago-3] A True Friend
 -Magoichi and Hideyoshi were looking down over the Takeda cavalry.
Magoichi: Say, Hideyoshi. Don't you think your general has gone too far?
Magoichi: The battlefield is strewn with corpses. The work of the devil 
perhaps.
Hideyoshi: Indeed. Lord Nobunaga will let nothing stand in his way.
Hideyoshi: Carrying on the will of the fallen, we march onward into a new age.
Magoichi: Hideyoshi, can you behold this sight and still laugh?
Magoichi: Do you think people will be able to live in happiness where 
Nobunaga is headed?
Hideyoshi: Are you angry, Magoichi?
Magoichi: Only with myself for taking part in this bloodbath, unable to read 
Nobunaga's true intentions.
Magoichi: You are too, aren't you?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Hideyoshi: But what good is anger? The dead soldiers aren't coming back.
Hideyoshi: There is only one thing we need to do. Create a world where 
people can live in happiness. Am I mistaken?*

(No.)
Hideyoshi: I guess you're right. Getting angry won't change anything. Hate 
only breeds more hate.
Hideyoshi: We must create a world where people can live in happiness. And 
march onward toward that dream.*

**Hideyoshi: Magoichi, laugh. When the going gets tough, we laugh.
Hideyoshi: If you're angry and sad all the time, you can't create a world 
where people can live in happiness.
Magoichi: Hideyoshi...*END*

---
[Mago-4] No Hero

-After the battle, [Player] and Magoichi secretly saved Gracia.
Magoichi: Are you all right? Are you hurt?
Gracia: Mago...
Magoichi: You. Do you have something you want to say?
--I don't know if we should be saving the enemy.
--No.

(I don't know if we should be saving the enemy.)
Magoichi: We're just helping out a good friend. That's all.
Magoichi: I'm no hero.
Magoichi: Am I supposed to kill a friend if he happens to be with the other 
side? I cannot do that.
Gracia: Mago...*

(No.)
Magoichi: I know what you want to say anyway.
Magoichi: After all I've said and done, in the end, I, too, have a soft 
spot.*

**Magoichi: Anyway, I want to get my good friend to safety. I'll need your 
help.

-The three somehow managed to outrun their pursuers.
Magoichi: I think we're safe now.
Magoichi: Stay hidden until you catch your breath.
Gracia: Ok? Thank you, Mago.
Gracia: You know...
Gracia: Your friend was such a help. I hope she'll be my friend from here 
on out.
Magoichi: Of course. Friendship knows no sides. We're friends till the end.
Gracia: Thank you both so much! We'll meet again. I promise.
Magoichi: She's going to have a hard life, now, as an enemy princess.
Magoichi: So, if you don't mind, Go see her every once in a while.
Magoichi: It helps to have good friends in times of need, don't you 
think?*END*

---
[Mago-5] A Mercenary's Feeling

-[Player] and Magoichi strolled through town. There they ran into someone 
unexpected.
Magoichi: Masamune, is that you?
Masamune: Magoichi? Wandering aimlessly as usual, I see.
Magoichi: I'm not here for fun.
Magoichi: We're planning something big. Isn't that right, [Player]?
--We're going to bring peace to the entire land.
--We're going to round up all the fair maidens in the land.

(We're going to bring peace to the entire land.)
Masamune: That's a bold thing to say! You sound like someone who would be a 
good friend of Magoichi.
Masamune: What you seek is but a dream!
Magoichi: That's right. While everyone else in this wretched world falls 
into despair, this idiot runs headlong following a dream.
Magoichi: He's hard to keep an eye on, you know.*

(We're going to round up all the fair maidens in the land.)
Masamune: Ah ha, fooling around just as I expected!
Magoichi: You idiot. We all like the ladies, But this no time to be fooling 
around.*

**Masamune: Magoichi, you've got a feisty one here.
Masanume: But, I am going to achieve big things! And I'm the only one in 
the whole world who'll say that.
Masamune: You two just wait and see.
Magoichi: Heh heh, never thought we'd be competing with you. You're still 
a hungry spirit, Masamune.
Magoichi: But, I sense you feel the same as we do.
Magoichi: As if you can do something big. Call it a mercenary's intuition.
Magoichi: Anyway, let's get moving. No time to lollygag.
Magoichi: Time to make a man out of you before that dragon gets his 
wings.*END*

---
[Mago-6] Babysitting

-Magoichi was being hounded by Gracia.
Gracia: Mago! Mago!
Magoichi: Geesh! What are you, my grandfather?
Gracia: But Mago! I'm a woman. Wouldn't that make me your grandmother?
Magoichi: I've grown tired of your fooling around. It's corny and 
embarrassing to boot!
Magoichi: This is my friend. More annoying even than you...
Gracia: Pray tell! You are a friend of Mago's?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
So that means you're my friend as well? It's a pleasure to make your 
acquaintance!
Magoichi: Oh boy. Now you, too, can enjoy her incessant questioning.*

(No.)
Gracia: So, how are you related to Mago?
Magoichi: Now, now no need to squabble, you two! I do amaze myself sometimes.
Gracia: Squabble? Why would we be squabbling?
Magoichi: Um, never mind. It's a long story.*

**Gracia: Mago. I wan t o join you on your journey.
Magoichi: I've already got my hands full with this jester. Next time, OK?
Gracia: Pray tell, when will that be?
Magoichi: Give it a rest will you? I already have one child to look after 
here.*END*

---
[Mago-7] Tables Turned

-[Player] snuck up behind Magoichi.
Magoichi: ...
-[Player] successfully caught Magoichi off guard.
Magoichi: What the..? Ok, ok I surrender.
Magoichi: You started off green. Now you've become a good warrior.
Magoichi: Say, do you remember when I almost shot you?
Magoichi: Who do you think paid me to do that?
--Hideyoshi.
--I don't want to know.

(Hideyoshi.)
Magoichi: Hideyoshi. That would be frightening if it were true.
Magoichi: You can't stay clueless if you want to make everyone happy.
Magoichi: If he could see you now, I'm sure he'd let you live.*

(I don't want to know.)
Magoichi: You are still immature.
Magoichi: But, that is also your strong point.*

**Magoichi: You've come a long way.
Magoichi: Now you possess the power to realize your dream
Magoichi: You've got the Saika seal of approval. Have confidence in yourself
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Magoichi: Don't believe everything people tell you. You are still immature.
Magoichi: You're going to need a little more work.*END*

(No.)
Magoichi: Impetuous fool! Ah, but I'd expect nothing less from my protege.
Magoichi: Just don't end up as bad as me.*END*

---
[Mago-8] Fighting a Friend
=Hasedo Battlefield=

-Masamune and Kanetsugu...
-Those who trained together in friendly rivalry now prepare to cross swords. 
This is Hideyoshi's world.
Magoichi: Masamune. Is there no way for you to avoid fighting Kanetsugu?
Masamune: Magoichi, this is my Sekigahara.
Masamune: I am betting on my vision for the future and Kanetsugu on his honor.
Masamune: Retreat is impossible!
Masamune: Magoichi, if you are having second thoughts, feel free to look on. 
I will go it alone.
Masamune: I don't need soldiers who will not give me their all!
Magoichi: Whoa...
Magoichi: I am a mercenary. I cannot pour passion into war. If that is your 
conviction, then you must fight with everything you have.
Masamune: Exactly, Magoichi!
Messenger: I come with a report! Lord Ieyasu's Eastern Amry clashed with 
Lord Mitsunari's Western Army at Sekigahara!
Messenger: The Eastern Army was victorious in one day! The Western Army's 
Lord Mitsunari has been dealt with accordingly.
Masamune: So Ieyasu won.
Magoichi: Ieyasu took Sekigahara. Now what about this battle?
Masamune: Fool! The Eastern Army's victory puts an end to Hasedo.
Magoichi: Let's move out! To Hasedo, our Sekigahara!*END*

---
[Mago-9] The Dragon Soars

Magoichi: Don't you think Masamune has come into his own?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Magoichi: I do. Something like the aura of a king radiates from him.
Magoichi: It feels as though the dragon has left the nest.*

(No.)
Magoichi: Is that right? That's probably because you've grown, too.*

**Magoichi: Not just Masamune. You, too. You must never stop growing.
Magoichi: Someday the world you want will be created.
Magoichi: So, I guess I'll just go looking for maidens.
--Until we meet again.
--I'm coming with you!

(Until we meet again.)
Magoichi: Oh, did I anger you? Even your angry face is alluring.*

(I'm coming with you!)
Magoichi: I'm joking. You don't think I would leave you behind, do you?
Magoichi: You look cute when you're determined.*

**Magoichi: Only halfway there. Time to buckle down.
Magoichi: We're both chasing dreams, aren't we?

---
[Mago-10] Respect Earned

Magoichi: It's over.
Magoichi: But Ieyasu will leave this world soon. Now it's yours and 
Masamune's turn. The era of youth, as it were.
Magoichi: It's up to you and Masamune to create a new world.
Magoichi: Now, what shall I do from now on?
--Let's build a new world together.
--Let's embark on a journey together.

(Let's build a new world together.)
Magoichi: Whoa. If you want to put me to work, it's going to cost you a 
good deal of money.
Magoichi: You're no longer a child who needs to be looked after. You and I 
are equals, now. Friends.
Magoichi: Forgive me, but I'm not the kind of guy who refuses a friend's 
offer.*END*

(Let's embark on a journey together.)
Magoichi: Wait a second. You're not just going to up and throw everything 
aside, are you? That's not how these things work.
Magoichi: Ok, ok. I'll take you with me. Please don't look at me with 
those eyes.
Magoichi: I already told you. I'm not going to leave you behind.
Magoichi: Let's get moving, girl. Uh. I mean good friend.*END*

---
[Shin] (9 events)
Shingen Takeda

---
[Shin-1] The First Step

-Shingen and Sakon were in the midst of a conversation.
Sakon: Oh. Are you still here?
Shingen: Still want to talk? Alright, let me bend your ear for a while.
Shingen: If I fight for the people, the people will respect me.
Shingen: If the people in the neighboring domain get wind of this, they'll 
want me to be their ruler.
Shingen: And when that rumor spreads to every corner of the land,
--The land will be unified without lifting a finger!
--People will flock to Kai!

(The land will be unified without lifting a finger!)
Sakon: You're sharp.
Sakon: If things go well, I will reach the top without having to fight.
Shingen: Mind you, I'm not saying was has to be avoided.*

(People will flock to Kai!)
Sakon: You're a bit rigid in your thinking.
Shingen: If everyone came to Kai, I'd be in trouble!
Sakon: But you would be revered by so many people, would you not?
Shingen: It would not be a bad thing.*

**Shingen: Fighting for the people is easier said than done, you know.
Shingen: But you could do it.
Shingen: Right! I mustn't let myself be outdone. I had better get moving 
before you beat me to it!
Shingen: Hah!
Sakon: I'm green with envy. Lord Takeda respects you.
Sakon: One of these days I'd like to pit my tactics against those of the 
man who received the Tiger of Kai's seal of approval.
Sakon: I have a funny feeling I would lose, though. Perhaps you should 
forget what I just said.*END*

---
[Shin-2] Close Battles are Best

-[Player], Yukimura and Kunoichi were being schooled by Shingen in the art 
of warfare.
-Kunoichi was acting restless.
Shingen: In war, it is best to win narrowly, rather than convincingly.
Kunoichi: Lord Shingen's talk is dragging on. I'm hungry.
Kunoichi: Lord Yukimura, Lord Yukimura. I have prepared a lunch. Won't you 
have some?
Yukimura: Be quiet. Wait paitently until Lord Shingen is finished.
Kunoichi: But it's so boring...
Kunochi: C'mon, [Player], let's have some lunch.
--Gobble down the lunch with Kunoichi.
--Listen intently to the lecture with Yukimura.

(Gobble down the lunch with Kunoichi.)
-[Player] and Kunoichi consumed the lunch at lightning speed.
Yukimura: What the...!
Shingen: Were you that hungry? Why didn't you say so?
Kunoichi: Lord Shingen, sir. I've eaten my fill and have become quite 
sleepy...
Shingen: That's because you're a greedy pig. Ah, but what can I do about 
it...*

(Listen intently to the lecture with Yukimura.)
-[Player] listened intently to the lecture.
Yukimura: What passion. I, too, must not let myself be outdone!
Kunoichi: Lord Shingen! I think those two are on fire!
Shingen: Haha. Your eyes do look a little intense. There's no need to be 
quite so eager, you two.*

**Shingen: All things in moderation. Including war.
Shingen: Total victory only leads to arrogance.
Shingen: On a scale of one to ten, five is just right. That way, you will 
keep your resolve for the next fight.
Yukimura: Everything can be applied to the art of war. Impressive, my lord!
Shingen: Heh heh. Maybe I like strategy too much.*END*

---
[Shin-3] Allies in Strategy

Shingen: Perfect timing. Sakon and I were just discussing strategy.
Sakon: Hey there. You look well today.
Shingen: Sakon, you're the same old dog you've always been.
Sakon: Give me a break.
Sakon: I wouldn't dare try to get friendly with one of your pupils, Lord 
Shingen.
Sakon: Say, have you learned anything from the way Lord Shingen fights?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes,)
Sakon: I thought so. I myself would pay to fight alongside him.
Shingen: Hmm. Very well. How much will you give me?
Sakon: Oh, I don't seem to have anything with me at the moment. Perhaps 
next time?
Shingen: How convenient...*

(No.)
Sakon: Hmm. So why are you here?
Shingen: Sakon, there is not much that can be learned from war.
Shingen: Winning without fighting is the best way. That is the secret art of 
war.</pre><pre id="faqspan-7">
Sakon: I see. Looks like he got me there.*

**Sakon: Lord Shingen, you seem to be proceeding nicely on your road to 
conquest.
Shingen: Yes. But I am still helpless on my own. When the time is right, 
will you do my bidding, Sakon?
Sakon: You want me to help you? That sounds like a heavy burden.
Sakon: But I can promise you I'll do my best.*END*

---
[Shin-4] An Incomplete Journey

Shingen: I think you have gained a great deal of experience.
-[Player] was paying Shingen a visit.
Shingen: Have you developed your own vision yet?
--Yes.
--No, not at all.

(Yes.)
Shingen: Ah! That is promising. Tell me, what have you come to see?
--I shall not say.
--The will of the people.

(Yes>I shall not say.)
Shingen: You are so careful you won't even tell your allies. That's a good 
habit.*END*

(Yes>The will of the people.)
Shingen: You've seen the people suffer from war. How did that make you 
feel? Hmm. You are making excellent progress.*END*

(No, not at all.)
Shingen: I could teach you more, but it would do you no good.
Shingen: I want you to become a true warrior on your own.
Shingen: But there's no need to rush.*END*

---
[Shin-5] The Kanto Three

-Shingen, Kenshin, and Ujiyasu were having a discussion.
Ujiyasu: I never thought we'd get to meet again. The three of us have 
cheated death.
Shingen: Ha ha ! Or maybe we're actually dead already.
Kenshin: Even beyond death, I hope we can fight on together for all eternity.
Ujiyasu: Fool! I'm not letting you follow me into the afterlife!
Shingen: Ujiyasu and Kenshin, you haven't changed at all.
Kenshin: And who are you? Shingen's pupil?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Kenshin: To war.
Shingen: You are not ready to deal with Kenshin. Wait a while, will you?
Shingen: After you've full trained, you may do as you wish.
Ujiyasu: Tsk. These war-hungry fools.
Ujiyasu: You know, you chose the wrong master to study under.*

(No.)
Ujiyasu: Humility does not befit a pupil of Shingen's. Why, he's even got 
a better personality than his master.
Shingen: Am I that bad?
Kenshin: A good-hearted general surely cannot conjure up tactics like yours.
Shingen: I guess I can't get a break today.*

**Ujiyasu: I am only teasing you. Shingen is the man they call the Tiger of 
Kai.
Ujiyasu: You must learn all you can from him and grow into a mighty warrior, 
youngster.
Kenshin: After you've grown, we will enjoy battle together.
Shingen:It looks like the expectations are high for you.
Shingen: I had better train you to the Dragon's and Lion's liking.*END*

---
[Shin-6] Finding Yourself

-Shingen was staring firmly at [Player].
--You're embarrassing me.
--Is there something on my face?

(You're embarrassing me.)
Shingen: Oh, sorry about that. Lately, you've become more beautiful.*

(Is there something on my face?)
Shingen: Hmmm. Yes you do. It's the look of courage.*

**Shingen: You seem to have found what you were looking for.
Shingen: Have you figured out what it means to fight for the people?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Shingen: I see. That's what I wanted to hear. There is nothing left for me 
to teach you.
Shingen: It is a joyous occasion, but I am a little bit sad.*END*

(No.)
Shingen: Not to worry. Not to worry. Waver, ponder and struggle as much as 
you have to.
Shingen: The longer you struggle, the bigger you'll become.*END*

---
[Shin-7] Life is Hard; Death is Easy

Shingen: We fight to bring peace to the people. It will lead to peace across 
the land.
-[Player] had paid Shingen a visit, and the pair were engaged in conversation.
Shingen: And once there is peace, there may be no more need for warriors.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Shingen: If so, then we must disappear, once this time of strife ends.
Shingen: Besides, I would like to enjoy myself once peace comes.*

(No.)
Shingen: Ah, so you understand. I am delighted.*

**Shingen: Creating a peaceful world requires the strength of warriors like 
us.
Shingen: The power and wisdom of those of us who have lived through war is 
what will keep the world at peace.
Shingen: But there are those who rush into battle seeking a glorious death.
Shingen: That's nothing more than self-indulgence.
--Perhaps you're afraid of dying.
--I understand fully.

(Perhaps you're afraid of dying.)
Shingen: Indeed I am. You are quite sharp.
Shingen: Surely you are too. Indeed, all the people and the soldiers are 
probably scared of death.
Shingen: We must put our heads together to make sure that no one has to fear 
and no one has to die.*

(I understand fully.)
Shingen: It is easy to die, but harder to live. We shall focus our efforts 
on ways to keep the people alive.*

**Shingen: That is the path to conquest.*END*

---
[Shin-8] No Glory in Death

-Shingen was talking worriedly to Yukimura.
Shingen: Yukimura: You are playing a dangerous game.
Shingen: I fear you are preparing to die.
Yukimura: If it will serve as an example for all the warriors in the land, 
then I am willing to die.
Shingen: You are mistaken, Yukimura. Dying will solve nothing.
Yukimura: No. My vision will live on. That is what I believe.
Shingen: Hmm. Could you try to dissuade Yukimura?
--Choose life and let us lay the road to conquest together.
--Only you can realize your vision.

(Choose life and let us lay the road to conquest together.)
Yukimura: Everyone has his own duty.
Yukimura: My duty is to provide an example to all the warriors in the land 
and to leave behind the memory of a soldier who lived through tumultuous 
times.
Yukimura: As a pupil of Lord Shingen, your duty is to lay the path to 
conquest and bring peace to the land.*

(Only you can realize your vision.)
Yukimura: No. The ties that bind people together are not that fragile.
Yukimura: A vision bound by honor will live on through the ages.
Yukimura: That's what I feel.*

**Yukimura: I will take your advice to heart.
Yukimura: But I have no intention of changing my beliefs.
Yukumura: By your leave.
Shingen: He's as straight as an arrow.
Shingen: I thought he might listen to you, but I guess I was wrong.
Shingen: My apologies for placing you in an uncomfortable position.*END*

---
[Shin-9] The Final Test

Shingen: Well then. Shall we move on to your final test?
-[Player] had paid Shingen a visit.
Shingen: If you pass this test, then I will recognize you as a fully-fledged 
warrior in your own right.
Shingen: Come, try to knock me down!
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
-[Player] punched Shingen powerfully.
Shingen: Ouch! Ouch! I give up.
Shingen: You ... you've gotten strong.*

(No.)
Shingen: It thought you would say that.
Shingen: On one hand, you are merciful. But on the other hand, you are still 
too soft.
Shingen: But when peace comes to the land, you will need that kind heart.*

**Shingen: I feel more at ease with a youngster like you around.
Shingen: But, what to do about Kenshin?
--Have drinks with him.
--Fight him.

(Have drinks with him.)
Shingen: Good idea.
Shingen: Kenshin and Ujiyasu will be surprised when they see how much 
you'be grown.
Shingen: What could be more appropriate than a party to celebrate the birth 
of a brave warrior. We shall all drink until dawn.*

(Fight him.)
Shingen: Good idea.
Shingen: With you around, I no longer have to worry about the future of this 
land.
Shingen: It might be a good idea to have some friendly competition with 
Kenshin and Ujiyasu.
Shingen: Just tactics. No actual fighting, of course. We could bask in the 
sun and play a few leisurely games of Go.*

**Shingen: Well, [Player]!
Shingen: We old men have done our duty.
Shingen: It is up to you to usher in a new era, an era of peace.
Shingen: Hah!*END*

---
[Date] (10 events)
Masamune Date

---
[Date-1] The Young Dragon

-[Player] paid Masamune Date a visit. The pair had met before, in battle.
-Masamune was leaning against a pillar sleeping standing up.
--Say something to him.
--Cover him with a blanket.

(Say something to him.)
Masamune: What? What is it?*

(Cover him with a blanket.)
Masamune: Huh? Who's there?
-Masamune grabbed and twisted [Player]'s wrist.
Masamune: you? Don't sneak up on me like that!
Masamune: I thought you were a ninja!
Masamune: Forgive me. That was a bit too rough for a lady.
Masamune: Did I hurt you?
--I'm fine.
--Yes, you hurt me!

(Blanket>I'm fine.)
Masamune: You imbecile. Don't give me that teary-eyed look!
Masamune: You should be happy you're alive!*

(Blanket>Yes, you hurt me!)
Masamune: Sorry, Stop crying! Stop crying!
Masamune: What am I supposed to do? What if someone sees us here?*

**Masamune: I... I wasn't sleeping. I was just resting my eyes.
--Staying in that position for a long time is not good for your body.
--Yeah right.

(Staying in that position for a long time is not good for your body.)
Masamune: What? Since when did you care so much about my health?
Masamune: I take good care of myself, thank you very much.
Masamune: If I were a sickly person I wouldn't have a chance at ruling the 
land.*END*

(Yeah right.)
Masamune: Shut up! I do not have time to sleep! There is not a moment I can 
waste!
Masamune: Every second I lose is another second I have to earn back.*END*

---
[Date-2] Ambition Thwarted

-After the Battle of Odawara, Masamune was feeling depressed.
-The collapse of the Hojo had cut off his path to ruling the land.
Masamune: Now Hideyoshi has unshakable power.
Masamune: I was born twenty years too late.
-Just then, Kanetsugu appeared on his way back from the siege of Oshi Castle.
Kanetsugu: Masamune! Quit you're sulking! It's too early to give up.
Masamune: Wh... What?
Kanetsugu: I am Kanetsugu Naoe, a man who lives by honor! I respect no man 
who dies just to push up daises!
-Just then, [Player] was passing by. Kanetsugu called out for assistance.
Kanetsugu: Hey! Can you give me a hand? I need to teach this guy a lesson.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
-[Player] and Kanetsugu tackled Masamune.*

(No.)
Kanetsugu: You would just leave this man to let himself be killed? Fine! I 
will stop him myself!
-Kanetsugu lunged at Masamune.*

**Masamune: Cut it out! Stop! I have no intention of dying!
-Kanetsugu ceased his attack.
Kanetsugu: Looks like I jumped to conclusions. I should have though before I 
acted.
Kanetsugu: With the battle about to begin, no man would just throw his life 
away.
Masamune: The battle is about to begin? No, the battle has just ended.
Kanetsugu: Wrong! Confucius said, to know what is right and?not do?it is the 
worst cowardice.
Kanetsugu: You don't look like a meek and cowardly man to me. Or perhaps 
you're just an immoral wolf who knows no honor?
Masamune: What did you say?
Kanetsugu: It's true isn't it? The land has just been tamed.
Kanetsugu: But our war has just begun! It is up to our generation to figure 
out how to rule.
Kanetsugu: Yes! We must battle to bring true honor and justice to this land!
Masamune: You imbecile! The world is complex. Honor and justice are not so 
easily brought about!
Kanetsugu: Then tell me what kind of world you would create, Masamune.
Masamune: I would... Uh... I would...
-Masamune was at a loss for words.
--Take Masamune's side.
--Take Kanetsugu's side.

(Take Masamune's side.)
-[Player] took Masamune's side, but was unable to come up with a suitable 
answer.
Kanetsugu: One more immoral wolf joins the pack! But it looks like neither 
of you have a clue.*

(Take Kanetsugu's side.)
Kanetsugu: Ah, a fellow devotee of honor!
-Kanetsugu shook [Player] firmly by the hand.*

**Masamune: You imbecile! Creating a world worth living in takes precedence 
over your empty words!
Masamune: Come what may, I will create this world my own way!
-Masamune stomped away from the camp. Kanetsugu glanced quickly at [Player].
Kanetsugu: I don't think he's depressed anymore.*END*

---
[Date-3] The Broken Teacup

-[Player] was showing off a teacup purchased in Sakai to Kanetsugu and 
Masamune.
Masamune: Of, this is an exquisite piece.
Kanetsugu: [Player], have you become a sophisticate? Warriors of honor ought 
to collect weapons, not tea cups.
Kanetsugu: Look here, another would-be sophisticate is drooling over your cup.
-Masamune had taken the cup in his hands and was studying it intently.
Masamune: The craftsmanship is amazing. The more I look at it, the more I 
can tell. [Player], how much did you pay for this cup?
--Several thousand kan.
--Actually, I bought it from a pawnbroker for next to nothing.

(Several thousand kan.)
Masamune: What? Several thousand kan?
-Surprised at the price, Masamune almost dropped the cup.
Kanetsugu: Pull yourself together, Masamune! How unbecoming!
Masamune: Ugh...
-Suddenly, Masamune threw the cup down on the ground.
Kanetsugu: What are you doing, Masamune?! You've smashed the cup to pieces!
Masamune: I have fought my way through numerous battles, and never once was 
I taken by surprise.
Masamune: But when I heard how much that cup cost, I was flabbergasted. I 
have disgraced the name of the Dragon!
-And with that, Masamune marched off.
Kanetsugu: I can't believe he smashed that expensive cup without blinking 
an eye.
Kanetsugu: He is still wet behind the ears, but that strength of spirit he 
occasionally displays could serve him well one day.
-Satisfied with his explanation, Kanetsugu quickly left the scene. All that 
was left was [Player] and the broken cup. *END*

(Actually, I bought it from a pawnbroker for next to nothing.)
-The expression on Masamune's face darkened.
Masamune: I can't believe the previous owner of this work of art had to 
pawn it off.
Masamune: [Player], could I please have this cup?
Masamune: I'll give you more than what you paid the pawn broker. Please let 
me have it.
--Yes.
--No.

(No.)
Masamune: Hmm. You refuse my request? You've got courage.
Kanetsugu: You never know what a hungry wolf will do. You had better obey 
him.*Forced to pick other option*

(Yes.)
-[Player] gave the cup to Masamune.
Kanesugu: Two famous warriors engaging in commerce is not something I want 
to see.
Masamune: Say what you will.
Masamune: [Player], will you tell me who this cup used to belong to?
-[Player] told him the previous owner's name. Upon hearing the name, 
Masamune gave the sup and some gold pieces to one of his retainers.
Masamune: Deliver this to its previous owner.
-Masamune's retainer carefully took the gold pieces and the cup and left.
Kanetsugu: What was all that about, Masamune? Why would you get rid of a cup 
you so dearly wanted?
Masamune: It was  a magnificent cup. It must've been a family treasure.
Masamune: I thought about how the owner must have felt when he sold it.
Kanetsugu: I see. He must have been in a very tough predicament. And you 
spirit of mercy moved you to add gold, too!
Masamune: Imbecile! I'm certainly not as softhearted as you.
Masamune: Try drinking from a cup like that. You would only end up tasting 
the owner's misery.
Masamune: That's why I sent it back with a few pieces of gold.
-And with that, Masamune quickly walked away.
Kanetsugu: I though money and exquisite cups were just impure material 
trappings, but that was rather chivalrous of Masamune.
Kanetsugu: You, too, [Player]. You let go of a treasure that you found 
without any objection.
Kanetsugu: Don't say anything. I'm sure you say it all on Masamune's face.
Kanetsugu: Having that wold around was bothering me, but he has shown me 
something quite unexpected.
-And with that, Kanetsugu walked away, smiling.

---
[Date-4] The Dragon's Vision

Masamune: I've been ordered to go to the capital.
Masamune: It is probably in regard to the execution of Lord Hidetsugu 
Toyotomi for inciting rebellion.
Masamune: I'm being persecuted by Hideyoshi because I was close to Lord 
Hidetsugu. I very well might die.
Masamune: In that case, this will be our final parting.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Masamune: Just in case. I leave you my final wish.
Masamune: After I die, when people make sculptures or painting of me, make 
sure they have two eyes, not one.
Masamune: Do I have your word? I'll be watching you from the great beyond.*

(No.)
Masamune: So you're saying you want to see me again...
Masamune: In that case, I'll have to beg for forgiveness.
Masamune: That is, if Hideyoshi will hear me out.*

**-[Player] headed to Kyoto with Masamune.
-The heavy stench of suspicion and death hung over Hideyoshi's residence.
-However, Masamune entered with his head held high.
Masamune: I am Masamune Date, here at your behest!
Kanbei: I have heard that you were on good terms with Hidetsugu who has 
since chosen death, having plotted a rebellion.
Masamune: That is true. What seems to be the problem?
Kanbei: Lord Hideyoshi suspects that you may have been involved in this plot.
Masamune: Hidetsugu was made an advisor upon a direct order from Lord 
Hideyoshi.
Masamune: He was chosen personally by the wise Lord Hideyoshi.
Masamune: I, therefore, trusted him, as a man worthy of my faith.
Kanbei: ...
Hideyoshi: That's enough, Kanbei.
Hideyoshi: Masamune, my intuition tells me you were not complicit in the 
rebellion.
Hideyoshi: My apologies for suspecting you. Return to Oshu and make yourself 
useful.
Masamune: My lord.*END*

---
[Date-5] Dinner Time

-Masamune was preparing a meal for [Player] and Magoichi.
Masamune: Here you go magoichi, [Player]! Enjoy!
--Thanks!
--Is this fit to eat?

(Thanks!)
Magoichi: Whoa. [Player]! Slow down, will you?*

(Is this fit to eat?)*

**Masamune: Well, you don't have to worry about it being poisoned! I've 
got no reason to kill you two!
Magoichi: Alright, alright... I'll eat it.
-Magoichi took a bit of the food that Masamune made.
Magoichi: Oh! This is excellent!
Masamune: Of course it's good, you fool! It's my specialty, and I worked 
long and heard to perfect it.
Magoichi: I never knew you were a cook.
Masamune: This is how I shall rule the world! With my cuisine!
Masamune: Magoichi, [Player]. I'll need your help. I have many more dishes 
I need you to taste.
Magoichi: Sorry, Masamune. I, um, I've got a date.
Masamune: You fool! I know you don't.
-[Player] and Magoichi were forced to endure a long night with Masamune.*END*

---
[Date-6] Gunfight
-Masamune and Magoichi stood side-by-side, each with a gun in hand. Two 
targets had been erected several paces in front of them.
Masamune: Magoichi and I are about to have a little shooting match.
Masamune: [Player], you better watch this.
Magoichi: For me to lose would tarnish the reputation of the Saika Rebels!
Masamune: And upon my reputation as the Dragon, I cannot lose!
-The two silently raised their weapons.
Magoicihi: ...
Masamune: ...
-The guns fired, and the two targets shattered.
-And the winner was...
--Masamune
--Magoichi

(Masamune)
Masamune: Looks like I was the better shot!
Magoichi: Both targets have been hit.
Magoichi: How can you tell which shot was closer to the center?
Masamune: Look at how my target has been shattered into tiny pieces! I win!
Magoichi: That's not really the point... *END*

(Maogichi)
Magoichi: Sorry, Masamune.
Masamune: No way! Both targets were shattered! There is no way to tell who 
was the better shot.
Masamune: I shall not be defeated so easily! Rematch!
Magoichi: Whoa! Looks like you're going to keep going until I lose.*END*

---
[Date-7] With Honor

-Masamune was preparing tea for Ieyasu.
Masamune: What is it? Are you so surprised to see me making tea?
--Yes
--No

(Yes)
Masamune: Did you take me for some talentless boor, a man of no 
sophistication?
Masamine: I am perfectly capable of making tea.*

(No)
Masamune: I learned how to do this as a child.
Masamune: My teacher was Rikyu, you know.*

**Masamune: If you please, Lord Ieyasu, drink.
Ieyasu: Uh, yes...
Masamune: You don't seriously think I would poison you, do you?
Masamune: Perhaps ten years ago, it may ahve occurred to me; but now, I 
couldn't even imagine killy you Lord Ieyasu.
Masamune: I fight fair, and I play by the rules.
Ieyasu: Of course, Masamune, you're a fine man and an insightful general.
Masamune: There is no greater praise.*END*

---
[Date-8] Keeping the Dream

-Kanetsugu and Masamune stood in front of the once-again tranquil Osaka 
Castle as peace negotiations took place inside.
Masamune: You look depressed, Kanetsugu.
Kanetsugu: I sacrificed my honor for the Tokugawa. And now I must lose my 
friend, as well...
Masamune: Impressive vision. You already foresee another war. But you can't 
seriously wish to keep Yukimura alive...
Masamune: Imbecile!
Masamune: The new order is already established. Yukimura will die. He must.
Masamune: Consider the future, Kanetsugu. The future where tales of 
Yukimura's heroism on the fireld of battle will be told.
Masamune: Even when peace comes to our world, Yukimura's legacy will 
remain. What's more, it will reside in our hearts, where he will live!
Masamune: Don't you owe it to your remaining friends to build this new world?
Kanetsugu: Masamune...
Masamune: There is no use in taking it easy on Yukimura.
Masamune: He will strive with all his might. If we underestimate him, he 
will kill us.
Masamune: I cannot afford to lose you! You understand?
Kanetsugu: I am unworthy.
--Yes
--No

(Yes)
Kanetsugu: I am. I am a pathetic excuse for a man. I have thrown away my 
honor, my aspirations, my friends.
Kanetsugu: But you have not abandoned me, Masamune.
Kanetsugu: ...*

(No)
Kanetsugu: That's enough. Your words are no consolation.
Kanetsugu: I know you care about me, and I despise myself for not living up 
to your expectations.*

**Kanetsugu: By keeping his legacy alive in our hearts, he lives. That would 
be the least I could do. *END*

---
[Date-9] The Dragon Takes Flight

-The once proud and glorious Osaka Castle was engulfed in crimson flames.
-[Player], Masamune, Kanetsugu, and Muneshige all witnessed the spectacle.
Masamune: This is the end.
Kanetsugu: On the contrary, Masamune, it is only the beginning.
Kanetsugu: All of the people who have fallen in battle, the legacies of my 
friends, they live in me.
Kanetsugu: They will live on, in the world you create.
Masamune: Kanetsugu...
Kanetsugu: Thank you. Thanks to all of you, I somehow manage to keep going.
-Kanetsugu tottered away.
Masamune: Don't worry. His inner strength will ustain him. He will recover 
? eventually.
Muneshige: Without question.
Muneshige: With all this noise around him, he won't have a chance to get 
too down.
Masamune: Hah.
Muneshige: So, are you going to make a play for the land?
Masamune: I already surrendered that to Ieyasu.
Masaune: In return, I acquired a vision of the future. Now, we bring order 
to this peaceful world.
Masamune: [Player], what do you intend to do?
--Bring order to the world!
--I haven't decided.

(Bring order to the world!)
Masamune: Well said!
Masamune: Follow me! And don't let me catch you running off before we're 
finished!*

(I haven't yet decided)
Masamune: The world awaits the new order!
Masamune: Face this challenge with me!*

**Masamune: We young men, it's our time now.
Masamune: Remember those who have fallen before us, our friends lost in 
battle...
Masamune: We will create a world to put theirs to shame! *END*

---
[Date-10] Dragon and Demon King

-Masamune confronted Nobunaga.
Masamune: You're... Nobunaga.
Nobunaga: You must be Masamune.
Nobunaga: Dragon... You must fly high above me, beyond my age...
Masamune: ...
Nobunaga: Gahahahahahaha!
Masamune: I now know why the call him the "Demon King."
--Did he frighten you?
--Come, you are the Dragon, remember!

(Did he frighten you?)
Masamune: Indeed. It seemed as though he could see through everything.*

(Come, you are the Dragon, remember!)
Masamune: The Demon King and the Dragon. I'm still at a disadvantage.*

**Masamune: I often lamented that I was born too late.
Masamune: Had I been born earlier, I might have been face to face with 
Nobunaga.
Masamune: I must devote myself to my task, with strength and intellect.
Masamune: One day, I will outdo even the Demon King! *END*

---
[No] (8 events)
Lady No

---
[Noh-1] Fear
=Okehazama, Battlefield=

-The first battle was over in an instant. The skirmish between the Oda Army 
and the Imagawa Army ended in a resounding victory for the Imagawa.
-Nobunaga and Lady No stood atop a hill. The sky was lit by the raging 
flames of the battlefield.
No: The raiding party must have been repelled by the Imagawa.
No: Even great in number, they are careful and prudent. Not the kind of 
opponent against whom an ambush would work.
Nobunaga: A wise man never uses the same trick twice.
Nobunaga: But I am a fool. Oh, wise Yoshimoto, do you realize that? Hahaha...
No: What does the fool on the hill see now?
Nobunaga: The world, going round.
No: The enemy army is huge. There are enemies in all directions. We face 
disaster. What are your thoughts?
Nobunaga: We may meet our deaths.
-Lady No brought her hand to her breat, and with a flourish, produced a 
dagger.
No: Your death shall be at my hands. You must not die here.
Nobunaga: You are too deadly to be near.
-Nobunaga flashed a fearless smile, interrupting Lady No before she could 
finish.*END*

---
[No-2] The Viper's Dagger

No: What do you think of a man who loves everything in the world equally?
No: Do you think he is a fool?
-Lady No spoke to [Player]. The air was filled with a voluptuous fragrance.
No: As a warrior who has journeyed across the length and breadth of Japan, 
you are like Mitsuhide, but you couldn't be more different.
No: Mitsuhide has not the vision to see the whole land. In the end, he is 
obsessed with my husband.
No: You build bonds between people, and widen the horizons of the world. 
Therefore I'm asking you.
No: This is a man who loves humanity - all life. Nobunaga is a fool, is he 
not?
--I don't know.
--He's no fool by my reckoning.
--He is a fool.

(I don't know.)
No: Certainly, it seems as if none other than me understands him... This 
pleases me.
No: Yet, I am equally displeased, as I feel even I do not understand him.*

(He's no fool by my reckoning.)
No: I see. What is your proof?*

(He is a fool.)
No: You are surprisingly... ordinary.*

**-Lady No giggled and reached into her ample bosom.
No: Have a look at this.
-Lady No reached toward her breast and produced a dagger.
-An expert in concealed weapons, Lady No had many deadly implements hidden 
within her clothing.
No: This dagger was given to me by my father, Dosan. As mine was a marriage 
of strategy, I received this dagger on my wedding night.
No: If he truly was a fool, I was to cut off his head with it.
No: I answered him frankly: "I will do what you ask, Father."
No: However, should Nobunaga have proved not to be a mere fool, perhaps this 
blade would have to cut down my unsuspecting father.
No: But I still haven't been able to gather enough information to make my 
decision.
No: Meanwhile, my brother, Yoshitatsu, slew my father, Dosan, in a family 
fight.
No: My dagger has been robbed of its target.
No: Now, the house of Saito lies in ruins, and Mino has fallen into his 
hands. It seems to me that this strategic marriage was pointless.
No: I remain here only to take Nobunaga's life, should he prove himself a 
fool.
--No, Nobunaga loves you.
--It is beyond my understanding.

(No, Nobunaga loves you.)
No: He surely loves me.
No: But he loves the entire world. Equally...
No: What if everyone in the world is of equal value?
No: Ultimately, it is the same as saying everyone is equally worthless, is 
it not?
No: As a person close to him, I wish to prove myself of special value to him.*

(It is beyond my understanding.)
No: What we don't wish to understand remains incomprehensible.*

**-Lady Noh laughed brightly and departed.*END*

---
[No-3] A soldier's Gift

-After the battle, en route to visiting Lady No, [Player] was stopped by 
Hideyoshi.
Hideyoshi: Hey there, [Player]!
Hideyoshi: Heiju, the man you saved on the battlefield, asked me to give 
this to you.
-Hideyoshi uncovered a woman's kimono.
Hideyoshi: He's soon to be married, you see. He got this for his bride to be.
--Then he should give it to his bride.
--Who is this Heiju?

(Then he should give it to his bride.)
Hideyoshi: He can't. Not anymore.
Hideyoshi: Watching your exploits, he got all excited, and was keen to make 
a name for himself...
Hideyoshi: But it looks like he went a little too far.*

(Who is this Heiju?)
Hideyoshi: Well, I guess you wouldn't remember a rank-and-file soldier like 
him.
Hideyoshi: Heiju deeply appreciated your aid on the battlefield. He told 
anyone who would listen about your heroism.
Hideyoshi: In the heroic saga of your life, I understand that this may have 
been only one of your most minor deeds.*

**-[Player] apologized.
Hideyoshi: No, there's no need to apologize. Heiju can't hear you anyway.
Hideyoshi: Better to offer a prayer for him.
-Unable to bear the pathos and meaning of the kimono, [Player] turned away 
from it.
Hideyoshi: Hey, hey! The kimono!
-Hideyoshi chased after the swiftly fleeing [Player].
Hideyoshi: Hey, you can't just run away like that!
Hideyoshi: In battle, people of all walks of life are rendered lifeless; one 
corpse is indistinguishable from the next.
Hideyoshi: After all, all are equal before death, without value. Here.
-Hideoshi handed the kimono to [Player].
Hideyoshi: Look. Over there. It's Lady No. She stands alone.
Hideyoshi: There's something about her that makes her hard to approach.
-Lady No's clothes were rent and torn, her flesh exposed. Little of her 
figure was left to the imagination.
No: See something you like, Hideyoshi?
Hideyoshi: Uh, I, uh, no! I don't see anything at all.
-Hideyoshi bolted from Lady No's presence.
-Lady No glided provocatively over to the now solitary [Player].
No: Such a shame, isn't it, my kitten? There's no play for passion in such 
a grim war.
No: Give me the pleasures of heaven. Otherwise, give me the hell of war. I 
want to live at the threshold of death, and I want pleasures that transcend 
it.
No: I do it because I want to believe I am more than nothing.
--Cover Lady No's exposed skin with the kimono.
--Leave.

(Cover Lady No's exposed skin with the kimono.)
No: Ah...
-Lady No stopped talking.
-Draped in the komono intended for a blushing bride,  Lady No, stared 
intently at [Player].
-She looked like any other fresh-faced young woman from any village.*END*

(Leave.)
-Lady No's voluptuous flesh, and her rent garments, had left her in a 
pitiful plight.
-[Player] moved away from Lady No, as if to escape.*END*

---
[No-4] Lady No's Secret.

-Lady No rose lazily.
-[Player] and Toshiie gazed in her direction.
Toshiie: That's Lady No, right?
--I wonder where she hides her weapons.
--Is that a snake wrapped around her leg?
--What a beautiful back.

(I wonder where she hides her weapons.)
-The sharp edges were invisible against the elegant curves of her body.
Toshiie: Excuse me, Lady No. Where are you weapons hidden?
No: You want to know? Then watch closely.
Lady No relaxed her breast, and before their very eyes, she brought out a 
previously undetectable weapon.
Toshiie: Did you see that, [Player]?
Toshiie: I beg your pardon, but show use once more, please!
No: Oh no. That won't do. A good woman never shores her secrets.
-She flashed an elegant smile.*END*

(Is that a snake wrapped around her leg?)
Toshiie: My lady, that snake around your leg isn't real, is it?
No: You want to know? Then watch closely.
-Lady No thrust out her leg before them. [Player] and Toshiie looked on, 
transfixed.
Toshiie: Whoa! [Player]! Did you see it move?
No: That's enough. The rest is a secret. 
-Lady No quickly pulled her leg back in.*END*

(What a beautiful back.)
Toshiie: You want to be careful, talking about her that way. You'll get 
yourself killed!
-[Player], a reluctant Toshiie in tow, approached Lady No.
Toshiie: We, ah, well, this one said it, but you seem to have the most silky 
smooth back.
No: What... Just where are you looking?
Lady No's face reddened...
Toshiie: N-no, no, it wasn't me! It wasn't me!
-Toshiie's face also reddened. [Player] whispered into Toshiie's ear.
Toshiie: You - but why me?
-[Player] poked and prodded Toshiie.
Toshiie: I, uh, that is, even though [Player] said it, what's the secret to 
your beautiful back?
No: My, I don't know. It's a secret. Why don't you find out for yourself.
Toshiie: Wh-what? Really?
-[Player] desperately reached out to stop Toshiie, who was creeping ever 
closer to Lady No's back.*END*

---
[No-5] Shell Matching

-[Player] headed for Lady No's room.
-Lady No and Oichi were within, engaged in a game. They sat across from each 
other on the floor, with a pile of clam-shell halves between them.
No: Ah, good. You've arrived. I was just playing a friendly game with Oichi.
Oichi: It is my lady's turn.
-Lady No gently extended her hand, and took two of the overturned shells.
-The two shells were a perfect match.
Oichi: Just as I expected. You play so well.
No: This game, kai-awase, is a metaphor for married life. Naturally, I am 
good at it. Oichi, perhaps less so...
-Oichi's gasp echoed throughout the room. Paying no attention, Lady No 
nonchalantly examined the arrayed shells.
No: The lacquer work on the interiors of the shells is exquisite.
Oichi: Yes. It is stricking that the interior of a plain shell could be so 
beautiful. It's like the effect of a certain someone's make-up, isn't it?
-The shell in Lady No's hand fell with a clatter. Oichi grinned in silence.
-[Player] was unsure of who to support.
--Take Oichi's side.
--Take Lady No's side.

(Take Oichi's side.)
-[Player] sat down alongside Oichi.
Oichi: Well then.
No: What is your intention, pray tell?
Oichi: It seems I was a perfect match for [Player]. It was no to be you, my 
lady. That's all.
Oichi: So, shall we discuss our next move? We must mount a comeback against 
my lady.
-In high spirits, Oichi leaned in toward [Player].
No: What a touching scene. So much so that I'd like to crush it into dust.
-The shell in Lady No's hand cracked loudly in her grip.*END*

(Take Lady No's side.)
-[Player] sat alongside Lady No.
No: Left to fight all alone, Oichi...
Oichi: Why...?
No: We are paired together. Much like a pair of shells, I'd say.
-Lady No put her arm around [Player]'s shoulder and pulled their bodies 
together.
No: Do you still wish to finish?, Even though you're no better at matching 
shells than you are at winning friends?
Oichi: Ugh...
-Tears welled in Oichi's eyes.*END*

---
[No-6] Nobunaga's Vision

-One day, on a visit to the castle to call upon Lady No, [Player] found her 
room was completely empty, but there were signs of a struggle.
-The shutters had been smashed from the inside, and on the roof above, 
several faint footprints were visible on the tiles.
-Upon taking to the roof, the footprints led over the moat, across the 
field, and into the mountains.
-Eventually, Lady No was found, simply standing, in the center of a circle 
of slain ninjas.
No: They were assassins. They've been after my husband for some time.
No: I thought that, if he was such a fool to not see through them, then he 
deserved to die. I was standing by, silently watching.
No: Still, he took no action. Instead, he left himself more and more open to 
attack.
No: I could not bear the thought of him falling to these wretches, so I 
killed them myself.
No: I was watching him so closely.
No: But in fact, it was he who was watching me, to see what action I would 
take.
--Nobuanga is not watching you, my lady.
--He probably is.

(Nobunaga is not watching you, my lady.)
No: Then I am without hope.
-Lady No murmured tersely to herself.*END*

(He probably is.)
No: He is a mirror who reflects the hopes of others.
No: Yet is this reflection itself not truly reflected, but produced by the 
mirror itself?*END*

---
[No-7] Leaving Honnoji

-During the escape from Honnoji, [Player] spotted Lady No amidst the flames.
No: [Player], you must flee. I will be fine.
-Lady No was clearly distressed. She pulled Dosan's dagger form its hiding 
place at her breast and screamed.
No: Now that he is dead, this dagger has lost a place to go.
No: I have been robbed of my one remaining purpose in life!
--Knock the dagger from her hands.
--Point the dagger towards yourself.

(Knock the dagger from her hands.)
-[Player] eyed the dagger, that vile chain that bound Lady No, and knocked 
it from her hands.
-The dagger skidded along the ground and vanished into the flames.
No: Aaah!
-Meanwhile, Nobunaga's last words echoed in Lady No's mind.
Nobunaga: Forward!
No: He was a mirror, that reflected all. Yet I could not see my own image in 
him.
No: Was that because I was always crouching in the shadows with this dagger, 
always out of sight?
Nobunaga: Forward!
No: If I had moved, anyone could have seen me. If I hadn't been crouching 
in the shadows, if I had moved forward...
No: He... the mirror, was he waiting? For me to moved forward, for me to 
discover myself?
-[Player] silently offered a hand to Lady No.
No: We must move forward together, you mean?*

(Point the dagger towards yourself.)
-The tip of the dagger was turned to face [Player].
No: What?
Nobuanga: Forward!
-Nobunaga's last words echoed in the stunned Lady No's mind.
No: You are telling me that you will keep going forward?
No: You are saying to me, that when you stop moving, I am to stab you with 
this dagger?
No: You're doing this to give me a new purpose?*

**-[Player] nodded.
No: Don't try to sweet talk me.
-Lady No, standing amidst the flames, swept her hand through her hair.
No: This place is bad for my hair.
No: It is time for us to move forward.
-As embers fell from the sky, [Player] and Lady No fled Honnoji. *END*

---
[No-8] The Moon in the Rain

-[Player] and Lady No gazed at the moon.
-The moon was hidden behind the clouds, as rain fell.
-Between them lay crushed, misshapen rice balls.
No: I made them.
-[Player] devoured several rice balls.
--They are so tender and moist.
--Why don't you try some too, my lady.

(They are so tender and moist.)
No: Are they just?*

(Why don't you try some too, my lady.)
No: I've already eaten several.
No: After much trial and error, I arrived at just the right flavor. Now 
I've got to work on their appearance.*

**-It seemed as though Lady No's attitude toward [Player] had softened.
-[Player] laughed.
No: Why are you laughing? Stop it!
No: My husband used to laugh often, too. It seemed as though he found 
everything amusing.
No: In the end, what sort of man was he? I wonder if he was a fool?
--He was a fool to leave you behind.
--He was no fool.
--I don't know.

(He was a fool to leave you behind.)
No: Don't mock me. I'm truly interested in your answer.*

(He was no fool.)
No: He truly was the Demon King, then?*

(I don't know.)
No: You don't know, either?*

**No: Here's what I think.
No: He was both a complete and utter fool, and he wasn't. He was equal 
parts black and white.
No: Even so, he certainly was never gray. Do you think that's fair?
--I couldn't say.
--I think you may be correct, my lady.

(I couldn't say.)
No: After all, I'm like that too.
No: Like the moon, for instance, which seems to sparkle and flicker in the 
rain.
No: I guess it's hard to imagine.
-Just as Lady No spoke, the wind suddenly picked up, the clouds parted, and 
the moon shone clearly.
-In the rain, the moonlight danced across Lady No's face. Lady No and 
[Player] looked at one another.
No: Hahahaha...
-They laughed merrily. As if everything in the world was amusing.*END*

(I think you may be correct, my lady.)
No: What do you mean, correct?
No: That he was not a fool, and that I was right to spare his life?
No: That that he was a fool, and I was right to spare my father?
No: Haha. That's it then.
-Lady No stared at the moonless night sky, murmuring contentedly to herself.
No: I have been through so many trials, so much, but I've come through for 
myself in the end.*END*

---
[Hatt] (9 events)
Hanzo Hattori

---
[Hatt-1] Chasing the Shadow

-[Player] chased after Hanzo as he left the field after the battle.
-He had almost caught up with him. Hanzo was clearly a highly-skilled 
ninja' it was hard to track him.
-Just then, [Player] felt a menacing stare form behind.
--There he is!
--No, no, it's my imagination.

(There he is!)*
(No, no, it's my imagination.)*
**Hanzo: Such slow reflexes...
-Hanzo appeared directly behind [Player]. His sickle was up against 
[Player]'s carotid artery.
Hanzo: If this had been a battle, you'd be a corpse.
--Do you want something?
--I think you like me.

 (Do you want something?)
Hanzo: ...*

(I think you like me.)
Hanzo: Don't misunderstand me.*

**Hanzo: It was you who came after me.
Hanzo: You must have a strong pair of legs to have followed me this far.
Hanzo: They are an asset. As long as you can remain alive, I'm sure we will 
meet again.
-With that Hanzo disappeared.*END*

---
[Hatt-2] The Shadow's Pity

-The Tokugawa soldiers were chatting idly.
Soldier1: Have you heard? About Nobuyasu, our lord's heir?
Soldier2: Yes, I've heard. That he was forced to commit seppuku after being 
implicated in treacherous dealings with the Takeda.
Soldier1: Perhaps Lord Ieyasu acted before Nobunaga forced his hand.
Soldier2: Do you think he'd order the devil Hanzo to cut down his own son? 
That's an awful thought.
Soldier1: Shh! You had best keep that thought to yourself.
-[Player] sought out Hanzo to confirm the authenticity of the soldier's tale.

Hanzo: What do you want?
--Nobuyasu committed seppuku?
--Did you assassinate Nobuyasu?

(Nobuyasu committed seppuku?)
Hanzo: I assisted him in the act.*

(Did you assassinate Nobuyasu?)
Hanzo: And if I did, what would you do?*

**Hanzo: Lord Nobuyasu was sacrificed.
Hanzo: To protect the greater good.
--Did it not pain you?
--Did you not hesitate?

(Did it not pain you?)
Hanzo: It was painful for my lord.*

(Did you not hesitate?)
Hanzo: Even in times of war, we can show mercy.*

Hanzo: Does it strike you as odd that the shadows would talk of mercy?
--And when that mercy leads to death?
--No.

(And when that mercy leads to death?
Hanzo: A single drop of mercy is worth more than the life of a mere 
ninja.*END*

(No.)
Hanzo: I see.*END*

---
[Hatt-3] A Storm

Hanzo: ...
-[Player] was engaged in conversation with Hanzo, when Nene appeared from 
out of nowhere.
Nene: Hanzo! How strange to find you in someone's company!
Nene: Leading such a darling young lady on like that. For shame, Hanzo!
Hanzo: You are mistaken.
-Nene continued, as Hanzo's words failed to sway her.
Nene: Oh, yes! Have you heard Hanzo play the flute?
Nene: He's quite talented. Hanzo, play for us!
Hanzo: I will not.
Nene: Oh, you're so difficult.
Nene: Oh, I just remembered! I've got other business to attend to for 
Hideyoshi.
Nene: See you!
Hanzo: The storm has passed.
Hanzo: ...
--What a delightful young lady.
--Play your flute for me, Hanzo.

(What a delightful young lady.)
Hanzo: She may not look it, but she is still a ninja.
Hanzo: Don't be caught unawares.*END*

(Play your flute for me, Hanzo.)
Hanzo: When you get stronger.*END*

---
[Hatt-4] To Each his Own

Hanzo: ...
-Kunoichi appeared before [Player] and Hanzo.
Kunoichi: Hanzo, I never thought you'd fight so hard against a woman!
Hanzo: Hold your tongue.
Kunoichi: You were very impressive too!
--No, I was nothing special.
--You were the one that shone.

(No, I was nothing special.)
Kunoichi: Still so shy, eh?
Kunoichi: So, it seems you're trying to train up a rival for me, eh, Hanzo?
Kunoichi: Have you grown weary of my company?
Hanzo: ...
Kunoichi: What, you have?
Hanzo: You are mistaken.*

(You were the one that shone.)
Kunoichi: Oh, are you flattering me?
Kunoichi: That's not like a disciple of Hanzo's.
Hanzo: I have no disciples.*

**Kunoichi: Anyway, it's time for this third wheel to roll along.
Kunoichi: Next time, Hanzo, I won't lose!
Hanzo: Are you so surprised?
Hanzo: Thw paths of the ninja are many and varied.*END*

---
[Hatt-5] Chaos and Shadow

Hanzo: Get down.
-Hanzo's shuriken grazed [Player]'s head.
-Kotaro appeared behind [Player].
Kotaro: Sharp eye, Hanzo.
Kotaro: I see Tokugawa's dog has his own dog in tow.
Kotaro: And this dog, is it properly trained?
Kotaro: Is it ready to chase after this fantasy world of peace the Tokugawa 
dream of?
Hanzo: Shut your mouth.
Kotaro: You've grown indulgent in your old age, Hanzo, barking on behalf of 
this little puppy.
Kotaro: Hanzo, you must teach your dog. When peace comes to the land, the 
shadows must vanish.
Kotaro: After this fleeting peace, chaos will roll throughout the land once 
again.
Hanzo: ...
--The shadows will vanish?
--Confusion and chaos will prevail?

(The shadows will vanish?)
Hanzo: There will be no place for shadows when the light of peace spreads 
across the land.
Hanzo: They will simply vanish into darkness.*

(Confusion and chaos will prevail?)
Hanzo: Our task is to slay the purveyors of war.
Hanzo: If we do that, then chaos itself will be destroyed.*

**Hanzo: Fuma's words speak to the darkest corners of your heart.
Hanzo: Do not be deceived.*END*

---
[Hatt-6] The Shadow's Dog.
-Sensing a lethal presence, [Player] spun around and noticed Kotaro.
Kotaro: So, Hanzo's dog has grown.
Kotaro: I want to ask you something. Why do you strive for a peaceful world?
--For the good of all.
--To end this chaos.

(For the good of all.)
Kotaro: You mean, for the good of the Tokugawa?
Kotaro: What of those who failed to fall in with the Tokugawa?*

(To end the chaos.)
Kotaro: Chaos is like the wind. Though it may cease for a time, it can never 
be quelled completely.
Kotaro: As long we are here, the winds of chaos will howl. That is the way 
of the world.*

**Kotaro: A world of peace; your blind faith in those words make you snarl 
and snap at all who disagree with you.
Kotaro: You are nothing more than dogs.
Hanzo: Fuma.
Kotaro: Hark, the alpha dog returns.
Kotaro: None can escape the tumult of chaos.
Hanzo: Don't waste my time.
--Hanzo and Ieyasu are deluded, then?
--Am I a stupid puppy?

(Hanzo and Ieyasu are deluded, then?)
Hanzo: Unflinching loyalty to one's master.
Hanzo: Delusion, loyalty - call it what you will.*

(Am I a stupid puppy?)
Hanzo: You waste my time.*

**Hanzo: Do not be taken in by Fuma's chicanery.
Hanzo: Keep your wits about you.*END*

---
[Hatt-7] The Shadow's Approval

-Hanzo was holding a letter.
Hanzo: This is a secret message from our lord.
Hanzo: It must be delivered without incident.
-Suddenly, a cold hand crept up [Player]'s neck.
-In the next instant, Kotaro caught [Player] by the neck and the helpless 
figure into the air.
Kotaro: Hanzo, give me that letter.
Kotaro: Your dog's life depends on it.
--Shout out "Fulfill your duty!"
--Try a counterattack against Kotaro Fuma.

(Shout out "Fulfill your duty!")
Kotaro: Your loyal pet gasps for breath, Hanzo.
Hanzo: You...
-Hanzo threw the missive at Kotaro's feet. Kotaro reached for it.*

(Try a counterattack against Kotaro Fuma.)
-[Player] caught Kotaro off his guard and launched a kick.
Kotaro: Fool.
-[Player]'s desperate attack was blocked by Kotaro.
-Kotaro's sharp nails reached toward [Player].
Hanzo: Wait, Fuma.*

**-Hanzo quickly interposed himself between the two, rescuing [Player] from 
certain death.
-Kotaro retreated a few steps.
-But during their brief struggle, Hanzo was wounded.
Kotaro: Ninja are supposed to suppress their emotions. You failed to do so 
and got wounded. I couldn't be more amused, Hanzo.
Hanzo: ...
Kotaro: That a ninja such as you was born is a testament to the chaos of our 
world.
Kotaro: Chaos provides such amusement.
Hanzo: ...
--Is your wound serious?
--Forgive me!

(Is your wound serious?)
Hanzo: Don't worry.*

(Forgive me!)
Hanzo: It's nothing.*

**Hanzo: The life of a ninja is worth less than a single drop of mercy.
-Hanzo retrieved the letter.
Hanzo: The letter is not damaged. I can fulfill my duty.
Hanzo: No cause for concern.
Hanzo: ...
Hanzo: I'm glad you stood up for yourself.
Hanzo: Don't forget that spirit.*END*

---
[Hatt-8] Not his Concern

Hanzo: Hideyoshi's world is near.
-[Player] had paid Hanzo a visit, and the two were deep in conversation.
--Does it gnaw at you that it is not the Tokugawa's world?
--Finally, peace will come.

(Does it gnaw at you that it is not the Tokugawa's world?)
Hanzo: If my master is satisfied, than so am I.
Hanzo: It is not for the shadows to decide the fate of the world.*

(Finally, peace will come.)
Hanzo: The people should create their own peace. But ninjas should keep 
their opinions to themselves.
Hanzo: In our human world, there can be no true peace.*

**Hanzo: What is vital is that our world endures.
Hanzo: We cannot let down our guard.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Hanzo: You have grown a little, I see.*END*

(No.)
Hanzo: What, you think we can relax?*END*

---
[Hatt-9] The Shadow's Flute

Hanzo: The Tokugawa's world is here.
Hanzo: We've done well to make it this far.
--Yes!
--I'll continue to follow you.

(Yes!)
Hanzo: You've come a long way.*

(I'll continue to follow you.)
Hanzo: It is useless for follow a shadow.*

**Hanzo: In the dazzling light of peace, dark shadows have no place.
Hanzo: Shadows will fade into darkness.
--So you're leaving.
--No!

(So you're leaving.)*
(No!)*
**Hanzo: Don't worry.
Hanzo: A shadow is always at your back. And will be, as long as the sun 
remains in the sky.
Hanzo: Farewell.
-With that promise to look after [Player], Hanzo departed.
-And as if to prove his oath...
-The faint sound of Hanzo's flute could be heard in the distance.*END*

---
[Ran] (10 events)
Ranmaru Mori

---
[Ran-1] The Visonary Pageboy

-On the way to meet Ranmaru, [Player] was stopped by a group of pageboys.
Pageboy1: Are you off to meet with Ranmaru?
Pageboy2: Please be very careful. That one, there's something scary about 
him.
Pageboy2: Everything he does is almost too perfect. He is able to see into 
men's souls, or so it would seem.
Pageboy1: He has been able to single-handedly fulfill all of Lord 
Nobunaga's requests, and has earned much praise.
Pageboy2: Lately, there are rumors that Ranmaru is in fact pulling Lord 
Nobunaga's strings.</pre><pre id="faqspan-8">
Pageboy1: He even went down to the moat just to throw out Lord Nobunaga's 
nail clippings.
Pageboy1: He used those nails to place a curse on Nobunaga, and control him. 
Or so the rumor goes. Please, be very careful.
-[Player] bowed, and hurried to make up for lost time.

-When [Player] arrived at Ranmaru's room, he found a smiling Ranmaru in the 
midst of tidying up.
Ranmaru: You came here very quickly. Would you care for something to drink?
--I'd like something warm to drink.
--I'd like something cold to drink.
--No thank you, I'm not thirsty.

(I'd like something warm to drink.)
-Before [Player] could respond, Ranmaru poured a cup of steaming tea.
Ranmaru: The kettle has just come to the boil. May I offer you some tea?*

(I'd like something cold to drink.)
-Before [Player] could respond, Ranmaru poured a cup of iced tea.
Ranmaru: I've just gone and fetched some ice form the ice house. May I 
offer you some tea?*

(No thank you, I'm not thirsty.)
-Ranmaru bowed before [Player] could respond.
Ranmaru: Ah, but I've not let you utter a single word. Please, forgive my 
rudeness.*

**-Watching Ranmaru's measured movements, [Player] remembered the rumors 
the pageboys mentioned.
--Tell Ranmaru about the rumors.
--Do not tell him about the rumors.

(Tell Ranmaru about the rumors.)
Ranmaru: I'm shocked that such a rumor would be spread about me.
Ranmaru: I'm no puppet master who can see into people's hearts. I seek 
only to fulfill my duty.
Ranmaru: Had I those kinds of powers, I wouldn't be struggling so ineptly.
-For a brief moment, Ranmaru cast his eyes downward and mumbled, but was 
soon smiling again as he bowed.
Ranmaru: Thank you most kindly for sharing that with me. You truly are a 
kind soul.*END*

(Do not tell him about the rumors.)
-[Player] simply complimented him on his impeccable etiquette.
-After peering deeply into [Player]'s eyes, Ranmaru bashfully replied.
Ranmaru: Thank you. You are very kind.*END*

---
[Ran-2] Flustered

-As [Player] was working at the castle, a flustered Ranmaru came running up.
Ranmaru: Have you seen Nagahide Niwa or Kazaumasu Takigawa?
--I haven't seen them.
--Who are they?

(I haven't seen them.)
Ranmaru: I see. I wonder where they've gone off to.*

(Who are they?)
Ranmaru: Really? You are here with the Oda, yet you've never heard of them?*

**Ranmaru: The council is about to convene, but they're still nowhere to be 
found.
Ranmaru: Niwa and Takigawa are two of Lord Nobunaga's Four Guardian Kings - 
they are the pillars of our clan.
Ranmaru: As you know, the other two are Katsuie Shibata and Mitsuhide Aketchi.
Ranmaru: The council cannot convene until all are present. I wonder where 
they could have gone.
Ranmaru: I suppose I should tell Lord Nobunaga.
-Ranmaru hurriedly departed.

---
[Ran-3] Taking Care

-Late into the night, a lantern flickered in Ranmaru's room. Thinking this 
unusual, [Player] went to investigate.
-Stacks of papers were piled all around the room, and amid them all sat 
Ranmaru, studying intently.
-Ranmaru was up to something and working with almost inhuman attention and 
energy.
-When Ranmaru noticed [Player], he quickly tiled up his room and bowed 
politely.
Ranmaru: Forgive me, it's late. During the day, my duties absorb me so 
full, you see, there's never enough time.
Ranmaru: No matter how minor the task, if I can be of some use, I devote 
myself fully.
-An exhausted, stressed look could not be hidden behind Ranmaru's gentle 
smile.
--Take it easy on yourself. You need some rest.
--You're really making an effort.

(Take it easy on yourself. You need some rest.)
Ranmaru: Take it easy? Rest? How can I? What can I do?
Ranmaru: Don't try to do too much. Take care of your health. Why? To live a 
long life?
Ranmaru: A samurai is willing to give his life to be of use. My life is no 
more than a falling leaf.
Ranmaru: If my mother commanded me to die, I would end my life on the spot.
-After saying all this, Ranmaru suddenly paused.
Ranmaru: I'm so sorry.
Ranmaru: After hearing that, you must think I have no desire to live a full 
life.
Ranmaru: I'm so sorry.
-Ranmaru once again paused, and hesitantly continued.
Ranmaru: I will make you a promise. I will live a long life.
-[Player] nodded slowly.*END*


(You're really making an effort.)
-Ranmaru wore a strange expression as he looked at [Player]. Then he smiled.
Ranmaru: This hardly counts as effort.
Ranmaru: I have a talent for picking up new skills quickly.
Ranmaru: The true road seems terribly steep. It will take a tremendous 
effort to finally reach our goal.
Ranmaru: And with what little ability I have, I must curb my ego, and learn 
from my peers.
-[Player] playfully tousled Ranmaru's hair.
Ranmaru: Ah...
-Ranmaru's expression brightened ever so slightly, and he shook his head.
Ranmaru: But...
Mitsuhide: Excuse me. This is how I see the matter.
-Mitsuhide entered Ranmaru's room.
Mitsuhide: Ranmaru, you work so very hard. You must treat yourself with more 
respect.
Ranmaru: Treat myself with more... respect?
-Suddenly, like a flame roaring to life, words began to gush from Ranmaru's 
mouth.
Ranmaru: A samurai is willing to give his life to be of use. My life is no 
more than a falling leaf.
Ranmaru: If my mother commanded me to die, I would end my life on the spot.
-After saying all this, Ranmaru suddenly paused.
Ranmaru: I'm so sorry.
Ranmaru: You already know all that, of course, and yet you are still looking 
out for me.
Ranmaru: I'm so sorry.
-Ranmaru once again paused, and hesitantly continued.
Ranmaru: I will make you a promise. I promise to respect myself and look 
after my own well being.
-[Player] nodded slowly.*END*

---
[Ran-4] Ranmaru and Oichi

-Ranmaru and Oichi were in the flower garden.
Oichi: [Player], you must see this.
-A giant flower had been placed in Ranmaru's hair. Ranmaru hurriedly felt 
the top of his head.
Ranmaru: Lady Oichi! When did you...?
Oichi: You look like such a pretty young lady.
--You're so adorable.
--There's nothing pretty about you.

(You're so adorable.)
Oichi: Standing here together like this, the two of you could be a pair of 
princesses.
Ranmaru: Hey! But I'm a man!
-Ranmaru's face turned crimson as he swatted away the flower.*END*

(There's nothing pretty about you.)
Ranmaru: Yes. Lady Oichi, you take your jest too far!
Oichi: Too bad. It really looked good on you.
Oichi: [Player], you're just trying to conceal your embarrassment, right? I 
think you find Ranmaru pretty after all...
Ranmaru: Lady Oichi, you mustn't tease me so.
-Ranmaru's face turned crimson as he swatted away the flower.
Oichi: Hehehe... *END*

---
[Ran-5] Saviour

-Having sensed a suspicious figure hovering around Nobunaga, Ranmaru and 
[Player] patrolled the gorounds every night.
-They were walking thing inner perimeter of the castle, torches in hand, 
when they saw a shadow up ahead of them move unexpectedly.
-Ranmaru tossed away his torch, and with a click, released the lock on the 
scabbard holding his long sword.
Ranmaru: Who goes there?!
-His challenge went unanswered. Ranmaru pulled his long sword from its 
scabbard, as [Player] turned toward the strange shadow.
Ranmaru: Assassin!
-As [Player] blocked a shuriken, Ranmaru slashed viciously at the shadow.
-After a slight groan, something fell with a thud. The enemy ninja was dead.
-In the next instant, the air was filled with the sound of bodies falling 
behind [Player] and Ranmaru.
Hanzo: Too slow.
-[Player] and Ranmaru turned to find Hanzo Hattori standing before them. 
Several ninja lay crumpled at his feet.
Ranmaru: You're... Lord Hanzo.
--Prepare to fight.
--Sheathe your weapon.

(Prepare to fight.)
Hanzo: I am no enemy.
-[Player], having been aided by Hanzo in the past, quickly understood.*

(Sheathe your weapon.)*
**Ranmaru: Who are those ninjas lying at your feet?
Hanzo: They came for you.
Hanzo: The one you killed was a decoy, allowing the main force to strike you 
from behind.
Ranmaru: So he intended to die all along...?
Hanzo: You two were probably obstructing them from getting to their real 
target, Lord Nobunaga.
Hanzo: Compared to the weight of their duty, the life of one ninja is like 
nothing at all.
Ranmaru: I, too, am prepared to sacrifice my life for Lord Nobunaga at 
anytime.
Ranmaru: Hanzo, you are also ready and willing to do your ultimate duty. 
Right?
Hanzo: Ready and willing?
Ranmaru: Yes.
Hanzo: A ninja only dies when he must.
Hanzo: For that there can be no preparation.
-With that, Hanzo evaporated into the dark of the night.
Ranmaru: I didn't even have a chance to thank him for his help.
Ranamru: I suppose I'm still just a novice.*END*

---
[Ran-6] Father's Funeral

-Several months after the Battle of Anegawa, the Azai and Asakura began 
conscripting troops to restore their last land of Omi.
-The lord of Mt. Usa Castle, Yoshinari Mori, met these enemies when they 
attacked, and repelled them after a ferocious battle.
-However, Yoshinari was cut down and died in the conflict. Yoshinari was 
Ranmaru Mori's father.

-A memorial service honoring Yoshinari's sacrifice was held at the Mori 
family temple. [Player] was in attendance, and spoke to Ranmaru.
--Keep your spirits up.
--Lord Yoshinari was most worthy.

(Keep you spirits up.)
Ranmaru: Thank you. But I am fine.*

(Lord Yoshinari was most worthy.)
Ranmaru: Yes, he was.*

**Ranmaru: Without my father's valiant sacrifice, the enemy would have 
recaptured Omi and threatened Lord Nobunaga.
Ranmaru: I feel great pride in my father, who gave his life to fulfill his 
duty.
Ranmaru: I would like to do as my father did, some day.
--You want to make yourself useful to Nobunaga?
--You wish to meet your end on the battlefield?

(You want to make yourself useful to Nobunaga?)
Ranmaru: Yes. I know I am still untested, but one day, yes.*

(You wish to meet your end on the battlefield?)
Ranmaru: When I die, I want it to be in Lord Nobunaga's service.*

**-Ranmaru fell silent. [Player] looked on without a word.
Ranmaru: Forgive me.
-Ranmaru turned to face [Player]. His face wore its customary smile.
Ranmaru: I am most grateful to you for making the journey here today. Thank 
you.*END*

---
[Ran-7] Treatment

-Ranmaru paid [Player] a visit in the camp after the battle.
Ranmaru: If it isn't the legendary champion [Player]?! You certainly lived 
up to your reputation in this battle!
Ranmaru: Oh, you're bleeding here.
-[Player] had suffered an injury without realizing it.
Ranmaru: Leave it to me. I'll treat your wound.
-Ranmaru proceeded to was the wound, wipe away the blood, and then carefully 
began applying a bandage.
--You're doing a fine job for one so young.
--It's just a scratch.

(You're doing a fine job for one so young.)
Ranmaru: Not at all... Just look at Terumasa Ikeda, he's my age, and he has 
accomplished so much.
-[Player] laughed and patted the flustered Ranmaru on the head.
Ranmaru: Ah...*

(It's just a scratch.)
Ranmaru: You're so strong.
-Ranmaru smiled and stared at [Player] with respect.*

**-Finished with his treatment, Ranmaru carefull wrung out a blood-soaked rag.
Ranmaru: May I keep this rag?
Ranmaru: I would like to keep it as a reminder of your legendary heroism.
-[Player] nodded, and Ranmaru, cheeks flushing scarlet, ran off.*END*

---
[Ran-8] Rumors of Discord

-It was widely rumored that Ranmaru had been warning Nobunaga about signs 
that Mitsuhide Aketchi was plotting a coup.
-It was also said that Ranmaru insisted that Mitsuhide be punished, but 
Nobunaga would not listen.
-During a conversation between, [Player], Ranmaru, and Hideyoshi, the 
discussion turned towards the rumors.
Ranmaru: Ah, that rumor. There are others, as well. Did you know?
-Ranmaru laughed nonchalantly as he spoke.
Ranmaru: They say that I begged Lord Nobunaga for the land of Sakamoto in 
Omi, my father's old fief and now Lord Mitsuhide's domain.
--So it's nothing more than a rumor, then.
--Is someone scheming against you and Mitsuhide?

(So it's nothing more than a rumor then.)
Ranmaru: Just a rumor, of course. But...*

(Is someone scheming against you and Mitsuhide?)
Ranmaru: In the Oda clan leadership, I have more power in domestic powers 
than does Lord Mitsuhide.
Ranmaru: Jealousy is the soil in which these rumors grow. But...*

**-Ranmaru suddenly adopted a grave look; he was apparently deep in thought.
Ranmaru: I thought this was merely a rumor circulated among the pages, but 
if it has reached your ears, I can't just ignore it.
Ranmaru: The situation is more serious that I thought.
Hideyoshi: What to do, then?
Ranmaru: Even if there is soil in which these rumors might grow, if seeds 
are never sown, no rumors will sprout.
Ranmaru: And only a faction seeking to harm Lord Nobunaga would have reason 
to spread such rumors.
Ranmaru: In other words, Lord Nobunaga's enemies have penetrated into the 
very heart of the Oda clan.
Ranmaru: Something is bound to happen before long. And this might make Lord 
Mitsuhide...
-Ranmaru paused, smiled and went on.
Ranmaru: No, we mustn't lose ourselves in speculation. Forgive me. Please 
forget what I said.
-[Player] and Hideyoshi left Ranmaru's room together.

Hideyoshi: He's a clever one, that Ranmaru. I see now what Lord Nobunaga 
saw in him.
Hideyoshi: He sees clearly that which even we cannot.
Hideyoshi: He sees even that which might be better left unseen. I cannot be 
easy for him.
-Hideyoshi suddenly turned his gaze toward the sky.
Hideyoshi: Summer is almost here.
Hideyoshi: Ranmaru, more like the moonflower than the orchid that is his 
namesake, will bloom magnificently, only to fall soon after.
Hideyoshi: He thinks nothing of his own life. Did you get the same impression?
-Hideyoshi clapped [Player] on the shoulder.
Hideyoshi: You're the only one who can change Ranmaru's mind - please, I 
beg of you.
Hideyoshi: It would be a tragedy to see such a splendid blossom fall.*END*

---
[Ran-9] Ranmaru in Moonlight

-[Player] was walking alone in the moonlight.
-Without warning, Lady No materialized out of the darkness.
No: What a fortunate coincidence. Come with me.
-[Player] followed Lady No to the courtyard.

No: Do you see that glimmer over there? We must take a closer look.
--Yes.
--Are you frightened?

(Yes.)
No: You're such an obedient child. Go take a look.
-Lady No shoved [Player] hard from behind.*

(Are you frightened?)
No: Frightened? No, but you should be frightened about disobeying my orders.
-Lady No moved as if to produce the dagger hidden in her bosom.
-[Player] was forced to go and look for the source of the light.*

**Ranmaru: Ah. You've found me.
-The source of the light was a candlestick, lit to provide light while 
Ranmaru read.
Ranmaru: I couldn't sleep, so I thought I would step out for a spell. I 
must have lost track of the time.
-[Player] sat down next to Ranmaru. All was silent for several moments.
Ranmaru: Once, Lord Nobunaga summoned three of us pages for no reason, and 
then immediately dismissed us.
-Ranmaru: Had abruptly began recounting a tale from his past.
Ranmaru: As we were leaving, I noticed we had left some dirt behind us, and 
stopped to dispose of it.
Ranmaru: Lord Nobunaga watched me d this. As a result, he entrusted me with 
important tasks.
Ranmaru: He praised me, saying I was conscientious, and how lucky he was to 
have found me.
Ranmaru: I was told many things.
Ranmaru: I held very different opinions. I could not understand how anyone 
would miss the small details.
Ranmaru: Ours is a troubled world. A world where overlooking the slightest 
detail can cost you your life. In such circumstances, how can one be so 
careless?
Ranmaru: The same was true of my efforts. Everyone said it. They said I was 
a flatterer, and a devious schemer.
Ranmaru: Without the skill needed to get by in this turbulent world, it 
would be impossible to survive.
Ranmaru: So why shouldn't I make an effort? Why don't they make an effort? 
These thought consumed me.
Ranmaru: My soul grew dark and grave, and I became so inundated by darkness 
that I thought I would collapse.
Ranmaru: But Lord Nobunaga understood all of my dark thoughts.
Ranmaru: That man straddles the realms of good and evil. I felt as though I 
had been rescued.
Ranmaru: At the same time, I felt as though I had become stronger. I knew I 
could, and would, do anything for Lord Nobunaga.
-Ranmaru had been speaking raptly, but almost at once, he seemed ill at 
ease, and stammered as he spoke.
Ranmaru: I'm so sorry, I was saying strange things. I've never told this 
to anyone.
--You trust Nobunaga implicitly, don't you?
--You seem terribly uneasy.

(You trust Nobunaga implicitly, don't you?)
Ranmaru: Not quite trust, perhaps. Not trust, because I could never speak 
like this to Lord Nobunaga.
-[Player] quickly changed the subject, and, after speaking for a while 
longer, departed.

-After relating this to Lady No, a puzzled expression crossed her face.
No: That's not trust, to be sure. It is dependence.
No: Should anything happen to Nobunaga, what would become of Ranmaru?
-Lady No murmured to herself as she batted her long eyelashes.
No: And what would become of me, I wonder?*END*

(You seem terribly uneasy.)
Ranmaru: Uneasy? About the rumors of rebellion, you mean? I'm 
investigating, but there are no leads yet.
-A seemingly oblivious Ranmaru responded with an unsought answer.
Ranmaru: Recently, Lord Nobunaga has taken great pleasure in making enemies. 
There are too many possible masterminds to even think about.
-[Player] quickly changed the subject. After they spoke a while longer, then 
went their separate ways.

-After relating this to Lady No, a puzzled expression crossed her face.
No: He averted his eyes on purpose. He truly is dependent upon Nobunaga.
-Lady No murmured to herself as she batted her long eyelashes.
No: That man, he doesn't like dependence. He insists that people keep moving.
No: That is his way, and he treats others no differently. He will demand 
that they go to the ends of the earth before he permits them to stop.
No: The same goes for Ranmaru. He is no exception.
No: Ranmaru unconsciously senses this, and shared his anxiety with you.*END*

---
[Ran-10] Loyal to the End

-[Player] spotted Ranmaru's collapsed form within the raging inferno that 
had been Honnoji.
-After being shaken awake, Ranmaru slowly and dimly recognized [Player], 
then smiled faintly.
Ranmaru: Lord Nobunaga, is Lord Nobunaga safe?
Ranmaru: According to the rumors, I slandered Lord Mitsuhide. The Akechi 
soldiers must despise me.
Ranmaru: If I act as a decoy, I can lead the enemy away, and Lord Nobunaga 
can escape.
Ranmaru: Please, we have to get him away... quickly...
-A delirious Ranmaru, distraught over the fate of nobunaga, babbled out a 
series of false hopes and fantastic possibilities.
-But Nobunaga had perished in the flames.
--Tell him that Nobunaga is no more.
--Say nothing.

(Say nothing.)
Ranmaru: Lord Nobunaga, run... All I want...
-With those words, Ranmaru's speech failed him.
-Ranmaru depended upon Nobunaga to the end, never living his own life.
-Ranmaru's face, lined by the flames, wore a contented expression.
-[Player] sighed sadly, and consigned Ranmaru's body to the flames.

-[Player], determined to survive, fled Honnoji alone.
-An early morning in the summer of 1582. In the garden at Honnoji, the 
moonflowers fell unnoticed.*END*

(Tell him that Nobunaga is no more.)
Ranmaru: Ah... aughhh!
-Ranmaru howled incoherently.
Ranmaru: My hopes have vanished; now that I know true desolation, I truly 
understand what Lord Nobunaga said!
Ranmaru: Caught in my delusions, I created excuses for losing before we 
began...
Ranmaru: Clothed in false invincibility, headed toward ruin, happy as you 
fall... That is a wicked life.
Ranmaru: I, as well as all of my comrades, all we managed was to live a life 
of wickedness!
-Ranmaru's unceasing tears ran down his face.
Ranmaru: Lord Nobunaga was not the only one who could move the land forward. 
You and I, we needed to go so too...
Ranmaru: Time does not stop with his death, and there is nothing that can 
bring them back.
-[Player] gently stroked Ranmaru's hair.
Ranmaru: I detest myself... I took Lord Nobunaga's death for me to truly 
see life, to truly see Lord Nobunaga!
-The flames leapt higher, until [Player] and Ranmaru found themselves facing 
great walls of flame.
--I will carry on your will after you are gone, as a true friend.
--Burned to death or not, I can't leave you.

(I will carry on your will after you are gone, as a true friend.)
-[Player] wiped away Ranmaru's tears with a finger. Ranmaru forced a 
grimace into a smile.
Ranmaru: Thank you. And forgive me.
Ranmaru: I have broken my promise to you, my promise to take care of myself.
-[Player] sighed and consigned Ranmaru's body to the flames.

-[Player], determined to survive, fled Honnoji alone.
-An early morning in the summer of 1582. In the garden at Honnoji, the 
moonflowers fell unnoticed.*END*

(Burned to death or not, I can't leave you.)
-[Player] embraced Ranmaru and lifted him into the air. Ranmaru yelped in 
surprise.
Ranmaru: Please, [Player], no! If you try to carry me, the flames will 
swallow you!
Ranmaru: You'll be burned alive! Leave me, and flee!
--You promised to take care of yourself!
--This is life! Move forward!

(You promised to take care of yourself!)
-Closing one eye, [Player] smiled as if the flames didn't even exist.
Ranmaru: [Player]... Yes!*

(This is life! Move forward!)
Ranmaru: Lord Nobunaga?
-In his delirium, Ranmaru mistook [Player] for Nobunaga.
Ranmaru: I thought for a moment I'd seen Lord Nobunaga.
Ranmaru: Our ambitions will live on after we are gone, through the ties we 
have forged in this life.
Ranmaru: Through you...*

**-With a newly-committed Ranmaru in tow, [Player] fled the flames of Honnoji.
-Soon after leaving Honnoji, [Player] fainted from the combined toll of the 
wounds and burns.
-When [Player] came to, Ranmaru was sitting nearby, attending to [Player]'s 
wounds.
Ranmaru: You're back. I'm so glad...
-Ranmaru then collapsed, fast asleep. He had treated [Player]'s wounds this 
whole time.
-[Player] covered Ranmaru with a blanket, and headed toward the next 
battlefield.*END*

---
[Hide] (7 events)
Hideyoshi Hashiba

---
[Hide-1] Hideyoshi's One Night Castle

Hideyoshi: [Player]! Give me a hand, would you?
-After the battle, Hideyoshi called out to [Player].
Hideyoshi: I want you to move some of this lumber over there.
--Right away!
-I'm rather busy.

(Right away!)
Hideyoshi: Much obliged! With your help, we should be done in no time.*

(I'm rather busy.)
Hideyoshi: Huh. Oh well - it probably won't take much longer anyway.*

**Hideyoshi: Whew! Finished!
-The lumber now took the form of a crude shed and fence.
Hideyoshi: What's do you think this is then, [Player]?
--A castle, perhaps?
--I don't know.

(A castle, perhaps?)
Hideyoshi: Exactly! I knew you'd see it, [Player]!*

(I don't know.)
Hideyoshi: Well, I suppose it is a bit of a rush job. I guess you can't be 
blamed for not seeing it.*

**Hideyoshi: This is a castle!
Hideyoshi: Built it in one night, too. All my one-night castle needs is a 
name!
Hideyoshi: It's an assembly type, too I can take it down and reassemble it 
wherever I want!
Hideyoshi: I know it looks a little rough up close, but it looks like quite 
a splendid castle from a distance.
--You plan on fighting from this castle?
--It doesn't look doesn't look defensible.

(You plan on fighting from this castle?)
Hideyoshi: I've no intention of fighting here.*

(It doesn't look defensible.)
Hideyoshi: This place isn't going to repel anyone's attack.*

**Hideyoshi: This is a psychological weapon aimed at sapping the enemy's 
fighting spirit!
Hideyoshi: After seeing a castle built in just one night, the enemy's bound 
to surrender.
Hideyoshi: After that, the rest is easy. All you need is a tough negotiator.
Hideyoshi: Thus there's no need for any senseless killing, and if the 
battle's over, all is well, right?
Hideyoshi: What do you think, [Player]? You think this will work?*END*

---
[Hide-2] Lunch Time

-[Player] visited Hideyoshi in camp at the castle siege.
Hideyoshi: [Player], you're just in time! I've got a task for you, if 
you're willing.
Hideyoshi: I can't very well leave in the middle of this siege.
--Certainly!
--Not again...

(Certainly!)
Hideyoshi: You're my saviour!*

(Not again...)
Hideyoshi: Don't be like that. It's really very simple.*

**Hideyoshi: I need you to go Nene and bring something back for me.
Hideyoshi: Nene will be expecting you. You're a lifesaver!
-[Player] headed for Nene.

Nene: Hello there. I've heard all the stories about you from Hideyoshi!
Nene: Thank you for your fine service! I've got the package ready for you. 
Come this way!
-[Player followed Nene into the kitchen. Lunchboxes were stacked everywhere.
Nene: Here it is. My specialty made packed lunch!
--It looks delicious.
--I can't carry all these by myself.

(It looks delicious.)
Nene: Don't you eat any on the way back. There's plenty for everybody.*

(I can't carry all these by myself.)
Nene: Go on, I know you can do it!*

**-[Player] hauled the huge load of lunchboxes back to Hideyoshi at the front.

Hideyoshi: Hoho, they're here! I've been dreaming about this all day!
Hideyoshi: Alright - dig in! Nene's cooking is delicious!
--I thought you were busy.
--Let's eat!

(I thought you were busy.)
Hideyoshi: Don't worry about that. Eat up, eat up!*

(Let's eat!)
Hideyoshi: Ah! I hope you brought your appetite.*

**Hideyoshi: Actually, eating in front of the enemy like this is a tactic.
Hideyoshi: First, I bought up all the rice in the area, and then I cut off 
the enemy's food supply.
Hideyoshi: With no rations and nothing to eat, the enemy troops must be 
famished.
Hideyoshi: Then, I eat a big, delicious meal right in front of them. What do 
you think?
Hideyoshi: They'll be so hungry, they'll lose all will to fight!
Hideyoshi: Look at that. In the time it took me to say that, they've 
dropped their weapons and are coming this way.
Hideyoshi: Hey, [Player], go and hand out some food to them, too.*END*

---
[Hide-3] A Thousand Gourds

-When [Player] stopped by Hideyoshi's camp after the battle, Hideyoshi was 
holding something dangling from a stick.
Hideyoshi: Hey, [Player]! Do you know what I'm doing?
--Hmm... I wonder.
--I could not care less what silliness you're engaged in now!

(Hmm... I wonder.)
Hideyoshi: It's a bit of a superstition.*

(I could not care less what silliness you're engaged in now!)
Hideyoshi: Don't be like that. Like it or not, I'm going to tell you 
anyway.*

Hideyoshi: This is my battle standard. This indicates my position in battle.
Hideyoshi: You make your own symbol, stick it on a pole, and wave it about. 
It really gets you noticed!
Hideyoshi: This is the symbol I use. A gourd!
Hideyoshi: I display one of these from every castle I take.
Hideyoshi: Took one just today, in fact. Which is why I'm adding another 
pennant.
Hideyoshi: I'll be pleased to see them multiply. Morale will increase with 
every new pennant.
--That's right!
--Wouldn't something a little more recognizable be better?

(That's right!)
Hideyoshi: Naturally! Once you've risen through the ranks, you'll have to 
choose a standard for yourself, too!*

(Wouldn't something a little more recognizable be better?)
Hideyoshi: You think so? Maybe next time I should try a gourd made of 
gold-leaf.*

Hideyoshi: My goal is a thousand pennants! A thousand castles await!*END*

---
[Hide-4] Hideyoshi, Hanbei and Kanbei

-Upon  stopping in to visit Hideyoshi, [Player] found him engaged in 
discussion with Hanbei and Kanbei.
Hideyoshi: As the war drags on, there are more and more people out of work. 
Is there no solution to this problem?
Kanbei: You must hire more soldiers for our army. You will increase our 
military might at the same time.
Hideyoshi: That seems like a good plan. What do you say, Hanbei?
Hanbei: If it were up to me, I'd make restoring the towns a priority. 
Rebuilding structures and roads seems logical, doesn't it?
Hanbei: If you expand and develop towns, you will create jobs.
Hideyoshi: Vintage Hanbei. [Player], which plan do you prefer?
--Kanbei Kuroda's plan.
--Hanbei Takenaka's plan.

(Kanbei Kuroda's plan.)
Hideyoshi: So you would prioritize military might.*

(Hanbei Takenaka's plan.)
Hideyoshi: So you would prioritize supporting commerce.*

**Hideyoshi: Hmmm. I cannot choose between them.
Hideyoshi: Ha! Then I'll do both! Mitsunari, get to work on the details!
Mitsunari: Lord Hideyoshi, your current treasury is limited. You can only 
implement one policy.
Hideyoshi: If there's not enough, then take what you need from my own 
personal treasury.
Mitsunari: But that's unheard of.
Hideyoshi: Think nothing of it, please.
Hideyoshi: If I run out of money, I've got a family who can support me.
Mitsunari: Lord Hideyoshi.
Hanbei: Only Lord Hideyoshi would think of doing such a thing.
-Hanbei glanced meaningfully at [Player].
Hanbei: That's why Lord Kanbei and I, and so many others, remain by Lord 
Hideyoshi's side.*END*

---
[Hide-5] Picking Matsutake

Hideyoshi: Say, [Player], would you like to go digging for matsutake when 
we're through here?
Hideyoshi: I've heard there's a forest near here full of them.
--I'm in!
--I'm not sure we'll find any matsutake.

(I'm in!)
Hideyoshi: Excellent! No time like the present - let's go!*

(I'm not sure we'll find any matsutake.)
Hideyoshi: Perhaps not - it is a well-known spot. But we won't know unless 
we go take a look, will we?*

**Hideyoshi: Alright then, let's go looking for matsutake!

-Hideyoshi, [Player], and Hideyoshi's proteges set out for the forest.
Masanori: Ha, unbelievable! There are matsutake all over the place!
Kiyomasa: Stop stomping all over, you imbecile. They're beneath your feet, 
too.
Masanori: Hey, Mitsunari. Aren't there any shiitake growing here?
Mitsunari: Idiot. Only matsutake grow around pine trees.
Masanori: What's he talking about, Kiyomasa?
Kiyomasa: This is a pine grove. Shiitake only grow around pasanias. They're 
different trees.
Masanori: Bah, it's all basically the same thing, isn't it? Anyway, let's 
pick some matsutake!
Mitsunari: This is such a waste of my time.
-Mitsunari reluctantly bent down to pick a matsutake.
Mitsunari: Hm? What's this?

Hideyoshi: A splendid harvest! What a lot of fun this was!
Mitsunari: Lord Hideyoshi. There's something unusual about these matsutake.
Mitsuanri: Somebody must have planted these.
Hideyoshi: Don't worry about it, Mitsunari. Of course they must have been 
planted.
Hideyoshi: This is a popular spot. All the matsutake must have already been 
taken.
Hideyoshi: And so someone must have prepared these especially for me.
Hideyoshi: I am very grateful to that person. So stop complaining and enjoy 
yourself.*END*

---
[Hide-6] Old Friends

Toshiie: Hey, Hideyoshi! What do you want me to do next?
-Midway through the battle, Toshiie Maeda asked Hideyoshi for a new 
assignment.
Hideyoshi: You have some time until your next task. Take a rest here for a 
while!
-Toshiie had followed Hideyoshi's battle plan, and had done everything 
asked of him.
Hideyoshi: Thanks to you, Toshiie, everything is going just as I planned.
Toshiie: No problem! I'm just following your orders!
--I can see the trust between you two!
--You two are great!

(I can see the trust between you two!)
Hideyoshi: Yes! There is no one I trust more than Toshiie!*

(You two are great!)
Hideyoshi: As are you! You're keeping up with us!*

*Hideyoshi: Toshiie and I grew up together. We've been there for each other 
all our lives!
Hideyoshi: When I'm gone, I can depend on him to take care of everything.
Toshiie: What are you talking about? Are you thinking about your death 
already?
Hideyoshi: You're right. We still have things to go together.
Toshiie: Don't forget, Hideyoshi! You and I will sustain this land together!
Toshiie: Which reminds me, I should get back to fighting! Cover my back!
-Toshiie, without much rest, took off running for the battlefield once more.
Hideyoshi: That's typical of Toshiie. Nobody has the spirit to match him.
Hideyoshi: He is a bit too dutiful and awkward, but he's a good guy.
Hideyoshi: I know you and he can make the land a better place.
-Hideyoshi placed his hand on [Player]'s shoulder.
Hideyoshi: Okay! It's time for me to see some action too!
-Hideyoshi ran off in the same direction as Toshiie.*END*

---
[Hide-7] Ear Pulling

-After becoming ruler of the land, Hideyoshi began to enjoy the traditional 
performing art of No and hosted a grand No performance.
-On the stage, Hideyoshi, Ieyasu, and Toshiie were going to perform a Kyogen 
play. [Player] and the others were to watch it.
-Hideyoshi was to play the lead role, that of a servant to Toshiie. Ieyasu 
was to play a guest.
Toshiie: Don't do anything that disrespects our guest. Do as I say, and do 
as I do.
Hideyoshi: Yes, my lord.
-Hideyoshi, the servant, then told Ieyasu, the guest, exactly what Toshiie 
just told Hideyoshi.
Hideyoshi: Don't do anything that disrespects our guest. Do as I say, and 
do as I do.
Toshiie: You are such a disgrace. How can you say thing like that to our 
guest?
-Toshiie, the host, looked shocked and pulled Hideyoshi's ear.
Hideyoshi: Ow! Toshiie. No! No! You're supposed to pull my arm, not my ear! 
Ouch!
-The nervous Toshiie, did not listen and went on with the play, pulling 
Hideyoshi's ear.
-Having been tugged across the stage, Hideyoshi looked at Ieyasu with impish 
eyes.
Hideyoshi: You are such a disgrace. How can you say thing like that to our 
guest?
Ieyasu: Ouch! No Lord Hideyoshi! You are supposed to pull my arm, not my ear!
Ieyasu: Please pull my arm as the script says! You don't have to copy Lord 
Toshiie! Ouch!
-Hideyoshi didn't listen and kept on acting. Toshiie approached the fallen 
Ieyasu.
Toshiie: If we stay here, that servant will continue with his silly games.
Toshiie: Please, good sir, follow me to this room.
-The nervous Toshiie once again pulled Ieyasu's ear instead of his arm.
Ieyasu: Ow! You are mistaken again! Pull my arm, not my ear! Ouch!
-But Ieyasu's words didn't reach Toshiie. Hideyoshi approached Ieyasu with 
a smirk on his face.
Hideyoshi: Please, good sir, follow me to this room.
Ieyasu: Ouch! Lord Hideyoshi, that's my ear. No! That hurts!
-Ieyasu was being pulled by both Hideyoshi and Toshiie but suddenly was 
released and thrown down on the stage.
-He rubbed his painful looking ears and said something.
Ieyasu: I have plump ears now, said to bring good fortune.
-The audience burst into laughter watching the slapstick.

Masanori: Haha! Ieyasu is so funny! I could really get to like that guy!
Kiyomasa: Lord Toshiie... He is not to be underestimated.
Mitsunari: Lord Hideyoshi... Brilliant as always.
--Agree with Masanori.
--Agree with Kiyomasa.
--Agree with Mitsunari.

(Agree with Masanori.)*
(Agree with Kiyomasa.)*
(Agree with Mitsunari.)*
**-And the gathered crowd continued to enjoy their evening of theater.*END*

---
[Ima] (9 events)
Yoshimoto Imagawa

[Ima-1] The Imagawa Way

Yoshimoto: Fine work! You've done magnificently.
-Having fought with him in battle, [Player[ decided to pay Yoshimoto Imagawa 
a visit.
Yoshimoto: You must be tired. Relax, have a rest.
Yoshimoto: I have to say, you look very promising. How would you like to 
become my protege.
--Protege of what?
--I'm a little busy.

(Protege of what?)
Yoshimoto: Ah, so you're interested, yes?
Yoshimoto: Kemari, linked verse, the tea ceremony, you name it. I can teach 
you anything you want.*

(I'm a little busy.)
Yoshimoto: What! You dare say no to my offer?
Yoshimoto: Such impudence! I ought to kill you right here!
Yoshimoto: But instead, I'll let you become my protege.
Yoshimoto: I'll teach you any of the graceful arts.*

**Yoshimoto: In this chaotic age, people's minds are roughened by prolonged 
wars, and rough minds create new wars.
Yoshimoto: Don't you agree?
Yoshimoto: And that's where the graceful arts come in to play.
Yoshimoto: If we enrich rough minds, everybody becomes happy and there 
won't be any more war.
--Certainly.
--Well, if you insist...

 (Certainly.)
Yoshimoto: I'm glad! I knew you would understand me!*

(Well, if you insist...)
Yoshimoto: Yes, now that you're on my side I'm sure we can make a real 
difference! I'm so happy to have such a protege.*

Yoshimoto: Now, I must tell you, as my first pupil, what my philosophy is.
Yoshimoto: The spirit of grace is the spirit of harmony. Respecting one 
another is the most important thing.
Yoshimoto: Comfort one another and you will be comforted.
Yoshimoto: And comfort leads to peace for the whole land!*END*


---
[Ima-2] Burning Ambition

Yoshimoto: Fine work! You're a natural.
-After fighting together in battle once more, [Player] paid Yoshimoto 
Imagawa a visit.
Yoshimoto: I was right to make you my first pupil.
Yoshimoto: Together, we must spread the spirit of harmony across the land!
--Yes!
--But how?

(Yes!)
Yoshimoto: I knew I could rely on you!
Yoshimoto: But how can we do this?*

(But how?)
Yoshimoto: I didn't think about that, What can we do?
Yoshimoto: To spread the harmony in the world...*

**Yoshimoto: Hmm.
Yoshimoto: First, maybe we can talk to some powerful rulers.
Yoshimoto: War heroes like Kenshin Uesugi, Shingen Takeda, Ujiyasu Hojo - 
they are all my acquaintances.
Yoshimoto: You and I can preach the spirit of harmony to them, and get them 
to stop fighting!
Yoshimoto: I'm getting really excited.*END*

---
[Ima-3] Recruiting Ujiyasu

Yoshimoto: I've been waiting for you. Ujiyasu happens to be nearby.
Yoshimoto: As his brother-in-law, he cannot ignore me. Right, let's go tell 
him about the spirit of harmony.
-Together with Yoshimoto, [Player] headed for Ujiyasu's castle.
Ujiyasu: Oh? What a strange combination.
Ujiyasu: Are you serving the Imagawa? There are a lot of other lords to 
choose from, you know.
--Uh, you don't understand...
--Lord Yoshimoto is not that bad.

(Uh, you don't understand...)
Yoshimoto: This is not my servant! This is my protege!*

(Lord Yoshimoto is not that bad.)
Yoshimoto: Come now, my protege. You need not defend me.
Yoshimoto: We are master and protege, not master and servant.*

**Ujiyasu: Your protege? That sounds even worse!
Yoshimoto: I am your brother-in-law. Watch your mouth! As your senior, I 
have something to tell you.
Yoshimoto: My protege, you talk first. Go ahead.
--Uh, I don't know what to say.
--Yesterday is over, and tomorrow is uncertain.

(Uh, I don't know what to say.)
Ujiyasu: Look, your protege is confused. Poor thing.
Yoshimoto: You're right. It's not right to leave my poor protege all 
alone...
Ujiyasu: Huh?
Yoshimoto: Since you seem to feel such pity, you should become my protege 
too!*

(Yesterday is over, and tomorrow is uncertain.)
Yoshimoto: One has to live for today.
Yoshimoto: Hmm, we've just made a poem. You are getting better.
Ujiyasu: Hmm, it's a tough time indeed. You never know what's going to 
happen tomorrow.
Yoshimoto: Indeed. In fact, it would not be so odd for you to just suddenly 
become my protege too!*

**Yoshimoto: Great! Wonderful! Ujiyasu is now my protege as well.
Ujiyasu: Hey, I haven't said yes.
Yoshimoto: Mastering the graceful arts will give you the spirit of harmony.
Yoshimoto: We must devote ourselves to the graceful arts together!
Ujiyasu: ...*END*

---
[Ima-4] Enlisting Kenshin

Yoshimoto: My protege. Lord Kenshin is here today.
Yoshimoto: So, let's go talk to him.
-Together with Yoshimoto, [Player] headed off to see Kenshin.
Yoshimoto: Lord Kenshin, constant battle is making you unrefined, isn't it? 
I will teach you the graceful arts.
Kenshin: That is unnecessary. What relaxes me is a cup of good sake.
Yoshimoto: He seems like a tough one. My protege, talk to him.
--Drinking too much is not good for your health.
--Sake might taste even better after a game of kemari.

(Drinking too much is not good for your health.)
Yoshimoto: You are right. How about learning the tea ceremony, Lord Kenshin?*

(Sake might taste even better after a game of kemari.)
Yoshimoto: You are right. Sake after kemari is exceptionally delicious.*

**Kenshin: That is not the Uesugi way.
Yoshimoto: Lord Kenshin is mistaken.
Yoshimoto: The graceful arts are not merely a pastime for court nobls. It's 
about fostering an appreciation of harmony.
Yoshimoto: Harmony relates to honor, something that your Uesugi clan likes.
Kenshin:...
Aya: Lord Yoshimoto is right.
Kenshin: Sister.
Yoshimoto: Oh?
Aya: The spirit of harmony is love. Without love in our hearts, we are not 
fit to speak of honor.
Aya: Ask Yoshimoto for his wisdom. Understood, Kenshin?
Kenshin: Yes...
Yoshimoto: Fantastic! I'd be delighted to teach you the spirit of harmony.
Yoshimoto: I hope it will soften you up, my lord.*END*

---
[Ima-5] Convincing Shingen

Yoshimoto: Look, my protege, that's Lord Shingen over there.
Yoshimoto: He is easy to talk to. Let's go to him.
-Together with Yoshimoto, [Player] marched off to speak with Shingen.
Yoshimoto: Lord Shingen, would you like a cup of tea?
Shingen: Oh, I'm honored to have you prepare my tea for me, Lord Yoshimoto.
Yoshimoto: Actually, my number one protege will prepare it for you. Go on.
-[Player] used tea utensil that Yoshimoto had brought and prepared the tea 
ceremony.
Yoshimoto: Is it ready?
--Serve the tea to Shingen.
--Serve the tea to Yoshimoto.

(Serve the tea to Shingen.)
-With relish, Shingen drank the tea [Player] made.
Shigen: A fine brew. It cleanses the very soul.
Yoshimoto: Was it good? Was it?
Yoshimoto: I'm so glad you liked it.*

(Serve the tea to Yoshimoto.)
-With relish, Yoshimoto drank up the tea [Player] had made.
Yoshimoto: Finely brewed! Oh! I appear to have finished my cup.
Shingen: It must've been really good.*

**Yoshimoto: The host and guest connect with each other through sharing this 
time together - that is the point of the tea ceremony.
Yoshimoto: The graceful arts enrich minds that have become rough after 
battle. They bring back the spirit of harmony.
Shingen: Yes, exactly. You are in fine form today, my lord.
Shingen: Can I have another cup?
Yoshimoto: I see you have understood the spirit of harmony. This time, I 
will prepare the tea.*END*

---
[Ima-6] Challenging Nobunaga

Yoshimoto: My protege, the Fool of Owari is over there.
-[Player] visited Yoshimoto once more.
Yoshimoto: What should we do?
--We could ask him if he wants to play kemari with us.
--We could invite him for a cup of tea.

(We could ask him if he wants to play kemari with us.)
Yoshimoto: I wonder if he's willing to play kemari...
Yoshimoto: Hello there, Lord Fool.
Nobunaga: ...
Yoshimoto: How would you like to play kemari with us?*

(We could invite him for a cup of tea.)
Yoshimoto: Yes, that sounds good.
Yoshimoto: Hello there, Lord Fool.
Nobunaga: ...
Yoshimoto: We have prepared a tea room. Would you like a cup of tea?*

**Nobunaga: [Player]... Why are you with Yoshimoto?
Yoshimoto: Hey! I'm talking to you!
Nobunaga: Answer me. What is it that you desire?
--I don't know yet.
--I want to spread the spirit of harmony across the land.

(I don't know yet.)
Yoshimoto: My protege, you must be honest, and tell him what you really 
desire.*

(I want to spread the spirit of harmony across the land.)
Nobuanga: The spirit of harmony?*

**Yoshimoto: Yes, to fill the land with grace.
Yoshimoto: Using the graceful arts, we spread the spirit of harmony across 
the land, to bring peace!
Nobunaga: Is that what you both desire?
Nobunaga: Then, go ahead. Do not stop, or your desires will never come true.
Nobunaga: Haha... Hahahaha!
-Nobunaga left, laughing loudly.
Yoshimoto: Fill the land with grace. It just came out of my mouth, but it's 
a great fine thought, isn't it?
Yoshimoto: Maybe I'll make a seal with this phrase. I'll make one for you 
too.
Yoshimoto: Now I think we are one step closer to realizing our dream.*END*

---
[Ima-7] Overcoming an Obstacle

Yoshimoto: Ahh...
Yoshimoto: Hah...
-[Player] caught sight of the sighing Yoshimoto.
--Talk to him.
--Walk away quietly.

(Talk to him.)
Yoshimoto: Oh, how are you?
Yoshimoto: The world has become a difficult place.*

(Walk away quietly.)
Yoshimoto: My protege, wait! Are you not full of woe as well?*

**Yoshimoto: That fool, he understood out plan for spreading grace across 
the land, but he died before he could seize control...
Yoshimoto: Now we are back in chaos. It's a long way to the land of harmony.
--We must go on.
--Let's drink some tea.

(We must go on.)
Yoshimoto: Right, that fool told us that too. Unless we keep moving, our 
desires will never come true.
Yoshimoto: That's right! We have no time to waste!*

(Let's drink some tea.)
Yoshimoto: Tea? Oh, that's right. We need to enrich out mind with the 
graceful arts at times like this.*

**Yoshimoto: You have saved me. You are a fine protege indeed.
Yoshimoto: We must carry on, until our dream is realized!*END*

---
[Ima-8] Licensed Poet

Yoshimoto: Ah, my protege. How about we write some poetry?
-[Player] had visited Yoshimoto once again.
Yoshimoto: Any subject at all is fine. Just relax and let your mind create.
--The shining moonlight / illuminates the bushes / on summer mountains
--No one is to blame / not the people nor the land / it is what it is

(The shining moonlight / illuminates the bushes / on summer mountains)

Yoshimoto: Only the wind itself can / draw cloudy curtains across...
Yoshimoto: I can picture the scene. A fine poem indeed.*

(No one is to blame / not the people nor the land / it is what it is)
Yoshimoto: I can only curse myself / for being born in this age...
Yoshimoto: Hmm, I'm touched. I don't know why, but I can't stop crying.*

**Yoshimoto: But you have improved a great deal. There is nothing left I can 
teach you!
-Yoshimoto slowly took out a paper and a brush and wrote something.
-Once he finished writing he held the paper in front of [Player].
Yoshimoto: Here, take it. There is no need to hesitate.
-It read, with splendid calligraphy, "Master of the Imagawa Way."
Yoshimoto: I want you to continue to spread the spirit of harmony across the 
land.*END*

---
[Ima-9] Grace Throughout the Land

Yoshimoto: Oh my protege, it finally happened.
Yoshimoto: A man called Hideyoshi has united the land! I hear that you and 
he know each other well.
Yoshimoto: I want to talk to him. I want you to introduce me to him.
-At Yoshimoto's request, [Player] tried to arrange a meeting with Hideyoshi.

Mitsunari: Sorry, Lord Hideyoshi is busy. You'll have to wait a few days.
Hideyoshi: Mitsunari, don't be so pompous. I have time for a short meeting.
Mitsunari: Lord Hideyoshi, we have urgent business to attend to. We can't 
have you just go out as you please.
Hideyoshi: Me friend has come to visit me. Nothing is more urgent than that.
Mitsunari: ...
Hideyoshi: So, what's up?
--I want you to meet someone.
--If you are busy, maybe I should come back later.

(I want you to meet someone.)
Hideyoshi: Really?
Hideyoshi: I bet it's a pretty girl, isn't it? Nene's not home right now. 
Great timing!*

(If you are busy, maybe I should come back later.)
Hideyoshi: Wait, it's alright. Mitsunari's just got me on a short leach, 
that's ll.
Hideyoshi: You want to introduce someone to me? I'd be so glad to meet this 
person!*

**-[Player] brought in Yoshimoto and introduced him to Hideyoshi.
Yoshimoto: Are you Hideyoshi?
Hideyoshi: Huh, you look like Yoshimoto.
Yoshimoto: You know me. I'm glad.
Hideyoshi: What? You really are Yoshimoto Imagawa?
Yoshimoto: I heard that you united the land. And I came here to ask you for 
a favor.
Yoshimoto: For the people to live in harmony, I want your help to spread 
grace across the land.
Hideyoshi: What's that? With grace? Not with force?
Yoshimoto: Yes, with grace. With grace, not with force. You understand?
Hideyoshi: If it's a land where everyone can be happy, then that's what I 
want too.
Yoshimoto: Wonderful! Fantastic! My long-held dream can finally come true.
Yoshimoto: My protege, without your help, I might have given it all up.
Yoshimoto: You have done so much to help me. I'm so delighted!
Yoshimoto: Never have I been so happy!
-After Yoshimoto joyfully left the room, Hideyoshi and [Player] were left 
behind.
Hideyoshi: Well, I didn't quite get it, but I'm glad I could help you.
Mitsunari: Lord Hideyoshi, it's time.
Hideyoshi: Yes, yes, I know, I know.

-Afterward, Yoshimoto Imagawa was given a residence in Kyoto, and he taught 
various arts to people of all ranks.
-A few years later, to preach the spirit of harmony, he left for a journey 
across the land.
-No one knows what became of him after that.*END*

---
[Tada] (10 events)
Tadakatsu Honda

---
[Tada-1] Guardian of the Tokugawa

Tadakatsu: A maverick, huh?
-Tadakatsu Honda, the great war hero known as the guardian god of Tokugawa, 
struck up a conversation with [Player].
--What do you mean?
--That's right.

(What do you mean?)
Tadakatsu: You have no master to serve. You decided by yourself to fight in 
the battle.*

(That's right.)*

**Tadakatsu: With one spear, you can take down the enemy in front of you.
Tadakatsu: No matter how brilliantly you wield the spear or how many arrows 
you launch, you may not make any difference.
Tadakatsu: The land will not change in the slightest
-Tadakatsu held up his spear.
Tadakatsu: This spear can make a big difference in the land.
Tadakatsu: Do you know why?
--Because it's a great spear?
--I don't know.

(Because it's a great spear?)
Tadakatsu: This is the greatest spear in Japan. It's called the Tonbogiri. 
But even if you get a hold of it, it won't change the land.*

(I don't know.)
Tadakatsu: You are honest.*

**Tadakatsu: Even if you mastered martial arts, it won't help. If you are 
alone.
Tadakatsu: One's purpose is realized only if it's linked to those of others.
Tadakatsu: This spear can change the land because I use it for my lord 
Ieyasu Tokugawa.
Tadakatsu: Tokugawa warriors in battle leave the purpose up to their master. 
They fight believing in the master.</pre><pre id="faqspan-9">
Tadakatsu: That's why it is so strong that it can change the world.
Tadakatsu: After you decide what your purpose is, find someone like-minded.
Tadakatsu: Find someon you can entrust with your purpose. And walk together 
with him.
Tadakatsu: If you don't, your great purpose won't be achieved.*END*

---
[Tada-2] The Value of Life

Tadakatsu: You survived, [Player].
-After coming back from a fierce battle, Tadakatsu Honda walked up to 
[Player].
Tadakatsu: Without your support, our lord would have died.
Tadakatsu: I thank you on behalf of my lord.
--It's because everyone did their best.
--I thought I'd die.

(It's because everyone did their best.)
Tadakatsu: That's right. Everyone fought for each other.
Tadakatsu: Facing death, we never lost hope.*

(I thought I'd die.)
Tadakatsu: Unfortunately, many died in the battle. But, you are alive.*

**Tadakatsu: I want to tell you something.
Tadakatsu: Don't risk you life in a battle.
Tadakatsu: The dead can only entrust their hopes to others. They can do 
nothing else.
Tadakatsu: If you have a purpose you want to achieve it yourself.
Tadakatsu: Stay alive.
Tadakatsu: Your purpose and pride will remain only if you live.
--I'll keep that in mind.
--What if death is the only way to protect my purpose?

(I'll keep that in mind.)
Tadakatsu: Very well.*END*

(What if death is the only way to protect my purpose?)
Tadakatsu: Enough. Death means to give up all that you should protect, 
including your purpose.*END*

---
[Tada-3] The Bonds that Tie

-Following the battle, [Player] spoke with Tadakatsu.
Tadakatsu: We Tokugawa retainer trust our lord, and he trusts us.
--That's why you are strong.
--The bonds between a master and his retainers - I see.

(That's why you are strong.)
Tadakatsu: Exactly. That's why we Mikawa warriors are strong.*

(The bonds between a master and his retainers - I see.)
Tadakatasu: The ties between Azai and his wife were strong as well. But the 
bonds uniting the Tokugawa are even stronger.*

**Tadakatsu: Our lord directs us, and we pave the way.
Tadakatsu: And what awaits us is...
Ina: A peaceful world, right? Father.
Tadakatsu: When we achieve our purposes, those of souls that died on the way 
will be realized.
Ina: Yes.
Tadakatsu: Let the purposes of all warriors live on. Let's bring peace to 
the land.
Tadakatsu: That's what our lord is determined to do.
Ina: And then...
Ina: That's the dream we entrusted to our lord.*END*

---
[Tada-4] A Narrow Escape

-On a visit to Tadakatsu's camp, [Player] spotted Hanzo.
-The moment [Player] called out, Tadakatsu's and Hanzo's eyes lit up.
Hanzo: Enemies...
Tadakatsu: Hmph!
-Tadakatsu pushed [Player] aside as he brandished his spear.
-At the same time, Hanzo leapt toward the shade beneath a nearby tree and 
hurled a shuriken.
-The ninja struck by Hanzo's shuriken was carried away by another ninja as 
they fled.
-Tadakatsu stood amidst a pile of arrows he had knocked from the air.
Hanzo: I'll follow them.
-[Player] began to say something to Hanzo, but Hanzo was nowhere to be seen.
Tadakatsu: [Player], are you hurt?
--I am fine.
--What was that about?

(I am fine.)
Tadakatsu: Glad to hear it. Hanzo will deal with the rest.*

(What was that about?)
Tadakatsu: They were ninja from another clan. Hanzo will deal with the rest.*

**Tadakatsu: But you must be on your guard.
-Tadakatsu's eyes glinted menacingly, and then quickly returned to normal.
Tadakatsu: Until peace comes to the land, we samurai will not rest.
Tadakatsu: We must never be caught off-guard. We must eat, sleep, and 
breathe the battlefield.
Tadakatsu: The vigilant soldier is invincible.*END*

---
[Tada-5] The Way of the Warrior

-After the battle, [Player] spoke to Tadakatsu Honda as he stared at Ueda 
Castle.
--Masayuki Sanada was a formidable opponent.
--Yukimura Sanada was a formidable opponent.
--Nobuyuki Sanada was a formidable opponent.

(Masayuki Sanada was a formidable opponent.)
Tadakatsu: Cunning, but brave. He was an excellent leader.
Ina: I agree.
Tadakatsu: He deserved more than the rule of a small fiefdom.
Tadakatsu: Masayuki and his son Yukimura both did.*

(Yukimura Sanada was a formidable opponent.)
Tadakatsu: Certainly; his bravery was well known.*

(Nobuyuki Sanada was a formidable opponent.)
Nobuyuki: Quite unlike his father Masayuki, his style was straightforward, 
uncomplicated. He was a magnificent warrior who knew how to accept defeat 
honorably.
Ina: I agree.
Tadakatsu: Just like his brother Yukimura.*

**Ina: Yukimura Sanada.
Tadakatsu: His will to protect his own is unmatched. A fearsome warrior.
Tadakatsu: Nevertheless, the path he had trod was not our own.
Tadakatsu: We hold that strict loyalty to our lord, and attainment of our 
collective aims are the warrior's duty.
Tadakatsu: But Yukimura felt the warrior's duty was to his own individual 
way of life.
Ina: Which is the true warrior's path?
--Yukimura is mistaken.
--Yukimura's path is merely one of many.

(Yukimura is mistaken.)
Ina: I beg to differ. Is the blind defense of pride at all costs the true 
warrior's way?*

(Yukimura's path is merely one of many.)
Ina: I feel the same. Is the blind defense of pride at all costs the true 
warrior's way?*

**Tadakatsu: The true warrior's paths are infinite. That notion is 
incompatible with reality.
Tadakatsu: Yukimura Sanada Whichever path we choose, our day of reckon will 
come.*END*

---
[Tada-6] Hideyoshi's Offer

-On a visit to Tadakatsu's camp, [Player] happened upon Hideyoshi.
Hideyoshi: The battle at Nagakute fells like it was just yesterday.
Hideyoshi: Lord Tadakatsu was terrifying that day, a veritable man possessed.
Hideyoshi: Lord Tadakatsu, paragon of courage and loyalty! Samurai without 
peer! How I envy Lord Ieyasu!
Tadakatsu: I am not worthy of such praise, my lord.
Hideyoshi: But can't you see? Lord Ieyasu takes you for granted, my Lord 
Tadakatsu.
Hideyoshi: If only I had a champion such as you. I could easily grant you 
100, no, 500 thousand koku.
Hideyoshi: That is a serious offer. What do you say, Lord Tadakatsu?
Tadakatsu: You honor me, but I must respectfully decline.
Hideyoshi: What?! Such a quick reply!
Hideyoshi: [Player]! Did you hear that?
-Hideyoshi whirled around to face [Player].
Hideyoshi: He rejected me, just like that!
--What if fifty thousand koku is not enough?
--Did you expect otherwise?

(What if fifty thousand koku is not enough?)
Hideyoshi: Too low? Then perhaps fifty-five thousand koku will be sufficient?
Tadakatsu: I respectfully decline.
Hideyoshi: Madness! Did you hear that? [Player]! Twice rejected!*

(Did you expect otherwise?)
Hideyoshi: So, you've figured it out, have you?*

**Hideyoshi: I've sorted it out, thanks to you.
Hideyoshi: The Great Champion of the East, Lord Tadakatsu Honda, would turn 
down even one hundred thousand koku.
Hideyoshi: Lord Tadakatsu, please forgive my impertinence; I humbly beg your 
forgiveness.*END*

---
[Tada-7] Ambition Pure

-Tadakatsu's towereing presence struck terror into the hearts of his 
enemies and lifted his allies' spirits.
-In preparation for the coming final battle, Ina and [Player] had gathered 
behind Tadakatsu, deep in conversation.
Ina: Father...
Ina: I vowed to fulfill the aspirations of all warriors and bring peace to 
the land. 
Ina: Still...
--Today, we must face them.
--Even fighting for peace is a dreadful task.

(Today, we must face them.)*

(Even fighting for peace is a dreadful task.)
-Tadakatsu turned around, smiled broadly, and wrapped [Player[ in a warm 
embrace.
Tadakatsu: There is no shame in admitting fear. It is nothing unusual.*

**Tadakatsu: Close your eyes.
-[Player] thought of the battlefield, and the piercing battle cries.
Tadakatsu: Recall the battlefield.
Tadakatsu: Now feel the samurai spirit of the warriors across the field.
Tadakatsu: That pure, unblemished spirit.
-Ina wore a look of pure amazement.
Tadakatsu: Now you must respond and feel your own blood boil as you draw 
your sword and take the field.
Tadakatsu: Show them your spirit.
Ina: I will!*END*

---
[Tada-8] Showdown with the Sanada
=Ueda Castle, Exterior=

-At the Tokugawa camp surrounding Masayuki Sanada's Ueda Castle, 
Masakuyuki's eldest son Nobuyuki and his wife, Ina, met.
-Ina's father, Tadakatsu Honda stood nearby.
Tadakatsu: My son-in-law. I am grateful for your pledging allegiance to Lord 
Tokugawa.
Nobuyuki: No need to thank me. I, too, have stayed true to my values.
Ina: But brothers fighting brothers like this.
Tadakatsu: You foolish girl, Ina! You must accept Sanada's decision 
wholeheartedly.
Ina: Of course, Father.*END*

---
[Tada-9] Tadakatsu's Request

-As the Eastern Army claimed victory at the Battle of Sekigahara, Ieyasu 
stood ready to punish the leaders of the Western Army.
-Those awaiting punishment included the Sanada family. They were surrounded 
by the Tokugawa main force at Ueda Castle.
Nobuyuki: Please.
-All Western Army collaborators, Nobuyuki Sanada, his father Masayuki, and 
his brother Yukimura, begged for clemency.
Ieyasu: I will not hear it.
Tadakatsu: Please, my lord, your humble servant implores you.
-Ina, a member of the Snada clan my marriage, and Nobuyuki stood with 
Tadakatsu, their respective father and father-in-law.
Tadakatsu: The Sanada clan should be allowed to escape with no more than 
their lives.
Ieyasu: I cannot pardon just these men, I cannot.
Tadakatsu: Consider Nobuyuki's loyalty, I beg you.
Ieyasu: Of course, Lord Nobuyuki's honor is beyond reproach. Nevertheless, 
they are an obstacle to our plans.
Ieyasu: You may say what you like, but my judgement is final. Submit to it.
Tadakatsu: We will not.
Ieyasu: You will submit, or you will face the consequences!
Tadakatsu: In that case, we submit to your judgement, my lord. Next time we 
meet, it will be as enemies in battle.
Ieyasu: Tadakatsu, what madness?
Tadakatsu: If my lord does not forgive me, then I must depart at once. I am 
determined to fight this injustice at all costs.
Tadakatsu: Come, Nobuyuki!
Ieyasu: Wait. Won't you wait?
Ieyasu: Please!
Ieyasu: Fine, so be it! But Masayuki and Yukimura are hereby exiled to Mt. 
Kudo, in Kishu. Forever!
Ieyasu: Lord Nobuyuki shall become overseer of the old Sanada land.
Nobuyuki: You have a gratitude, my lord!
-Given the terrible casualties suffered by the Eastern Army, the handling of 
the Sanada case was considered a serious violation of the code.
Ieyasu: Tadakatsu, are there many complaints regarding this matter?
Tadakatsu: I know only gratitiude, My Lord.
-Tadakatsu was unaware that his pride for clemency and for honorable 
treatment of Nobuyuki, had caused extreme hardship for Yukimura's honor.
-Even so, this remained the only plea Tadakatsu ever made of Ieyasu 
throughout his entire life.*END*

---
[Tada-10] Until the War is Over

-[Player] visited Tadakatsu and discovered him scanning the field after a 
hard-fought battle.
Tadakatsu: Our land has found its leader.
Tadakatsu: Think of all the brave warriors who fell in battle.
Tadakatsu: Their aspirations live on in our Lord's and in our hearts.
-Tadakatsu thrust his spear into the ground, quietly closed his eyes, and 
clapped his hands in prayer.
Tadakatsu: [Player].
Tadakatsu: There is life after the battle end and the spoils of war have 
been spent.
Tadakatsu: Live, and with your hands restore the tortured land.
--What of Lord Tadakatsu?
--What of Lady Ina?

(What of Lord Tadakatsu?)
Tadakatsu: I will not relinquish my spear. But one day, maybe...**

(What of Lady Ina?)
Tadakatsu: Of course, Ina will too...*

**Tadakatsu: This world beyond the war we must leave to you young people.
-Tadakatsu once again pulled his spear from the ground.
TadakatsUu: I'm sorry I to have kept you. The day when I may lay down this 
weapon, this Tonbogiri, is close at hand.*END*

---
[Ina] (8 events)
Ina

---
[Ina-1] Lady Ina's Honor

-In camp after the battle, [Player] happened upon Ina and Tadakatsu.
Ina: Father, have I let you down somehow?
Tadakatsu: Enough. Nothing I asked of you could have been done by anyone 
else. You must look within.
-Ina stayed behind as Tadakatsu departed.
-When Ina noticed [Player], her posture stiffened.
Ina: Scoundrel!
Ina: Eavesdropping, how disgraceful! Leave!
--As you wish.
--I will not.

(As you wish.)
Ina: I see. You are right to obey.*

(I will not.)
Ina: The audacity! Leave, at once!*

**Ina: What? [Player], was that you? Oh, a thousand pardons.
Ina: But you are not without fault. You must be honest and honorable in all 
things!
--I was watching honestly and honorably.
--Honest and honorable, huh?

(I was watching honestly and honorably.)
Ina: As long as you understand.*

(Honest and honorable, huh?)
Ina: This underhanded sneakiness will never do.*

**Ina: I must be off; target practice awaits. Farewell.
-Ina set briskly off, her stride energetic and purposeful.*END*

---
[Ina-2] Lady Ina's Ally

-Ina came to see [Player] after the battle.
Ina: [Player], you were once again a force to be reckoned with on the field.
Ina: Would you do me the honor of a duel?
--With pleasure!
--I'm no match for you.

(With pleasure!)
Ina: Right! A fair fight!*

(I'm no match for you.)
Ina: Please, no false modesty! Here I come!*

**-[Player] faced off against Ina.
Ina: Amazing! Where did you learn such technique?
--In battle.
--I am self-taught.

(In battle.)
Ina: I see. So your mastery springs from the heat of battle, from 
experience. I see.*

(I am self-taught.)
Ina: To reach such heights of skill without instruction!*

**Ina: [Player]... There is something I would ask of you.
Ina: If you don't object, and if I work hard, can we be comrades?
--Right away!
--Are you sure I'm what you are looking for?

(Right away!)
Ina: Thank you. I'm glad I asked you!*

(Are you sure I'm what you are looking for?)
Ina: Of course. There is no one else like you.*

**Ina: Together, there is no obstacle we can't overcome!
Ina: Then, when we have grown stronger yet, I look forward to a rematch!
Ina: I am Tadakatsu Honda's daughter! Next time, I will be victorious!*END*

---
[Ina-3] Little Ina

-While on the road, [Player] hear a rough voice, and turned toward it.
Ina: I have come here seeking a challenge!
Ina: Where is Yukimura Sanada?
Kunoichi: Looks like this one's after Yukimura as well. Give us a break, 
won't you, sweetheart?
Kunoichi: If you're intent on Yukimura, he's over there.
Ina: Over there, then. Thank you!
Kunoichi: He's not actually over there, you know. She raced off like a wild 
boar, but she'll be alright, I suppose.

-[Player] chased after Ina, taking great care to remain undetected.
Ina: Ee-eek!
-Ina's scream pierced the air.
-In her haste, Ina was about to fall off a cliff.
--Help her!
--Leave her!

(Help her!)
Ina: [Player]! You've come to help me, haven't you?*

(Leave her!)
Ina: I'm Tadakatsu Honda's daughter! I will not be beaten by something 
like a cliff!*

**-Ina somehow managed to pull herself up from her tenuous purchase on the 
cliff.
Ina: Just a little farther and I would have been done for.
Ina: I came here to call on Yukimura, but he's nowhere to be found.
Ina: I shall have to start over from the beginning.
-[Player] and Ina returned to the spot where they had met.
Kunoichi: Welcome back! Did you find Yukimura?
Ina: No, I didn't. I'm still so naive.
Kunoichi: But you're not angry with me? Even after my despicable trick.
Kunoichi: I spied Yukimura over there a while ago. Go ahead and have a look.
Ina: I will. Thank you for assistance! I'm off!
-Reckless as can be, Ina ran at breakneck speed.
Kunoichi: What's her name, anyway?
--Lady Ina.
--Little Ina.

(Lady Ina.)
Kunoichi: It's Ina, then. What a pretty name.*

(Little Ina.)
Kunoichi: Little Ina! How delightful! It's so cute!*

**Kunoichi: Next time I see her, I'll make sure to call her Little Ina.
Kunoichi: Speaking of which, you'd better follow after her.
Kunoichi: yukimura really is over there. If a fight erupts, it could get ugly.
-[Player] hurried after Ina.*END*

---
[Ina-4] Friendship

Ina: [Player]... Will you accompany me?
Ina: The bear-hunter of Hojo waits ahead. I plan on challenging him to a duel.
Ina: This madman wades into the river, catches salmon with his bare hands, 
and eats them raw, straight out of the water.
Ina: It is said that he feasts on honey as he waits for a great warrior to 
challenge him.
--He sounds formidable.
--You are more than a match for him!
--Sounds more like a bear than a bear hunter.

(He sounds formidable.)
Ina: Indeed. I am afraid, but I plan to challenge him to battle nonetheless.
Ina: I am Tadakatsu Honda's daughter! I will not succumb without a fight!*

(You are more than a match for him!)
Ina: It warms my heart to hear those words from you. For you as well, I will 
accept nothing less than victory!
Ina: "Feasting on honey" certainly sounds absurd. Anyway, I will accept 
nothing less than victory!*

(Sounds more like a bear than a bear hunter.)
Ina: Yes! I sense something wild, primal. He is a fearsome foe. I will not 
underestimate him!*

**-As [Player] and Ina searched for the bear hunter, they called upon 
Ujinaga Narita at his fortress, Oshi Castle, in Musashi province.
Kunoichi: Ah, Little Ina! To what do I owe the pleasure of your visit?
Ina: I seek out the bear-hunter to challenge him to single combat.
Kunoichi: Oh...
Kunoichi: Oh, warrior princess. You have a guest.
Kai: Who's a warrior princess?
Kunoichi: This girl has come just to meet you.
Kai: Oh, how adorable she is! It's such an honor, your coming to meet me.
Ina: I am Ina, daughter of Tadakatsu Honda. I challenge you to a duel! En 
garde!
Kai: Wait just a minute! Why a duel, all of a sudden?
Ina: I heard that you, too, seek the one who feasts on honey.
Kai: Where did you hear that nonsense?
Kunoichi: I told her you were chomping at the bit for some adventure, and 
that you wanted to meet the bear hunter.
Kai: That's not all what I had in mind!
-After enduring the pair's antics for a while, Ina whispered to [Player].
Ina: These two seem quite close. I'm a little jealous.
--I agree.
--I'm here with you, Ina.

(I agree.)
Ina: Yes. Watching them, I feel as though I'm part of their fun.*

(I'm here with you, Ina.)
Ina: Thank you, [Player].*

-Ina continued to stare enviously at Kai and Kunoichi.
--Why don't you try befriending them?
--You want to be friends with them don't you?

(Why don't you try befriending them?)
Ina: Indeed. But, I could never muster the courage to ask.*

(You want to be friends with them don't you?)
Ina: How impertinent of me that would be.*

**Ina: But I am a warrior, I will not cower. I'll give it my best shot!
Ina: I, uh... If you think it's not too forward.
Kunoichi: What is it, Little Ina?
Kai: There's nothing to be afraid of. Speak your mind, Ina.
Kunoichi: It's all right. I promise, she's no man-eater; she's really 
quite gentle.
Kai: Oook! Don't change the subject! Now, why don't you go ahead, dear.
Ina: Will you be my comrades in arms?
Kai: Comrades? Oh, do you mean friends?
Kunoichi: How could we say no, oh Warrior Princess?
Kai: But of course. But enough with this Warrior Princess foolishness!
Kai: So there you have it, Little Ina.
Kunoichi: We're friends from now on, Little Ina.
Ina: Thank you, though Little Ina is an embarrassing name.
Kai: Not at all, it's a fine name.
Kunoichi: Compared to Warrior Princess, of course.
Kai: But that's just a name you made up to tease me!
-Kai chased Kunoichi around the room.
Ina: I'm glad I worked up the courage to talk to them. We're all friends 
now!*END*

---
[Ina-5] Confidence

-Ina fidgeted and looked around nervously.
Ina: Ah, [Player], may I speak to you for a moment?
--Right away!
--Did you really think I would hear you out?

(Right away!)
Ina: Thank you. You're the only one I can talk to.*

(Did you really think I would hear you out?)
Ina: Yes, of course!*

**Ina: Well, it seems as though my marriage has been arranged.
Kunoichi: I already heard, Little Ina.
-Kunoichi leapt down from atop a nearby tree.
Ina: Where did you come from?
Kunoichi: Never underestimate a ninja. So, who's it going to be, then?
Kunoichi: It is Nobuyuki Sanada, brother of the great Yukimura Sanada, and 
eldest son of Masayuki Sanada.
Kunoichi: I know this already, as I am a ninja in the service of the Sanada. 
What do you think of that?
-Kunoichi smiled sheepishly at Ina's bewilderment.
Kunoichi: He's the spitting image of Yukimura. You'll find him quite 
handsome. He's a very considerate fellow.
Ina: But am I right for him? What have I to offer him?
Kai: What are you talking about?
-Kai appeared suddenly.
Ina: And Kai, where did you come from?
Kai: You simply aren't aware of your own merits. There is so much beauty 
within you!
Ina: Hmm. I might not see it myself, but I suppose it could be there.
Kai: Why do you think we're here? We adore our darling Little Ina!
Kai: [Player], Kunoichi, and I, all of us. We find you enchanting.
Ina: Thank you! Hearing that for the first time has brought tears to my eyes.
Kai: You must have confidence. You are a fine woman!
Ina: I understand! I go to meet the Sanada! I will fulfill my duty!
Kunoichi: That's the spirit!*END*

---
[Ina-6] Lady Ina and the Sanada

-At camp after battle, [Player] noticed Yukimura and Ina talking to one 
another.
Yukimura: My grandfather Yukitaka was expelled from Shinano by the great 
Lord Nobutora Takeda and Yoshikiyo Murakami.
Yukimura: However, the next meeting went differently. My grandfather 
Yukitaka joined forces with Nobutora Takeda and chased Yoshikiyo from Shinano.
Yukimura: Yukitaka's daughter-in-law, the wife of his son Nobutsuna, was 
kin to Yoshikiyo. So...
Yukimura: Even though she was pregnant, there were separated; nobody know 
the fate of the child.
Yukimura: At the battle of Nagashino, Nobutsuna and his brother, Nobuteru, 
fell to my uncle's blade.
Yukimura: The third brother, my father, Masayuki Sanada, never left camp, 
thus preserving the Sanada line.
Yukimura: But the Sanada clan, amidst this chaos, has nothing more than a 
petty fief.
Yukimura: I wonder when my brother Nobuyuki, or my sister in law, will join 
the Tokugawa.
-Ina's head bowed with the weight of Yukimura's grim tale. [Player] chose 
to...
--Project positive thoughts to Ina.
--Make her laugh by dancing a silly dance.

(Project positive thoughts to Ina.)*
(Make her laugh by dancing a silly dance.)*

**-[Player] gave everything to try and cheer Ina up.
-As if in response to these efforts, Ina looked up at [Player].
-The smile returned to Ina's face.
Ina: Aaaaaaa!
Yukimura: Sister?
Ina: That was the voice of the former Ina! That was the sound of the toil of 
our broken world.
Ina: I vow that I will right the wrongs brought about by this chaos!
Ina: So smile, Yukimura.
Yukimura: Ha ha ha ha ha.
Yukimura: No matter what troubles this world has in store, they will melt 
away before your radiance, Ina.
-Ina laughed along with Yukimura.
-Ina turned to [Player], and silently mouthed "Thank you."*END*

---
[Ina-7] Lady Ina and Nobuyuki

-Later; after Ina had been a member of the Sanada family for some time...
-On a visit to the Sanada clan, [Player] spoke with Ina and her husband, 
Nobuyuki Sanada.
Nobuyuki: Ina has brought new life to the Sanada clan.
Ina: No, not I.
Nobuyuki: We Sanada are used to constantly committing ourselves to battle 
and have had little rest in recent years.
Nobuyuki: But no, everyone's faces brighten whenever Ina smiles.
Nobuyuki: Just look at Yukimura. Even his brooding grimace transforms into a 
delighted laugh.

-Yukimura laughed and joined the conversation.
Ina: I'm truly capable of such things?
--If it is Ina, it can be done.
--If it is Ina anything is possible.

(If it is Ina, it can be done.)*
(If it is Ina anything is possible.)*

**Ina: Thank you. I feel so much more confident.
Ina: Until now, I faced all comers as the daughter of Tadakatsu.
Ina: But things are different now, right?
Ina: I am myself now. I must do what I can do, and no more.
Ina: I think I am finally beginning to understand what my father was 
saying.*END*

---
[Ina-8] Lady Ina and a True Warrior

-Ina came to meet [Player] after battle. She smiled contentedly.
Ina: [Player], at last, I've lost to you.
Ina: But I regret nothing.
Ina: As a warrior, I know I would be no match for you.
Ina: I was certain. Certain that I could never defeat you.
Ina: Though I know I gave my all in the effort. Sometimes with regret and 
sometimes with pride.
Ina: Thank you. [Player]. Thanks to you, I've become a true warrior.*END*

---
[Iey] (11 events)
Ieyasu Tokugawa

---
[Iey-1] A Heavy Burden

Ieyasu: Ah, [Player]. Your work was spectacular.
-Ieyasu Tokugawa, Nobunaga's devoted ally, called out to [Player].
Ieyasu: Even within my own clan, I have no warriors like you.
--I am no match for Tadakatsu.
--I am no match for Hanzo.

(I am no match for Tadakatsu.)
Ieyasu: Tadakatsu is a class by himself.
Ieyasu: I all of Japan, there is not a single warrior who can beat Tadakatsu.*

(I am no match for Hanzo.)
Ieyasu: Hanzo is another matter entirely.
Ieyasu: No matter how great the champion, none can rest peacefully knowing 
Hanzo comes for them.*

**
--Are there any besides Tadakatsu and Hanzo?
--Lord Ieyasu himself is quite formidable.

(Are there any besides Tadakatsu and Hanzo?)
Ieyasu: There is one, a senior retainer, Tadatsugu Sakai. From the younger 
generation, perhaps Naomasa Ii.*

(Lord Ieyasu himself is quite formidable.)
Ieyasu: Not at all; I am not worthy of the great warriors of my clan.*

**Ieyasu: I am blessed with gifted retainers.
Ieyasu: At Okehazama, Nobunaga and I resolved to relentlessly pursue our 
goal of a peaceful world.
Ieyasu: But I am not capable of anything else.
Ieyasu: If everyone believes in me, and I support and encourage them. We can 
accomplish great things.
Ieyasu: I have called on all of them to embrace my vision. We must take up 
this burden, and never look back.
--Is this burden too great?
--How far can we go?

(Is this burden too great?)
Ieyasu: The meaning of this is profound.*

(How far can we go?)
Ieyasu: Imagine establishing peace in this land.*

**Ieyasu: With Nobunaga on our side, the day when we reach our goal is not 
so far off.*END*

---
[Iey-2] Painting

-Several days after the defeat of the Takeda Army, [Player] met with Ieyasu 
in Hamamatsu Castle.
-Ieyasu was in his study. Ina was sitting nearby.
Ieyasu: Ah, [Player]. It's so kind of you to have come.
Ieyasu: In the last battle, I don't know what would have become of us 
without your heroics.
Ieyasu: Once again, I thank you.
-Ieyasu bent in a solemn bow to [Player].
Ieyasu: To have one's own domain overrun while one's attention is diverted 
is a samurai's greatest shame; I thoughtlessly ordered my troops to the 
front.
Ieyasu: Now, I am ashamed of my blunder. Alas, Ina, bring me that small box.
Ina: This one, my lord?
-Ina retrieved a small casket from the corner and handed it to Ieyasu.
Ina: Here you are, my lord.
-After opening, the box revealed a portrait of a seated Ieyasu.
Ieyasu: Have a look. What do you think?
-In the painting, Ieyasy wore a grim, uncomfortable expression...
--Offer uninhibited praise.
--Grimace in silence.

(Offer uninhibited praise.)
Ieyasu: I'm afraid I find your taste lacking. Look at what a ridiculous 
face I'm making.
Ina: Hee hee.
-As Ina's smile gave way to, giggling [Player] burst into laughter.*

(Grimace in silence.)
Ina: Hee hee.
-[Player] and Ina struggle valiantly to contain their laughter.*

**Ieyasu: Come now, it's not that bad - to make even Ina laugh. I didn't 
commission it as some sort of joke.
Ieyasu: This was painted by the town painter, immediately following a battle.
Ieyasu: I was is in a foul mood. I had, lost a most valuable retainer who 
had made a dangerous move.
Ina: It was this warrior's honor to protect his lord. I think there was 
nothing foolish about it.
Ieyasu: I bear the burden of the aspirations, the hope for the future, of all.
Ieyasu: I cannot relinquish this burden by running into a meaningless battle.
-Ieyasu once again took the painting in his hands, and grimaced with the 
same expression he wore in the painting.
Ina: Therefore, I had this portrait painted.
Ieyasu: To remind me that to achieve the greater vision, I must endure 
momentary humiliations.
Ieyasu: This painting is a reminder that I must not forget my purpose.*END*

---
[Iey-3] Stables

-One day [Player] and Ieyasu were talking, when news of the destruction of 
Ieyasu's stable came.
Ina: My lord, your stable is in ruins. I shall have repairs begun immediately.
Ieyasu: I don't think so. It needn't be repaired.
Ina: But for a warrior to neglect his horses.
Ieyasu: A warrior's horse belongs in battle. There is no need to dote on 
their every need.
Ieyasu: Which can withstand the harsh environment of a battleground, a horse 
raised outside, that learns how to live in the rain? Or a horse raised in 
the shelter of a stable?
Ieyasu: Which has walked the more arduous path, and can withstand the 
terrible cold and heat of our battles?
--The former. The horse raised in an unforgiving environment.
--The latter. The horse raised with care.

(The former. The horse raised in an unforgiving environment.)
Ieyasu: It is as [Player] says. There is no need to repair the stables.*END*

(The latter. The horse raised with care.)
Iesyasu: I see. So when a horse is driven to a fight, and it will be more 
willing to do so for someone who has shown it proper care...
Ieyasu: This applies not only to horses, but also to my retainers. I have 
truly learned something.*END*

---
[Iey-4] Hanzo's Tears

-[Player] visited Ieyasu to find Hanzo Hattori standing beside Ieyasu.
Ieyasu: You know what to do.
Hanzo: Understood.
-Hanzo's body stiffened suddenly, and though he looked as though he would 
leap forward, in the blink of an eye he had vanished without a trace.
Ieyasu: If it isn't [Player]?
--Has something happened?
--Where is Hanzo headed?

(Has something happened?)
Ieyasu: We have been infiltrated by a spy from another house. Hanzo will see 
to it that no harm comes to us.*

(Where is Hanzo headed?)
Ieyasu: Even I am not exactly certain. He appears when needed, and 
disappears after receiving his orders.*

**
--Hanzo is an extraordinary ninja.
--Hanzo has your trust.

(Hanzo is an extraordinary ninja.)
Ieyasu: There is not another ninja in all the world who can match him.*

(Hanzo has your trust.)
Ieyasu: True. Hanzo's devotion to me never once faltered.*

**Ieyasu: Though ninja are despised by most warriors, I hold Hanzo in the 
highest esteem.
Ieyasu: Hanzo is not a devil. He has feelings and sheds tears like any man. 
Though he would never show it.
Ieyasu: He is hiding his emotions from me, silently fulfilling his duty day 
after day.
Ieyasu: I want to carry the burden of Hanzo's furtive tears forward with 
me.*END*

---
[Iey-5] Nobunaga's Successor

Ieyasu: Lord Nobunaga met an untimely end as he strove to unify the land.
-[Player] paid Ieyasu a visit in his rooms.
Ieyasu: However I do not idly lament his failure.
Ieyasu: A successor must continue Lord Nobunaga's great work, and bring 
peace to the land, whatever the cost.
--And Lord Ieyasu is this successor?
--And Lord Hideyoshi is this successor?

(And Lord Ieyasu is this successor?)
Ieyasu: I still don't know.
Ieyasu: Perhaps it is I, perhaps it is Lord Hideyoshi.*

(And Lord Hideyoshi is this successor?)
Ieyasu: You're quite an honest fellow.
Ieyasu: Maybe it's Lord Hideyoshi. Maybe it's me.*

**Ieyasu: Nobody is more cunning, more able, or more powerful than Lord 
Hideyoshi.
Ieyasu: Nevertheless, I will not simply cease my life's work.
Ieyasu: Lord Hideyoshi and I strive for the same goal. We only want to bring 
peace to the land.
Ieyasu: We keep Lord Nobunaga's vision alive.
Ieyasu: And we carry forward into the futre the dreams of those who have 
succumbed to the chaos.
Ieyasu: My progress may be slow, but each agonizing step brings us closer to 
our destination.
Ieyasu: I know you, too, [Player], must yearn for the day when you can walk 
beneath a peaceful sky.*END*

---
[Iey-6] Sword Training

Ieyasu: Hmph! Hrah!
-Ieyasu was practicing his form with a wooden sword.
Ieyasu: Hmph! Hrah!
-Another wooden sword lay at [Player]'s feet.
--Swing the sword a few times.
--Come at Ieyasu from behind.

(Swing the sword a few times.)
Ieyasu: If you grip too tightly with your right arm, your swordsmanship will 
suffer. Lead straight ahead with your left, and the right will follow.
-Ieyasu had engaged [Player] in a lesson.*

(Come at Ieyasu from behind.)
Ieyasu: Huh?
-Ieyasu shifted his balance slightly and dodged the blow. Then he spun and 
sent [Player]'s sword flying.
-His effortless-follow through put the tip of his sword a hair's breadth 
from [Player]'s eyes.
-[Player], completely immobilized, felt completely helpless.
Ieyasu: You could benefit from more training.
-Ieyasu straightened his battle stance, and his expression settled back into 
quiet calm.*

**Ieyasu: In this desperate world, women, too, must hone their 
sword-fighting technique to perfection.
Ieyasu: As you can see, I enjoy sword-fighting, and have a particular 
fondness for the Shinkage style.
Ieyasu: I'm no great master, but I can certainly protect myself.
Ieyasu: The exercise I get swinging this sword and working up a sweat keeps 
me in good shape.
-[Player] now had a glimpse of Ieyasu's true character.
Ieyasu: There is something else I can't quite explain.
Ieyasu: You show great diligence yourself.*END*

---
[Iey-7] Ieyasu's Task
=Sekigahara, Battlefield=

-As the mists cleared from the early morning battlefield, troops of the 
Eastern and Western armies began to fall into formation.
-Even the generals of the Eastern army could not suppress a shudder. A force 
some 90,000 strong was arrated against them.
-Ieyasu had planned his strategies and countermeasures long ago, and felt 
his victory was assured.
Tadakatsu: The demise of the Toyotomi clan is inevitable.
Ieyasu: Lord Hideyoshi's heirs are too young, too inexperienced.
Ieyasu: The establishment of a Toyotomi dynasty is not in keeping with Lord 
Hideyoshi's dying wish.
Ieyasu: Mitsunari and Kiyomasa can't grasp this truth. And that is why they 
will not determine the future.
Tadakatsu: As you wish, my lord.
Ieyasu: I must end this now.
Ieyasu: Am I too harsh?
Tadakatsu: Indeed you are. But it is your duty to be so.
Ieyasu: Of course I cannot fail in my duty to further Lord Hideyoshi's 
vision.*END*

---
[Iey-8] After the Battle

-After their victory, the Eastern Army main camp erupted in celebration.
-Meanwhile, Ieyasu and Tadakatsu expressed no joy at their victory. Instead, 
their expressions were grim.
Ieyasu: What a catastrophic battle.
Tadakatsu: As no other before it.
--What of Mitsunari?
--What of the Toyotomi clan?

(What of Mitsunari?)
Ieyasu: Thus far, no contact.
Ieyasu: Even though I wish he could have simply escaped, I have a duty to 
fulfill.
Tadakatsu: As you wish. Pity has no place in the pursuit of a great vision.*

(What of the Toyotomi clan?)
Ieyasu: I can tell you this, but no one else.
Ieyasu: The intent of the Toyotomi clan is to threaten the greater peace. I 
want to end this threat once and for all.
Tadakatsu: My lord, please do not continue. If this reaches the ears of 
Kiyomasa, it will only end in disaster.*

**Ieyasu: Indeed. This battle has taught me a lot.
Ieyasu: This burden I carry is more than even the hopes and aspirations of 
my followers.
Ieyasu: It is also the anger, the dying wishes, the hatred, and the terrible 
sorrow of the fallen.
Ieyasu: All of these thoughts are woven into the fabric of our world.
Ieyasu: If I hadn't realized this aspect of my burden, it would have been 
impossible to create a true and lasting peace.
Ieyasu: But no matter how heavy this burden becomes, I will bear it. I will 
bear it as I continue my progress.
--Isn't this burden too great?
--Will your burden only increase as you progress?

(Isn't this burden too great?)
Ieyasu: I appreciate your concern. But there is no hardship.*

(Will your burden only increase as you progress?)
Ieyasu: They will only multiply. With every battle, the hopes and dreams of 
the fallen come to rest upon my shoulders.*

**Tadakatsu: You will carry this great weight through to the end, until the 
frontier of peace has been opened to all.
Ieaysu: That is what I believe.*END*

---
[Iey-9] You Are What You Eat

-[Player] visited Ieyasu at his temporary residence.
Officer: Lord Ieyasu is away at the moment. You are welcome to wait until he 
returns.
-[Player] entered a room. A scan of the room revealed a pile of writings in 
one corner.
-Writings on strategy, history, and medicine: papers on every subject 
imaginable lay piled everywhere.
-[Player] passed the time perusing the various documents, until at last 
Ieyasu returned.
Ieyasu: I'm sorry to have to kept you waiting. It was a very urgent matter 
that kept me from you.
Ieyasu: Anyway, I've had lunch prepared for us, so please help yourself.
-Lunch was served. Many rustic dishes were set before them.
--Looks delicious.
--So fresh.
--Such spartan fare.

(Looks delicious.)
Ieyasu: Though no delicacies, you will find the flavors quite satisfying. 
Help yourself, take as much as you want.*

(So fresh.)
Ieyasu: Certainly. Almost everything was procured today.*

(Such spartan fare.)
Ieaysu: It may not be fancy cuisine, Extravagant items do one's 
constitution no good.*

**Ieaysu: They're all seasonal ingredients. Seasonal items are not only 
delicious, but they're good for you.
Ieyasu: You are what you eat, or so they say. Eat well, and you will suffer 
no illness.
Ieaysu: No matter how grand you vision, should you fall ill, you cannot make 
any progress.
--I will try to eat better.
--Then may I have seconds?

(I will try to eat better.)
Ieyasu: That's enough serious talk. Please, help yourself.*END*

(Then may I have seconds?)
Ieaysu: What! You've already eaten? Eating quickly and gorging yourself are 
nothing to be proud of.
Ieyasu: You should chew your food carefully, and stop eating when you are 
80% full. This is the proper way to eat.*END*

---
[Iey-10] Duplicity

-One month after the peace settlement with the Toyotomi clan, [Player] 
visited Ieyasu at Nijo Castle.
-Ieyasu was the uncontested ruler now, both in name and reality. When he 
heard [Player]'s name, his face lit up.
Ieyasu: How nice it is to have you around for conversation again. It's just 
like the old days.
Ieyasu: But it seems you have not come to reminisce, have you?
Ieyasu: I have been commanded by the Emperor to destroy the second and 
tertiary wards of Osaka Castle.
Ieyasu: The outer as well as the inner moat must be filled. However, it was 
agreed that the inner moat remain untouched.
-Recently, Ieyasu had been ignoring the conditions of the peace settlement 
and had set out to permanently break the power of Osaka Castle.
-Among the Osaka generals, many regarded Ieyasu's treatment as overt 
aggression.
Ieyasu: Are here on that business then?
--Did you deceive the Osaka contingent?
--That's contemptible.

(Did you deceive the Osaka contingent?)
Ieyasu: Yes. I make no excuses. Let them be angry.*

(That's contemptible.)
Ieyasu: A dirty trick? Maybe.
Ieyasu: I understand that to one as honorable as you, this must seem 
unforgivable.*

**Ieyasu: Nevertheless, with this, Osaka will be rendered defenceless. They 
will never be able to withstand a siege.
Ieyasu: This will either cow them into submission, or their rage will spur 
them to open hostility, either of which I welcome.
Ieyasu: I do not have much time left.
Ieyasu: If I try to keep them happy, I will never each my goal.
--Even so, I can't agree!
--You don't mind being called a rat?

(Even so, I can't agree!)
Ieyasu: To express yourself so frankly, even to me - I expect nothing less 
of you.
Ieyasu: [Player], you have not changed. I treasure that.*

(You don't mind being called a rat?)
Ieyasu: There are many criticisms I can accept.*

**Ieaysu: Before I grow old and die, I want to release my burden and cast it 
into the peaceful sky.
Ieaysu: I want to reward the victims of our war-torn world with the 
fulfillment of their hopes.
Ieyasu: Until that time has come, I cannot rest. Not even for a moment.*END*

---
[Iey-11] Under a Peaceful Sky

-White smoke from the flames of battle rose over Osaka Castle as Ieyasu 
lingered on the battlefield.
-[Player] strode up to Ieyasu, and together they surveyed the now empty site 
of the fierce struggle.
Ieyasu: I have carried my burden, and have reached my goal at last.
Ieaysu: All of the dreams etched into my soul... have I gotten what I deserve?
--Yes.
--Not yet.

(Yes.)
Ieyasu: Many have told me what they want to happen. I thank you for your 
kind words.
Ieyasu: At last, I cam free of my burden.*

(Not yet.)
Ieyasu: Harsh words.
Ieyasu: Even if it is as you say, it will not be long before I am free of my 
burden.
Ieyasu: Peace has just now come upon the land. If this is not true peace, I 
do not know what it could be.*

**Ieyasu: All of the visions, of Nobunaga, Hideyoshi, Mitsunari, and 
Yukimura, all have coalesced and given us our new era.
-Ieyasu narrowed his eyes and surveyed the sky.
Ieyasu: This is the sky of a peaceful world, is it not beautiful?
-[Player] was thankful for all the guidance given by these great warriors.
-The feelings of all were connected in some way to the future.
-Further new encounters will pave the way for a glorious new age.
-The scars on the body said it all... They spoke of meetings, and of 
ambition. They must be carried forth, into the coming age.
-And beyond. More people would yet be met, and their sotries would continue 
to build a great story, onwards forever.
Ieyasu: It's time to go.
Ieyasu: The future is waiting.*END*

---
[Ish] (11 events)
Mitsunari Ishida

---
[Ish-1] Four Fools

-After the battle, [Player] paid Mitsunari a visit.
Mitsunari: You were quite a help to our cause. We will need your help again 
in fighting for Lord Hideyoshi's world.
Masanori: Hurray, Mitsunari. Full speed ahead towards our conquest of the 
world!
Kiyomasa: Idiot. This world belongs to Lord Hideyoshi.
Masanori: Ah, yes... Don't be so hard-headed, Kiyomasa.
Mitsunari: You're the one with rocks in your head, idiot.
Masanori: Gah! The two of you are full of hot air.
Nene: Tut! I won't have this fighting.
Masanori: Bah, but it's Mitsunari who's started it. Mitsunari called me a 
dolt.
Mitsunari: Where the fault in speaking the truth?
Nene: What a miserable lot you are! You two will get the scolding you deserve.
-Nene gave Mitsunari and Kiyomasa a tongue-lashing.
Kiyomasa: There's something I'd like to ask of you. Just a moment of your 
time.
Kiyomasa: Mitsunari isn't all bad, but his arrogance makes him oblivious to 
those around him.
Kiyomasa: Do you think you'll be able to do something to make him see 
things more clearly?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Kiyomasa: My thanks. He'll be intolerable if he goes on like this.
Kiyomasa: It's hopeless for me to even try talking sense to him.
Kiyomasa: You'd end up having to look after two idiots.*

(No.)
Kiyomasa: Of course... it would be quite a burden for you.
Kiyomasa: Such a troublesome lad...*

**Mitsunari: I can hear you, Kiyomasa. I've no interest in being looked 
after like some idiot child.
Kiyomasa: That's not how I intended it. I had only your best interest at 
heart.
Nene: Fighting again already? I am going to sit the four of you down and 
teach you a few things.
Masanori: But I've done nothing wrong! Forgive me, please, Lady Nene!*END*

---
[Ish-2] The True Threat

Mitsunari: I'd like to hear you thoughts.
-Following the battle, [Player] visited Mitsunari, and they talked.
Mitsunari: The results of this battle herald the coming of the Toyotomi era.
Mitsunari: Do you think the Toyotomi era will endure?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Mitsunari: Do you feel the same as Masanori? I envy your optimism.*

(No.)
Mitusnari: Do you believe there is an obstacle to the continued existence of 
the Toyotomi?
--Ieyasu.
--You fellows.

(No > Ieyasu)
Mitsunari: You have seen this, as well.
Mitsuanri: Ultimately, we will be forced to face Ieyasu in battle. We would 
like you to stand with us when that time comes.
Mitsuanri: We must protect the Toyotomi world, and our own clan.*

(No > You fellows.)
Mitsunari: Kiyomasa, Masanori, and I. We will destroy Lord Hideyoshi's world?
Mitsunari: Impossible. It will be us three who protect it, you will see.
Mitsunari: This world of laughter and peace that Lord Hideyoshi built and 
the Toyotomi peace.*

**Mitsunari: I understand your feelings.
Masanori: Mitsunari, what are you whispering about? Don't leave me out.
Mitsunari: It's something that a dolt like you wouldn't understand.
Masanori: One day, you'll get what's coming to you!*END*

---
[Ish-3] Mitsunari's Nap

-Exhausted by his busy schedule, Mitsunari had fallen asleep, still holding 
his pen.
--Scare him awake.
--Wait quietly until he wakes up.

(Scare him awake.)
Mitsunari: Aaaaaagh!
Mtisunari: What is this foolishness?
--Forgive me.
--If I were an enemy, you would be dead.

(Scare > Forgive me.)
Mitsunari: If you have to apologize, you shouldn't do it, you twit.*END*

(Scare > If I were an enemy, you would be dead.)
Mitsunari: I see. You did it for a reason. In the future I must be careful 
never to let my guard down again.
Mitsuanri: So as not to let an idiot like you come in again.*END*

(Wait quietly until he wakes up.)
Mitsunari: [Player].
-Mitsunari was talking in his sleep.
Mitsunari: So foolish.*END*

---
[Ish-4] The Shattered Teacup

-[Player] dropped in Mitsunari as he was preparing tea for Sakon.
Sakon: I can see you've done that before!
Mitsunari: Once, Lord Hideyoshi paid me a compliment on my tea service.
Mitsunari: That was back at the beginning.
Sakon: Welcome, [Player]. Would you care for a cup of tea?
Mitsunari: ...
-[Player] drank Mitsunari's tea.
--Delicious!
--Tepid swill!

(Delicious!)
Mitsunari: Don't guzzle it, you oaf.
Sakon: No one ever taught you proper manners.*

(Tepid swill!)
Mitsunari: You just arrived so that's what was available.
Mitsunari: The next batch will be scalding hot, I assure you.*

**-Mitsunari prepared the tea in silence.
Mitsunari: I am very grateful to you.
Sakon: Give me a break.
Sakon: No matter what, we will always be allies, won't we?
-The tea cup fell from [Player]'s hand from Sakon's slap on the shoulder.
Sakon: Um...
-The lip of the teacup was chipped.
Mitsunari: That was irreplaceable.
Sakon: ...
--Commit seppuku.
--Smash it and finish the job.

(Commit seppuku.)
-[Player] made as if to commit seppuku right then and there.
Mitsunari: Cease this foolishness!
-Mitsunari quickly grabbed [Player]'s hand.
Mitsunari: Did you think I would sacrifice you over a tea cup? Do you really 
find me that stupid?*

(Smash it and finish the job.)
-[Player] brought the hilt of a short sword down swiftly and smashed the tea 
cup.
Sakon: Really, [Player], that was...
-Staring at the pulverized tea cup, Sakon's voice quavered.
Sakon: A small chip in the lip could be repaired, but this... No, perhaps it 
could be re-fired, even.
Mitsunari: Heh, heh.
-Mitsunari's cheeks twitched noticeably.
Mitsunari: Ha ha ha ha ha.
Sakon: You laugh?
Mitsunari: Of course. A tea cup is nothing compared to either of you. It 
meant nothing to me anyway. Forgive me.*

**Mitsunari: Be so kind as to dispose of the remnants, would you? I look 
forward to your forthcoming exploits.
Sakon: That's right! [Player], we'll both need to put forth our best 
efforts.*END*

---
[Ish-5] Down the Well

-Mitsunari was supervising a project to dig a well.
Masanori: Heave! What are you doing, you blockhead? You're not making any 
progress at all.
Masanori: None of the other diggers want to work with you. You're 
disgusting! They're furious with you.
Mtisunari: If they can't handle the work at this pace, try adapting to what 
they're capable of.
-Mitsunari trew a gold coin into the well.
Mitsunari: It belongs to the one who picks it up first.
-As soon as Mitsunari spoke, the diggers scrambled back into the well.
Mitsunari: It's a simple matter to get people to work.
--You shouldn't bribe them.
--Why didn't you do that earlier?

(You shouldn't bribe them.)
Mitsunari: It served its purpose well, this time. One must employ what 
works. Bribes are limited in their usage, anyway.
Mitsunari: Regardless, [Player], I do appreciate you good advice.*

(Why didn't you do that earlier?)
Mitsunari: Surely you can't mean to jump in after them? What foolishness, 
[Player]!*

**Mitsunari: Huh? Wait. What are you up to?
Masanori: What? You're handing out money! I'll be the first out with it.
-Masanori jumped in after the other diggers.*END*


---
[Ish-6] An Oath of Honor
=Oshi Castle, Surrounds=

Kanetsugu: It is not strength of numbers, nor reason, nor sheer power that 
can open the way to true peace.
Kanetsugu: It's never deviating from one's vision or convictions, 
treasuring human ties, and the spirit of honor!
-The new comrades Mitsunari, Kanetsugu, and Yukimura gathered at 
Mitsunari's siege of Oshi Castle.
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari, you have Masanori and Kiyomasa as you comrades...
Kanetsugu: But now you have gained another two.
Yukimura: Comrades who will stick with you in honor.
Kanetsugu: Comrades who will stick to you out of devotion.
Yukimura: Lord Mitsunari, I believe in your words.
Yukimura: All for one, and one for all. It will be a world built on the 
hopes and dreams of all!
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari, this is a just war. This is an opportunity to prove 
your cause is just.
Mitsunari: I understand.
Kanetsugu: We must swear an oath.
Kanetsugu: We will, for all time, fight for justice. We will never surrender.
Yukimrua: I will also swear.
Yukimura: Even at the moment of our death, the world will know our warrior 
spirit.
Mitsunari: I will not make such a pledge.
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari!
Mitsunari: You must live according to your vision. Live, and protect the </pre><pre id="faqspan-10">
peace that Lord Hideyoshi built.
Mitsunari: If you don't promise that, I will not swear.
Yukimura: Lord Mitsunari...
Kanetsugu: Then, we three are bound.
Kanetsugu: We swear, under the banner of justice, love, and hope to show the 
world the righteous path.
Mitsunari: Yes...*END*

---
[Ish-7] Staying Alive

-Having finished all preparations, [Player] left the camp headed for Osaka.
-While walking away, [Player] came upon Yukimura, Mitsunari, and Kanetsugu, 
who were engaged in conversation.
Mitsunari: With this, the world belongs to Lord Hideyoshi.
Mitsunari: But the next stage is critical. We must preserve this world.
Yukimura: This is what I believe in.
Mitsunari: Though I don't like to think about it, Lord Hideyoshi cannot 
live forever.
Mitsunari: There will be no one to give the orders. We will have to guard 
the realm as we see fit.
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari, with us at your side, it can be so.
Yukimura: So be it. Lord Mitsunari has many comrades in arms.
--That's right, Mitsunari!
--I am no comrade of Mitsunari!

(That's right, Mitsunari!)
Mitsunari: Oh, [Player], I had no idea you were still around.
Kanetsugu: Why so uncomfortable, Mitsunari?
Yukimura: With allies such as these around, your spirit should soar.*

(I am no comrade of Mitsunari!)
Mitsunari: Pay no attention to this scoundrel... nothing but a fool.
Kanetsugu: Not a comrade? Then you must be an even closer ally, is that what 
you mean?
Yukimura: I think disagreement can be a sign of a strong friendship. Lord 
Mitsunari has collected such fine friends.*

**Mitsunari: Kanetsugu and Yukimura, I know you will be returning home 
soon.- be ever vigilant.
Yukimura: Take care, Lord Mitsunari.
Kanetsugu: We are bound by our oath. Though separated by distance, our 
hearts are as one.
Yukimura: Let us survive to meet again.*END*

---
[Ish-8] The Mended Cup

Mitsunari: Ah, what a coincidence.
-Mitsunari presented [Player] with the tea cup that had been broken earlier.
-It had been so painstakingly repaired, one would never suspect it had been 
smashed.
Mitsunari: Won't you accept it as a gift?
--Yes.
--I've no use for this junk.

(Yes.)
Mitsunari: Thanks to a certain someone who dropped it, it's no longer a 
beautiful vessel.
Mitsunari: Nevertheless, it is a treasure. Take it. It couldn't possibly do 
you harm.*

(I've no use for this junk.)
Mitsunari: Well, you'd probably just destroy it again anyway.*

**Mitsunari: Legendary champion though you may be, every so often you slip 
up and cause something like this.
Mitsunari: On the battlefield, even the most trivial error can mean death. 
That is the lesson of the tea cup. Carry it with you always.
Mitsunari: Don't misunderstand me; I'm not particularly worried about you.
Mitsunari: Without a warrior like you on the field, the consequences for the 
commander would be terrible indeed.
-With that, Mitsunari snickered and gazed off into the distance.
Mitsunari: Every so often it might be a good thing.
Mitsunari: If I die, I want you to look at that tea cup and remember me.
Mitsunari: And as for you...
Mitsunari: No, never mind. It's nothing.*END*

---
[Ish-9] A House Divided
=Osaka Castle, Surrounds=

-In the name of justice, Mitsunari and his comrades set about defending the 
world Hideyoshi had built.
-He and his sworn comrades had vowed to fight on. They had prospered under 
Hideyoshi.
-They all believed that, with their combined strength, they could preserve 
Hideyoshi's world.
-However, the severing of those bonds in which he believed was fast 
approaching.
Mitsunari: Kiyomasa! Wait!
Kiyomasa: Why don't you try using that hard head of yours to think, for once?
Kiyomasa: Today, who is the most powerful lord in the land? Who alone has 
the strength to topple the Toyotomi clan?
Kiyomasa: Ieyasu, of course! And you try to goad Ieyasu into a fight!
Mitsunari: But if things remain as they are...
Kiyomasa: Is it impossible for the Toyotomi to live under Tokugawa rule?
Kiyomasa: No matter how small, as long as the foundation of the house 
exists, we can rebuilt!
Kiyomasa: But you would have you house leveled to the ground, is that what 
you desire?
Mitsunari: The Toyotomi clan will never die. I will protect them to the end.
Kiyomasa: Playing the loyal retainer? That's foolish. The fate of the 
Toyotomi is out of your hands.
Kiyomasa: A born fool is never cured. I will protect the clan my own way.
Kiyomasa: Do as you please.
Mitsunari: Kiyomasa...*END*

---
[Ish-10] Protecting a Dream

-Mitsunari and Sakon, faces drawn, were conversing.
-Mitsunari looked at the approaching [Player] straight in the eye.
Mitsunari: You are with us too.
--With pleasure.
--It cannot be.

(With pleasure.)
Sakon: You're as big a fool as our Lord.
Sakon: I knew you could be relied on.*

(It cannot be.)
Sakon: You're nothing if not honest.
Sakon: We're going to draw Ieyasu into battle. It would be unusual not to 
be uneasy about this.
Mitsunari: I don't need your sympathy. I cannot make you serve.
Mitsunari: You must choose your own path as you see fit.
Sakon: My lord.*

**Mitsunari: I only want to protect the Toyotomi world. The happy world Lord 
Hideyoshi built.
Mitsunari: Sakon, I must defeat Ieyasu.
Sakon: It's alright!
Sakon: I understand you, my lord, and put my sword at your service. We will 
fight for what we believe in.
Sakon: Nothing can sunder the bonds of our shared conviction, isn't that 
right?
Mitsunari: Sakon.*END*

---
[Ish-11] Mitsunari's Legacy

-Mitsunari was captured.
-Many spectators gathered at the Rokujo riverbank to witness Mitsunari's 
execution.
-Mitsunari sat on the riverbank, his hand tied behind his back.
Mitsunari: ...!
-Mitsunari and [Player]'s eyes met.
Mitsuanri: Why have you come? Get away from here, quickly!
--I'll save you now!
--It's such a shame.

(I'll save you now!)
-[Player] ran towards Mitsunari.
Guard: You there! Stay where you are! Are you Mitsunari's comrade?
Mitsunari: I have no idea who this is! Probably just some simpleton here for 
the entertainment.
Mitsunari: Guard! What are you doing? Hurry!
-Mitsunari, now on his feet, kicked [Player] as hard as he could.
Guard: Enough! You, stand back, now!*

(It's such a shame.)
Mitsunari: Is that all you have to say? You must have something important to 
do. You'd better stay alive.
Mitsunari: Get out of here! I won't have my death, or the death of those 
who sacrificed themselves for my vision, made a mockery.
Guard: What are you whispering about over there?
Mitsunari: My apologies. This spectator will not cease mocking me.
Mitsunari: Did you understand my general's vision? Get out of my sight, 
swine!*

**Mitsunari: Forgive me. All this excitement has left me parched. Won't you 
bring me some water?
Guard: I have some dried persimmon, if you'd care for some.
Mitsunari: Dried persimmon is poison. Never mind.
Guard: You, who are soon to die, you are worried about poison?
Mitsunari: An honorable man never submits, not even in his last moments.
Mitsunari: My life belongs to Lord Hideyoshi, and to those who believed in 
his vision.
Mitsunari: I will never submit, never!
-The guard stood behind Mitsunari and raised his blade.
Mitsunari: Kiyomasa, Masanori! Forgive me for leaving your sides.
Mitsunari: Kanetsugu, Yukimura! Forgive me for breaking our oath.
Mitsunari: Lord Hideyoshi, Sakon! I'm coming.
-[Player] met Mitsunari's gaze one last time.
Mitsunari: [Player]. Thank you for everything you've done for me.
Guard: Umph!

Mitsunari: Every so often it might be a good thing.
Mitsunari: If I die, I want you to look at that tea cup and remember me.*END*

---
[Naga] (7 events)
Nagamasa Azai

---
[Naga-1] Nagamasa's Dream

-[Player] called on Nagamasa Azai at Odani Castle.
Nagamasa: [Player], I'd like to introduce you to someone. Naotsune Endo, a 
wise and brave master of strategy.
-Naotsune Endo bowed to [Player]. He cut an imposing figure.
Nagamasa: And excellent though he may be, he is somewhat inflexible. It is a 
problem.
-Naotsune did not so much as bat an eyelash. Nagamasa continued.
Nagamasa: The Azai clan is under pressure from neighboring provinces, and 
the Rokkaku are demanding that we submit to them.
Nagamasa: These are circumstances I wish to change. To this end, I shall ask 
my father, the current clan leader, to step down.
-Nagamasa had nonchalantly revealed a treacherous plan to usurp his father 
and deny his succession plan.
Nagamasa: I have summoned you here for two reasons. First, I wanted to 
persuade Naotsune to accept my plan.
Nagamasa: Naotsune will hear nothing of removing my father and allowing me 
to take over.
Naotsune: If we keep you father alive, we can use the excuse that we can't 
afford a split in the family, or the fear of outside forces.
Nagamasa: I do not think that will work. [Player], what do you think?
--I agree with Nagamasa.
--I agree with Naotsune.

(I agree with Nagamasa.)
Nagamasa: Did you hear that, Naotsune? Even an outsider can see that my plan 
is the correct one.*

(I agree with Naotsune.)
Naotsune: I thought than an associate of Nagamasa's would be disagreeable, 
but I am proven wrong.
Naotsune: To any truly impartial observer, I am clearly correct. Some 
sacrifices are to be expected. We should be prepared to make them.
Nagamasa: Naotsune, that is not a sacrifice. That's nothing more than 
giving in to something unacceptable.*

**Nagamasa: My goal is a contented land where all can live together in peace.
Nagamasa: There is no need for sacrifice, nothing that must be thrown away, 
in order to bring happiness to all.
-Nagamasa took Naotsune and [Player] by the hands, and stared into their eyes.
Nagamasa: Please understand.
-Unable to match Nagamasa's intense stare, Naotsune averted his eyes.
Naotsune: If that is Lord Nagamasa's command, I must obey.
Nagamasa: So you have come around, Naotsune! We have [Player] to thank for 
this!
Nagamasa: Well then, [Player], the second reason I've called you here is 
far less unpleasant than persuading Naotsune.
Nagamasa: In order to truly lead my clan, I must demonstrate my authority to 
our retainers.
Nagamasa: Starting a war with the Rokkaku should accomplish this. Their 
force is many times stronger than ours.
Nagamasa: [Player], I am in awe of your might! Please join us in our battle.
--All right. To battle!
--Madness! It cannot be done!

(All right. To battle!)
Nagamasa: Exactly the answer I had hoped for.*

(Madness! It cannot be done!)
Nagamasa: There is no way to know for sure other than to try!*

**-Nagamasa attacked the powerful Rokakku clan. The great Rokakku army of 
20,000 flooded onto the field.
-However, Nagamasa, Naotsune, and [Player] had planned for the overwhelming 
numbers, and used the element of surprise.
-The Rokkaku clan was defeated, and the Azai maintained their independence.

-Nagamasa's father and retainers witnessed his ability first hand, and 
Nagamasa peacefully assumed leadership of the Azai clan.
Nagamasa: This too I owe to you, [Player]. We must move forward with our 
vision of a contented existence for all.
--Nagamasa, a hero in this time of Chaos!
--Good luck!

(Nagamasa, a hero in this time of Chaos!)
Nagamasa: I'm no great hero.*

(Good luck!)
Nagamasa: Thank you. I only contribute as I am able.*

**-The Azai retainers welcomed Nagamasa enthusiastically as their new 
patron. Nagamasa clasped [Player]'s hand tightly.
Nagamasa: I know I want to depend on you in the years ahead!*END*

---
[Naga-2] Alliance with the Oda

-On a visit to Odani Castle, [Player] came upon a troubled-looking Nagamasa 
and a brooding Naotsune.
Nagamasa: You've come at a good time, [Player]. It seems Naotsune could 
still use some convincing.
Nagamasa: We have received a proposal from the Owari Oda clan regarding a 
marriage to cement our alliance.
Nagamasa: The Oda clan's relationship with our ancient allies the Asakura 
is rocky, however.
Nagamasa: My father is an outspoken opponent of the alliance. As Naotsune 
once pointed out, our clan is divided.
Naotsune: There is no need to dwell upon the past, Lord Nagamasa. The 
pressing issue is what action best serves us now.
Naotsune: My advice stands: I believe the marriage into the Oda clan should 
proceed as planned.
--Is not Naotsune opposed to an alliance with the Oda?
--Is an alliance with the Oda a good move?

(Is not Naotsune opposed to an alliance with the Oda?)*
(Is an alliance with the Oda a good move?)*

**Naotsune: Of course, an alliance with the Oda is out of the question. 
Nobunaga will someday be the ruin of the Azai clan.
Naotsune: His ambitions do not end with the Owari or Mino. He will claim 
Omi, and likely the entire realm.
Naotsune: We have an opportunity to lure Nobunaga to the wedding ceremony, 
slay him, and strike at the root of his wicked designs.
Nagamasa: I do not think that will work. [Player]. What do you think?
--I agree with Nagamasa.
--I agree with Naotsune.

(I agree with Nagamasa.)
Nagamasa: Didn't [Player] say at Okehazama after witnessing the feats of 
Nobunaga, that he shouldn't be killed?
Nagamasa: We are not a scheming as Lord Nobunaga. And that gives us the 
power to end this chaos.
Nagamasa: We need that power if we are to bring about the happy world of my 
dreams.*

(I agree with Naotsune.)
Naotsune: [Player], you had a good look at Lord Nobunaga at Okehazama. 
Surely you must understand.
Naotsune: Nobunaga is perverse in his methods! We are most assuredly not! If 
we do not eliminate him how, then we will have to sometime in the future.*

**-Nagamasa took Naotsune and [Player] by their hands, and stared into their 
eyes.
Naotsune: My lord, I...
Nagamasa: Please understand.
-Unable to match Nagamasa's intense stare, Naotsune averted his eyes.
Naotsune: When you look at me in the eye that way, I will obey without fail.
Nagamasa: However, we must receive assurance that the Oda will not move 
against the Asakura as a condition of our pact.
Nagamasa: With this one condition assured, my father and the Asakura will 
not be inclined to oppose our union.
Naotsune: My Lord, please reconsider your condition. Once the pact has been 
sealed, if we break with the Asakura and join forces with Oda, what will 
happen?
Naotsune: Whichever ally is spurned will become a source of trouble in the 
future.
Nagamasa: That's nothing to worry about.
Nagamasa: No matter what, I have you fine men with me; with our combined 
strength we can overcome any obstacle!
Nagamasa: In this world we have conceived, none need be excluded.
Naotsune: I cannot stand against you, Lord Nagamasa. I will do as you command.
Nagamasa: Now you've come around! Now let's move ahead and form an 
alliance between the Azai and the Oda clans.
-Nagamasa departed triumphantly. Naotsune turned to [Player] and sighed.
Naotsune: In this way, are Azai to become no more than Oda vassals? However, 
if Lord Nobunaga completes his conquests we will be among the greatest of 
daimyo.
Naotusne: Lord Nagamasa is so sincerely committed. That is exactly why it is 
dangerous. [Player], you must save him from himself.
-The pact between the Oda and Azai clans was sealed, and Nobunaga's sister 
Oichi was married to Nagamasa.*END*

---
[Naga-3] Values

Nagamasa: Ah, [Player]. Look upon the natural beauty of Omi.
Nagamasa: I know you have seen it before. I want it to be a land free of war.
-Nagamasa caught a glimpse of Oichi strolling in the distance.
Nagamasa: I want to protect those precious to me.
--What lovely sentiments.
--Which is more precious to you, nature or Oichi?

(What lovely sentiments.)
Nagamasa: You understand my feelings. Splendid!*

(Which is more precious to you, nature or Oichi?)
Nagamasa: What? How can you even ask such a thing? The answer is obvious!*

**Nagamasa: [Player], people are curious creatures.
Nagamasa: The mere thought of that which we hold precious evokes such 
mystery and power.
Nagamasa: [Player], is there someone or something that you hold dear?
--Of course!
--You are important.

(Of course!)
Nagamasa: I'm happy to hear it! Devote yourself to that, whatever it may be!*

(You are important.)
Nagamasa: Thank you. You are precious to me as well, [Player].*

**Oichi: Nagamasa... Come here, won't you, Nagamasa?
-Oichi called for Nagamasa.
--Lady Oichi calls for you.
--Can't we talk just a little longer?

(Lady Oichi calls for you!)
Nagamasa: Indeed. Forgive me, [Player]. We will speak again another time.*

(Can't we talk just a little longer?)
Nagamasa: Oh, of course! Oichi, wait just a moment, won't you?
-Nagamasa continued to speak with [Player] for another half hour.*

**Nagamasa: Well, I must take my leave.
Oichi: Nagamasa!
Nagamasa: Oichi! I'm sorry, I'm coming!*END*

---
[Naga-4] Nagamasa's Decision
=Odani Castle, Exterior=

-In 1570, Nobunaga launched an assault on his long time enemies, the Asakura 
clan.
-When a request for reinforcements arrived from the Asakura, the Azai clan 
erupted in turmoil.
Nagamsa: My father is at the center of this turmoil. He says that Oda's 
attack on the Asakura, violates the terms of our alliance.
Nagamasa: They are opposed by those who think we should stand by the 
agreement with Nobunaga. It is just as Naotsune predicted.
Naotsune: There is no need to dwell upon the past, Lord Nagamasa. The 
pressing issue is what action best serves us now.
Nagamasa: He knew. We will come to Lord Asakura's aid. We will attack 
Nobunaga, my brother-in-law from the rear, capture him, and put him on a 
tight leash.
Naotsune: He violated our agreement by attack the Asakura without contacting 
us first. You should be furious. Yet you are not!
Nagamasa: Following my path, there is no need for such crass emotions such 
as anger.
Nagamasa: Lord Asakura will probably be utterly destroyed by Nobunaga. That 
would not please anyone.
Nagamasa: At last, I must part ways with Nobunaga, and fight for the world I 
envision.
Naotsune: What will become of Oichi?
Nagamsa: I will send her back to Oda. When we have established our world of 
peace, I will come for her.
Naotsune: Fool! Foolish, stupid, man! My Lord Nagamasa, you know nothing!
Naotsune: Lady Oichi wishes to fight by your side! She conceals her sorrow 
and still has the courage to smile!
Naotsune: To choose one thing is to give up another. Choose Oichi, and you 
must abandon the Asakura!
Nagamasa: To abandon someone so that those that remain with you will be 
happy - such a thing would be very unfortunate.
Naotsune: Possibility, dreams, your own vision - abandon them all! They are 
mere illusions that breed only sorrow!
Nagamasa: Even my brother-in-law would call such an empty life wicked, 
hateful, and corrupt.
-Nagamasa took Naotsune's hand in his own and stared into his eyes.
Naotsune: My Lord Nagamasa.
-As Nagamasa stared at the silent Naotsune, he had already issued the order 
mobilizing his entire army.
Nagamasa: Attention! We will catch Oda from behind at Kanegasaki! We will 
drive the violator Nobunaga before us!*END*

---
[Naga-5] The Oda's Revenge
=Odani Castle, Exterior=

-In 1570, Nobunaga Oda, driven from the field at Kanegasaki, launched an 
attack against the Azai.
Naotsune: Our enemy takes aim at Yokoyama Castle- brilliant. If they take 
Yokoyama, they will cut our line of communications.
Naotsune: If we are to work in coordination with the Asakura and Omi, we 
cannot plan to withstand a siege at Odani. We have no choice but to take the 
field and attack.
Nagamasa: Nobunaga is a master at avoiding protracted battles, preferring to 
quickly and decisively rout his enemies.
Nagamasa: It's as if he knows we have entered into a secret alliance with 
his enemies, the Takeda clan and Saika rebels.
-Late into the night, the Azai camp bustled with activity, with soldiers 
running to and fro.
Nagamasa: I want to secure our victory with this battle. I want to make a 
world where everyone can live in peace a reality.
Nagamasa: If the Takeda and Saika are encircled by Oda after they arrive, it 
will be difficult to aid them after we have defeated Nobunaga.
Nagamasa: I don't want to kill Nobunaga. But for the sake of my vision, for 
Oichi, I will attack.
Naotsune: Our army marches in the night. The next morning, they ambush the 
Oda army on the banks of the Anegawa, and scatter them.
Naotsune: Is you plan proving as effective are you had hoped?
Nagamasa: Yes. With just a little more effort, the day will be ours.
Naotsune: All is well, then. I'm off to check the battle's progress. I 
shall return.

-With that, Naotsune took his leave of Nagamasa. He talked to himself as he 
walked the many paths through the camp.
Naotsune: We work feverishly so late into the night. Nobunaga acts as though 
he expects our surprise attack.
Naotsune: Tomorrow will be a day of great peril for our own army instead. 
Nagamasa's plan for victory is suicidal.
-The face of a person drifted though Naotsune's mind.
Naotsune: I must disguise myself as and Oda officer, get close to Oda, and 
cut him down.
Naotsune: Whether I succeed or fail, I shall surely be slain by his guards. 
But I'll have no regrets.
-Naotsune looked at his hand and clenched his fist.
Naotsune: I must do it to protect my naive Lord Nagamasa.*END*

---
[Naga-6] Tragedy at Odani

-The Azai and Asakura continued to press the attack on Oda. However, they 
were unable to defeat him conclusively.
-The Asakura disintegrated under Oda's fierce assault and were annihilated, 
and the Azai were cornered.
-Nagamasa Azai barricaded himself in Odani Castle and made final 
preparations in hopes of resisting the assault.
-[Player] and Hanbei Takenaka came to the Azai to advise Nagamasa to 
capitulate.
Hanbei: Nagamasa, we come as Oda's representatives.
Nagamasa: [Player] is with you Hanbei? It's been a long time since we've 
seen each other.
Nagamasa: It was you two who saw though Naotsune's plan at Anegawa.
Hanbei: I've wronged you, I suppose.
Nagamasa: Even if Naotsune's plan succeed, and Nobunaga had been killed, it 
would not have brought my any closer to the realization of my vision.
Hanbei: Though you have done much for me in the past, I have come to advise 
you to surrender.
Nagamasa: Then you've come in vain. You are, after all, Oda's retainers.
Hanbei: Please, Nagamasa, surrender. You don't have to die here.
Nagamasa: Hanbei, [Player], I appreciate your concern for my will-being. But 
I cannot surrender.
Hanbei: Why not?
Nagamasa: My vision is incompatible with the path Nobunaga has chosen.
Hanbei: Yes... What was that? To seek a world of peace where we can all live 
in peace and safety?
-Hanbei, clutching his chest, drew nearer.
Hanbei: Please, Nagamasa. Even if I, or anyone, promised to help realize 
your vision, you still wouldn't surrender, would you?
-The shadow of a smile crossed Nagamasa's face as he stood.
Hanbei: So that's it. Of course.
Nagamasa: I have a request, or old times' sake. I want you to take Oichi 
and my three daughters with you.
Hanbei: Is it because you don't want to entangle them in your death?
Nagamasa: I would never want that. This will be my final battle. If I am 
victorious, and the world is mine, I will come for them.
Hanbei: Dim though I may be, you needn't lie. You said so yourself, this 
will be your final battle.
Nagamasa: I leave my wife and daughters in your care, Hanbei.
Hanbei: I understand, Nagamasa. I will honor your wish.
-Hanbei departed. Only Nagamasa and [Player] remained.
Nagamasa: [Player], I suppose this is farewell.
--I will remain by your side until the end!
--I pray for your safety.

(I will remain by your side until the end!)
Nagamasa: My selfishness binds you to my side, is that what you mean?
Nagamasa: If you wish to help me, then hear my request.*

(I pray for your safety.)*

**Nagamasa: Once some time has passed, please give this to Oichi. I entrust 
this to you and you alone.
Nagamasa: This is a rosette Oichi gave to me. It contains so many tranquil 
thoughts and memories of Oichi.
Nagamasa: That's why I cannot lose it here. If you wish to provide me some 
measure of solace, please give it to Oichi.
-Nagamasa handed [Player] a small rosette.
Nagamasa: [Player], you are a true friend.
Nagamasa: It was a joy to have known you. Farewell.
-Nagamasa entered the Main Keep alone.

-[Player] met Hanbei, and together they left Odani Castle behind.
Hanbei: A peaceful world, where we can all live in peace and safety. Is it 
possible?
Hanbei: Like Nagamasa, I hoped that we could build that world. I truly 
did.*END*

---
[Naga-7] Nagamasa's Legacy

-Ten years after Nagamasa's death, Oichi died at Shizugatake.
-[Player] held the rosette that Nagamasa had entrusted to him.
-Nagamasa and Oichi had three daughters.
--Give the rosette to Chacha, the eldest.
--Give the rosette to Ohatsu, the middle daughter.
--Give the rosette to Ogo, the youngest.

(Give the rosette to Chacha, the eldest.)
-[Player] called on Chacha to give her the rosette.
-As Chacha grasped the rosette, she wept bitterly as she wailed her 
parents' names.
Chacha: I have received my father's dreams and vision for the world.
Chacha: I will continue the proud traditions of my Azai and Oda blood, and 
never let them die. I will do everything I can to make father's dream a 
reality.
-[Player], though I am without power or influence, will you be my ally?
-Chacha clutched the rosette tightly as she spoke.
-[Player] patted Chacha gently on the back and departed.*END*

(Give the rosette to Ohatsu, the middle daughter.)
-[Player] called on Ohatsu to give her the rosette.
-As Ohatsu took the rosette in her hand, she closed her eyes, and called her 
parents' names.
Hatsu: Mother and Fater, I have received this rosette and will serve as a 
bridge connecting people.
Hatsu: Even the slightest misstep can spiral out of control, creating 
enemies and a world of strife.
Hatsu: Father and Mother sought to act as mediators, in the hopes of 
creating a lasting peace.
-Ohatsu clutched the rosette tightly as she spoke.
-[Player] patted Ohatsu gently on the back and departed.*END*

(Give the rosette to Ogo, the youngest.)
-[Player] called on Ogo, to give her the rosette.
-When Ogo received the rosette, she smiled faintly.
Go: I'm sorry, I don't even remember my father's face. I was just an 
infant when my father died.
Go: But the face of my mother, who later married Katsuie, I will never forget.
Go: She was a strong woman. She was always forward looking. I will never 
forget her.
Go: I recall looking at the backs of my stepfather and my mother. I want 
children to see my strong back as I look ahead. I want to connect them with 
the world.
-Ogo clutched the rosette as she spoke.
-[Player] patted Ogo gently on the back and departed.*END*

---
[Sak]  (7 events)
Sakon Shima

---
[Sak-1] Student of Strategy

Sakon: What a thrilling battle. I Thoroughly enjoyed myself.
--It was natural that it went the way it did.
--You are a peerless strategist.

(It was natural that it went the way it did.)
Sakon: Well, sure. Especially if you're going it alone.*

(You are a peerless strategist.)
Sakon: Well, I'll accept your praise since it seems so honest.*

**Sakon: Seems as though we're both looking at things from the same 
perspective, anyway.
Sakon: I like to see how far my strategy will get me with opponents hardened 
by the constant fighting.
Sakon: Of course I'm honing my skills now, but I wish I could be with Lord 
Shingen, learning strategy, at his expense.
--We'll try our best.
--Aren't you just fighting to test your own skills, then?

(We'll try our best.)
Sakon: When you put it so cutely, there's no reason not to give it 
everything I've got.*

(Aren't you just fighting to test you own skills, then?)
Sakon: How rude.
Sakon: On the battlefield, the look in your eyes showed you have a serious 
axe to grind.*

**Sakon: Whatever the reason you fight, it shone through you radiantly today.
-Sakon turned his back and started to walk away, then looked back as he spoke.
Sakon: I'll practice my technique in preparation for the day when next we 
meet.
Sakon: We may not always be allies, after all.*END*

---
[Sak-2] Moonlight Assassins

-One night when the full moon shone, [Player] came across Magoichi.
Magoichi: Some fool's errand this has turned out to be.
-He was surrounded by dozens of ninjas. Only Magoichi stood against them; he 
had to flee.
-The nameless assassins slowly surrounded Magoichi, forcing him onto a 
precarious mountain path.
-Then, a man who had been sitting atop a boulder on the trail stood, 
scratching his head as he approached.
Sakon: SO much noise for such a sublime night.
Magoichi: And you are?
Sakon: Sakon Shima. Long story short, I'm currently a ronin, without a lord.
-The two spoke as if the assassins surrounding them didn't even exist.
Magoichi: Ronin. You must be up to no good. You're in the way. Why don't 
you go somewhere else?
Sakon: That's a strange thing to say. I was here first, after all. It seems 
like you all had better run along.
-While Magoichi had his back turned to Sakon, an assassin sprang out and 
attacked.
Sakon: Hey, you're ruing the wonderful moon.
--Hold your breath.
--Take action.

(Hold your breath.)
-At that moment, Sakon's strike shimmered through the air and sent the 
assassin tumbling to the ground.
Magoichi: No one to shy from a fight, are you?
-Recovering from the shock of their comrade's demise, the assassins went on 
the attack.
Magoichi: My view. Absolutely ruined. Now that it's raining ninjas.
-Magoichi and Sakon chuckled and drew their weapons... Several minutes 
later...

-Leaving a pile of fallen assassins behind them, the pair continued their 
viewing of the moon.
Sakon: How magnificent the moon is tonight.
Magoichi: Indeed. It's visible even through the haze.
Sakon: It's up there shining just for two fine lads like us, right?
Magoichi: You could say that.
-The two kindred spirits disappeared into the darkened village.*END*

(Take action.)
-At that moment, [Player]'s blade shimmered in the air. The assassin 
tumbled to the ground.
Sakon: That was something.
Magoichi: My view. Absolutely ruined. Now that it's raining ninjas.
-Magoichi and Sakon broke into wry grins and drew their weapons. Several 
minutes later...

-Leaving a pile of fallen assassins behind them, the pair continued their 
viewing of the moon.
Sakon: How magnificent the moon is tonight.
Magoichi: Indeed. It's visible even through the haze.
Sakon: It's up there shining just for the three of us.
Magoichi: You could say that.
-The three kindred spirits disappeared into the darkened village.*END*

---
[Sak-3] A Wanderer's Life

Sakon: No, things have changed. I've heard the rumors.
Sakon: I've made my name fighting for the Oda, and now I enjoy Lord 
Hideyoshi's trust.
Sakon: That's some promotion, don't you think?
--You look happy, Sakon.
--I didn't know you were a Toyotomi retainer.

(You look happy, Sakon.)
Sakon: Well, I suppose I am.
Sakon: I once served a powerful lord, but we had differences of opinion.
Sakon: Now I do what I like, and I never starve.*

(I didn't know you were a Toyotomi retainer.)
Sakon: I'm no retainer.
Sakon: I'm still my own master. For now, at least. I eke out a living, and 
sleep where I please.
Sakon: I don't have any complaints. I leave each and every day of freedom 
to the fullest.
-Sakon seemed to sigh and smile at the same time.*

**Mitsunari: That can't be how you truly feel.
Sakon: Hmm...
Mitsunari: There are countless many who covet you strategic genius, but I 
hear you reject ever invitation you receive.
Sakon: Is that so.
Sakon: The fate of the world has largely been decided.
Sakon: There aren't so many battles that can be decided solely by strategy.
Sakon: An obviously clever fellow such as yourself, Lord Mitsunari, is sure 
to know that.
Mitsunari: ...
Sakon: While that may be true, it is no excuse for shoddy work.
Sakon: I only do as much as I need to keep myself alive, so there's no need 
to fret.
Sakon: Anyway, my favorite store is just about to open.
Sakon: Even a lone wolf indulges in modest pleasures.
Sakon: So, [Player]. When the time comes, I'll introduce you to a fine 
establishment.
Mitsunari: ...
-Sakon laid his zanbato sword on his shoulder and departed.*END*

---
[Sak-4] Service

-[Player] called out to Sakon, who appeared prepared for a long journey.
Sakon: So I've been spotted, eh?
Sakon: I thought I'd found the right time to take my leave. It's time for 
me to say farewell.
--Have you come to hate the Toyotomi?
--Did you find someone else to serve?

(Have you come to hate the Toyotomi?)
Sakon: On, they've treated me well.*

(Did you find someone else to serve?)
Sakon: No, that's not it.*

Sakon: At the end, the provided me with quite an interesting battle. Facing 
my lady's onslaught struck fear into my heart.
--Lady Kai is a fearsome adversary.
--She's more like a bear than a princess.

(Lady Kai is a fearsome adversary.)
Sakon: She is Ujiyasu's star pupil, and it shows.
Sakon: But that battle was, after all, only the first in the great battle to 
put an end to the Odawara.*

(She's more like a bear than a princess.)
Sakon: That's a sharp tongue you've got. Though I won't deny it.
Sakon: Even so, it was only the first battle in a the great battle to 
eliminate the Odawara.*

**Sakon: On the whole, it was a battle of sheer numbers and brute force.
Sakon: Strategy had nothing to do with it.
--Are you saying that battle was a mistake?
--Winning the battle was enough.

(Are you saying that battle was a mistake?)
Sakon: No.*

(Winning the battle was enough.)
Sakon: Yes.*

**Sakon: Lord Hideyoshi is a clever man. His had a superior approach to 
achieving victory.
Sakon: But it was not the kind of strategy we saw with Lord Shingen and Lord 
Kenshin.
Sakon: Well, but that's just the blathering of a vagabond.
Sakon: Such are the fortunes of war.
Mitsunari: Wait.
Sakon: You again?
Mitsunari: I'm looking for a strategist.
Sakon: Is that the ever clear-headed Lord Mitsunari I hear?
Mitsunari: How astute.
Sakon: Hmm...
Mitsunari: But the way I'm doing it is clumsy.
Sakon: It's good that you realize that, but if that's the case, you should 
be able to manage on your own.
Sakon: I'm sorry, but you'll have to find someone else.
Mitsunari: Wait, Sakon.
-Mitsunari pulled a letter from his pocket and handed it to Sakon.
Sakon: This is a proclamation showing Lord HIdeyoshi's award of a 40,000 
koku fief to Lord Mitsunari.
Sakon: You mean to give this to me?
Mitsunari: You can't say it's not enough.
Sakon: Clumsy, indeed.
Sakon: With this, all of your servants are going to lose their livelihoods.
Sakon: You as well.
-Sakon tore the letter in half, and returned one half to Mitsunari.
Sakon: I'll take half.
Mitsunari: Sakon!
Sakon: And I will call you my lord.*END*

---
[Sak-5] Mitsunari's Calligraphy

Mitsunari: Yes, what is it?
Sakon: [Player], what an unusual pleasure. Come in, come in.
-Papers were scattered all around the room.
Sakon: Please have a seat over there while I tidy up a bit.
Officer: Forgive me.
Officer: Well, there's a bit of a problem with the orders you've sent.
Mitsunari: I don't want to hear any disagreement. Just get it together, and 
follow the written instructions.
Officer: Yes, I would very much like to, but how do I go about?
Mtisunari: Is something the matter?
Officer: It's illegible. The letters are so hard to figure out.
Sakon: Which ones?
Sakon: Look here, what a mess! This is nothing but chicken scratch.
Mitsunari: How dare you!
Sakon: Hmm... For farms, paddies, and residences, a seven foot pole should 
be used. Three hundred should be erected for every ten acres.
Sakon: Superior paddy: one koku, five shaku; Average paddy: one koku, three 
shaku; Inferior paddy: one koku, one shaku - designations for the lowest 
class are to be determined.
Sakon: And what's this here...?
-Sakon continued reading from the document.
Officer: Most impressive, Lord Sakon! How adeptly you are able to decipher 
that scribbling.
Mitsunari: If you're quite through, hurry and carry out your orders.
Officer: Yes, my Lord!
Sakon: You should have written these out more clearly.
Mitsunari: I am pressed for time. As long as they can make it out.
Sakon: They can't, which is why he mentioned it.
Mitsuanri: He read it, didn't he?
Sakon: He gave it to me, and I read it, if that's what you mean. [Player], 
what do you think?
--It must at least be legible to someone other than yourself.
--My handwriting is terrible, too.

(It must at least be legible to someone other than yourself.)
Sakon: Exactly.
Mitsunari: Just what I would expect from my old friend of the Kawanakajima 
days. Kindred spirits, indeed.*END*

(My handwriting is terrible, too.)
Sakon: Ah, you poor souls.
Mitsunari: Sakon, why don't you go and teach them how to read my 
handwriting.*END*

---
[Sak-6] Last Option
=Mt. Sawa Castle, Interior=

Sakon: Kiyomasa and Masanorio have gone over to Ieyasu. His plan to divide 
and conquer the Toyotomi seems to be progressing as planned.
Sakon: One must acknowledge the skill with which Ieyasu operates.
Mitsunari: Nevertheless, they all owe Lord Hideyoshi a debt of gratitude. 
But they seek to escape their obligation.
Sakon: Troubling, to be sure.
Mitsunari: Then what must we do, Sakon?
Sakon: There is a simple and certain solution.
Sakon: Give me an order. Let me kill Ieyasu.
Mitsunari: Ah!
Sakon: Ieyasu is here, right before your eyes, at his Osaka residence. We 
can settle this matter neatly in a matter of a few days.
Sakon: With Ieyasu out of the picture, Kiyomasa and Masanori are sure to 
return to us.
Mitsunari: ...
Mitsunari: Impossible!
Mitsunari: We are honorable. It is Ieyasu who is not!
Mitsunari: We won't be showing the world anything honorable if we kill 
Ieyasu using a clever little trick.
Sakon: Then only one path remains open to us.
Sakon: A head-to-head battle with the great strategist himself, Ieyasu.
Sakon: Now that I've said it, it seems like the worst possible option.
Mitsunari: There's one thing, however.
Sakon: For just that reason, though, strategy will be paramount.
Sakon: This is our path. I will show them the power of my strategy.*END*

---
[Sak-7] Time of Reckoning

-Despite his victory, Sakon looked grave. His face softened as he noticed 
[Player].
Sakon: The stalwart Mikawa warriors suffer at every turn. The real battle 
awaits us yet.
--With Sakon's strategy, we've nothing to worry about.
--Without a doubt.

(With Sakon's strategy, we've nothing to worry about.)
Sakon: Forgive me, but I have to say something. Frankly, this war is folly.*

(Without a doubt.)
Sakon: To hear you say that so confidently only deepens my anxiety.
Sakon: I'd expect nothing less of you, though.*

**Sakon: I say this because I know our friendship compels me, but I cannot 
guarantee victory.
Sakon: Has one reached you as well? One of Ieyasu's overtures?
Sakon: If you still have reservations, now is the time to decide.
-Sakon stared hard, seeming unusually grave.
--Do you want to continue this, as we're fighting now?
--Are you planning to defect?

(Do you want to continue this, as we're fighting now?)*

(Are you planning to defect?)
Sakon: No, no.*

**Sakon: Once, I thought I would give up strategy, give up everything.
Sakon: But it was pure luck that I was found by a most fearless, noble 
warrior.
Sakon: I knew I would fight to the death willingly for my stubborn lord.
Sakon: But I never wanted to involve you, my old friend, in this battle.
--You needn't worry.
--I'll think of something.

(You needn't worry.)
Sakon: I knew you would say that.
Sakon: Honestly, it will be difficult for you to escape at this point. I'm 
counting on you.*END*

(I'll think of something.)
Sakon: That would be best.
Sakon: If we should meet again as enemies, I won't go easy on you.*END*

---
[Sak-8] Memories

-Sakon went missing in the battle of Sekigahara.
-Worried about Sakon, [Player] continued searching, unaware that the Eastern 
Army was in pursuit.

Monk: Are you [Player]?
Monk: Are you searching for Lord Sakon by any chance?
--Why do you ask?
--Is Sakon unharmed?

(Why do you ask?)*
(Is Sakon unharmed?)*

**Monk: Well, someone's bound to ask you.
Monk: Please be silent and come with me.
-[Player] was brought to an isolated temple and led inside.
-Sakon was lying there, covered in a blanket.
Sakon: It's you!
-Sakon tried to support himself as he sat up.
Sakon: Just like me to escape from that mayhem, eh?
--If you say so.
--True enough.

(If you say so.)
Sakon: I was defeated in grand style.*

(True enough.)
Sakon: I was completely knocked out of action.*

**Sakon: I took an enemy bullet, and was pulled away. I was near death.
Monk: ...
Sakon: By the way, is there any news of Lord Mitsunari?
--I don't know.
--He probably...

(I don't know.)*
(He probably...)*

**Sakon: I see. I can't even imagine it.
Sakon: ...
Sakon: I swore to uphold my lord's vision with my life.
Sakon: Even though I must wait here for the outcome, I want to stay abreast 
of developments on the field.
Sakon: I don't know how much time I have left.
Sakon: ...
Sakon: [Player], do you remember how fierce the fighting was at Kawanakajima?
Sakon: I read the lay of the battlefield, the intent of the enemy. I got 
them to move the way I wanted.
Sakon: In that tense situation, we cheated death many ties.
Sakon: I know not what world awaits me, but I'll rot in the end.
Sakon: But you, you would find something for you there.
Sakon: And shine as radiantly there as you do here.
Sakon: I cannot accompany you, but I wish you luck in battle.*END*

---
[Shim] (11 events)
Yoshihiro Shimazu

---
[Shim-1] The Devil's Challenge

-After the battle, [Player] went to pay respects to Yoshihiro Shimazu.
Yoshihiro: I've no time for hungry ghosts, or little brats. Stand down.
--Yes.
--Brats? Apologize!

(Brats? Apologize!)
Yoshihiro: Are you angry? Simpleton.
Yoshihiro: If we meet on the battlefield, don't expect to live.*END*

(Yes.)
Yoshihiro: I'll not speak to you, weakling!
Yoshihiro: Go run home with your tail between your legs, you cowardly dog.
--Yes.
--How dare you!

(How dare you!)
Yoshihiro: Are you angry? Simpleton.
Yoshihiro: If we meet on the battlefield, don't expect to live.*END*

(Yes.)
Yoshihiro: Have you no shame?
Yoshihiro: Why don't you just sit right here?
--Do you have a reward for me?
--That's enough of your nonsense!

(That's enough of your nonsense!)
Yoshihiro: Are you angry? Simpleton.
Yoshihiro: If we meet on the battlefield, don't expect to live.*END*

(Do you have a reward for me?)
Yoshihiro: I'm enjoying this. You should be punished for being such a fool.
Yoshihiro: This world of war will offer no hope for a fool like you.
Yoshihiro: If you waver even for a moment, you are better off relinquishing 
your weapons and heading back home.
Yoshihiro: I don't want to think about what in ignorant punk like you will 
see in your last moments*END*

---
[Shim-2] Devil Doctor

-[Player] had fallen ill.
Yoshihiro: You are deathly pale.
-[Player] explained what was wrong.
Yoshihiro: Then please, take this medicine.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Yoshihiro: Recently, I've taken an interest in Chinese medicine. I want to 
live as long as possible.
Yoshihiro: I wonder if I'll be able to enjoy gambling for a while too?

(No.)
Yoshihiro: What? You find my knowledge of medicine strange?
Yoshihiro: I heal the illnesses and injuries of my retainers. I am an 
accomplished enough doctor. I instruct others in medicine.

Yoshihiro: I specialize in the treatment of grievous injuries.
Yoshihiro: If you ever suffer a terrible wound at the hand of the enemy, 
come to me.
Yoshihiro: I can treat any injury. You have nothing to fear.*END*

---
[Shim-3] Fighting with the Devil

-Masanori watched Yoshihiro with a terrified expression.
Masanori: He's even more terrifying in person!
Masanori: Hurray! With the Devil Shimazu on our side, we need no fear in 
battle!
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Yoshihiro: How childish.
Masanori: Huh?
Yoshihiro: There is no such thing as no fear in battle, you fools.*

(No.)
Masanori: Why you contemptible old man...
Yoshihiro: That`s enough. He who knows no fear will lose his life in vain.*

**Yoshihiro: Because I fear battle, I enjoy gambling all the more.
Yoshihiro: The plans and dreams of warriors permeate every battle.
Yoshihiro: But those thoughts and emotions can be extinguished in an 
instant. It is merciless.
Yoshihiro: That's why my gambling has value to me. There is value in 
risking one's life.
Yoshihiro: Do you understand, you little brats?
--Yes.
--Enough of your empty talk about brats.

(Yes.)
Masanori: As long as you understand, that's fine.
Masanori: Hah! Bring on the next battle! With the Devil Shimazu, nothing can 
stand in our way!
Yoshihiro: Sigh... these troublesome little brats.*END*

(Enough of your empty talk about brats.)
Masanori: Enough! We're not brats! Say it again, I dare you!
Yoshihiro: Nothing but obnoxious little brats.
Yoshihiro: But I mean it in a nice way.
Masanori: Still, [Player]. Well, at least someone's amused.*END*

---
[Shim-4] A Losing Cause
=Fushimi Castle, Surrounds=

-On behalf of the Eastern Army coalition, Yoshihiro sought an audience with 
the besieged Mototada.
-However, he was denied entry into the castle by Mototada.
Yoshihiro: Mototada plans to die for Ieyasu.
Yoshihiro: As he orders the death of a loyal servant, he strikes a blow 
against Hideyoshi's rabble.
Yoshihiro: Is this truly what the Tanuki intends. Those little brats who 
clamor for "honor" and "vision" cannot win.
Yoshihiro: But I will not be satisfied by a battle whose victory is in sight.
Yoshihiro: We will fight with the Western Army. We will show that Tanuki!
Yoshihiro: He'll learn what it means to face a devil in battle.

---
[Shim-5] The Devil and the Kid

Yoshihiro: Take the bait, Tanuki.
Yoshihiro: By conceding a small victory to the enemy now, we will claim 
great victory in the end.
Mitsunari: ...
Yoshihiro: He doesn't even consider the battle before him. He already 
fights for the entire land.
Mitsunari: Perhaps it would be best if we go with Ieyasu. I cannot rely upon 
you.
--You're like a little brat...
--Go ahead and try.

(You're like a little brat...)
Mitsunari: What?
Yoshihiro: [Player], what a strange sentiment.
Yoshihiro: One's opinions and character can cause all manner of problems. 
Surely as a child you learned this?
Mitsunari: ...
Yoshihiro: Hold your tongue, brat.*

(Go ahead and try.)
Yoshihiro: Brat... I will not fight alongside Ieyasu.
Yoshihiro: I cannot stand his gambling with lives.*

**Yoshihiro: I'll fight with the Western Army.
Yoshihiro: Those so sure of victory deserve to worry a little. At least we 
can make them feel at little cold sweat.
Mitsunari: Thank you.
Yoshihiro: So you have some manners after all, brat.*END*

---
[Shim-6] Gamblers

-Yoshihiro was speaking to Ginchiyo and Muneshige.
Yoshihiro: The young master and mistress seem to be getting along as well as 
ever.
Ginchiyo: When did the great warrior Shimazu become such a cantankerous old 
man? Are you getting ready to retire?
Muneshige: Never! He'll never be able to give up gambling. Not even if hell 
freezes over.
Yoshihiro: You're finally getting it, young master.
Yoshihiro: And I'm not the least bit interested in hanging up my armor. 
I'm having too much fun gambling with this bunch.
--That's about it.
--That's not it at all.

(That's about it.)
Muneshige: I don't envy you having to look after this over-the-hill gambler.
Yoshihiro: Do you mind, young mistress? I'll turn on the charm and win you 
over right here.
Ginchiyo: Don't you mock me, Shimazu!*END*

(That's not it at all.)
Muneshige: What, are you embarrassed? You can't underestimate that devil.
Yoshihiro: I see. You're quite a fetching young lady. Fare more beautiful 
than the young mistress here.
Ginshiyo: Don't you mock me, Shimazu!*END*

---
[Shim-7] Family Matters

Yoshihiro: Well, well, you enjoy a challenge, too, I see.
-After the battle [Player] and Yoshihiro were engaged in conversation.
Yoshihiro: I'm sure your parents must have been splendid warriors themselves.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Yoshihiro: Ah, so the parents and the child enjoy the gamble.
Yoshihiro: With parents like that, you could put together quite a legacy.*

(No.)
Yoshihiro: I see. You are most unlucky.
Yoshihiro: You must fight for your parents.*

**Yoshihiro: Without your parents, you would not exist. You must treat them 
with respect.
--Are you really a gentle family man?
--And do you honor your parents?

(Are you really a gentle family man?)
Yoshihiro: Don't overestimate me.
Yoshihiro: I'm just a gambler.*END*

(And do you honor your parents?)
Yoshihiro: Indeed - I fight for the Shimazu.
Yoshihiro: But, my gambling causes my family no small amount of grief
Yoshihiro: Live and let live, I say.*END*

---
[Shim-8] The Next Challenge

-[Player] and Yoshihiro were deep in conversation after the battle.
Yoshihiro: Does victory exhilarate you?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Yoshihiro: How precious. Are you thrilled by victory in a battle on this 
scale?
Yoshihiro: Aim higher, and move ahead.
Yoshihiro: There are many bets to be placed in our world.*

(No.)
Yoshihiro: Why is that?
--I want to achieve even greater heights
--Truly, I'd rather not fight.

(No>I want to achieve even greater heights.)
Yoshihiro: Death and glory are opposite sides of the same coin. Both are 
sought and found in battle.
Yoshihiro: You seem to delight in this great gamble, with the world on the 
line.*

(No>Truly, I'd rather not fight.)
Yoshihiro: That's unfortunate. You were born in the wrong era.
Yoshihiro: In these chaotic times. If you do not fight, who will protect 
your family, your friends?*


**Yoshihiro: We have reveled enough in our victory.
Yoshihiro: It's time we faced our next gambit.*END*

---
[Shim-9] After a Defeat

-[Player] and Yoshihiro arrived at a secluded path.
Yoshihiro: We're losing. I don't think we'll tear down Ieyasu's world 
this way.
--This is terrible!
--It's not over yet.

(This is terrible!)
Yoshihiro: No... I am satisfied.
Yoshihiro: It's not so often that one gets to taste such a colossal defeat.*

(It's not over yet.)</pre><pre id="faqspan-11">
Yoshihiro: A little brat, so full of fight. Beware, Ieyasu is formidable.
Yoshihiro: He has no true allies, no true enemies. He fights for the hopes 
and dreams of all the victims of our violent world.
Yoshihiro: Even trickery may not win the day against him.*

**Yoshihiro: That's fine. Let us simply hand over the world to Ieyasu.
Yoshihiro: We, like Ieyasu, are carving our names into history. As enemies 
of the people, the heroically vanquished villains.
--I am satisfied, for now.
--This is not enough.

(I am satisfied, for now.)
Yoshihiro: Dumb brat...
Yoshihiro: I stand for quitting while we're ahead.
Yoshihiro: One day, the two of us are going to take care of that old Tanuki, 
once and for all.*END*

(This is not enough.)
Yoshihiro: Don't be reckless. The ways of the world are not set in stone.
Yoshihiro: It would be lonely without the other gamblers.*END*

---
[Shim-10] No Vengeance

-Yoshihiro and Muneshige were talking. There is an ominous feeling in the air.
Yoshihiro: Young master, if you're going to slay me, do it now. Will you 
take vengeance of your father?
Muneshige: To stab your ally in the back is unforgivable.
Muneshige: But my enemy I will attack without regret.
Yoshihiro: That's unlikely. My counterattack would fell you.
Muneshige: You've always got to have the last word, you devil!
--That's the truth.
--That's not it at all.

(That's the truth.)
Muneshige: Is that right?
Muneshige: He is a particularly ill-mannered devil. He delights in provoking 
people.
Yoshihiro: Provocation? That's no more than idle gambler talk.*END*

(That's not it at all.)
Muneshige: After all this time together, are you finally used to him? 
That's a troubling thought.
Yoshihiro: Dutiful... Unlike the young master.
Muneshige: I have no need for someone who would blindly follow a devil's 
words.
Yoshihiro: Hmph. Your loss.*END*

---
[Shim-11] Once a Gambler...

-Ginchiyo and Muneshige approached [Player] and Yoshihiro.
Ginchiyo: [Player], you're free.
Ginchiyo: The world belongs to Ieyasu now. You don't have to gamble with 
the old man any longer.
Yoshihiro: Are you happy to be free of your burden?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Yoshihiro: Gambling with you was most enjoyable.
Muneshige: Are you sure, Yoshihiro? Will you really go?
Muneshige: Still a bunch of nattering twits. It would be good for us to 
learn to be honest with each other.*

(No.)
Ginchiyo: Excellent, eh, old man? You won't lose your gambling companion.
Ginchiyo: What a strange one.
Yoshihiro: [Player], you're also quite a gambler.*

**Yoshihiro: But you're free to go. Revel in the peace, or maybe enjoy some 
gambling.
Yoshihiro: I, at least, will never stop gambling. It's what I believe in.
Muneshige: Do as you like.
Ginchiyo: The old man will have no idea what to do. But if you're with him, 
he might behave himself.
Ginshiyo: [Player], stay with him just a little longer.
Ginchiyo: Enjoy the peace, and make sure he is as bored as possible.
Yoshihiro: [Player], looks like you've been forced into it after all.
Yoshihiro: Somehow, though, I feel there will be another incident before 
this is over.
Yoshihiro: Let us rest, and prepare. My gambling companion.*END*

---
[Gin] (8 events)
Ginchiyo Tachibana

---
[Gin-1] The Emotionless Warrior

-Ginchiyo Tachibana stared intently at the now-desolate battlefield.
-An imposing figure walked towards them from the battlefield. [Player] 
called out to the figure timidly.
Ginchiyo: It's you.
-Ginchiyo turned to look at [Player].
Ginchiyo: I can't talk to you when you're so agitated.
Ginchiyo: Be at ease.
-She did not seem to be in such a foul mood.
--Express your delight at the victory.
--Praise Ginchiyo's bravery.
--Compliment Ginchiyo on her appearance.

(Express your delight at the victory.)
Ginchiyo: The Tachibana are not to be trifled with. The outcome was 
inevitable.*

(Praise Ginchiyo's bravery.)
Ginchiyo: The Tachibana are not to be trifled with. We do not need your 
praise.*

(Compliment Ginchiyo on her appearance.)
Ginchiyo: Don't be absurd. I don't need your flattery.*

**Ginchiyo: Nevertheless, your contributions is this battle were critical. 
You have my thanks.
GInchiyo: I expected a delicate maiden, but you are quite an able warrior. 
It is a most desirable trait.
Ginchiyo: Your accomplishments on the field today have humbled old Shimazu.
Ginchiyo: It's still a shame that he managed to make it through unscathed 
again, somehow.
--Why couldn't you get him?
--Why did you want to get him?

(Why couldn't you get him?)
Ginchiyo: It's not that I couldn't. I didn't. You've got the wrong idea.*

(Why did you want to get him?)
Ginchiyo: It's a long story. In short... because of the vengeance for my 
parents.*

Ginchiyo: I spared Shimazu so that Hideyoshi wouldn't lose face.
Ginchiyo: The Tachibana understand decorum. We could not deny Hideyoshi his 
wish.
Ginchiyo: Regardless, if I ever get a chance to strike at Shimazu...
-With that, Ginchiyo brusquely turned her back on [Player].
Ginchiyo: That was quite a long tale. I'm not partial to storytelling. You 
should go.
-Ginchiyo stood motionless, staring intently at the battlefield.

---
[Gin-2] A Father's Pride

-Ginchiyo continued to stare out upon the now empty battlefield.
-The imposing figure was unmistakable, but [Player] called out as loudly as 
possible.
Ginchiyo: Oh, it's you. Don't call me so frivolously.
Ginchiyo: The Tachibana do not conspire with their enemies. If you lose 
concentration, you open yourself to disaster.
Ginchiyo: Regardless. What business do you wish to discuss?
-She did not seem to be in such a foul mood.
--I want to hear about the Tachibana.
--I want to hear about the Shimazu.

(I want to hear about the Tachibana.)
Ginchiyo: The Tachibana are a noble family linked to the Otomo clan of 
Chikuzen Province.
Ginchiyo: My father, Dosetsu, brought our family name to great prominence 
and military fame.*

(I want to hear about the Shimazu.)
Ginchiyo: The Shimazu raised troops from Satsuma to conquer all the lands of 
Kyushu.
Ginchiyo: That occurred as my father, Dosetsu, assumed leadership of the 
Tachibana.*

Ginchiyo: My father, true to his duty as Lord, fought the Shimazu invasion 
tirelessly.
Ginchiyo: However, the fatigue of the incessant battles brought sickness to 
his camp, and he did not return.
Ginchiyo: Though my father died, the honor of the Tachibana lives on.
-With that, Ginchiyo brusquely turned her back.
Ginchiyo: Whenever I talk to you, my tales drag on forever. You should go.
-Ginchiyo stood motionless, staring intently at the battlefield.*END*

---
[Gin-3] Blood of a Warrior

-Ginchiyo animatedly signaled an attendant, who began a sweep of the camp.
Ginchiyo: Continue as you are. Leave no stone unturned.
Officer: Yes, my Lady!
-When Ginchiyo noticed [Player], she ceased her signaling and approached.
Ginchiyo: Look around you. I've no time to sit and gossip with you.
Ginchiyo: If you have business, state it briefly.
-She seemed to have a few moments to spare.
--Ask about Muneshige.
--Ask about Shimazu.

(Ask about Muneshige.)
Ginchiyo: You want to hear about that vagabond? I don't know his current 
whereabouts.*

(Ask about Shimazu.)
Ginchiyo: You want to know about the old man? I wonder where he is now... 
Not that it is any of my concern.*

**Ginchiyo: I was happy to know that neither Shimazu nor Muneshige fought in 
this battle.
Ginchiyo: With those fiends out of the way, we can concentrate on victory.
Ginchiyo: By the way, do you know who Muneshige's father was?
-Muneshige Tachibana's father was...
--Dosetsu Tachibana.
--Shoun Takahashi.
--Shigemasa Yoshihiro.

(Dosetsu Tachibana.)
Ginchiyo: No. Dosetsu is Muneshige's father-in-law. His father was a man 
named Shoun Takahashi.*

(Shoun Takahashi.)
Ginchiyo: Ha, so you knew.*

(Shigemasa Yoshihiro.)
Ginchiyo: Hmm. That name came quickly to your lips.
Ginchiyo: He began life as Shigemasa Yoshihiro, but later took the surname 
Takahashi and the first name Shoun.*

**Ginchiyo: Lord Shoun and Dosetsu both loyally served the declining Otomo 
clan, and died honorable as generals in the struggle against the Shimazu.
Ginchiyo: Though a relation, Muneshige has none of their free spirit, their 
flair.
Ginchiyo: For that reason, he will always be my better. What did you expect 
to hear?
-With that, Ginchiyo brusquely turned her back.
Ginchiyo: I should have told you I was too busy to talk.
Ginchiyo: I cannot stand around chatting idly forever. Go, now.*END*

---
[Gin-4] Rivals

-After the battle, [Player] walked the battlefield and encounters Ginchiyo 
and Yoshihiro.
-When Ginchiyo met [Player]'s eyes, she approached, her face taut with anger.
Ginchiyo: [Player]!
Ginchiyo: Tell me honestly. In this battle, who earned greater glory, the 
Tachibana or the Shimazu?
--The Tachibana, I suppose.
--The Shimazu, I suppose.
--What about me?

(The Tachibana, I suppose.)
Ginchiyo: Hmm, I see. Did you hear, Shimazu?
Yoshihiro: If that's what she says, then that's how we should make it seem.
Yoshihiro: When I see your expression, young mistress Tachibana, I don't 
have the heart to go against you.*

(The Shimazu, I suppose.)
Ginchiyo: What is the meaning of this? You will not denigrate the Tachibana!
Yoshihiro: You heard it yourself from this honest lass.
Yoshihiro: Young mistress, your defeat has been confirmed.*

(What about me?)
Ginchiyo: While you may have fought well today, I will not cede victory to 
you!
Yoshihiro: What an interesting young lady.
Yoshihiro: You know well how to provoke young mistress Tachibana.*

**Ginshiyo: Bah!
Yoshihiro: That is all the time I have. I'm off.
Ginchiyo: You were talking with me just to kill time? I don't know when, 
but someday I will cut you down!
Yoshihiro: I look forward to that day.
-Shimazu departed, smiling all the way. Ginchiyo stared at [Player].
Ginchiyo: You have no reason to look so pleased, either!
-[Player] received a fierce tongue-lashing.*END*

---
[Gin-5] A Playful Husband

-After the battle, [Player] walked the battlefield and encountered Ginchiyo 
and Muneshige.
-When Muneshige met [Player]'s gaze, he smiled and shouted a greeting.
Muneshige: If it isn't [Player]?
Muneshige: You've had much to discuss with Ginchiyo of late, I hear.
Muneshige: Allow me to congratulate you!
Muneshige: You are Ginchiyo's first friend, it would seem.
Ginchiyo: What nonsense are you talking about?
-Ginchiyo glared at [Player].
Ginchiyo: You are always coming to me for useless chit-chat, and now you've 
got this one spouting lunacy?
--Please, calm down.
--I won't come again.

(Please, calm down.)
Ginchiyo: Don't taunt me, the Tachibana are always calm!*

(I won't come again.)
Ginchiyo: That's not what I mean!*

**Muneshige: Naturally.
Muneshige: Ginchiyo's unusual reaction must mean that she enjoys 
[Player]'s visits.
Muneshige: I must be off. Farewell, [Player].
-With that, Muneshige departed. Ginchiyo was staring at [Player].
Ginchiyo: You find me... interesting?*END*

---
[Gin-6] The Devil's Plaything

-After the battle, [Player] walked the battlefield and encountered Muneshige 
and Yoshihiro.
Muneshige: [Player]! Here you are at last.
Yoshihiro: Have you won over the young master at last?
Ginchiyo: Be silent, Shimazu. This lady's quite fond of idle conversation.
Muneshige: You do enjoy your little chats with Ginchiyo, don't you? Just 
like that old bag of bones over there.
Yoshihiro: It is perfectly decent to take leisure with one's elders. I 
enjoy the company of both the young master and the young mistress.
Muneshige: Me, too?
Ginchiyo: Certainly; you can even kill time with our friend [Player] if you 
like.
Yoshihiro: This one?
--No thanks.
--It's time to get going.

(No thanks.)
Yoshihiro: I intended no insult.*

(It's time to get going.)
Yoshihiro: You plan to give up without a fight?*

**Yoshihiro: The young mistress companion seems like a demure young lady.
Ginchiyo: She is nothing more than a casual acquaintance.
Muneshige: Ginchiyo, once again you find yourself victim of this old man's 
teasing.
Ginchiyo: What?
-Ginchiyo glared at [Player].
Ginchiyo: This is your fault!*END*

---
[Gin-7] Pride has its Limits

Ginchiyo: Hmmph, you again.
Ginchiyo: ...
-Ginchiyo stood gracefully as usual, but today, she had a different air 
about her.
Ginchiyo: Why do you got into battle? What are you fighting for?
--My vision is to bring peace to the land.
--I have a warrior's pride.

(My vision is to bring peace to the land.)
Ginchiyo: That's a rather grand vision.
Ginchiyo: But you can't accomplish that by yourself.*

(I have a warrior's pride.)
Ginchiyo: I see. Is that a commitment you can keep on your own?*

**Ginchiyo: I have fought to preserve the pride of the Tachibana, a clan 
whose rule I took over upon my father's death.
Ginchiyo: We possess an indomitable fighting spirit. We're bent on victory 
to the bitter end.
Ginchiyo: I have fought on, believe in the fighting spirit and the strength 
of the Tachibana.
Ginchiyo: But unexpectedly, people are weak.
Ginchiyo: I thought I could fight alone, but now I know it's impossible.
Ginchiyo: But, there are still those who look after me. So I continue to 
push forward.
--Where did that come from?
--You mean Yoshihiro and Muneshige?
--I also look after you, Ginchiyo.

(Where did that come from?)
Ginchiyo: Hmm, something must've come over me.*

(You mean Yoshihiro and Muneshige?)
Ginchiyo: I won't deny it. I do know they are assisting me in subtle ways.*

(I also look after you, Ginchiyo.)
Ginchiyo: Very well, I understand. I appreciate what you do as well.*

**-Ginchiyo revealed weakness, but not for long. She soon regained her usual 
attitude.
Ginchiyo: It was not like me to speak of such things. Forget everything I 
just said.
Ginchiyo: If you tell anyone, especially those two, it's going to get bloody.
Ginchiyo: Understood?*END*

---
[Gin-8] A Pride Maintained

Ginchiyo: At the very least, I have preserved the pride of the Tachibana 
clan with this battle.
Ginchiyo: [Player], I must thank you.
Ginchiyo: I was... appreciative... that you rushed in to help.
--You're welcome.
--What about my reward?

(You're welcome.)*

(What about me reward?)
Ginchiyo: Is that why you came?*

**Muneshige: Ginchiyo, you have good friends.
Muneshige: [Player], let me thank you, too. I appreciate your assistance.
Yoshihiro: It's a rare opportunity to hear you two say such nice things.
Yoshihiro: That's not very Tachibana-like of you.
Ginchiyo: That's not so. The Tachibana have manners, too.
Muneshige: Ginchiyo, we had better thank this old man as well.
Ginchiyo: Ah, um, thank you, too Shimazu.
Yoshihiro: Don't mention it. I only came to repay this young man for his 
service.
Yoshihiro: That, and war is a lifelong passion of mine.
Ginchiyo: Lifelong? You still intend to fight?
Yoshihiro: Never without purpose. Only when I am beckoned. I wonder how many 
battles I have left in me.
Muneshige: No one can predict the future. But the future can be changed.
Muneshige: The future is up to us.
Yoshihiro: If that's so, then we'll need another war.
Ginchiyo: No matter how many wars, the Tachibana will always prevail.
Muneshige: You bloodthirsty ghoul.*END*

---
[Kane] (8 events)
Kanetsugu Naoe

---
[Kane-1] The God of War's Principles

-After the battle, [Player] and Kanetsugu were beckoned to Kenshin's camp.
Kanetsugu: Did you witness it? The ferocity of Lord Kenshin! His tactics 
were like those of a god.
Kanetsugu: The root of his power is honor and the determination to show the 
world what is right!
Aya: Kanetsugu, calm down. Honor is not expressed in words, but in actions.
Aya: Display your honor in the battles to come. Make them battles for justice.
Kanetsugu: Yes! Let both of us show love and fight for justice.
--Yes!
--Are you including me in this?

(Yes!)
Aya: You've a good comrade, Kanetsugu. It's something to be happy about.

(Are you including me in this?)
Aya: [Player] is not so sure, Kanetsugu.
Kanetsugu: Don't fret about it. I will show what true love and honor are 
during the next battle.
Aya: Don't let Kanetsugu boss you around too much. Take the path you think 
is right.*

**Kenshin: I pray you have good luck in battle.*
Kenshin: Stay true to your principles, and keep up the good fight.
Aya: Kanetsugu, [Player]. I expect these wars to make you into formidable 
warriors.
Kanetsugu: Yes, my lord.*END*

---
[Kane-2] Justice and Honor
=Oshi Castle, Surrounds=

Kanetsugu: It is not strength of numbers, nor reason nor sheer power that 
can open the way to true peace.
Kanetsugu: It's never deviating from one's vision or convictions, 
treasuring human ties, and the spirit of honor!
-The new comrades Mitsunari, Kanetsugu, and Yukimura gathered at 
Mitsunari's siege of Oshi Castle.
Kanetsugu: I have found an irreplaceable comrade!
Kanetsugu: We are true comrades, bound by love and honor! True comrades!
Yukimura: Lord Kanetsugu, let us bestow our vision upon the land.
Mitsunari: We have yet to accomplish anything. Everything starts now.
Kanetsugu: I know. This battle is the beginning of a period of war.
Kanetsugu: Starting with this battle, we will bring justice to this war-torn 
land and to the future!
Kanetsugu: Let us make a pledge!
Kanetsugu: We will, for all time, fight for justice. We will never surrender.
Yukimura: I will also swear.
Yukimura: Even at the moment of our death, the world will know our warrior 
spirit.
Mitsunari: I will not make such a pledge.
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari!
Mitsunari: You must live according to your vision. Live, and protect the 
peace that Lord Hideyoshi built.
Mitsunari: If you don't promise that. I will not swear.
Yukimura: Lord Mitsunari...
Kanetsugu: Then, we three are bound.
Kanetsugu: We swear, under the banner of justice, love, and hope to show the 
world the righteous path.
Mitsunari: Yes...*END*

---
[Kane-3] Parting Ways

-Preparations finished, [Player] left the camp headed for Osaka.
-While walking away, [Player] came upon Yukimura, Mitsunari, and Kanetsugu, 
who were engaged in conversation.
Kanetsugu: With this, the land shall become Toyotomi's.
Mitsunari: But the next stage is critical. We must preserve this world.
Yukimura: This is what I believe in.
Mitsunari: Though I don't like to think about it, Lord Hideyoshi cannot 
live forever.
Mitsunari: There will be no one to give the orders. We will have to guard 
the realm as we see fit.
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari, with us at your side, it can be so.
Kanetsugu: The four of us, bound by love and honor, are capable of anything!
--Aye!
--F... four?

(Aye!)
Kanetsugu: That's the spirit! I'm happy you feel the same way.
Mitsunari: You are embarrassing yourself!
Yukimura: Nonsense!*

(F... four?)
Kanetsugu: Why are you surprised? Naturally, you're one of us.
Yukimura: Your fighting was superb. You are more than worthy to share in our 
vision.
Mitsunari: Don't fight it. You've already been chosen by Kanetsugu. Now 
you are bound to us by honor. Not a bad thin, I'd say.*

**Mitsunari: Kanetsugu and Yukimura, I know you will be returning home soon. 
Be ever vigilant.
Yukimura: Take care, Lord Mitsunari.
Kanetsugu: We are bound by our oath. Though separated by distance, our 
hearts are as one.
Yukimura: Let us survive to meet again.*END*

---
[Kane-4] The Odd Couple

-[Player] was called to Kanetsugu's room. The room was full of books.
Kanetsugu: Ah, you've arrived. Do come in!
Kanetsugu: I was studying my history books. If you're interested, you ought 
to read some yourself.
-There was a tall heap of books near the entrance.
--Stick your hand in and grab one.
--Smack it and knock it over.

(Stick your hand in and grab one.)
Keiji: Ha ha ha! That tickles!
-Keiji leapt up from beneath the pile of books.
Kanetsugu: Keiji! Don't use my books as blankets!*

(Smack it and knock it over.)
Keiji: Ouch! Who smacked me in the head?
-Keiji leapt up from beneath the pile of books.
Kanetsugu: Hey! Those are valuable books. Treat them with respect.*

**Kanetsugu: Keiji, you're interrupting my studies. Please don't come to 
take naps here.
Keiji: I was sleeping quietly. How could I have been bothering you?
Keiji: So many of these make great pillows, like this one.
Kanetsugu: Hey, wait a second! That's the Records of the Grand Historian.
Kanetsugu: You were using my prized books as pillows?
Keiji: Oops. Sorry about that.*END*

---
[Kane-5] Purity

-[Player] was heading to Kanetsugu's room again.
Kanetsugu: Oh, you're back. If you're looking for Keiji he's over there 
snoring.
Keiji: Zzzz...
Kanetsugu: ...
Kanetsugu: Sorry, but I am going to read in another room. I can't 
concentrate here.
-Kanetsugu left.
-Just then, Keiji slowly stood up.
Keiji: ...
Keiji: Why are you hanging around with Kanetsugu?
--Because he's a friend.
--Why are you?

(Because he's a friend.)
Keiji: Oh, I see.
Keiji: I guess I feel the same.*

(Why are you?)
Keiji: I was enthralled by how he lives his life.*

**Keiji: They only way a good man like that avoids corruption in this 
war-torn world is by living a pure and honest life.
Keiji: He's always talking about love and honor.
Keiji: You don't meet fellows like that very often.
Keiji: But something bothers me. Do you know what it is?
--He's too pure.
--He gets too excited.

(He's too pure.)
Keiji:; I have to wonder if someone who can only walk the straight and 
narrow might not crack someday.*

(He gets too excited.)
Keiji: That good man is always thinking only of ideals.
Keiji: What would happen the moment his ideal is shattered?*

**Keiji: Will you do me a favor and assist Kanetsugu? Just stay close to him.
Keiji: Me? I am just a hell-raiser. I don't know how long I'll stay here.
Keiji: I might disappear one day, like steam into air.*END*

---
[Kane-6] Dirty Money

Kanetsugu: I must meet Hideyoshi on behalf of my master, Lord Kagekatsu.
Kanetsugu: Come with me.

-[Player] accompanied Kanetsugu on his trip to Hideyoshi's palace at 
Jurakudai in Kyoto.
-When they arrived at Hideyoshi's palace, Masamune was already there.
Hideyoshi: Kanetsugu, thank you for coming.
Hideyoshi: Oh! Masamune, show the coin to these two.
Masamune: Yes!
-Masamune pulled a massive gold coin form his pocket. It was a 370 gram gold 
coin minted by Hideyoshi.
Masamune: [Player]! Try holding it.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.) 
-[Player] held the massive gold coin.
Masamune: What's wrong? Your hands are shaking.
Hideyoshi: Masamune, do not tease so! Anyone would tremble holding such a 
thin in their hands.*

(No.)
Masamune: Don't worry. Here, touch it.
Hideyoshi: Are you holding back on my account? This is a rare opportunity, 
you know.*

**Masamune: Kanetsugu, take a good look at it.
-Kanetsugu pulled out his folding fan and scooped up the massive coin. He 
inspected it closely.
Masamune: C'mon, don't be shy. Pick it up.
Kanetsugu: My hands are not to touch money. It is an order form Lord Kenshin.
Kanetsugu: My hands will be soiled if I touch such a vulgar thing, so I 
chose to place it on my fan.
-Kanetsugu flicked the coin that was laying on his fan back to Masamune.
Masamune: ...
Hideyoshi: I've got to hand it to you, Kanetsugu. You are a pure man.
Hideyoshi: But, it must be stifling. You've got to let loose every once in 
a while, okay?
Kanetsugu: Yes my lord! I will take your advice to heart as I strive to 
master both the sword and the pen.
Hidyoshi: Hmmm. You sure are a stick in the mud.*END*

---
[Kane-7] Torn Apart

-Kanetsugu Naoe pledged to live for Uesugi's people and to uphold the dying 
wish of Mitsunari.
-But Kanetsugu began to tremble when he witnessed the fighting prowess of 
his former comrade, Yukimura.
-[Player] and Masamune approached the pensive Kanetsugu.
Kanetsugu: Must I remain alive?
Masamune: Idiot! What are you going on about all of a sudden?
Masamune: How many times have I told you that I don't have the time of day 
for people who want to die and push up daises?
Kanetsugu: But, the friend that I must confront is fighting so flawlessly.
Kanetsugu: Why am I so awe-struck by Yukimura, who is about to die?
--Because he is a friend.
--Because he shows a warrior's vision.

(Because he is a friend.)
Kanetsugu: Yes... Perhaps I still consider Yukimura my friend.*

(Because he shows a warrior's vision.)
Kanetsugu: I've thrown away honor and dispatched with friends; maybe I no 
longer have a vision.
--Of course you do! To save Uesugi's people!
--You should carry on the vision of your fallen comrades!

(Of course you do! To save Uesugi's people!)
Kanetsugu: For Uesugi's people. Will my friend forgive me if that is my 
battle cry?*

(You should carry on the vision of your fallen comrades!)
Kanetsugu: I must live on because I carry Mitsunari's vision and 
Yukimura's too.
Kanetsugu: It will be a tough road, but it s the only option I have left.*

**Masamune: Kanetsugu is too pure of heart.
Masamune: [Player], without you, he would have perished in the tumult long 
ago.
Masamune: Will he cut down Yukimura, or will he perish in the melee before 
he can?
Masamune: These times are brutal indeed. We must bring them to an end as 
soon as we can.*END*

---
[Kane-8] Fallen Friends

-At that moment, proud and glorious Osaka Castle was engulfed in crimson 
flames.
-[Player] and Kanetsugu were watching it burn.
Kanetsugu: It's all over.
Kanetsugu: Mitsunari is gone. So, too, is Yukimura. The comrades whose 
visions I pledged to keep alive have perished.
Kanetsugu: I have lost honor, my friends, everything. I'm the only one left.
--I'm still here!
--The people are still here!


(I'm still here!)
Kanetsugu: Indeed. Your kindness has meant so much to me.
Kanetsugu: Now that Mitsunari and Yukimura are gone. I don't know what I 
would do without you.*

(The people are still here!)
Kanetsugu: To save the people and bring peace to the land.
Kanetsugu: That is all that my dead friends lived for.
Kanetsugu: It was not an easy way to live.*

**Kanetsugu: My wounds will not heal immediately.
Kanetsugu: But, the same goes for you and the people. The wounds of these 
troubled times will not disappear overnight.
Kanetsugu: Let us heal them slowly but surely. And when we are better, we 
can reminisce about our old friends.
Kanetsugu: About the vision of those comrades who lived and died with 
passion during troubled times.
Kanetsugu: And we will pass on their legacies to future generations.
Kanetsugu: That shall be my mission, my offering to my friends.
Kanetsugu: Thank you, [Player].
Kanetsugu: Thanks to you, I am still alive. *END*

---
[Nene] (8 events)

---
[Nene-1] A New Family Member

Nene: Oh, good timing! I wanted to talk to you.
-While walking along the road. [Player] was suddenly stopped by Nene's voice.
Nene: You sure are doing a good job, [Player]! You were superb in that last 
battle!
Nene: Please keep helping out Hideyoshi like you've been.
--It is an honor to serve his lordship.
--Stop treating me like a child!

(It is an honor to serve his lordship.)
Nene: That fancy talk doesn't suit you.*

(Stop treating me like a child!)
Nene: What are you talking about? Acting all grown up like that is proof 
that you're just a child!*

**Nene: We're all family here, okay? Let me know if anything is bothering 
you.
--Yes.
--Family? I don't know what to say.

(Yes.)
Nene: What a good child! Yes you are.*

(Family? I don't know what to say.)
Nene: Cat got your tongue? How cute.
-Nene patted [Player] on the head.*

Nene: Uh on! I was supposed to take lunch to Hideyoshi!
Nene: See you later, [Player]. Keep up the good work!
-Finished saying what she had to say, Nene left.*END*

---
[Nene-2] The Perfect Couple

Nene: Look at Oichi, flirting with my man. I'll make sure she gets her just 
desserts!
-When [Player] stopped by to see Nene, she had gotten herself worked up 
about something.
Nene: Hmm? [Player], what are you upset about?
Nene: Oh, I'm not mad at you. It's my husband. Always fooling around. 
I'll have to give him a talking to.
--What can you do? Lady Oichi is gorgeous.
--What's going to happen to Lady Oichi?

(What's going to happen to Lady Oichi?)
Nene: Might you be feeling sorry for Lady Oichi?
Nene: You shouldn't. She is happy.*

(What can you do? Lady Oichi is gorgeous.)
Nene: You're right. Once she married Lord Azai, she became even prettier.
--I can't believe it has come to this.
--Marrying Lord Azai made her prettier?

(I can't believe it has come to this.)
Nene: Might you be feeling sorry for Lady Oichi?
Nene: You shouldn't. She is happy.*


(Marrying Lord Azai made her prettier?)
Nene: Of course, can't you tell?*

**Nene: To have someone more important than yourself, and to want to do 
anything for them...
Nene: There is nothing that brings greater joy.
Nene: The proof is in Oichi's eyes. They are kinder than when she was with 
Oda.
Nene: [Player], once you find someone special, then you'll understand how 
Oichi feels.
Hideyoshi: Oh Nene, I didn't know you were here.
Hideyoshi: Say, I am starving. When I get home, make me some of that 
porridge you always make.
Nene: My dear, I shall make the best rice you've ever had!
Nene: I have my dear husband, so I know these things very well.
-Hideyoshi and Nene looked very happy together as they walked away.*END*

---
[Nene-3] The Dinner Table

Nene: Oh, perfect timing! Won't you stay for dinner?
Nene: I was cooking for Hideyoshi and I made too much food. See! Looks good 
doesn't it?
-Nene brought a tray of food over. It was steaming hot.
--Thank you. I'll have some!
--I am not that hungry.

(Thank you. I'll have some!)
Nene: That's a good boy! Now eat up!*

(I am not that hungry.)
Nene: Hey, don't be picky now! Be thankful and eat your food.
-[Player] had no choice but to eat the food Nene prepared.*

**Kiyomasa: Excuse me.
Nene: Oh, welcome back.
Masanori: [Player], why are you the only one eating?
Nene: It's all right. I made enough for everyone.
Masanori: It's great!
Kiyomasa: Shut up your idiot.
Nene: Dig in boys!
Masanori: This is good! Lady Nene, your cooking is excellent.
Kiyomasa: Fool! Don't talk with your mouth full. You're spitting food all 
over the place.
Masanori: What? You don't eat pickled plums, [Player]? Well, I guess I'll 
have to eat that one for you.
-Masanori Fukushima took [Player]'s pickled plum.
--Grab it back.
--Tell Nene.

(Grab it back.)
Masanori: What are you doing?
Masanori: I've already put it my mouth, so it's mine now!*

(Tell Nene.)
Masanori: Shut up you imbecile!*

**Nene: Now, now, no fighting you two!
Nene: We all have to be nice or we'll never see aha happy, peaceful world.
Nene: You must help one another and stay on good terms from now on out, 
okay?*END*


---
[Nene-4] Kiyomasa's Shame

-The Sanada family came to serve under Toyotomi, and Yukimura was assigned 
to aid Hideyoshi.
Yukimura: So this is the Lady?
Nene: You don't need to stand on ceremony, Yukimura. You can call me Nene.
Yukimura: Very well then. Nene, I am at your service.
Nene: Ho ho! Such a formal greeting is making me blush.
Kiyomasa: Hold up! You've got to say Lady. Lady Nene.
Kiyomasa: There are certain things you should and shouldn't do, you know.
Nene: It's not a big deal, Kiyomasa. Perhaps you want to call me plain old 
Nene, too, Kiyomasa?
Kiyomasa: Uh, no. That's not my point.
Nene: Oh. So you won't call me? Oh well. I wanted to get to know you 
better, Kiyomasa.
Kiyomasa: Ah! No, no! I mean... Ne... Nene, thank you. I appreciate your 
kindness.
Nene: Good, good. And serve you I shall! Another cute one with me. Lucky me!
-Nene was patting Kiyomasa's head.
--So, we can call you simply Nene from now on?
--Kiyomasa, what's the matter?

(So we can simply call you Nene from now on?)
Kiyomasa; You're getting too disrespectful! I changed my mind. You must 
call her Lady Nene.*

(Kiyomasa, what's the matter?)
-Kiyomasa had turned bright red. He was incredibly embarrassed.
Nene: Oh my! Kiyomasa! Kiyomasa! What's the matter? Are you okay? Kiyomasa!*

**Nene: Kiyomasa has all kinds of problems. Men are such a pain. Sorry, 
Yukimura.
Yukimura: But, no. Allow me to call you Lady Nene.
-Nene patted Yukimura on the head and spoke.
Nene: Yukimura, today you join our family.*END*

---
[Nene-5] Kite Flying

Hanzo: ...
-One day, [Player] came across Hanzo on a battlefield.
Hanzo: Tsk!
Nene: Get out of the way!
-It was Nene's voice. But she was nowhere to be seen.
Nene: I said get out of the way! You are going to run right into me.
-It was Nene's voice, but she was nowhere to be found.
Nene: Look up! Up here!
-Nene, who was riding on a ninja kite, was coming in for a landing.
Nene: Ahh!
Nene: Ouch!
-Pushing her out of the way, Hanzo avoided a collision with Nene.
-Nene was rubbing her back. [Player] rushed to Nene's aid.
Nene: Th... thanks, [Player]. Good work, Hanzo.
Nene: If it wasn't for you, I could've fallen flat on my face.
Hanzo: No more ninja kites.
Nene: Aww! But I worked really head to fix it up and get it flying.
Hanzo: You mustn't!
Nene: If I give up now, then all my work will be for nothing, Hanzo. This is 
a great help you know.
Nene: I can keep an eye on the castle and I can deliver lunches. Sometimes I 
have accidents.
Hanzo: Sometimes?
Nene: Uh, occasionally?
Hanzo: If you want to be a ninja, you have to do better than that.
-Hanzo grabbed hold of his kite, the Grand Eagle, and flew high into the air.
Nene: You little brat! You're going to pay for this! I'm going to get you 
with my ninja kite!
Nene: [Player], hold this!
-Nene grabbed her ninja kite, took a running start and flew into the air.
Nene: Wait, Hanzo! I said wait!
-Nene flew in the wrong direction.*END*

---
[Nene-6] A Mother's Love

-Nene called out to [Player].
Nene: What's wrong? You look ill.
--I don't feel so well.
--I'm fine.

(I don't feel so well.)*
(I'm fine.)*

**Nene: Really? Okay, just sit still.
-Nene put the back of her hand to [Player]'s forehead.
Nene: Oh dear! You've got a fever! You had better get some rest!
--It's nothing. I'm fine.
--I don't think I can roll out the futon.

(It's nothing . I'm fine.)*
(I don't think I can roll out the futon.)*

**Nene: Hey! You mustn't overdo it. Let me roll out the futon so you can 
lie down.

Nene: Are you sleeping yet?
Nene: There, there. Look, I brought you some rice porridge!
-Nene sat down beside the futon and held out a spoonful of porridge.
--Thank you. I'll have some!
--I don't feel like eating right now.

(Thank you. I'll have some!)*

(I don't feel like eating right now.)
Nene: But you won't get better. Here! Eat up!
-Nene jammed a spoonful of porridge into [Player]'s mouth.
-The porridge was so hot, it burned [Player]'s tongue.*

**Nene: I'm sorry! Was that hot? Foooo... Now it should be better.
Nene: ...
Nene: Sorry.
Nene: I should've noticed earlier that you weren't feeling well.
Nene: Ah! Is there anything else I can do for you?
Nene: C'mon now, you know you can ask for whatever you want then you're 
sick.
--Let me lay my head on your lap.
--Sing me a lullaby.

(Let me lay my head on your lap.)
Nene: Ok! Just his once though.
-Nene sat on the futon, smiling. [Player] there, head on her lap.
Nene: You're a spoiled little one, aren't you?
-Nene's warmth was soothing...
Nene: It's okay. You'll be all better soon. Good night.*END*

(Sing me a lullaby.)
Nene: Okay, that's easy.
Nene: Rock a bye baby on the tree top.
-Nene patted [Player] on the back as she sang.
-The soothing rhythm induced sleep.
Nene: It's okay. You'll be all better soon. Good night.*END*

---
[Nene-7] Nene's Treasures

Masanori: Hang on a second!
Masanori: Do you think you're going to see Lady Nene again? Hmmm? Out with 
it!
--What's the big deal?
--I was just taking a stroll.

(What's the big deal?)
Masanori: Big deal? Big deal? Don't give me that attitude, you little...!*

(I was just taking a stroll.)
Masanori: I see. Enjoy your stroll then.
Masanori: Not so fast! Thought you could pull one over on me, eh? You think 
I'm stupid, huh? I'm talking to you!*

**Kiyomasa: Calm down, you fool.
Masanori: But Kiyomasa, didn't you know?
Masanori: This one got on Lady Nene's good side. Acting like a good child 
to get lots of attention.
Masanori: I bet when we're not looking, they're doing a little of this and 
a little of that.
Kiyomasa: What? I don't believe it! I won't let you off the hook so easily.
Masanori: That's right!
Masanori: [Player], do you think you can have Lady Nene to yourself and get 
away with it?
Nene: Hey you three! I thought I told you no fighting!
Masanori: Lady Nene! But...
Nene: Don't talk back to me! Boys who make excuses will get a whipping!

-Nene made the three kneel in front of her while she scolded them.
Nene: Okay? No more fighting.
Masanori: Yes, Lady Nene!
Nene: Becuase you are all my precious little children.
Masanori: Truly?
Nene: Yes, you are my three little treasures.
-Nene squeezed each of their hands.
Kiyomasa: Lady Nene.
Masanori: Hee hee! Kiyomasa's face turned beet red again.
Kiyomasa: Shut up!
Nene: Now, be nice to each other and learn to work together.*END*

---
[Nene-8] Lofty Rewards

Nene: Ah! Over here! Quick!
-Nene, Mitsunari, Kyomasa, and Masanori were gathered.
Masanori: What are you doing here?
Nene: Now, Masanori, don't be rude!
Masanori: Sorry.
Mitsunari: What is happening?
Nene: My husband's dream finally came true, and now we can all live in 
happiness, right?
Nene: It's because all of you tried really hard.
Nene: You all were once so small, but all have grown up to be fine adults.
Mitsunari: We were never that small.
Nene: So, I prepared a reward for you all.
Kiyomasa: A reward?
Nene: Some time ago, you said you were jealous of me for having a ninja kite.
Masanori: Did you say that?
Mitsunari: No, I didn't.
Nene: So, I secretly fixed the kite!
Nene: And this is it. Take a look.
-Nene came back dragging something like a ninja kite.
Nene: Look, this is the parent kite. The one I usually use. And four baby 
kites are attached on the back.
Kiyomasa: Don't tell us you want us to...
Nene: It'll feel good if we all fly together. The wind is a bit strong 
today, but it's all right.
Mitsunari: Well, I have to work on choosing rewards for winners for the 
battle. Excuse me.
Masanori: Wait, you egghead!
Masanori: Oh, I have a stomach ache all of a sudden.
Kiyomasa: I will help carry you to get help.
Masanori: Thanks, Kiyomasa.
Masanori: Will then Nene, enjoy the kite!
-Masanori ran away holding back his laughter.
Nene: Well then. Poor things. They all have such a bad timing.
Nene: Okay [Player], why don't you ride with me?
Nene: If we fly together, we can feel the nice breeze, OK?*END*

---
[Kota] (9 events)
Kotaro Fuma

---
[Kota-1] The Winds of Chaos

-Kotaro showed up with a blast of wind.
Kotaro: Ujiyasu is most capricious.
--What do you mean?
--I think so too.

(What do you mean?)
Kotaro: You are capable of destroying Hojo, but still, he released you.*

(I think so too.)
Kotaro: Because he controls me? Of because I own him?*

**Kotaro: It's amusing. Now, seeds of chaos are about to be sown.
Kotaro: Your existence causes chaos in the land and fans the flame of battle.
--That's not true!
--What can I do?

(That's not true!)
Kotaro: You can deny it all you want, but you can't escape form strife.*END*

(What can I do?)
Kotaro: Get lost, in the darkness of chaos.*END*

---
[Kota-2] Pitiful Dog

Kotaro: Are you having fun visiting war heroes?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Kotaro: What an innocent puppy. I'll teach you some tricks sometime.*

(No.)
Kotaro: What a naughty puppy. I'll discipline you sometime.*

**Kotaro: War heroes that you people worship shine only in turbulent times.
Kotaro: And those heroes are trying to end the turbulent times, it really is 
chaos.
Kotaro: DO you wish for peace too?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Kotaro: A pathetic dog jumping at a fancy word: peace. That's what you are.
Kotaro: Look at the savory bone more closely. It might just be a piece of 
wood. Ha ha.*END*

(No.)
Kotaro: Now, that's what I want to hear.
Kotaro: A world without confusion is just a rigid empty shell. Destroy it, 
burn it, and defeat them all.*END*

---
[Kota-3] Fuma's Reasons

-As [Player] visited Odawara, Kotaro reported to Ujiyasu.
Kotaro: I took care of a ninja who was trying to get to you.
Ujiyasu: My thanks. Many ninjas are trying to get to me lately.
Ujiyasu: Why don't they quit sneaking around behind my back and meet me 
face to face.
Kotaro: They wouldn't use ninjas if they could do that.
Ujiyasu: Maybe the enemy is nearby. Or maybe there is a traitor among us.
Kotaro: Do you think I'm the traitor?
Ujiyasu: You idiot! If you were, I would've been dead by now.
Ujiyasu: Next time you catch a ninja, keep him alive. I'll personally 
punish that sneaky fellow.
Kotaro: What?
--Why do you work for Hojo?
--Do you trust Hojo?

(Why do you work for Hojo?)
Kotaro: Chaos is the result of loss of reason.
Kotaro: But I bet you won't be satisfied what that. Then, how's this fairy 
tale for an answer.
Kotaro: Hojo has enormous popularity among the people of Kanto.
Kotaro: To rulers trying to unite the land, he is a huge obstruction.
Kotaro: Therefore, as long as Hojo lives, the troubled times continue.
Kotaro: That reason alone makes him worthy to work for.*END*

(Do you trust Hojo?)
Kotaro: Can the word *trust* I use be trusted?
Kotaro: I am the wind. A wind is just something that passes swiftly through 
the land.*END*

---
[Kota-4] A Dog's Life

-Kotaro was playing with a wild dog.
Kotaro: Do you want to play with it too?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
-[Player] petted the wild dog.
Kotaro: Oh, it lets you touch him. I thought it would bite you.*

(No.)
Kotaro: Go on, touch him.
Kotaro: It'll be good fun being bit by a dog.*

**-The wild dog went away.
Kotaro: Dogs don't make up stupid reasons to live.
Kotaro: They are smarter than humans.
--What do you mean?
--Humans are definitely more clever.

(What do you mean?)
Kotaro: Think about it. Could dogs cause a chaotic world?*END*

(Humans are definitely more clever.)
Kotaro: How can you be so sure?
Kotaro: Who is the fool that created this turbulent time, the one you all 
hate so much?

---
[Kota-5] Is Chaos so Bad?

-Kotaro appeared before [Player], who had spent much time in battle.
Kotaro: You seem like you are enjoying the battle.
-Nene appeared and cut in between Kotaro and [Player].
Nene: Kotaro! Don't try to get him into trouble!
Kotaro: No one can avoid trouble. So, enjoy the chaos in the fullest.
Nene: [Player], you aren't enjoying the trouble, are you?
--I'm fighting for a land of peace!
--I'm fighting to enjoy this turbulent time!

(I'm fighting for a land of peace!)
Nene: That's my [Player]!
Kotaro: Is peace good?
Kotaro: Is turbulence evil?
Kotaro: You people cling merely to those words and start new battles for it.
Kotaro: What do you call it other than chaos?
Nene: Hey! I won't allow a bad boy like you to play with the doggy for a 
while!*

(I'm fighting to enjoy this turbulent time)
Nene: Hey, watch your mouth, [Player]!
Kotaro: Is peace good?
Kotaro: Is turbulence evil?
Kotaro: Without this trouble, would Nobunaga, Hideyoshi, and Ieyasu have 
emerged?
Kotaro: And would you have been born? Ha ha ha.
Nene: Hey! Kotaro! Don't be cruel!
Nene: Even if it was peacetime, my husband would've been born and married 
me.*

**Nene: If we do our best together, we can make chaos go away.
Kotaro: Make chaos disappear? People fight as long as they live.
Kotaro: Chaos will continue even without me. That is the nature of the 
world.*END*

---
[Kota-6] Wind and Shadow

-Kotaro pointed at [Player].
Kotaro: Come out.
--I'm not hiding.
--Turn around.

(I'm not hiding.)
Kotaro: Behind you.
-Hanzo appeared.
Kotaro: Tokugawa's dog. What do you want?*

(Turn around.)
-Hanzo appeared.
Hanzo: You are good. You lackey of chaos.
Kotaro: Heh...*

**Kotaro: Did your lord get scared? Of me and the chaos?
Hanzo: My duty is to defeat my lord's enemy.
Kotaro: And to create a land of peace?
Kotaro: Peace doesn't need a shadow, Hanzo.
Hanzo: I know that.
-He barely finished his words before he suddenly disappeared. Kotaro had 
already disappeared.
-Hearing the sound of sword fighting, [Player] looked up and found that the 
two were in a fierce battle.
--Side with Kotaro Fuma.
--Side with Hanzo Hattori.

(Side with Kotaro Fuma.)
-[Player] attacked Hanzo.
Hanzo: I will withdraw this time.
Kotaro: he withdrew because we outnumbered him.
Kotaro: Once he knows it's impossible to do his duty, he immediately 
withdraws and waits for the right moment.
Kotaro: He is like karma created in chaos. A good dog.*END*

(Side with Hanzo Hattori.)
-[Player] attacked Kotaro.
Hanzo: What do you think you're doing?
Kotaro: Two dogs paired up, huh? That's funny.
Hanzo: Awkward. I will withdraw this time.
-Hanzo disappeared.
-In a blink of an eye, Kotaro got behind [Player] and grabbed the carotid 
artery.
Kotaro: [Player], did you attack me in fear of chaos?
-Kotaro's cold nails ran down [Player]'s neck.
Kotaro: Even faithful dogs bite the hand that feeds them. I'll forgive you 
this time.*END*

---
[Kota-7] The End of the Hojo

-In 1590, the Hojo were destroyed by Hideyoshi.
Kotaro: Hojo has passed away.
Kai: The Hojo are no more, but our lord will watch over us.
--In a land of chaos.
--In a land of peace.

(In a land of chaos.)
Kai: Hey, you're too much under their spell.
Kotaro: Heh...*

(In a land of peace.)
Kai: We now live in a land where we can protect our loved ones. Let's do 
our best.
Kotaro: This land of monkeys is temporary.
Kotaro: In time, a wind of chaos will swirl, and dogs will start barking 
across the land.
Kai: You?*

**Kai: Aren't you sad? I mean, Hojo is gone.
Kotaro: The void doesn't laugh. The chaos doesn't weep.
Kai: You cut it out.
Kotaro: But, Ujiyasu wasn't so bad.*END*

---
[Kota-8] With a Smile

-When [Player] was talking to Kotaro, Kai approached them.
Kotaro: The annoying puppy is here.
Kai: Hey, I heard that!
Kai: Are you causing trouble again?
Kotaro: Heh...
Kai: An innocent-looking girl like you will get dragged into this business.
Kai: You have to be tough inside out like me!
Kai: I'll help you become a better woman from now on!
Kotaro: Will there be a "from now on" from you?
Kai: ... You hit a sore spot.
Kai: By the way, are you two really getting along?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Kai: I thought the only one who could get along with Kotaro is our lord.
Kai: You are a weird one, aren't you?*

(No.)
Kai: I feel sorry for you.
Kai: You don't have to take him seriously. My lord told me that too.*

**Kotaro: Heh...
Kai: I was a bit tense, but I feel a little better after talking to you.
Kai: Thanks. See you later!
Kotaro: She's heading into grave danger with a smile. This is a land of 
confusion.*END*

---
[Kota-9] A Moment of Stillness

Kotaro: A land, united, and in peace.
Kotaro: I can't stop laughing.
--What's so funny?
--Were you secretly wishing for peace?

(What's so funny?)
Kotaro: Look at our top rulers.
Kotaro: The Demon King, the Monkey, and finally the Tanuki.
Kotaro: It's so funny.*

(Were you secretly wishing for peace?)
Kotaro: Peace?
Kotaro: The farce that split the land in two is over, that's all.*

**Kotaro: Humans are ridiculous creatures.
Kotaro: Nobunaga, Hideyoshi, and Ieyasu, are rare heroes.
Kotaro: The noble ties between lords and retainers, the common purposes 
shared by allies. They are all born out of strife.
Kotaro: But they reject fighting and choose a boring peace.
Kotaro: Heh...
--And, what are you going to do?
--Even so, the people still wish for peace!

(And, what are you going to do?)
Kotaro: I don't need to do anything. The fighting will start up again even 
without me.
Kotaro: The wind may stop for a time, but it will never disappear.*END*

(Even so, the people still wish for peace!)
Kotaro: Peace is based on the weak bowing down to the strong.
Kotaro: Order is established to protect status and money.
Kotaro: People want strife. I can hear it already.
Kotaro: The wind that brings the next period of chaos.*END*

---
[Tosh] (8 events)
Toshiie Maeda

---
[Tosh-1] Apprenticeship

[Player]! How are you? What do you need?
Toshiie: You came to be my apprentice? Is that it?
--Yes.
--No, not exactly.

(Yes.)
Toshiie: I knew it! You're a good judge of character!*

(No, not exactly.)
Toshiie: Don't be shy. I know what you are here for.*

**Toshiie: But, I'm sorry. I can't use an apprentice. I'm not that type.
Toshiie: And I have to serve and honor Lord Shibata.
--Who's that?
--What do you mean?

(Who's that?)
Toshiie: He is the Oda clan's chief retainer, Katsuie Shibata. To me, 
he's like a father.*

(What do you mean?)
Toshiie: I owe a great deal to him. I must do my best to repay what he 
has done for me.*

**Toshiie: I would die for him.
Toshiie: So, I can't afford to have an apprentice.
Toshiie: But with your ability, you will do all right in the world.
Toshiie: If you get in trouble, let me know. If you need help, I'll be
there for you.*END*

---
[Tosh-2] Loyalty

-[Player] spotted Toshiie and Katsuie among the allies cheering the victory.
Toshiie: [Player]! How did you do? Did you do well?
--With pleasure.
--Not really.

(With pleasure.)
Toshiie: I knew it. I can see it in your face.*

(Not really.)
Toshiie: Really? That's not like you.*

**Toshiie: For us, we did well! We showed them the spirit of the Devil 
Shibata's army!
Toshiie: Right, Katsuie?
Katsuire: Be quiet, Toshiie. The victory will still be there even if you 
don't crow about it.
Toshiie: The victory won't vanish even if I do make some noise, will it?
Toshiie: The Devil Shibata's army is the mightiest! I'll follow you all 
my life!
Katsuie: ...
Toshiie: What happened?
Katsuie: We will soon enter a new era.
Toshiie: What?
-Toshiie looked at [Player], demanding an opinion.
-Dramatic changes were ahead. Which meant...
--Nobunaga's time will come soon.
--We will have a land of peace.

(Nobunaga's time will come soon.)
Toshiie: Oh, that's what you mean. Right, Lord Nobunaga will rule the 
land. That's for sure.*

(We will have a land of peace.)</pre><pre id="faqspan-12">
Toshiie: Of, that's what you mean. If Nobunaga becomes the ruler, there 
won't be any more battles.*

**Katsuie: Toshiie...
Katsuie: When the time changes, I will have to choose the right path.
Toshiie: Path? You know what I've decided.
Toshiie: If I can only help you, I'll be satisfied.
Toshiie: When I got kicked out of the Oda clan, it was because I didn't 
fit in.
Toshiie: Everyone in the clan looked down on me. Nobody listened to what I 
had to say.
Toshiie: But, Katsuie was different. He continued to believe in me.
Toshiie: If it wasn't for him, I wouldn't be here alive.
Katsuie: ...
Toshiie: That's why I will follow him. Even to hell.
Toshiie: That's my path, my duty!*END*

---
[Tosh-3] Toshiie's Wife

-Hideyoshi and Nene were present when [Player] visited Toshiie's house.
Toshiie: [Player], good to see you. Make yourself at home.
Hideyoshi: Hmm? When did you two get so close?
Hideyoshi: You aren't in love with Toshiie, are you?
Nene: Is that right? But he's not right for you. He loves Omatsu so much.
Toshiie: It's nothing like that. She came to me asking to be my apprentice. 
But I said no.
Toshiie: Since then, she visits me oftern. Right [Player]?
--Is that what happened?
--If you say so.

(Is that what happened?)
Hideyoshi: Are you two communicating all right?
Toshiie: Oh well, details aren't important.
Nene: That's right. If you are getting along now, that's enough!*

(If you say so.)
Hideyoshi: Did you really want to be Toshiie's apprentice? You are a 
strange one.
Toshiie: What do you mean, Hideyoshi?
Nene: But for me, there's nothing wrong with that. Toshiie takes good 
care of people.*

**-The three of them seemed very close.
--Ask about their relationship
--Ask them about Toshiie's wife.

(Ask about their relationship.)
Toshiie: Hideyoshi and I go way back. We once used to be neighbors.
Hideyoshi: Those were the good old days. In those days, Nene and Omatsu 
would often have a long chats over the back fence.
Hideyoshi: Oh, by the way, Omatsu is Toshiie's wife.*

(Ask them about Toshiie's wife.)
Toshiie: We wanted you to meet her, but she is visiting a grave today.*

**Nene: Omatsu is my best friend. She listens to my problems about a 
cheating husband.
Hideyoshi: Ahem...
Hideyoshi: Well, let's put that aside. I think fate brought the four of 
us together today.
Toshiie: That's right. Let's stay close!*END*

---
[Tosh-4] Toshiie and Keiji

Toshiie: That dumb Keiji. He goes off by himself too much.
-With knitted brows, Toshiie was mumbling something when [Player] visited him.
--What's with Keiji?
--You look like you are in a bad mood.

(What's with Keiji?)
Toshiie: Oh, it's you. You watched him in the battle, right?*

(You look like you are in a bad mood.)
Toshiie: Oh, it's you. I'm fed up with that stupid Keiji.*

**Toshiie: I've been telling him not to make a dash at the enemy alone, 
but he wouldn't listen to me.
Keiji: Uncle, are you gossiping about me with [Player]?
-Keiji approached them.
Toshiie: Keiji. I was complaining about you. Can't you fight with some 
self-control?
Keiji: I'm a warrior. I can't fight without being aggressive.
Toshiie: It might be all right for you, but you are driving me crazy.
Keiji: I'm not trying to upset you.
Keiji: I'll run ahead of you and fight. You can just follow me.
Toshiie: If you keep doing that, sooner or later you'll be killed.
Keiji: When it gets dangerous, I'll take care of myself.
Keiji: I'm aware of that.
Toshiie: That's what's annoying about you!
Keiji: Are you telling me this as the lord of the Maeda clan? If so, mind 
your own business.
Keiji: Try not to be too hard on me, uncle. You might be in a different 
position now, but you still are the best spear warrior.
Keiji: You used to be able to enjoy battle more, you know?
-Keiji left without another word.
Toshiie: Pah, he doesn't know what he is talking about.
--Keiji is right about you trying too hard.
--Why don't you just leave him alone?

(Keiji is right about you trying too hard.)
Toshiie: That's not true.*

(Why don't you just leave him alone?)
Toshiie: I can't have him die on me because I didn't look after him.*

**Toshiie: I can only live like a dog keeping my feet firmly on the ground.
Toshiie: He lives like a cloud, so he wouldn't understand that.*END*

---
[Tosh-5] A Debt Owed

-When visiting Toshiie's camp, [Player] bumped into Keiji.
Keiji: Oh, it's you. My uncle is inside.
-After saying that, Keiji left. [Player] went inside the camp.
Toshiie: Oh, it's you. Have you seen Keiji?
--I bumped into him just now.
--Do you want me to go look for him?

(I bumped into him just now.)
Toshiie: What? That idiot.
Toshiie: I told him to come and see me. He doesn't listen.*

(Do you want me to go look for him?)
Toshiie: No, it's fine. I was just wondering because he didn't show up.*

**Toshiie: Keiji is like a cloud. Military discipline doesn't mean 
anything to him.
Toshiie: By the way, are you close to Keiji?
--Yes, I suppose so.
--No, not so much.

(Yes, I suppose so.)
Toshiie: Be careful not to let him drive you crazy.*

(No, not so much.)
Toshiie: It might be better not to get involved with him too much.*

**Toshiie: No one else can live the way he lives.
Toshiie: But, I might be the one who changed him.
Toshiie: In truth, Keiji was supposed to become the lord of Maeda clan.
Toshiie: Because he is my dear older brother's adopted son. But, my 
brother was in frail health.
Toshiie: So, Lord Nobunaga assigned me as the successor.
Toshiie: I stole the position of Lord from Keiji.
Toshiie: That's why I have to protect the Maeda clan at all costs.
Toshiie: It's like my obligation to Keiji.
Toshiie: So, I live my life, you live yours, and Keiji lives his.*END*

---
[Tosh-6] Fight to the Death
=Oda Army, Camp=

Toshiie: Uesugi is the mightiest, but it doesn't matter.
-There was a reason for him saying this.
-The Hatakeyama clan's Nanao Castle was being attacked by Kenshin Uesugi. 
On the way to the castle to help them, an incident happened within the 
Oda Army.
-Kenshin cut off the water supply to the castle, and it was about to fall. 
The Oda Army had to advance as quickly as possible.
Toshiie: I will follow Katsuie anywhere.
-Within the Oda army, Hideyoshi Hashiba had a confrontation with Katsuie 
Shibata and left the army with his forces.
-Hideyoshi had a good nose.
-The rumor that he might have smelled defeat and pulled back undermined 
the morale of the army.
Toshiie: Of course I admire Lord Nobunaga. But...
Toshiie: But Katsuie is the reason why I'm here.
Katsuie: Toshiie, watch your mouth. You are a direct subordinate of our lord.
-With heavy rain, the army was struggling to cross the Tetorigawa.
Messenger: The enemy! The unit crossing the Tetorigawa has been attacked!
Toshiie: What!? Kenshin is supposed to be attacking Nanao Castle!
Katsuie: What's happening in front of you eyes is always the truth. Keep 
that in mind and focus on your enemy!*END*

---
[Tosh-7] Tales of a Legend

-Upon visiting Toshiie's room, Kiyomasa and Masanori were present.
Toshiie: [Player], come on in. I was just telling them about Katsuie.
-Toshiie was telling them the story about Katsuie's battle with the 
Omi-Rokkaku clan.
-That's when the Rokkaku Army attacked Katsuie and his small army, who 
had barricaded themselves in a castle. Katsuie's soldiers had their food 
supplies attacked.
Toshiie: When their water and food was about to run out. Rokkaku sent a 
messenger over to urge surrender.
Toshiie: My uncle told the messenger to wash his hands with the last jar 
of water they had.
Toshiie: And after sending him away, my uncle broke the water jar in front 
of everybody.
Masanori: I got it! He got desperate, right?
Kiyomasa: Be quiet, idiot.
Toshiie: But, that's pretty much it. There is no more water. If you are 
going to die, you might as well go out grandly.
Masanori: See, Kiyomasa? Their water was gone and so they were making a 
last stand.
Kiyomasa: Be quiet, dummy.
Toshiie: But, Rokkaku thought that there still was a lot of water left in 
the castle.
Toshiie: So, they dropped their guard thinking that the enemy would stay 
inside the castle for a while, but then...
--The Devil Shibata bore down on them!
--The Devil Shibata roared!

(The Devil Shibata bore down on them!)
Masanori: Go Devil Shibata!*

(The Devil Shibata roared!)
Masanori: Yes! Get them!*

**Kiyomasa: Be quiet, you idiots.
Toshiie: And so he rushed the flustered Rokkaku Army, and won the battle 
gloriously.
Kiyomasa: But why did he let the messenger use all the water?
--It was a trick.
--It just happened that way?

(It was a trick.)
Toshiie: My uncle is not good at tricking people though.*

(It just happened that way?)
Toshiie: It's too good to be true as a coincidence though.*

**Toshiie: I don't know why. He wouldn't tell me why.
Toshiie: Anyway, because of his victory, he was praised by Lord Nobunaga 
and given the nickname "Shibata, the Jar Breaker".
Masanori: Wow, that sounds cool. Fukushima, the Jar Breaker.
Masanori: I like the sound of that...*END*

---
[Tosh-8] True to the End

Toshiie: It's over.
Toshiie: This is the world that Hideyoshi, Lord Nobunaga, and Katsuie 
dreamed of.
-[Player] nodded.
Toshiie: A lot has happened. But I finally feel like everything is 
settled now.
Toshiie: I had sincerely tried to follow Katsuie.
Toshiie: I was serious about what I was doing, so was he about leaving 
this era up to me.
Toshiie: Now I feel like I have finally fulfilled my duty to him.
-The memories of everyone who lived in this troubled era connect one age 
to the next. Now a new world was be created.
-These memories burned fiercely inside the battle-worn Toshiie.
Toshiie: If it's painful, let it out. Go ahead and cry or scream. It'll 
help give you the strength to move on.
Hideyoshi: That's right. It would help.
Toshiie: Hideyoshi...
Hideyoshi: This isn't the end, you two. We are still going to need you.
Toshiie: That's right.*END*

---
[Chos] (11 events)
Motochika Chosokabe

---
[Chos-1] Overture to Rebellion

Motochika: It was a good battle. One that moves the soul.
-Motochika Chosokabe spoke to [Player] after the hard battle.
Motochika: You can still become stronger. Do you know why I know this?
--Because I'm young?
--I don't know.

(Because I'm young?)
Motochika: Well, yes, that has something to do with it too. But that 
isn't everything.*

(I don't know.)
Motochika: You don't know, huh? That's what I figured. But that's fine.*

**Motochika: You will figure it out on your own one day.
Motochika: Keep an ear to the ground and your eyes steadfast. This is the 
world we live in.
Motochika: And lastly, don't stop thinking until you find an answer.
Motochika: Learn what it is that you must do. Or what you were born to do.
Motochika: Is there anything you would like to ask me?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Motochika: Well, let's save it for later. You will not find the answer today.*

(No.)
Motochika: In that case, I will go.*

**Motochika: No matter where you go, I will be watching.
Motochika: You amuse me.
Motochika: Let us meet again on the battlefield one day. Just don't die.*END*

---
[Chos-2] The Will to Resist

Motochika: Splendid. Your fighting style never fails to amaze me.
-[Player] left the camp enclosure after hearing the results of the battle 
and Motochika appeared as if he had been lying in wait.
Motochika: The world is a big place. There are many warriors out there you 
would have no chance against.
Motochika: What do you think they have that you don't?
--Fierce resolution?
--Great determination?
--A warrior's pride?

(Fierce resolution?)
Motochika: That would be a bit vague.
Motochika: Resolution... In other words, the iron will to accomplish something
Motochika: What is it you want to accomplish?
Motochika: You'll need to figure that out before you can start talking 
about determination.*

(Great determination?)
Motochika: Yes. Those with great determination have fierce resolution 
within themselves.
Motochika: You must prepare yourself if you expect to win against them.*

(A warrior's pride?)
Motochika: Pride... By that do you mean the will to see things out to the 
very end? If so, then yes.
Motochika: However, you will go nowhere if your pride is only for your own 
self-satisfaction.*

**Motochika: History forgets those who merely entrust themselves to the 
rushing river of time.
Motochika: Stoke the fire of your ambition. That will prove you are alive.
Motochika: Think and act for yourself.
Motochika: Resist anything that holds you back.*END*

---
[Chos-3] Lord of Shikoku

-After Tosa was united, Motochika Chosokabe had a conversation with 
[Player] and a priest, who was a close friend of his.
Priest: Congratulations on unifying Tosa.
Motochika: It was nothing. Nothing compared to Nobunaga's pioneering 
leadership bringing us into the next era.
-By 1577, Nobunaga had already set out to his quest to subjugate the land 
by force.
Priest: So, do you plan on following in Nobunaga's footsteps by
uniting Shikoku?
Motochika: Of course.
Motochika: Shikoku will be essential in overcoming that unrelenting 
ambition of his.
Priest: I hate to tell you, but gaining control of Shikoku will be 
impossible with a force as small as Tosa's
-The priest then showed a teakettle lid to Motochika.
Priest: It would be similar to trying to cover a large barrel with 
jusy this lid.
--That's right. Motochika doesn't have what it takes.
--Nonsense! There is nothing he can't accomplish.

(That's right. Motochika doesn't have what it takes.)*
(Nonsense! There is nothing he can't accomplish.)*

**Motochika: I see...
-Motochika took the lid from the priest and stared at the back of it.
Motochika: Hmm. But this lid was crafted by an extraordinary man.
Motochika: In two years time, it will cover from Tosa to Awa. It 
shouldn't be long until it covers all of Shikoku.
Priest: The name of that extraordinary man would be?
Motochika: Motochika Chosokabe, of course!
-The priest was taken aback by Motochika's vigor.
Motochika: Just you watch. I will become the lid that covers Shikoku.
Motochika: And then, I will oppose Nobunaga and become the lid for all 
of Japan.

-By 1585 Motochika had united Shikoku, just as he said he would.
-Incredibly, he had become the lid that covered Shikoku.*END*

---
[Chos-4] The Demon King Descends

Motochika: Nobunaga Oda...
Motochika: [Player], what was your impression of Nobunaga in the last 
battle? What did you feel?
-A vague question, as always. In the fierce battle with Nobunaga, [Player] 
experienced a feeling of...
--Awe
--Fear

(Awe)
Motochika: Yes. He makes his enemies tremble, which puts his allies in awe.
Motochika: When I enter a battle with Nobunaga. I begin to feel dizzy with 
the intensity of it.*

(Fear)
Motochika: Yes. His fierce battles even strike fear into the hearts of 
his allies.
Motochika: But once you break through the shell of fear you become 
intoxicated with his determination.*

**Motochika: And you, too have become intoxicated with him. You cannot 
deny it.
Motochika: That's all right for now. However, if things do not change, 
our lives will be worthless.
Motochika: I know you have your own hopes for the land. Who do you think 
will make them a reality?
--Nobunaga will.
--I will.

(Nobunaga will.)
Motochika: Those intoxicated by Nobunaga all believe this, but they are wrong.
Motochika: The world you wish for is inside of you.
Motochika: That is the only place it can be.*

(I will.)
Motochika: Good. It looks like you are ready.*

**Motochika: Nobunaga will see the value in the lives of only those who 
move forward and think for themselves.
Motochika: Therefore, those who would walk with Nobunaga are constantly 
tested and repeatedly challenged.
Motochika: You may have what it takes to walk with him one day. You would 
be my choice, at least.*END*

---
[Chos-5] A Sleeping Spirit

Motochika: While your ambition is strong...
-As if out of nowhere, Motochika Chosokabe was suddenly standing 
beside [Player].
Motochika: At the same time, you are unsure. That is what you are feeling 
now, correct?
--Perhaps.
--Not at all.

(Perhaps.)
Motochika: Perhaps...
Motochika: It's just like you to not give a clear answer.
Motochika: The fact that I you can't say anything with confidence means 
you are unsure.*

(Not at all.)
Motochika: Not at all?
Motochika: Sorry, but I don't buy it.
Motochika: You either don't realize it yet or you are pretending not to.*

**Motochika: Don't be angry. That is just my opinion.
Mitsuhide: Pardon me.
-A hesitant Mitsuhide Akechi approached them from behind.
Mitsuhide: I just happened to see the two of you here and was wondering if 
we could talk.
Motochika: Mitsuhide. I can see the resemblance.
Mitsuhide: Resemblence?
Motochika: Though the paths you walk are different, there is something 
similar about the two of you.
Motochika: Great determination but with a trace of doubt.
Motochika: One day your eyes will be opened to the rebellious spirit that 
lies dormant inside of you.
--Rebellious spirit?
--It is inside of me as well?

(Rebellious spirit?)
Motochika: It is the fierce determination that will oppose the trend of 
this bloody era.*

(It is inside of me as well?)
Motochika: Indeed. One day, the strain from these troubled times will 
awaken the spirit inside of you.*

**Mitsuhide: Is that your prediction?
Motochika: I will be there when your futures come to you.
Motochika: We will see what lies in store for you.*END*

---
[Chos-6] The Waves of Change
=Shibata Clan, Castle=

-A man plucked the strings of a shamisen as he gazed at a large fleet of 
ships on the distant horizon.
-This man rose form Tosa and conquered Shikoku in the blink of an eye. Not 
even Nobunaga could break his rebellious spirit.
-His name was Motochika Chosokabe.
Motochika: He is coming.
Motochika: He is coming for Shikoku.
Tadazumi: My lord, surrender is always an option.
Motochika: Tadazumi, how much blood was spilled to unify this island?
Tadazumi: ...
Motochika: If you want to leave then do so.
Motochika: There are those who scream in silence. I must answer them with 
my spirit.
Tadazumi: Then we will sacrifice ourselves for you, my lord.
Motochika: Excellent. Ready the spirit of the times, and do it fiercely.*END*

---
[Chos-7] Behind the Mask

Motochika: The more you fight, the more blood will stain your hands.
-Silently, Motochika drew up beside [Player].
Motchika: Are you afraid?
--Yes
--No

(Yes)
Motochika: Don't forget that feeling.
Motochika: When you forget, that is when you cease to be human.*

(No)
Motochika: Then try to remember. No one is without fear in the beginning.
Motochika: If you forget the pain of bloodshed then you will die in vain.*

**Motochika: Look at the man over there with the face of a monkey.
-Motochika's gaze was fixed on Hideyoshi.
Motochika: That monkey knows pain. And for that reason, he fears blood 
more than anyone.
--Because he is a coward?
--Because he is kind?

(Because he is a coward?)
Motochika: No. If he were a coward, he would have left this business 
behind long ago.*

(Because he is kind?)
Motochika: He may be kind, but there is more to it than that.*

**Motochika: Behind that monkey face of his hides a fierce determination 
to live life to its fullest.
Motochika: His goals and methods are all focused on avoiding bloodshed 
in battle.
Motochika: He hides behind that silly monkey face of his, when in reality 
his abilities exceed most others.
Hideyoshi: Who is that? Who keep calling me "monkey face"?
Motochika: It seems that sharp hearing is another one of his abilities.*END*

---
[Chos-8] Prelude to Destruction

-The renowned Hideyoshi held a grand tea ceremony in the capital.
-Motochika was invited. Next to him were Kanbei and [Player].
Kanbei: You are always showing off your rebellious spirit and yet now you 
kneel before Lord Hideyohi asking for tea.
Motochika: What's your point?
Kanbei: I am merely curious. Has the fire in you burned out?
Motochika: No matter what happens, my spirit will never burn out. I will 
never stop rebelling against this world and the era we live in.
Kanbei: You do not have the power to change anything. Just look at the 
chaos around you.
Motochika: I wouldn't say I was born into an unfortunate era. In fact I 
think this is a good time to be alive.
Motochika: The greater ambition I have to overcome, the greater my desire 
to rebel becomes!
Motochika: Nobunaga and Hideyoshi have set the bar high. But one day I 
will surpass them and bring in a new era.
--Let's keep this just between us.
--Let's earn some points with Hideyoshi and report this conversation.

(Let's keep this just between us.)
Kanbei: You're right, [Player]. We will keep it secret.*END*

(Let's earn some points with Hideyoshi and report this conversation.)
Kanbei: I wouldn't do that, if I were you, [Player]. Don't make waves 
unless absolutely necessary.*END*

---
[Chos-9] A Great Burden

Motochika: Everyone has a burden they must bear.
Motochika: Do you know what that burden is?
--Their will.
--The voices of others.

(Their will.)
Motochika: No, I wouldn't call that a burden.
Motochika: That's something that stays inside of you.*

(The voices of others.)
Motochika: That's right.*

**Motochika: The burden that they bear is hearing the voices of others. 
Even those no longer have a voice.
Motochika: The stronger your will, the heavier the burden you shall bear.
Motochika: There are people who carry much heavier burdens than normal folk.
--Are you one of those people, Lord Motochika?
--Am I one of those people?

(Are you one of those people, Lord Motochika?)
Motochika: All the people who believe in me and fight for me, and all the 
people who have died in battle...
Motochika: I carry their burden. It is not a light one.
Motochika: However, there are people who carry much more.*

(Am I one of those people?)
Motochika: Is your burden so great?
Motochika: There are those whose burdens are hundreds of times greater 
than yours.*

**Motochika: For example...
Ieyasu: Well now, what are you two doing here? Having a nice little chat, 
perhaps?
-Ieyasu Tokugawa walked over to where they were talking.
Motochika: Like this man, for example.
Ieyasu: What's that?
Motochika: Lord Ieyasu carries the thoughts of his family who work to do 
his will.
Motochika: He also carries the voices of the entire nation and their 
dreams of peace.
Motochika: He is prepared to take responsibility for all of this.
Motochika: A normal man would most likely be crushed by this kind of 
burden. But Ieyasu Tokugawa is a man of royal caliber.
Ieyasu: Oh, no, no. What are you saying? Compared to Lord Nobunaga, 
I am but a...
Motochika: Do you intend to carry the weight of Nobunaga's ambition as well?
Ieyasu: ...
Motochika: Yes, you must do what is required of you.
Motochika: Because you, the great Ieyasu Tokugawa, are the only one who can.
Ieyasu: If that is the case, then I must now carry your dreams as well.
Ieyasu: My burden has grown slightly heavier.*END*

---
[Chos-10] Be Yourself

-[Player] visited Motochika's quarters.
Motochika: You have seen many battles and have become stronger.
-Before [Player] could answer, Motochika spoke again.
Motochika: It is because you have marched ever forward, fighting against 
the flow of the era.
Motochika: Has the future you've been dreaming of come into view.
--Yes.
--No.
--I don't know.

(Yes.)
Motochika: In that case, you have no need for me.*

(No.)
Motochika: In that case, you are wasting your time talking to me.*

(I don't know.)
Motochika: Don't avert your eyes. You can see it, can't you? It's 
getting close.*

**Motochika: Why are you here? What is it that you want to ask me?
--It's about the path I'm taking.
--It's about the path you're taking.

(It's about the path I'm taking.)
Motochika: Are you unsure of the path you chose?
Motochika: Hmph. That's absurd. I see no sigh of doubt in your eyes.*

(It's about the path you're taking.)
Motochika: Where I go from here has no bearing on your path.
Motochika: So there is no need to concern yourself with me.*

**Motochika: You should continue on as you are.
Motochika: I will do the same.*END*

---
[Chos-11] Swansong

Motochika: What do you want?
-[Player] found Motochika in a dimly lit room.
Motochika: Your path is already set.
-Not even glancing at [Player], Motochika continued to pluck his shamisen.
Motochika: There's nothing for us to talk about. Am I right?
--Keep quiet
--Leave

(Keep quiet)
Motochika: ...*

(Leave)
Motochika: ... Wait.*

**Motochika: ...
--Say something
--Keep quiet

(Say something)
Motochika: We don't have to force ourselves to talk.*

(Keep quiet.)
Motochika: ... Excellent.*

**Motochika: The rhythm of your thoughts is echoing deep within my soul.
Motochika: I always thought you were an interesting one.
Motochika: Fiercely moving forward while having doubts along the way.
Motochika: That's why I watched over you. But now, I must walk my own path.
Motochika: No matter how times change, I will continue to march to the 
beat of rebellion.
Motochika: Even after I am gone it will never stop.

Motochika: Your blood and determination will be evidence of the life you lived
Motochika: You will be remembered. You will make history.
Motochika: People will know of the road you took.*END*

---
[Gra] (9 events)
Gracia

---
[Gra-1] Fate

Gracia: Hey, wait.
-While walking through town, [Player] heard a voice calling out from behind.
Gracia: I knew it was you, [Player]!
Gracia: I'm a little afraid to ask but do you remember me by any chance?
--Yes, I remember you.
--What was your name again?

(Yes, I remember you.)
Gracia: Oh, I'm so glad!
Gracia: I remember you, so that means you remember me.
Gracia: That's just how things are in the world. Yes.*

(What was your name again?)
Gracia: Oh, no.*

**Gracia: But our meeting cannot be a coincidence. This is fate.
--Fate?
--Are you sure?

(Fate?)
Gracia: Yes, fate.*

(Are you sure?)
Gracia: Yes, I'm sure. This is fate.*

**Gracia: I once heard a friend of mine telling that to a girl he had just met
Gracia: My friend is very knowledgeable. This is what he said.
Gracia: "The next time we meet, fate will turn into destiny". I'm not 
quite sure what it means though.
Gracia: Tell me! What is destiny?
--Fate that cannot be changed.
--It's just a pick-up line.

(Fate that cannot be changed.)
Gracia: Oh, I see. So fate can be changed but destiny cannot.*

(It's just a pick-up line.)
Gracia: Oh. So, changing fate to destiny is something that sways girls?*

**Gracia: You're pretty knowledgeable, too. I like you!
Servant: My lady, it is almost time. We must return to the grounds.
Gracia: Oh, no. Just when I was having a good time.
Gracia: Let's meet again by accident sometime, [Player]. It's a promise!*END*

---
[Gra-2] Destined for Friendship

-While walking through the outskirts of town, [Player] noticed Gracia 
standing alone.
Gracia: Oh, it's you! What a coincidence to meet again like this!
-Gracia looked happy, but then her smile turned into a frown.
Gracia: If we are seen here, someone will become suspicious.
Gracia: You should go. Farewell.
-Mitsuhide Akechi had instigated a rebellion against Nobunaga, and Gracia 
apparently had some bad memories.
-Gracia looked as if she was going to cry, but [Player] spoke.
--I don't mind if they're suspicious.
--It'll be all right.

(I don't mind if they're suspicious.)
Gracia: You don't? Wonderful!*

(It'll be all right.)
Gracia: Oh. It will? Good, then.*

**Gracia: You are so kind. Why? Please tell me.
--Because we're friends.
--Because I'm fond of you.

(Because we're friends.)
Gracia: What? You're my friend?*

(Because I'm fond of you.)
Gracia: What? You're fond of me?*

**Gracia: Oh, I get it! We met twice by accident, so this must be destiny!
Gracia: You and I are destined to be friends.
Gracia: Yes! This is the power of friendship. I feel better now.
-Gracia smiled brightly. Just then, her maid appeared.
Servant: There you are, my lady! Your family is worried about you.
Gracia: Oh. I must return home. Put your hand out and make a fist. Hurry 
up, now.
-Looking intently at [Player], Gracia made a fist and held it out in 
front of her.
-Not understanding what was going on, [Player] made a fist as well.
-Gracia bumped her fist against [Player]'s fist.
Gracia: Do you not know what this is? It's what friends do as a greeting! 
Until we meet again!*END*

---
[Gra-3] For a Friend

-After the fierce battle, [Player] spotted Gracia in a corner of the 
battlefield.
Gracia: Oh, [Player], it's you. Are you all right?
--What about you? Are you hurt?
--Why did you come to the battlefield?

(What about you? Are you hurt?)
Gracia: Not at all. I feel great.
Gracia: Thank you for worrying about me. I knew you and I were destined to 
be friends!*

(Why did you come to the battlefield?)
Gracia: Why? Because my friend was in trouble.
Gracia: Coming to a friend's aid is only natural, right?*

**-Gracia extended her fist, smiling.
-[Player] responded in kind, and they bumped fists together.
Gracia: I will put my life on the line for you.
--I will do the same for you.
--You don't have to do that.

(I will do the same for you.)
Gracia: Naturally.*

(You don't have to do that.)
Gracia: Why? You're my friend.*

**Gracia: True friends put their live on the line for one another.
Gracia: We were destined to be friends for life and nothing can change that.
Servant" My lady, look at you! You're filthy! This is unacceptable. You 
should not be in places like this.
Gracia: Looks like I've been found. Now I must return. Let's meet again.*END*

---
[Gra-4] Another Friend

Gracia: ... And that's what happened.
Magoichi: Well, good for you.
-Gracia was chatting with Magoichi Saika in a friendly manner.
Gracia: Oh, [Player]. You came at a good time.
Gracia: I was just telling Mago about you. About how we were destined 
to be friends.
Magoichi: Hey, [Player]. It looks like the two of you are getting along 
fairly well.
Magoichi: You two look like sisters lined up like that.
Magoichi: Look after your sister now, got it?
--I don't know.
--You can count on me.

(I don't know.)
Gracia: How rude!
Gracia: It's as if you are trying to push me off onto each other!*

(You can count on me.)
Magoichi: I knew I could count on you. Thanks.
Gracia: How rude!*

**Gracia: You will still be my friend, Mago.
Gracia: Or can there only be one person who is destined to be someone's 
friend? I wonder how that works.
Magoichi: What do you mean, "destined to be friends"?
Gracia: Tell me, Mago!
Magoichi: Hey, [Player]. Do something about this girl, will you?*END*

---
[Gra-5] Ajika

-Invited by Gracia, [Player] was walking with her in the castle town.
-Just then, they heard the voice of a peddler coming from somewhere.
Merchant: Ajika! Ajika! Get your ajika!
Gracia: Ajika? [Player]! What's ajika? Tell me.
--It's a fish that looks bad but tastes good.
--It's craftwork made out of things like bamboo or straw.

(It's a fish that looks bad but tastes good.)
Gracia: Hmm. I want to try it.
Gracia: Hey you, peddler. I'll take one ajika fish.
Merchant: One ajika fish? Oh, this must be what you want.
-The peddler took out a fish made out of bamboo.
Gracia: Hmm. [Player], this isn't what you said at all!
Gracia: You said it looked bad, but this is really cute.*

(It's craftwork made out of things like bamboo or straw.)
Gracia: Hmm. I want to see.
Gracia: Hey you, peddler. Show me your ajika.
Merchant: All right, here they are.
-The peddler lined up some items made from bamboo.
Gracia: Hmm. Look, [Player]!
Gracia: I like this basket! It's so cute!*

**-Gracia took the craftwork under her arm with a satisfied look on her 
face, and walked away.
-The peddler caught [Player]'s sleeve as [Player] tried to follow her.
Peddler: You haven't paid yet.
-[Player] paid. Gracia was already disappearing into the distance.*END*

---
[Gra-6] Perils of the Town

-Invited by Gracia, [Player] was walking with her in the castle town.
-Gracia came to a crowd of people and stopped.
Gracia: What's this?
-As she pushed her way through the crowd, she saw Okuni, dancing.
-After Okuni finished dancing, she started to collect money from 
the spectators.
Okuni: Donations are for the Izumo Shrine. Come now, don't be stingy.
Okuni: Thank you, thank you. Thanks very much.
Gracia: My. What a pretty face.
Gracia: [Player], tell me. What are these donations for?
--It's money for a shrine.
--It's using the name of a shrine to squeeze money out of people.

(It's money for a shrine.)
Gracia: The contributions are offerings to Izumo Shrine? That sounds like 
it would bring good fortune.
Okuni: That's right, young lady. If you donate a large amount, good 
fortune will surely come to you.
-Okuni, smiling, came up to where they were looking on from a distance.
Okuni: It looks like the gods have brought us together. How much would you 
like to donate?
-Intimidated by the smiling Okuni, the pair gave her all the money they had.
Okuni: My, how generous. May you be blessed.
-Okuni left with a satisfied look on her face.
Gracia: This is good, right, [Player]? I'm sure good fortune will come
to us now!*END*

(It's using the name of a shrine to squeeze money out of people.)
Gracia: So, she is taking the people's money by dishonest means?
Okuni: You there, young lady. Did you say something?
-Okuni, smiling, came up to where they were looking on from a distance.
Okuni: It looks like the gods have brought us together. How much would you 
like to donate?
-Intimidated by the smiling Okuni, the pair gave her all the money they had.
Okuni: My, how generous. May you be blessed.
-Okuni left with a satisfied look on her face.
Gracia: Whew. This town is scary.*END*

---
[Gra-7] Beauty and the Bear

-As [Player] and Gracia walked through the town, Lady Kai and Kunoichi 
approached them.
Kai: Look at that girl! She's so cute. Doesn't she have the face of a doll?
Kunoichi: Who? Where? Oh, yes, she is a jewel.
-Unused to such praise, Gracia flushed red with embarrassment.
Gracia: I'm not that cute. Even Mago said I wasn't worth defending.
Gracia: But my father is a handsome man. His hair is the silkiest in the land.
Gracia: And my mother is very cute. My father thinks so from the bottom 
of his heart.
Gracia: He said that he had been told to marry someone else, not mother!
Gracia: But he said that she was the only one for him.
Gracia: But I'm not cute. Father scolds me often.
Gracia: You are the ones who are cute. Tell me. Who are these people?
--This is Ujinaga Narita's daughter, Lady Kai.
--This is a bear.

(This is Ujinaga Narita's daughter, Lady Kai.)
Gracia: Oh! You're a princess. I knew you seemed refined. And you're
so pretty!
Kai: Please, I'm not used to being told things like that.*

(This is a bear.)
Gracia: Oh. So you're a bear. How cute. Here you go, little bear. Have 
some honey.
Kai: Hey! Stop it! Leave me alone!*

**Gracia: This girl looks a little audacious, but she's very cute. Who is she?
--She is the world's most talented and beautiful ninja.
--She is a clown, who performs on the streets.

(She is the world's most talented and beautiful ninja.)
Gracia: Oh. The world's greatest ninja! And so pretty! A flower that 
blooms in the dark. Beautiful but dangerous.
Kunoichi: Well, I've never been told those kinds of things before.*

(She is a clown, who performs on the streets.)
Gracia: A lowly clown! She's so cute. And you're right, she is lowly!
Kunoichi: You don't have to keep calling me "lowly". Or a clown,
for that matter.*

**
*Multiple endings depending on choices*

(Ujinaga > Ninja)
Gracia: I'm so happy to have met such remarkable people today!
-Gracia walked away in high spirits.*END*

(Bear > Ninja)
Gracia: I'm so happy to have met such remarkable people today!
Kai: She thinks I'm a a bear and you're a flower that blooms in 
darkness. Are we that different? Something is wrong with the world.
Kunoichi: You...!
-Gracia walked away in high spirits.*END*

(Ujinaga > Clown)
Gracia: I'm so happy to have met such remarkable people today!
Kai: Did you hear that? I'm a born princess! Anyone can tell!
Kunoichi: You...!
-Gracia walked away in high spirits.*END*

(Bear > Clown)
Gracia: I got to learn about clowns and bears today. What a satisfying day!
Kunoichi: You...!
-Gracia walked away in high spirits.*END*

---
[Gra-8] Faith

-[Player] found Gracia on the battlefield, with the smell of battle still 
in the air.
Gracia: [Player], tell me.
Gracia: Why must people fight each other?
--Because people have different ambitions.
--Because people want to protect different things.

(Because people have different ambitions.)
Gracia: They should just throw away their petty ambitions.*

(Because people want to protect different things.)
Gracia: To protect something?
Gracia: I don't understand. What does fighting protect? All I see is loss.*

**Gracia: It may be fine for those whose intentions are carried out and 
who die. But what about the rest of us?
Gracia: We are left to live in sadness. Am I wrong?
Gracia: Tell me, [Player]. Will people ever stop fighting?
--They will one day, I'm sure of it.
--I will stop the fighting.

(They will one day, I'm sure of it.)
Gracia: They will? Are you sure?*

(I will stop the fighting.)
Gracia: You will? Can I hold you to your word?*

**Gracia: Lying is a thief's trait, you know.
-[Player] nodded confidently.
Gracia: You are my friend, so I will believe in you.
Servant: My lady. You keep running off to dangerous places.
Gracia: I'm glad we got to talk! Let's meet again, [Player].*END*

---
[Gra-9] Always

-Beneath the peaceful sky, [Player] and Gracia took a carefree stroll 
though the castle town.
Gracia: When I first met you, I didn't know much about the world.
Gracia: Since then, I've seen many good and many bad things this world 
has to offer.
Gracia: And you have taught me many things. I am grateful to you.
Gracia: Do you think I've grown up? What do you think?
--Yes.
--No, you're still just a child.

(Yes.)
Gracia: Really? Oh, good.*

(No, you're still just a child.)
Gracia: Hmph. No, you're the child. If you were an adult, you would
have praised me.*

**Gracia: I've enjoyed being with you. I'm glad we became friends.
-Gracia's servant could be seen in the distance. A palanquin was
waiting for her.
Gracia: Well, I should be off before she decides to call for me.
Gracia: I've worried my family enough. It's about time I settle down.
Gracia: I can't stay a child forever.
--You've really grown up.
--Growing up can be hard.

(You've really grown up.)
Gracia: Haven't I? I really have grown up.*

(Growing up can be hard.)
Gracia: Is it? Well, it's better than being a child.*

**Gracia: But no matter how much time may pass, I will always be me, and 
you will always be you.
-Gracia then turned around and ran towards her servant who was waiting for her
-Gracia climbed inside the palanquin, and with a smile, reached out her fist.
-[Player] did the same, and they knocked fists one last time.
Gracia: We'll be friends forever. Understood?
-Gracia then smiled as she shut the door to the palanquin.
-The way she smiled made her look a little more grown up.*END*

---
[Kats]  (11 events)
Katsuie Shibata

---
[Kats-1] The Old Man of the Oda

Katsuie: ...
-Katsuie Shibata, the house of Oda's chief retainer, stood with a sour 
look on his face.
--Nod and walk by.
--Greet him.

(Nod and walk by.)
Katsuie: Wait.*

(Greet him.)
Katsuie: You are most courteous.*

**Katsuie: [Player], isn't it? You are not of the Oda family.
Katsuie: It was an inevitable defeat. Even I had no delusions about victory.
Katsuie: But you, with that slender body of yours, threw yourself into a 
losing battle.
Katsuie: Without so much as asking for a reward. You did us a fine service.
Katsuie: What is it that you want? Do you seek to achieve greatness?
--No.
--I don't know.

(No.)
Katsuie: If not greatness, then what?*

(I don't know.)
Katsuie: You do not know?*

**Katsuie: I see. So you have not decided yet what you seek. In battle, 
lives are lost all the time.
Katsuie: Those whose intentions are uncertain on the battlefield provide 
no to those who are slain.
Katsuie: You must first choose your path before you can live as a warrior*END*

---
[Kats-2] Transcendence

-[Player] visited Katsuie.
-Inside his room, Katsuie was silently tending to his swords.
Katsuie: Help me.
-Katsuie tossed [Player] a short sword.
--Plead ignorance, and opt out.
--Imitate what Katsuie does.

(Plead ignorance, and opt out.)
Katsuie: You don't know what to do? DO you always have someone else do 
your sharpening for you?
Katsuie: I have all the tools you need here. I'll teach you, so get to work.
-[Player] obeyed, removing the blade from the handle, and tending 
to it silently.*

(Imitate what Katsuie does.)
-[Player] imitated Katsuie, removing the blade from the handle, and 
tending to it silently.*

**-There was a long silence, but it was surprisingly comfortable.
Katsuie: I feel at peace when it's just me and my blades. Not bad, eh?
-Katsuie quietly sheathed the carefully oiled blade.
Katsuie: So. Have you decided on your path yet?
--Yes, I think I have.
--No, not yet. I'm sorry.

(Yes, I think I have.)
Katsuie: You think? Don't make me laugh.*

(No, not yet. I'm sorry.)
Katsuie: I thought as much. I could tell just from looking at you.*

**Katsuie: Once you find your way, you will find peace.
Katsuie: You must never take doubt into battle. Your only job is to strike 
down the enemy in front of you.
Katsuie: Understood?*END*

---
[Kats-3] Katsuie and Toshiie

Toshiie: What's up?
Katsuie: Oh, it's you.
-As you go to visit Katsuie, you see Toshiie Maeda, an officer of the 
house of Oda.
Toshiie: Did you come for some martial arts training from me? I'm a 
master of the spear, you know.
--Uh, yes.
--No, not exactly...

(Uh, yes.)
Toshiie: That's what I thought.
Toshiie: But I'm afraid I've got some business to take care of. I've 
got to get going.*

(No, not exavtly...)
Toshiie: No: Then what? Did you come just to get yelled at by the 
old man here?
Toshiie: Well, whatever the reason, I've got business. I've got to get going.*

**Toshiie: Farewell. Don't be too hard on him, old man!
-Toshiie hurried off, leaving Katsuie and [Player].
--He seems to think highly of you.
--Is he your son?

(He seems to think highly of you.)
Katsuie: I can't seem to get rid of the boy.*

(Is he your son?)
Katsuie: Does he look like he is? We are not even related.*

**Katsuie: Toshiie is an honest man, if you can believe it.
Katsuie: he is killed a man long ago. A man named Juami. He was an 
attendant to our lord.

-Juami had been known for his arrogance, parading around the place 
like he owned it.
-He also hated Toshiie, whom Nobunaga was fond of, and continuously 
insulted him.
-Toshiie silently endured it all until a memento, sent to him from someone 
precious to him, was stolen.
-Then in the presence of his lord, Nobunaga, he cut Juami down.

Katsuie: His actions were perfectly natural for a true warrior. But the 
penalty for killing an attendant of our lord is, of course, death.
Katsuie: Toshiie was stricken with sorrow, so I negotiated with our lord 
and had his death sentence revoked.
Katsuie: He probably feels indebted to me for that. He has been working 
for me ever since.
Katsuie: He says it's his duty.
Katsuie: But he cannot do this forever.
Katsuie: Times change. And when the time comes, we must take the path we 
were meant to follow.
Katsuie: That goes for Toshiie, and for you as well.*END*

---
[Kats-4] The Cunning Monkey

Katsuie: ...
-Katsuie Shibata stood there looking stern.
--Greet him normally.
--Greet him cheerfully.

(Greet him normally.)
Katsuie: You were impressive in battle.
Katsuie: You say little, yet you do so much. I like your style.*

(Greet him cheerfully.)
Katsuie: Oh, it's you. Stop fooling around.*

**Katsuie: Smiling, prattling fools make poor warriors.
Hideyoshi: Oh! Lord Shibata. You were truly outstanding out there 
on the battlefield.
Katsuie: ...
Hideyoshi: I mean it. You fought like an absolute devil. I even felt 
sorry for the enemy.
Hideyoshi: I only wish I had a little of your courage.
Hideyoshi: Don't you agree, [Player]?
Katsuie: This is the kind of person I'm talking about.
Hideyoshi: I'm sorry? Did I miss something?
-Just then, Nobunaga's page, Ranmaru Mori, came running in from the 
castle, breaking the uncomfortable silence.
Ranmaru: Lord Hideyoshi, Lord Nobunaga sends for you. He asks that you 
meet him at the castle immediately.
Hideyoshi: Understood. I must take my leave, my lord.
-Hideyoshi and Ranmaru quickly departed together. Katsuie looked at 
them distastefully.
Katsuie: His lordship seems to be fond of him. But I don't like him.*END*

---
[Kats-5] Answering the Call

-After an epic battle that ended in a successful retreat, [Player] found 
Katsuie within the ranks of the Oda Army.
Katsuie: I see you're still breathing.
Katsuie: It was a devastating battle, but his lordship lived through it. 
As did you and I.
-As well as...
--Toshiie.
--Hideyoshi.
--Ieyasu.

(Toshiie.)
Katsuie: Yes. Toshiie made it through as well. He fought well and gave me 
valuable support.*

(Hideyoshi.)
Katsuie: Yes, even that monkey. I thought he was all talk, but he proved 
himself to me today.*

(Ieyasu.)
Katsuie: Yes, Lord Ieyasu as well. As our sworn ally, he did his duty.*

**Katsuie: Our lordship's rule is near.
Katusie: The path may be steep, but we will climb it. It is what the 
age desires.
Katsuie: That may be why we are still alive.
Katsuie: This age need our lord. We must answer that call.
Katsuie: It is simple.
--What should we do?
--Yes. It is simple.

(What should we do?)
Katsuie: You don't know?*

(Yes. It is simple.)
Katsuie: I see you understand.*

**Katsuie: If you want to answer the call of history, all you have to do 
is shut your mouth and fight.
Katsuie: Go, [Player]! The next battle awaits you.*END*

---
[Kats-6] The Path You Must Walk

Katsuie: Nagamasa Azai... How foolish can that man be?
Toshiie: But the way he saw it, his duty compelled him to stand by 
the Asakura.
Hideyoshi: Nagamasa runs from reality and chases ideals. It's not his 
worst trait.
Toshiie: Anyway, Nagamasa was prepared for defeat and did his duty. I 
can't hate him for that.
Katsuie: What would you do if you were Nagamasa, [Player]?
--I would do the same thing Nagamasa did.
--I would side with Nobunaga.
--I wouldn't side with either of them.

(I would do the same thing Nagamasa did.)
Toshiie: I thought as much. I would probably do the same thing too.
Hideyoshi: I understand how you feel, but I think there's more to consider.*

(I would side with Nobunaga.)
Hideyoshi: I would too. Sometimes we have to throw away our allegiances 
to win power.
Toshiie: But there are still some things people won't throw away, right?*

(I wouldn't side with either of them.)
Toshiie: What do you mean?
Hideyoshi: Supporting neither is the same as betraying them both.*

Katsuie: It is not a bad thing to stand by an old ally. If that is the 
path you believe you must take.
Katsuie: But you should do it alone.
Katsuie: You should not involve the people you are supposed to be 
protecting in your rash decisions.
Toshiie: You mean... Lady Oichi?
Hideyoshi: That's right. Even if Oichi made her own decision to fight 
with him.*END*

---
[Kats-7] End of an Era

-After the battle of Nagashino, dead bodies lay scattered across 
the battlefield.
Katsuie: Get a good look at it. This is the end of the old era.
--That's right.
--I wonder if it was worth it.

(That's right.)
Katsuie: The Takeda were said to be the mightiest of the age.
Katsuie: They were symbol of the old order... And now they have gone.*

(I wonder if it was worth it.)
Katsuie: Do you think their death had no meaning?
Katsuie: No.*

**Katsuie: The Takeda had to sacrifice themselves to the era in order to 
usher in the new one.
Katsuie: Only a great man like our lord can build a new era. But for time 
to move on...
Katsuie: The blood of many warriors must be spilt.
Katsuie: Our lord's name will go down in history. But we mustn't forget.
Katsuie: There are also the spirits of warriors who fought in his shadow, 
and whose names will be lost as time passes.*END*

---
[Kats-8] Worries

-While leaving the battlefield at Tetorigawa, [Player] stopped in at 
Katsuie's castle.
-Toshiie was there.
Katsuie: The times are changing.
Toshiie: It's now almost time for the age of Lord Nobunaga.
Toshiie: But no matter how much the times change, my duty will stay the same.
Toshiie: I will stick with you, old man. Now and forever.
Katsuie: ...
Toshiie: Now then. We won the battle, but there's no time for fooling around.
Toshiie: I'm head of the Maeda family, so I have to look after it.
Toshiie: I hope you are in good health the next time we meet, old man. The 
same goes for you, [Player].
-Toshiie hurried off, leaving Katsuie and [Player].
Katuie: He is straight as an arrow.
Katuie: He will follow his duty until the very last.
--It's an admirable trait.
--I'm envious.

(It's an admirable trait.)
Katsuie: Yes, it is. I'm lucky to have Toshiie beside me.*

(I'm envious.)
Katsuie: Those who have a clear will have it easy. They know they simply 
must move ahead.*

**Katsuie: However, times are changing.
Katsuie: When that happens, the time will come when we must rethink our paths.
Katsuie: I just wonder if Toshiie realizes that.
Katsuie: Prepare yourself, [Player].
Katsuie: The new era is already at hand.*END*

---
[Kats-9] Past his Time

-Following the battle of Yamazaki, [Player] paid a visit to Katsuie's castle.
Katsuie: His lordship has passed on.
Katsuie: My role in all of this has come to an end.
--Your role?
--An end?

(Your role?)
Katsuie: My role in all of this was to devote my life to his lordship's 
great cause.*

(An end?)
Katsuie: That means there is nothing left for me.*

**Katsuie: Most people only live a mere fifty years. But I have far </pre><pre id="faqspan-13">
surpassed that age.
Katsuie: I've become a little bit too old to choose a new path.
--But you're still so strong.
--But you're still young.

(But you're still so strong.)
Katsuie: I fight on spirit alone. This body of mine is already spent.*

(But you're still young.)
Katsuie: Don't make me laugh. I've lived long enough.*

**Katsuie: All I have to look forward to now is death.
Katsuie: Take a look at the world. The new era his lordship created is 
already beginning.
Katsuie: Just like the Takeda warriors who fell on the battlefield, I am 
but one of many.
Katsuie: My blood will push time forward and help young heroes build a new age
Katsuie: The job of completing the new era will fall to young warriors 
like yourself.
Katsuie: I've talked too much.
Katsuie: Go, [Player]! You must do your duty.*END*

---
[Kats-10] Ladies of the Oda

-Upon paying Katsuie a visit, [Player] found him talking to Oichi.
Oichi: You have done well, Katsuie.
Katsuie: Thank you.
Oichi: I am always such a burden to you.
Katsuie: Not at all, my lady.
-Katsuie lowered his eyes, as Oichi disappeared into the distance.
-When he looked up, his eyes met those of [Player].
Katsuie: Hm.
--She's beautiful, isn't she?
--Are you fond of Lady Oichi?

(She's beautiful, isn't she?)
Katsuie: Hm? Mm.
-Katsuie was obviously uncomfortable.
Katsuie: What are you looking at? If there's nothing for you to do,
then leave.*

(Are you fond of Lady Oichi?)
Katsuie: What? Don't be ridiculous!
Katsuie: Such a thought....*

**No: Is something the matter with Katsuie?
-Nobunaga's wife, No, had been standing close by, unnoticed.
Katsuie: Oh, my lady. No, it's nothing. This one was just speaking nonsense.
-Lady No flashed an elegant smile and headed off. Katsuie was red to the ears.
Katsuie: You! How long must you stay here? Get out!*END*

---
[Kats-11] The Last Supper

-After returning to Kitanosho Castle, Katsuie hosted a final dinner with 
Oichi and her three daughters.
-Kitanosho Castle under heavy siege from Hideyoshi's troops, and was 
about to fall.
-Tasked by Hideyoshi with protecting Oichi's daughters. [Player] arrived 
at Kitanocho Castle.
Katsuie: This is the end. Farewell.
-Katsuie drained his cup, and bowed to Oichi.
-Born to Oichi and Nagamasa, the three daughters Chacha, Ohatsu and Ogo 
grieved along with Katsuie.
Katsuie: There is no need for words!
-The three daughters, surprised by Katsuie's thundering voice, did not 
utter a word.
-Katsuie smiled a warm smile as he wiped a tear form Ogo's cheek with his 
thick, rough finger.
Katsuie: Oichi, girls, listen. Our time together was short, but it made 
for good memories.
-Katsuie pushed them away was he bid them farwell. The daughters shook 
their heads in denial as they cried.
Oichi: You must run. Hurry!
Katsuie: M-my lady! You must not stay! You must...
-Oichi closed her eyes and shook her head, stopping Katsuie mid-sentence.
Oichi: There is no need for words.
-With the three girls in tow, [Player] returned to Hideyoshi.

-After the three daughters escaped Kitanosho Castle, it was set ablaze. 
Oichi sacrificed herself with Katsuie.
Oichi: Death in this valley / it cannot be avoided / on this summer night / 
the nightingale's song echoes / signaling our departure
-The nightingale's song in the summer night air hastened their journey 
toward death.
Katsuie: It was but a dream / sweet and unforgettable / like a summer night /
sing us into the next world / nightingale of the mountains *END*

---
[Kiyo] (9 events)
Kiyomasa Kato

---
[Kiyo-1] Three Fools

-Showing no concern for Mitsunari and Kiyomasa, Masanori shouted out!
Masanori: We did it! Our time for rule is here!
Mitsunari: Settle down. It is not completely over.
Masanori: Just how big-headed are you? Let you hair down for once, why 
don't you?
Sakon: He's right. It is traditional to celebrate on these occasions.
Mitsunari: I suppose that is human nature.
-Kiyomasa smiled as he watched Masanori and Mitsunari.
--Congratulations, Kiyomasa.
--What's wrong, Kiyomasa?

(Congratulations, Kiyomasa.)
Kiyomasa: Yes, [Player], we did it.
-Kiyomasa accepted [Player]'s congratulations as he looked to Masanori 
and smiled.
Masanori: Hm? What are you smiling about, Kiyomasa?*

(What's wrong, Kiyomasa?)*

**Kiyomasa: Sorry, it just seemed funny.
Kiyomasa: We've just been in battle, ready to die at any moment, ever 
since we were kids. We sharpened our skills and we're older now.
Kiyomasa: But nothing seems to have changed on the inside. That goes for 
me, for Mitsunari and for you too, Masanori.
Kiyomasa: We're still just dumb kids.
Masanori: What are you talking about, Kiyomasa? That's not true.
Masanori: No matter how you look at it, we're big, strong, dangerous 
adults! Right, [Player]?
--You're stupid adults.
--You're dangerous fools.

(You're stupid adults.)*
(You're dangerous fools.)*

**Masanori: Hey!
Sakon: There's nothing wrong with being stupid.
Sakon: You three fools are trying to unite this land, right?
Sakon: That kind of plan could only be born from stupidity.
Mitsunari: In that case, I have high expectations of the power of fools.
Masanori: Good. Bring it on! I'm as stupid as you can get. Yeah!
Kiyomasa: So, [Player], how about joining our stupidity?*END*

---
[Kiyo-2] House of the Toyotomi

-After the conquest of Kyushu, Kiyomasa Kato's achievements were honored. 
He was given a large area of land in Higo.
-After entering Kunamoto Castle, Kiyomasa began building a fortress. 
[Player] paid him a visit.
Kiyomasa: What do you think, [Player]? It looks like it will make a 
magnificent castle.
Kiyomasa: I've always been good at building things, ever since I was a kid.
Kiyomasa: It just gives me a feeling of accomplishment.
Kiyomasa: I especially like working on castle. I can just imagine the 
smiles on everyone's faces when they're done.
Kiyomasa: So, you've been around for a while now.
Kiyomasa: Are you comfortable in the house of the Toyotomi?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Kiyomasa: Good.*

(No.)
Kiyomasa: Then what are you doing here, you idiot?
Kiyomasa: Sorry I got angry. Mitsunari and I just get worked up when it 
comes to protecting our house.*

**
--It's great that you and Mitsunari are such good friends.
--It's great that you and Masanori are such good friends.

(It's great that you and Mitsunari are such good friends.)
Kiyomasa: Mitsunari and I? You think so?
Kiyomasa: Well, I do think he has talent. I'm just tired of how 
incredibly stubborn he is.
Kiyomasa: I guess I never gave it much thought.*

(It's great that you and Masanori are such good friends.)
Kiyomasa: Well, we are sort of like brothers. He's been an incorrigible 
fool ever since I can remember, though.
Kiyomasa: I just can't leave that loudmouth alone. Mitsunari and I are 
always getting mixed up in his problems.
Kiyomasa: I guess being stupid can have its charm.*

**Kiyomasa: Mitsunari, Masanori and I were raised in the house of the Toyotomi
Kiyomasa: Lord Hideyoshi and Lady Nene made it warm, friendly, and 
just impossible to leave.
--So, you like Hideyoshi?
--So, you like Nene?

(So, you like Hideyoshi?)
Kiyomasa: It's more than just liking him. He's everything to me.
Kiyomasa: He can control people with his wit and protect them with his smile.
Kiyomasa: That's why you and great generals like Lord Toshiie and many 
others come to this house.*

(So, you like Nene?)
Kiyomasa: Oh, um, well. Lady Nene is a very important person to me.
Kiyomasa: She took a stray dog like me into her home, disciplined me and 
raised me with love.
Kiyomasa: She and my lord raised us like we were their own sons.*

**Kiyomasa: They're our family. I wouldn't be what I am today without 
this house.
Kiyomasa: I want to keep this house safe from harm as long as I can.
--So do I.
--Just don't overdo it.

(So do I.)
Kiyomasa: Thank you. It's a great comfort to have you with me.*

(Just don't overdo it.)
-Kiyomasa was taken aback for a moment, looked at [Player] and smiled kindly.
Kiyomasa: Thanks, I think I feel better now.*

**Kiyomasa: The battle continues. All men fight with everything they have 
to protect their homes.
Kiyomasa: I must become stronger.*END*

---
[Kiyo-3] Kiyomasa and Mitsunari

-After conquering Shikoko, [Player] discussed the situation with Kiyomasa, 
Mitsunari, and Kanbei.
Kiyomasa: You did well in Shikoku, [Player]. But we must stay alert until 
Lord Hideyoshi unites the land.
Kanbei: The feudal lords are helpless now. We can worry about them after 
the land is united.
-Everyone was taken aback by Kanbei's bluntness.
Kanbei: It's only a matter of time before Lord Hideyoshi unites Japan. 
But that's only because he has true strength.
Kanbei: If his successor does not have that strength, those rats we call 
feudal lords will threaten the peace.
Kiyomasa: Our clan is not so fragile as to be taken down by mere rats. 
I'll win them over before they do any damage.
Mitsunari: Feudal lords are human. And human beings can be seduced by 
power or threatened with death.
Mitsunari: We can win them over with power and authority. But that works 
only temporarily.
Mitsunari: Their spirit will not remain bound forever.
Kiyomasa: How unusual to hear you say such a commendable thing.
Kiyomasa: I've never known you to second-guess yourself like that.
Mitsunari: It's better than being all mouth and no brain.
--We can try to figure out the answer together.
--This isn't the time to be fighting.

(We can try to figure out the answer together.)*
(This isn't the time to be fighting.)*

**Kiyomasa: You're right. I apologize.
Kanbei: You are the next generation of Toyotomi leader. If you don't find 
an answer, you know what will happen.*END*

---
[Kiyo-4] What it Takes

-After the battle, Kiyomasa stood alone. [Player] called out to him.
Kiyomasa: I can't get Mitsunari's nonsense out of my head.
Kiyomasa: Remember what he was talking about after we conquered Shikoku?
Kiyomasa: That we could win them over with power, but that it wouldn't last.
Kiyomasa: He has a point.
Kiyomasa: After fighting with the Tachibana and the Shimazu, I came to 
understand how difficult it is to tame people like that.
Kiyomasa: And I see now that the fate of a clan often rests on who's in charge
--That's right.
--I don't think that's true.

(That's right.)
Kiyomasa: ...*

(I don't think that's true.)
Kiyomasa: Don't try to ease my nerves.*

**Kiyomasa: I have to figure out the answer.
Muneshige: You'll ever be able to do it.
Kiyomasa: What? What are you doing, butting in all of a sudden?
Muneshige: You look terrible.
Kiyomasa: Huh?
Muneshige: Smile.
Muneshige: You can't lead a happy people looking like that.
Kiyomasa: Mitsunari and I are fools. It will take more than smiles to lead 
the land Lord Hideyoshi left to us.
Mineshige: Then what are you going to do?
Kiyomasa: ... I don't know. Not yet.
Kiyomasa: But I'll try to figure it out, In my own stupid way.
Kiyomasa: If we keep looking straight ahead, determined to protect our clan...
Kiyomasa: ... I'm sure the path will open up.*END*

---
[Kiyo-5] A House to Protect

-After the battle, the Toyotomi retainers gathered in the Odawara camp.
-They sang, danced, ate, and drank together, sharing the joy of having 
united the land at last.
-Kiyomasa, however, kept away from the group and stared up at the sky alone.
--Congratulations, Kiyomasa.
--What's wrong, Kiyomasa?

(Congratulations, Kiyomasa.)*
(What's wrong, Kiyomasa?)*

**-Shocked, Kiyomasa turned to [Player].
Kiyomasa: Oh, it's you, [Player]. I didn't know where my mind was.
Kiyomasa: I've accomplished everything I've set out to do, and now...
-He looked up at the sky again.
Kiyomasa: I can't remember the last time I really looked up at the sky. 
It's been one battle after another for so long...
Nene: Hey, Kiyomasa!
-Suddenly Nene showed up and chopped Kiyomasa in the throat.
Kiyomasa: Ouch! Lady Nene! What are you doing?
Nene: Hideyoshi has finally unified Japan, and you're here sulking all
by yourself?
Nene: Mitsunari and Masanori are having fun over there. You should join them!
-Masanori was cheerfully drinking with his arm around Mitsunari, who 
didn't seem to like it much.
-Hideyoshi noticed Kiyomasa, and came over to him.
Hideyoshi: What's wrong, Kiyomasa? Have a drink!
-Kiyomasa took the cup from Hideyoshi and bowed.
Kiyomasa: Lord Hideyoshi, Lady Nene, congratulations on uniting the land.
Kiyomasa: I will protect your land. I swear.
-Hideyoshi smiled gently at Kiyomasa and emptied his cup.
Hideyoshi: That's impossible. Everything will come to an end sooner or later.
Kiyomasa: ...?!
Hideyoshi: Don't be so serious. There's nothing to worry about.
Hidyeoshi: If something breaks, we'll build it again. You can do that, 
can't you Kiyomasa?
-Hideyoshi grinned at Kiyomasa and staggered back to the crowd.
-Masanori and Mitsunari had started an argument.
Nene: At last the land is united in peace...
Nene: You have my thanks, [Player], Kiyomasa. You both worked so hard. You 
were really something to see!*END*

---
[Kiyo-6] Divided
=Osaka Castle, Surrounds=

-After Hideyoshi's death, a struggle for succession fractured the 
Toyotomi clan.
-Once Toshiie Maeda died, Masanori Fukushima and others decided to oppose 
Mitsunari Ishida.
-Leading his army, Masanori attacked Mitsunari's house in Osaka. Next to 
Masanori stood Kiyomasa Kato.
-Suspecting Masanori's attack, Mitsunari tried to escape Osaka at night.
-Fate, however, did not allow Mitsunari to escape. Kiyomasa caught him.

Kiyomasa: Mitsunari.
Mitsunari: You betrayed the Toyotomi and captured me. Is that your answer? 
Pathetic.
Kiyomasa: It's better than being an idealistic fool, ruled by his imagination.
Mitsunari: What did you come here to tell me?
Kiyomasa: Don't fight.
Mitsunari: Even if you side with the Tokugawa, you'll eventually be crushed.
Kiyomasa: You will lose.
Mitsunari: Perhaps. But you will too.
Mitsunari: The Toyotomi submitting to Ieyasu? Do you really think there's 
a future for the Toyotomi in that?
Mitsunari: Forgetting duty, being seduced by greed, and submitting to 
power... The Toyotomi without duty aren't the Toyotomi anymore!
Mitsunari: In a land filled with corruption, we will have no place to 
go home to!
Kiyomasa: Then get out.
Kiyomasa: Are you saying you can defeat Ieyasu?
Kiyomasa: That you'll do your duty to Lord Hideyoshi and gather allies to 
fight with you? That you can defeat Ieyasu and unite Japan?
Kiyomasa: Have you lost your mind?! Neither you nor I can accomplish 
such a thing.
Kiyomasa: You'll only destroy our clan!
Kiyomasa: You'll be finished if you challenge Ieyasu. The only thing we 
can do now is to join him.
Mitsunari: I'm nut joining the likes of him.
Kiyomasa: Then you will die alone.
Kiyomasa: I will protect our clan.
-Kiyomasa let Mitsunari live.
-But after this incident, Kiyomasa and Mitsunari parted ways.
-Mitsuanari challenged Ieyasu, while Kiyomasa and Masanori submitted to him.
-They clashed as they each tried to protect the Toyotomi's legacy.

Kiyomasa: Cheer up, Masanori.
Kiyomasa: I know you don't want to surrender to the Tokugawa. But this 
war is inevitable.
Kiyomasa: You don't have to come with me if you don't want to. Even 
alone, I will figure out the answer.
Masanori: You fool. Did you think I'll leave you alone?
Masanori: I'm not that smart, you know. I can't figure out what the 
right answer is.
Masanori: So I'll follow you, like I always have.
Masanori: But are you sure you don't mind, Kiyomasa?
Masanori: You and Mitsunari were always saying that the three of us would 
protect the Toyotomi's legacy.
Masanori: Are you sure you don't mind? This has to be hard for you!
Kiyomasa: So what? You fool.
Kiyomasa: Remember what you, Mitsunari and I would always say to each other?
Kiyomasa: That we can only move forward by believing in our path.*END*

---
[Kiyo-7] Ill Tidings

-At the Battle of Sekigahara, Mitsunari's Western Army lost to Ieyasu's 
Eastern Army.
-Kiyomasa Kato attacked Yanagawa Castle where his old friend Muneshige 
Tachibana of the Western Army was barricaded.
-In his army camp, Kiyomasa spoke to [Player] after hearing of 
Mitsunari's defeat.
Kiyomasa: Me and Mitsunari... It's like we're children! Nothing has changed.
Kiyomasa: Lord HIdeyoshi and Lady Nene used to scold us again and again.
Kiyomasa: They would say that we had to quit being stubborn and get along 
with each other.
Kiyomasa: But there is no way... There is no way I could've given way
to Mitsunari!
Kiyomasa: I was certain Ieyasu would win. I just...!
Kiyomasa: I just wanted to protect the clan. My clan - our clan.
Kiyomasa: So I kept going.
Kiyomasa: I still don't know... What was right and what was wrong.
Kiyomasa: I didn't have the answer back then. And I never will!
--That's not true. Trust yourself.
--That's okay. Let's keep going together.

(That's not true. Trust yourself.)*
(That's okay .Let's keep going together.)*

**Kiyomasa: Thank you.*END*

---
[Kiyo-8] As Often as it Takes

-At the Battle of Yanagawa, Kiyomasa Kato persuaded Muneshige Tachibana to 
surrender Yanagawa Castle.
-After that, Muneshige decided to become a ronin, declining offers from 
Kiyomasa and other feudal lords.
-[Player] stood next to Kiyomasa as he said goodbye to Muneshige.
Kiyomasa: Being a  ronin suits you.
Muneshige: I still have my castle.
Kiyomasa: I see. You have protected your clan. In your own way.
Muneshige: Couldn't you have protected yours?
Kiyomasa: I don't know.
Kiyomasa: But someone once told me it didn't matter.
-Kiyomasa glanced at [Player].
Kiyomasa: So I decided to rebuild it with them.
Kiyomasa: Together we will make a house where everyone can be happy.
Muneshige: Heh.
Kiyomasa: Don't laugh. It's embarrassing.
Muneshige: I'm just happy. You wanted a house where you everyone could
be happy, right?
Kiyomasa: Whatever, you fool.

-In 1610, Kiyomasa was ordered by the Tokugawa to help with the 
construction of Nagoya Castle in Owari.
-Kiyomasa used the most advanced technology of the time to build the main 
keep's stone walls, creating an impressive castle.
Kiyomasa: It's a good castle. As good as Kumamoto Castle.
--You really like architecture, don't you?
--All of your buildings are good.

(You really like architecture, don't you?)
Kiyomasa: Maybe I was more cut out for this than fighting, huh?*

(All of your buildings are good.)*

**Kiyomasa: Perhaps I should make better use of this talent.
Kiyomasa: I'm here, and so are you. We can build and rebuild as many 
times as we want.
Kiyomasa: Together we can make a new clan and a new era.
Kiyomasa: We'll never stop. Ever.
Kiyomasa: Sorry. I've been think for a while...
Kiyomasa: That you kind of... uh, remind me of Lady Nene.
--I'm flattered.
--Don't lump me in with her.

(I'm flattered.)
Kiyomasa: I-I see... Good, then.*

(Don't lump me in with her.)
Kiyomasa: Oh, uh, sorry. Uh, how can I say this...?
Kiyomasa: You're different from anybody else. You're special... and
very important to me.*

**Kiyomasa: Can I say one last thing?
Kiyomasa: Let's go home. Together.*END*

---
[Kiyo-9] Bathroom Break

-In a toilet...
Kiyomasa: Ahh. It's nice and relaxing in here.
Shingen: Hey, Kiyomasa. What a coincidence seeing you in a place like this.
Kiyomasa: What the... !? The Tiger of Kai, what are you doing here!?
Shingen: I like big bathrooms like this. My private one is as broad as 
six tatami mats.
Kiyomasa: Just go away!
Masamune: Silence! I can't concentrate on my reading!
Kiyomasa: Masamune, not you, too!
Masamune: This is the best place to read! I could stay here for hours!
Kiyomasa: Get out! I'm using it now!
Hideyoshi: Lighten up, Kiyomasa!
Kiyomasa: Lord Hideyoshi!? What are you doing here?!
Hideyoshi: It's nice here, Kiyomasa! It's a great place to socialize!
Kenshin: Here, the door to nirvana will open.
Kiyomasa: Don't open the door! I mean, you're here too, [Player]?
Kiyomasa: This was supposed to be my time to relax!*END*

---
[Kan] (11 events)
Kanbei Kuroda

---
[Kan-1] Sparks

-Recognizing Nobunaga's ability, Kanbei Kuroda had offered to submit
to the Oda clan.
-[Player] was a witness to this moment in time. Kanbei was an old 
acquaintance, with whom many battles had been fought.
Nobunaga: Are you saying that you will side with me? Fine. You well serve 
under the Monkey.
Kanbei: Yes, my lord. I am honored to accept this appointment.
-Kanbei made a deep bow. Nobunaga left with an unnerving grin on his face.
Kanbei: I see you are here too.
Kanbei: Nobunaga has a rare talent. He will be able to bring order to this 
chaotic world.
Kanbei: That is why I have decided to serve him.
--Who's the Monkey?
--Are you going to serve under Hideyoshi?

(Who's the Monkey?)
Kanbei: That's Hideyoshi, Nobunaga's right hand. I have been ordered
to serve him.*

(Are you going to serve under Hideyoshi?)
Kanbei: Indeed. And I have no choice but to follow Nobunaga's orders.*

**Kanbei: Hideyoshi... He is competent, but whether he has the ability 
to unite the land is unknown.
Kanbei: I think I shall evaluate his character first. It will not be too 
late to make a decision after that.
Kanbei: If he turns out to be a spark that threatens the peace, I will 
dispose of him immediately.
Kanbei: That's enough talk for now. I have to prepare for the next battle*END*

---
[Kan-2] With Hideyoshi and Hanbei

-Hideyoshi was praising Kanbei for his ingenuity.
Hideyoshi: You are sharp-witted indeed! We're winning one battle after 
another because of you!
Hideyoshi: I will reward you handsomely!
Kanbei: I am honored.
Kanbei: What's wrong, Kanbei? You don't look so happy.
Kanbei: I'm wondering if you should really treat me so well.
Kanbei: After all, I might be a threat to you in the future.
-Hideyoshi looked blank for a moment and then broke into a smile.
Hideyoshi: Oh, is that what you're worried about? Forget about it!
Hideyoshi: If you defeat me, it means I wasn't that good to begin with.
Hideyoshi: Besides... I'm sure you would do well in my position.
Hideyoshi: Anyway, I'm counting on you!
-Hideyoshi left smiling.
Kanbei: So this is Hideyoshi...? Totally different from Nobunaga, who 
controls people with his power.
Hanbei: Congratulations, Kanbei.
-Hanbei Takenaka struck up a conversation with Kanbei.
Hanbei: What do you think? Don't you think Lord Hideyoshi should be the 
one to unite the land?
Kanbei: He has talent. And a mysterious charm. But Nobunaga is the closest 
to uniting the land.
Kanbei: If that talent and charm get in the way of Nobunaga's plan
to unite Japan...
Hanbei: You'd have to eliminate him? But you agree Lord Hideyoshi is a 
better ruler, don't you?
-Hanbei left without waiting for the answer.
Kanbei: He prattles.
--Hideyoshi is an interesting man.
--Hanbei is an interesting man.

(Hideyoshi is an interesting man.)*
(Hanbei is an interesting man.)*

**Kanbei: He will be useful in carving a path through the chaos, that's 
for sure.*END*

---
[Kan-3] The Red Lunchbox

-Hideyoshi approached as Kanbei and [Player] were talking.
Hideyoshi: Excuse me, [Player]. I must disturb you for a second.
-Hideyoshi came between Kanbei and [Player] gave Kanbei a red lunchbox.
Hideyoshi: Go on, Kanbei, Eat.
Kanbei: Huh?
Hideyoshi: That's an order. Eat.
-Having no choice, Kanbei opened the lunchbox. It was packed with 
delicious-looking rice and side dishes.
Kanbei: Hmph.
-Kanbei stuffed his mouth with the food. He seemed to enjoy it.
Hideyoshi: When Nene first saw you, she had an urge to feed you a lot of 
good food, she said.
-Kanbei choked, spitting out a mouthful of food. Hideyoshi looked at 
Kanbei with a smirk and continued.
Hideyoshi: And when I first saw you. I had an urge to make you smile.
-Kanbei looked at Hideyoshi, forgetting all about themes he had made.
Hideyoshi: What's wrong, Kanbei? Stop staring at me and eat. It may not 
be quite like your mother's cooking, but it's good.
Kanbei: I lost my mother when I was young. I have no memory of her cooking.
Hideyoshi: I know. I heard that you cried your eyes out.
-Kanbei looked at Hideyoshi, a little taken aback.
Hideyoshi: Ever since you became my strategist, you have been like a 
son to Nene and me.
Hideyoshi: I know everything about you. You may seem cold, but you have 
a good heart.
Kanbei: No tears are left for me. People change.
Hideyoshi: People may get craftier, but their essential nature doesn't 
change. You've just forgotten how to smile.
Hideyoshi: I'll help you remember how someday. If my dear Kanbei doesn't 
smile, I'll make him smile.
-Hideyoshi tapped Kanbei and [Player] on the shoulder.
Hideyoshi: Sorry to disturb you, [Player]. Chew well when you eat, Kanbei.
-Saying that, Hideyoshi left.
--He's an interesting person.
--What a stupid joke!

(He's an interesting person.)*
(What a stupid joke!)*

**-Staring at the lunch box, Kanbei's mouth twisted into a faint smirk.*END*

---
[Kan-4] At the Root

-In Kanbei's study... A letter lay on the desk. Kanbei sat stiffly
in front of it.
-Hanbei came in and struck up a conversation with Kanbei.
Hanbei: Is something bothering you? Do you want some help from a 
genius strategist?
Kanbei: It's nothing for you to worry about.
-Hanbei peered at Kanbei's letter.
Hanbei: Wow. That's the reward from Hideyoshi, right?
Hanbei: So, you only got the paper and not the actual reward yet, eh?
Kanbei: Hmph.
Hanbei: This is problem to be sure. What to do?
Hanbei: You could take the reward and be hated by the young retainers, 
thereby creating a threat to future peace.
Hanbei: Or you could ignore Hideyoshi's generosity and have him ignore 
your advice from now on.
Kanbei: You speak very bluntly.
Hanbei: Here, let me see that.
-Hanbei took the letter away from Kanbei...
-And tore it up.
Kanbei: What are you doing, Hanbei?
Hanbei: It was an accident. You didn't do anything wrong.
Hanbei: People already think of me as a strange one, right? So there 
is no problem.
Hanbei: Everything's okay now! Problems must be stamped out at their source!
Hanbei: Like you always say... Extinguish the sparks of conflict.
Kanbei: How like you.
Habnei: Yes, isn't it?
--These two are made for each other.
--Secretly tell Hideyoshi about this.

(These two are made for each other.)
-To [Player], Kanbei looked like he was smiling.*END*

(Secretly tell Hideyoshi about this.)

-[Player] told Hideyoshi what happened. Hanbei, however, was not punished.
-Instead, [Player] was called "[Player] the Informer" for some time 
afterward.*END*

---
[Kan-5] Making Plans

-During battle, Kanbei and Hanbei were inspecting the battlefield 
with [Player].
Kanbei: I see. We might have to reconsider our plan.
Hanbei: Hey, Kanbei. Let me see it too.
Kanbei: Look as much as you like.
Hanbei: Okay then, let me borrow your shoulders.
-Hanbei jumped onto Kanbei's shoulders.
Kanbei: What do you think you're doing?
Hanbei: You told me I could look as much as I liked. A strategist should 
exploit every chance he gets.
-Hanbei straddled the blank-faced Kanbei and watched the battlefield.
Hanbei: Oh, there's Matabei Goto! He's really fired up! He looks older 
than his years with that huge body.
-Matabe Goto was a retainer of Kanbei's, also one of the Eight Tigers
of Kuroda.
-Later he would serve Kanbei's son Nagamasa. At the Battle of Sekigahara, 
he would distinguish himself within the Eastern army.
-After Kanbei's death, he would break with Nagamasa and flee. During the 
Osaka Campaign, he would side with the Toyotomi to great effect.
Hanbei: He lost his parent when he was little, so Kanbei raised him.
--That was kind of him.
--You know a lot about him, don't you?

(That was kind of him.)
Hanbei: Yes, it was. He may appear mean, but he really is a kind person.
Kanbei: Kindness had nothing to do with it. I did it because he showed promise
Kanbei: He will easily be able to lead two or three thousand men in time.*

(You know a lot about him, don't you?)
Hanbei: We vowed to make a peaceful land together, you know. I know 
everything about Kanbei.
Kanbei: Not quite everything...*

**Hanbei: All right. I have the entire battlefield in my head. Let's
make a plan.
Kanbei: Enough talk then. We must hurry back if we are to realize 
peace.*END*

---
[Kan-6] No Exceptions

-[Player] visited Kanbei, and the two discussed the past battle.
Kanbei: One more spark that threatens the peace was extinguished today. 
But this war is far from its end.
Kanbei: What do you desire in this troubled time?
--I desire to unite the land myself!
--I desire to support the unification of Japan!

(I desire to unite the land myself!)
Kanbei: Hmm. You have a lot of self-confidence, don't you?
Kanbei: Indeed, you have survived the chaos so far. You might be able to 
do just that.*

(I desire to support the unification of Japan!)
Kanbei: That might be a wise choice.
Kanbei: Everyone has their strong and weak points. Aiming for the top is 
not always the best choice.
Kanbei: Serving the man in power is nothing to be ashamed of.*

**Kanbei: What we aim for is to end this constant war. We must do whatever 
it takes.
Kanbei: If there is a spark that threatens the peace, we must extinguish it.
Kanbei: Even if that spark is you or me.*END*

---
[Kan-7] Kanbei's Mercy

-A siege was put in place according to Kanbei's plan. The castle had 
become isolated and was about to fall.
Kanbei: We've cut their supply lines. We only have to wipe out the enemy 
forces now.
Hanbei: Hey, Kanbei. Do we really have to do that?
Kanbei: This is war. There is no place for mercy.
Hanbei: If you say things like that, you'll never be popular.
Hanbei: Don't you think?
--Yeah, I do!
--That's not true!

(Yeah, I do!)
Hanbei: See? I don't want to see you unpopular.*

(That's not true!)
Hanbei: You look like Kanbei too, don't you?*

**Kanbei: I don't care if I am unpopular.
Hanbei: I don't know about that.  Anyway, I already made a move.
Hanbei: I sent a letter to the enemy lord in your name!
Kanbei: Hanbei, you should not have done that.
Hanbei: This is what I wrote: "If you surrender, we'll spare all of your lives
-A messenger came to Hanbei and handed him a letter.
Hanbei: Hmm. It looks like they will surrender.
Hanbei: Lord Kanbei Kuroda, we appreciate your mercy."
Hanbei: Yes! Now you are a popular man.
Kanbei: The battle has ended early. We must be satisfied with this.
-Kanbei turned his back and left.
Hanbei: He's embarrassed!*END*

---
[Kan-8] Hanbei's Helmet

-When Kanbei, Hanbei and [Player] were chatting, Masanori's name came up.
Hanbei: You know Masanori Fukushima, right? He asked me something.
Hanbei: He asked me how he can smart like me. That's so adorable.
Kanbei: Did you tell him it is impossible? It is cruel to give false hope, 
you know.
Hanbei: We have to give the youth hope. By the way... Remember that 
strange helmet I made the other day.
Kanbei: That Ichinotani helmet that looks like it could break your neck if 
it caught a head wind?
Hanbei: I told him I'm smart because of the helmet. So he said he wants it.
Hanbei: I promised to give it to him when I'm dead. Now he says he can't 
wait till I die. That's so adorable!
Kanbei: ...
Hanbei: Hey, Kanbei, are you angry?
Kanbei: It's nothing. I was just thinking how indiscreet and obnoxious 
you both were.
-After Kanbei left the room, Kanbei spoke to [Player].
Hanbei: Unless I am mistaken, that strange helmet will be handed down to 
Kanbei's son.
Hanbei: I don't think he knows that. He is so adorable.
--I don't really understand.
--That's great, but it's a waste of your talent, isn't it?

(I don't really understand.)*
(That's great, but it's a waste of your talent, isn't it?)*

**Hanbei: Imagine him putting on that huge helmet with a gloomy face 
like Kanbei's...
Hanbei: It's too bad I can't be there to see that. Witness that for me, 
will you, [Player]?
-Hanbei smiled sadly.*END*

---
[Kan-9] A Contest

-After the battle, Kanbei Kuroda and [Player] came across Masanori 
Fukushima drinking sake in the camp.
Masanori: Well if it isn't the strategist Lord Kanbei! Wipe that gloomy 
look off your face and have a drink!
Kanbei: I am on duty. I must decline.
Masanori: Don't be so by-the-book! It's a bore! Wait a minute. You 
can't drink, can you?
Kanbei: You're welcome to think whatever you like.
--Don't bother with him.
--Come on, drink with him.

(Don't bother with him.)
Kanbei: You're right. Of course I won't.
-Kanbei tried to ignore Masanori and leave. But Masanori did not give up.*

(Come on, drink with him.)
Kanbei: I see. You refer to the story of the praying mantis. You have a point.
-Masanori barged in as [Player] and Kanbei were talking.*

**Masanori: All right! A little won't hurt! If you drink this sake, I'll 
give you anything you want!
-He poured sake into a huge cup.
Kanbei: You'll give me anything, right?
-Kanbei turned his face toward Masanori.
Masanori: Right. I said so! My word is my bond. Seriously!
Kanbei: All right then.
-Kanbei took the cup from Masanori and emptied it in one gulp.
Kanbei: I drank it. Now then, you must keep your promise.
Masanori: How could you finish that!? Are you a monster!? Forget about 
that promise I made!
Kanbei: A promise is a promise. I'll take what I like.
-Kanbei took what Hideyoshi had given to Masanori. The Nihongo, one of the 
three great spears of Japan.*END*

---
[Kan-10] Conflict Stirs Anew

-[Player] and Kanbei were discussing the state of the land.
Kanbei: After Hideyoshi's death, chaos has once again threatened the 
land. The next ruler will be Ieyasu.
Kanbei: Now the Toyotomi are the sparks that threaten the peace. They must 
be extinguished.
--I guess there is no choice.
--Are you going to betray the Toyotomi?

(I guess there is no choice.)
Kanbei: Indeed. The Toyotomi must be eliminated if peace is to come.*

(Are you going to betray the Toyotomi?)
Kanbei: Betray... Such a sentimental word.
Kanbei: I was never serving the Toyotomi. I was serving the one who could 
end the chaos.*

**Kanbei: No one can replace Lord Hideyoshi.
Kanbei: And Lord Hideyoshi is the only one who could sustain the land he 
created. This then is a natural consequence.
-Kanbei looked the same as usual, but with a hint of sadness.*END*

---
[Kan-11] The Final Spark

-Ieyasu Tokugawa declared himself Shogun and established a new 
government in Edo.
-[Player] and Kanbei were reminiscing about their past battles together.
Kanbei: The land has once again been unified under Ieyasu. My duty is over.
Kanbei: What are you going to do now?
--I haven't decided.
--I'll open a store or something.

(I haven't decided.)
Kanbei: There is plenty of time. Take your time to think.*

(I'll open a store or something.)
Kanbei: I see. A wise choice. There is no need for weapons anymore.*

**Kanbei: I have a favor to ask you.
Kanbei: The last spark that threatens the peace will soon be extinguished.
-Kanbei laid his hand on his chest. It looked as if he was remembering 
something for a moment.
Kanbei: Keep an eye on the land. Make sure it stays peaceful.
Kanbei: There must be no more wars. That is my wish.
Kanbei: Goodbye, [Player].
-He took out an old red lunchbox and handed it to [Player].*END*

---
[Mun] (9 events)
Muneshige Tachibana

---
[Mun-1] Meeting Muneshige

-After the battle, [Player] visited Muneshige Tachibana's camp.
-There, Ginchiyo Tachibana and Kiyomasa Kato were celebrating the 
victory with him.
-[Player] greeted Muneshige.
Ginchiyo: You are [Player], with the Toyotomi?
Muneshige: Oh, it's you.
Muneshige: The arrogant, stubborn guy named Kato or Kiyomasa or something - 
Kiyomasa: Hey!
Muneshige: ... was talking about you. He said you were an honorable person.
Kiyomasa: Um, well... This is embarrassing.
Muneshige: You have fascinating eyes indeed. It's almost as if you can 
see beyond the sky itself.
Muneshige: You are not form this world, are you?
--What?
--Actually...

(What?)*
(Actually...)*

**Muneshige: I'm kidding.
--That's mean.
--What's with this guy?

(That's mean.)*
(What's with this guy?)*

**Kiyomasa: Don't take him seriously. He doesn't make any sense.
Ginchiyo: I haven't thanked you yet.
Ginchiyo: I appreciate your help in achieving victory for the Tachibana.
Kiyomasa: This one's no ordinary warrior. Didn't you travel across the 
land to train yourself before coming to join us?
Muneshige: Quite impressive. It sounds like we'll get along well. I would 
love to travel with you some day.
--That sounds good.
--What? I don't know about that...

(That sounds good.)*
(What? I don't know about that...)*

**Muneshige: I'm kidding.
--That's mean.
--What's with this guy?

(That's mean.)*
(What's with this guy?)*

**Muneshige: I'm joking.
Muneshige: I'll go find you, if you wish.
Muneshige: After I make it possible for everyone to travel wherever they like.
Muneshige: I will find you. I promise.
Kiyomasa; There he goes again. Don't take him seriously, [Player]. 
You'll make a fool out of yourself.
Ginchiyo: Sorry to make you suffer such a fool.
--Indeed.
--Actually he's an interesting guy.

(Indeed.)*
(Actually he's an interesting guy.)*

**Muneshige: You are honest.*END*

---
[Mun-2] Peace

-After the battle, [Player] saw Muneshige Tachibana and Masamune Date.
Masamune: ...
-Masamune was depressed.
-The Hojo's defeat had spelled the end of his dreams of conquest.
-Muneshige smiled and spoke to him.
Muneshige: It looks like peace has come to the world.
Masamune: Peace? If that's what you like to call it...
Masamune: It's only peace for those without the guts or the willpower to 
pull their heads out of the ground and face the world they actually live in.
-Masamune laughed and looked up at Muneshige.
Masamune: But you aren't one of those people.
Masamune: Who do you not strive to rule the land? Do you not dream?
Muneshige: I dream.
Muneshige: I want to see the world.
Masamune: Oh?
Muneshige: And I can see it faster if I take control of it first. That is, 
the world beyond this land.
Masamune: ...!
-The world beyond this land." The words startled Masamune, but Muneshige 
just grinned.
Muneshige: There is no stopping the wind once it starts to blow.
Muneshige: But just how far does a one-eyed dragon like you think he could go?
Masamune: Don't mock me!*END*

---
[Mun-3] The River

-After the battle of Kyushu, Muneshige Tachibana became the lord of 
Yanagawa in Chikugo, a region of great prosperity.
-Yanagawa had long been known for its many its many rivers.
-One day, [Player] was on route to Yanagawa after being invited by Muneshige.
-Muneshige said they would be taking his boat out on the river along 
with Kiyomasa Kato.
Ginchiyo: Sorry, [Player]. He's one of those men who can't keep his 
mouth shut once it opens.

-Ginchiyo Tachibana met with [Player] at Yanagawa Castle, and together 
they headed off to join Muneshige.
-According to Ginchiyo, Muneshige had gone ahead with Kiyomasa.
-On the way, there was a quaint little town where the sight of the water 
sparkling in the sunshine could bring a tear to the eye.
-After walking a bit more, they could see people sailing their boats out 
on the water.

Maid: Oh, Lord Muneshige! Stop teasing!
-Inside the boat were many young women. Everyone was in noticeably 
good spirits.
Muneshige: You came. I've been waiting.
-Muneshige was at the center of it all. Kiyomasa was off to the side, 
drinking alone.
Muneshige: What's wrong?
Ginchiyo: ... Nothing.
Muneshige: I see. Then come and stand beside me, Ginchiyo.
-The girls around them suddenly stopped talking.
Ginchiyo: I'd rather not.
Muneshige: I see. Then [Player], you come over here.
-The girls then all looked over at [Player].
Maid: Who might this be?
-[Player] could feel the sting of Ginchiyo and the girls' stares.
--Go stand beside him.
--Don't go.

(Go stand beside him.)
Kiyomasa: Looks like you'll do anything he says.*

(Don't go.)
Kiyomasa: So, you can't stand that ruckus either?*

**Muneshige: Oh, sorry, Kiyomasa. Did I hurt your feelings?
Kiyomasa: Now, you listen to me...!
Muneshige: Get over here. All three of you.
-[Player] and the others enjoyed themselves as they floated down the 
river, taking in the scenery.
-Their crowded boat caught the eyes of nearby travelers who walked the road.
-Muneshige smiled at his guests and they followed suit. Their merriment 
grew and grew...
-Until eventually a festival-like atmosphere filled the air.

Muneshige: Looks like the sun is setting.
-Muneshige whispered to [Player] amongst the clamor.
Muneshige: Hey, would you like to get out of here?
Muneshige: I know a good place nearby. The sunset is beautiful right now.
Muneshige: There's someting I'd like to show you. I wouldn't want you 
to miss it.
--I'd love to see it.
--I don't want to leave everyone behind.

(I'd love to see it.)*
(I don't want to leave everyone behind.)*

**Muneshige: Come with me.
-Muneshige slipped through the crowd. [Player] hurriedly followed.
-[Player was keeping a steady eye on Muneshige so as not to lose him, when 
suddenly thy came to a clearing.

-It was a rolling, hilly, area. The view was painted in the red of the 
setting sun.
Muneshige: I hope you enjoy it.
-A cool breeze blew between them. Muneshige smiled beside [Player].
Muneshige: I had a good time today.
Muneshige: I enjoyed spending time with a different crowd.
Muneshige: I'm glad you came.
--Um, well...
--Thank you, I am too.

(Um, well...)*
(Thank you, I am too.)*

**
*Chose "Go stand beside him." earlier.*
Muneshige: Well, you did accept my invitation without thinking it through 
when you first stepped on the boat.
--I had no choice!
--What's your problem?!

*Chose "Don't go." earlier.*
Muneshige: Well, you did refuse my invitation when you first stepped 
on the boat.
--I had no choice!
--What a terrible thing to say.

(I had no choice!)*
(What's your problem?!)*
(What a terrible thing to say.)*

**Muneshige: Your face seems to change with everything you say. You keep 
me on my toes.
Muneshige: You should come visit again.
Muneshige: The scenery will change with the passage of time.
Muneshige: Seeing that might change your expression again. Your eyes might 
shine even brighter...
Muneshige: What's wrong?
--You really are a good leader.
--I don't know about that. But I'll be back.
--Oh, uh... It's... It's nothing.

(You really are a good leader.)*
(I don't know about that. But I'll be back.)*
(Oh, uh... It's... It's nothing.)*

**Ginchiyo: Cut that out, you two.
-Kiyomasa and Ginchiyo were standing there as they turned around.
Muneshige: I'm impressed. I knew you two would be the ones to catch me.
Kiyomasa: Whatever, you fool.
Ginchiyo: A host shouldn't leave his own party. It's a madhouse back there.
Muneshige: I haven't left. We were just talking.
Kiyomasa: You should start learning the difference between ordinary folk 
and the rest.
Ginchiyo: What are you going to do about the party? Because of you, it has 
gotten out of control.
Muneshige: I see. Then let them enjoy themselves until the morning.
Muneshige: Naturally, that means us as well. Yes, I think I will make 
that an order.
--I had a feeling this would happen.
--What? Wait!

(I had a feeling this would happen.)
Kiyomasa: It's all over now. You can tell what he's thinking. That means 
he's gotten to you.
Ginchiyo: The same goes for you as well, Kiyomasa.*

(What? Wait!)
Kiyomasa: Still don't get it, do you [Player]? I saw this coming.
Ginchiyo: It's all over now. I can tell what he's thinking, which means 
he's gotten to me.*

-Everyone laughed together. Seeing this, Muneshige whispered into 
[Player]'s ear.
Muneshige: Great scenery, don't you think?*END*

---
[Mun-4] Departure
=Yanagawa, Territory=

-After Hideyoshi's death, the land was torn in half.
-Many turned to the man expected to take charge, Ieyasu Tokugawa, and 
supported his Eastern Army.
-Muneshige Tachibana, however, joined the Western Army led by Mitsunari Ishida
Ginchiyo: You're smart. I thought you would join the Eastern Army.
Muneshige: Is that what you wanted?
Ginchiyo: No.
Ginchiyo: I can't recall a time when you ever did what I wanted.
Muneshige: Then maybe I'll try it sometime.
-Muneshige's expression grew serious. There was no denying that the 
Western Army was at a disadvantage.
Muneshige: But only if we live to meet again.
Ginchiyo: Fine.
Ginchiyo: I'll make sure to prepare some proper advice for you then.*END*

---
[Mun-5] Final Words
=Yanagawa, Battlefield.=

-After the Western Army's defeat and Muneshige Tachibana's brush with 
death, he returned to Kyushu with Yoshihiro Shimazu.
-Muneshige's subordinates, who had prepared themselves for his death, 
wept excitedly upon seeing their ever-cheerful lord.
-Muneshige glanced over at Ginchiyo, who was standing silent and still.
Muneshige: What's wrong?
Ginchiyo: Well... It looks like we lived to see each other again.
Muneshige: Yes.
Ginchiyo: You know what you said. You said you would do whatever I wanted.
Muneshige: Indeed. What do you propose?
Ginchiyo: Never mind. There's just too much I want to say to you.
Ginchiyo: Just live your life the way you want.

-Muneshige shut himself up in Yanagawa Castle and prepared his defenses.
-Kanbei Kuroda and Muneshige's old friend Kiyomasa Kato advanced on 
Yanagawa Castle with the Eastern Army.*END*

---
[Mun-6] Muneshige the Wanderer

-Muneshige and [Player] talked to Kiyomasa after the battle.
Kiyomasa: It's just like you to choose the path of independence. But how 
long will a lost soul like you hold out?
Muneshige: A new world has begun. Every day is filled with surprise and 
change. I never tire of it.
Kiyomasa: Even now you joke. I must be hard on your followers.
Kiyomasa: [Player], do you plan on following this man too?
--Yes.
--I don't know about that.

(Yes.)
Kiyomasa: You've really got guts. You'll be sorry.
Muneshige: What can I say? I'm a likeable man.*

(I don't know about that.)
Kiyomasa: Well, said.
Muneshige: Come see me when you feel the time is right. I'll be waiting 
for you.*

*-Kiyomasa's laugh cut off unexpectedly.
Kiyomasa: That's not fair, you know.
Kiyomasa: You do as you like and still come up will all the right answers.
-Breaking off from Mitsunari Ishida was a bitter decision for Kioyomasa, 
but he did it to protect the Toyotomi clan.
-After that, Mitsunari was defeated in a showdown at Skeigahara and was 
executed at Rokujogawara.
Kiyomasa: I hope I live as long as you do.
Muneshige: Then do it. Live as I do.
Kiyomasa: I am doing just that. As long as I have nothing to lose...
Muneshige: You won't lose anything. You'll just change.
Muneshige: You, and the world.*END*

---
[Mun-7] Changing Scenery

-Even without a lord, Muneshige Tachibana's reputation as the nation's 
bravest warrior never died.
-In 1603, three years after the Battle of Sekigahara, Muneshige made his 
return as the feudal lord of Tanagura in Michinoku.
-There was a grand banquet held to celebrate, and [Player] was invited.
-[Player] peered at the faces at the banquet, but Muneshige was nowhere 
to be found.

-[Player] found Muneshige looking up at the sky, alone.
Muneshige: Oh, [Player].
--Congratulations on your return.
--What were you doing?

(Congratulations on your return.)
Muneshige: Indeed. Things have changed quite a bit.*

(What were you doing?)
Muneshige: I was admiring the scenery. The sky in the eastern country 
is beautiful.*

**Muneshige: But I don't plan on staying long. I'm leaving for Yanagawa.
-Yanagawa no longer belonged to the Tachibana family. Muneshige had 
lost everything.
-Even the scenery hed had once gaced upon and the people who laughed 
alongside him were gone.
-Ginchiyo had passed away the previous year.
Muenshige: Heh.
-Muneshige laughed under his breath.
Muneshige: What a face. Don't look so afraid.
--There's nothing to laugh about!
--I'm just worried about you.

(There's nothing to laugh about!)*
(I'm just worried about you.)*

**Muneshige: You're a kind one.
Muneshige: But you're just a kid.
Muneshige: I'm just living how I want to live.
Muneshige: I'd like to see it. The new world being born around us.
Muneshige: The people, the scenery, the piercing wind...
Muneshige: It's probably a fresh new color - one that neither you nor I 
have ever seen before.
Muneshige: The new world waits for me. I'm sure of it.
Muneshige: So, don't make that face. Smile for me, [Player]. Would you?
--Yes.
--You're so strong.

(Yes.)*
(You're so strong.)*

**Muneshige: Well, that's a different face from before.
Muneshige: Come, [Player]. I'll put a new face on you.*END*

---
[Mun-8] Dragon, Arrow and Wind
=Osaka Castle, Surrounds=

-In April 1615, Ieyasu and Hidetada's forces gathered in the capital.
-They faced the final battle to destroy the Toyotomi clan and the chaos.
-The Toyotomi generals, lead by Yukimura, prepared themselves for battle.
-Meanwhile, Ieyasu's generals, who had sworn to bring peace to the land, 
said in their camp, deep in thought.
Ina: ...
Muneshige: Are you alright?
Ina: I'm just... frustrated.
Ina: I want to tell him to come back alive, but... I just can't get
the words right.
Muneshige: Yukimura wants you to realize that there still things in this 
world that last forever.
Masamune: The world is always changing. That is what makes it an 
interesting place to live.
Muneshige: Indeed. If there is anything in this world that never changes...
Muneshige: It would be the fact that people live and die.
Muneshige: Let's pass that on together. Let's answer the call of 
Yukimura and his men.
Masamune: So that's what we will accomplish... We will change the world 
and the future with our own hands.
Masamune: The Dragon and the Wind will not stop.
Muneshige: And neither will the arrows that ride the wind.
Ina: I understand...*END*

---
[Mun-9] Gone with the Wind

-Five years after the battle, Muneshige Tachibana finally returned to 
Yanagawa as feudal lord.
-Invited by Muneshige, a surprised [Player] went to visit him.
-[Player] was led to a magnificent boat anchored in the bay.
-Muneshige was smiling. [Player] had been invited to take part in some 
trade negotiations.
-Masamune Date was also invited. Muneshige took the two of them for an 
excursion in the bay.
-Many onlookers stood on the bank, waving and cheering.
--You're really back.</pre><pre id="faqspan-14">
--That's quite a commotion out there.

(You're really back.)
Muneshige: They used to complain about me in the past. They said that once 
I started talking I wouldn't stop.*

(That's quite a commotion out there.)
Muneshige: Well, I suppose they like me. Even the ones who don't take to 
this sort of thing are here.*

**Muneshige: What do you think, one-eyed dragon? How about we just leave 
on a journey right now?
Masamune: What has gotten into you all of a sudden?
Muneshige: I told you, I plan on taking a journey around the world.
Masamune: Nonsense.
Masamune: But I like it.
Masamune: How about it, [Player]? There's no going back.
Muneshige: Indeed. No one can stop us. No one will be able to find us, either.
--Wait. You are the ruler of these lands!
--Please take me with you.

(Wait. You are the ruler of these lands!)
Muneshige: I will live as I please. No one can stop me.
Muneshige: At any rate, it's my last request.
--Oh.
--Right...

(Oh.)*
(Right...)*

(Please take me with you.)
Muneshige: Are you serious about this?
--What? Was that a joke?
--Well, I promised.

(What? Was that a joke?)*

**Muneshige: Ha...
-Muneshige laughed.
Muneshige: I see you've put on another new face, [Player].
-Looking into [Player]'s eyes, Muneshige grinned.
Muneshige: I like those eyes of yours.
Muneshige: The way they mysteriously change color... They seem to draw me in.
Just like the world we live in.
Muneshige: Let's go, [Player]. Our future lies beyond this horizon.*END*

(Please > Well, I promised.)
Masamune: You did?
Muneshige: Really? I don't remember.
Muneshige: Ha...
-Muneshige laughed.
Muneshige: I see you've put on another new face, [Player].
Muneshige: I haven't forgotten that promise.
-Looking into [Player]'s eyes, Muneshige grinned.
Muneshige: I like those eyes of yours.
Muneshige: The way they mysteriously change color... They seem to draw me in.
Just like the world we live in.
Muneshige: Let's go, [Player]. Our future lies beyond this horizon.*END*


---
[Kai] (8 events)
Kai

---
[Kai-1] Growing Up

Kai: Ha!
-As [Player] was paying a visit to the castle of the Hojo clan, Kai was 
competing in a match against some soldiers.
Kai: Yah!
Officer: I-I surrender.
Ujiyasu: You've gotten pretty strong, kid!
Kai: I'm not a kid!
Kotaro: Heh...
Kai: What are you smiling about?
Kai: It's not that I'm strong. It's just that everyone else is weak.
Ujiyasu: Then how about trying your luck with Kotaro?
Kotaro: She's so weak it would be hard to even take it easy on her.
I might end up killing her.
Kai: Who do you think you are? I could take you on!
Ujiyasu: Then how about that one?
-Ujiyasu nodded toward [Player], who was watching nearby.
Kai: Well, how about it? I don't mind.
--Take the challenge.
--Decline.

(Take the challenge.)
Ujiyasu: Wait, I was just joking. I don't want someone we don't even 
know getting hurt.*

(Decline.)
Ujiyasu: So the hawk chooses to hide its talons...*

**Kai: You're no fun.
Kai: When is something interesting going to happen?
Ujiyasu: You have some growing up to do yet.
Ujiyasu: And when you do, make sure you grow up right.
Ujiyasu: The same goes for you, [Player].*END*

---
[Kai-2] Princess Powerful

Kai: Ahh...
-Kai sighed absentmindedly.
Kai: Ahh...
Kai: Why don't boys like me...?
-[Player] heard something not meant for [Player]'s ears.
--Watch for a little longer
--Leave without being noticed.

(Watch for a little longer.)
Kai: Maybe they just think I'm unattainable? That's the only reason
I can think of...*

(Leave without being noticed.)
-[Player] tried to leave silently but accidentally made a noise.*

**Kai: Ah.
-Just then, Kai and [Player]'s eyes met.
Kai: How long have you been standing there? Were you eavesdropping on me?
Kai: Be careful how you answer. Your life may depend on it.
Officer: My lady!
-Just as Kai put her hand to her sword, someone from the Narita clan came 
running towards them, flustered.
Kai: What's wrong?
Officer: A bear has been spotted in the village!
Kai: ... And?
Officer: Well... The villagers are in a bind and I thought... Maybe you 
could take care of it for us?
Kai: Just who do you think I am? You think a fragile young girl like me 
could take on a bear?
Kai: Well, I guess I can't just turn my back on them. I'll be right 
there. Gather anyone who is available.
Officer: Yes, my lady.
-The man left, a gleeful look on his face.
Kai: Those sorry excuses for men...
Kai: Oh, [Player]. You'll help me, right?
--Oh, okay... With what?
--I'm kind of busy...

(Oh, okay... With what?)
Kai: With the bear, stupid! Now hurry up and get ready to go!*

(I'm kind of busy...)
Kai: I'll pretend I didn't hear that! Now hurry up and get ready to go!*

**-Not long afterward, Kai and [Player] successfully got rid of the bear 
that was troubling the villagers.*END*

---
[Kai-3] Keeping up Appearances

Kai: ...
-Kai's head hung down as she looked at the ground.
--Are you not feeling well?
--Is there something on your mind?

(Are you not feeling well?)
Kai: Hey! Don't sneak up on me like that!
Kai: Do I look like I'm not feeling well?*

(Is there something on your mind?)
Kai: Hey! Don't sneak up on me like that!
Kai: Do I look like I have something on my mind?
Kai: Well, I suppose I am a young woman of age now. I'd be lying if I 
said I didn't have lot on my mind...*

**Kai: My nails... I was doing my nails. See? Aren't they beautiful?
Kai: How about you show me your nails?
-[Player] showed her.
Kai: That makes you look like a boy. You can't forget that you are a 
woman, even on the field of battle.
Kai: Give me your hands.
-Kai took [Player]'s hands, filed her nails clean and then painted them
a beautiful crimson.
Kai: There we are. Now isn't that better?
--Thanks!
--I think they might look too nice for me...

(Thanks!)
Kai: Don't mention it.*

(I think they might look too nice for me...)
Kai: What? Better to be pretty than not, right?
Kai: It looks good on you. You can be pretty cute with a little help.*

**Kai: I always like to keep up my appearance.
Kai: Being a sweaty mess on the outside can make you feel like a mess 
on the inside as well.
Kai: You should take care of yourself if you want to look good.*END*

---
[Kai-4] Mirror, Mirror

Kai: I'm strong... I'm strong...
-Kai stood whispering to herself in front of a mirror.
Kai: I won't lose the battle. I won't, I won't... I'm not scared.
I'm not, I'm not...
Kai: I'm beautiful... Beautiful... Beautiful...
-[Player] and Kai's eyes met in the mirror!
--Look away.
--Burst out laughing.

(Look away.)
Kai: You saw me, didn't you?*

(Burst out laughing.)
Kai: Hey, cut that out! Be quiet! Don't laugh at me! Shh!*

**Kai: Listen. Forget you even saw me. You didn't see or hear anything.
Kai: Got it?
--I don't know.
--I'll think about it.

(I don't know.)
Kai: You better know!*

(I'll think about it.)
Kai: Don't mess around. All right?*

**Kai: Even I get worried sometimes. That's why I was reassuring myself...
Kai: Anyway, not a word of this to anyone. For your sake!
-Kai rushed up to [Player] imploringly.*END*

---
[Kai-5] The Gold Skirt

Kai: ... What? Impossible.
Mitsunari: It is Lord Hideyoshi's will.
Kai: I don't care what you say. I won't do it!
Mitsunari: It is not what I say that matters. I told you, this is the 
will of Lord Hideyoshi.
Kai: There's nothing to talk about...
-While she argued with Mitsunari, Kai saw [Player] and spoke.
Kai: Good timing! You have to help me! This ill-mannered fool won't 
listen to reason!
--What's wrong?
--Are you fighting?

(What's wrong?)
Kai: I'll tell you what's wrong.*

(Are you fighting?)
Kai: No, we aren't fighting.*

**Kai: This guy says I have to attend a tea ceremony wearing this ugly, 
shiny robe!
-A robe made of eye-opening deep crimson fabric embroidered with gold and 
silver thread was lying there.
-It was flashy and expensive looking, but not something Kai would 
normally wear.
Kai: I wouldn't even be able to go outside I'd be so embarrassed!
Mitsunari: The tea ceremony is being held by Lord Hideyoshi. You must 
follow his instructions or there will be trouble.
Kai: I won't. There is no way I will ever wear this.
Mitsunari: Your home was spared from destruction because of Lord 
Hideyoshi's good favor.
Mitsunari: The least you could do is endure this one request.
Kai: Endure? So you agree with me when I say this is ugly, right?
Mitsunari: Troublesome woman...
Kai: Troublesome? I can hear you, you big-headed fool!
Mitsunari: Well, I delivered the message. Do whatever you want. It has 
nothing to do with me.
-Mitsunari left hurriedly.
Kai: I can't stand that man.
Kai: That pretty face of his goes to waste due to his horrible personality.
-Apparently his face, at least, passed the test...*END*

---
[Kai-6] Standup Routine

Kai: I won! You see that? That's the true power of a lady!
Kunoichi: A lady doesn't yell.
Kunoichi: Who do we have to thank for winning? Lord Yukimura, [Player] and...
Kai: And me! Actually, it was mostly me.
Kunoichi: You just won't give up, will you?
-Yukimura and [Player] walked up to where they were talking.
Kai: Lord Yukimura! Oh, and [Player] too...
Kunoichi: Listen to this. This girl thinks...
Yukimura: Lady Kai, you were wonderful out there.
Kai: Thank you, Lord Yukimura!
Kunoichi: Ahh... This will just make things worse.
Kai: But please, I am powerless when compared to you, my lord...
Kunoichi: Powerless? You're a pillar of strength!
Kai: Would you please be quiet?
Kunoichi: You seemed to be delirious, so I just thought I'd remind you
of the truth!
Kai: I am not delirious!
Kunoichi: Yes, you are.
Kai: No, I'm not!
Yukimura: [Player], shall we go?*END*

---
[Kai-7] We Can Do It

-Kai and Kunoichi were inside Osaka Castle during the truce.
Kai: I'm beat! At least we have a chance to rest now.
Kunoichi: Hey, I was wondering...
Kai: Yes? You think I'm cute?
Kunoichi: No, not that. I was just wondering; why are you fighting?
Kunoichi: Most everyone here in Osaka right now are lordless warriors who 
owe debts of gratitude to the Toyotomi clan.
Kunoichi: But you're only here because Ujiyasu lost and so you decided
to follow Hideyoshi.
Kunoichi: Why do you feel like you have to work so hard for him?
Kai: Do you think we'll lose to Ieyasu?
Kunoichi: No, but... It's just that under normal situations, a person 
would choose the other side.
Kunoichi: But either way, Osaka is the only place rebelling against that 
sly old man.
Kai: Then why don't you run away?
Kunoichi: Me? Because... I want to protect them. People like Lord Yukimura 
and [Player]...
Kai: Then we're the same.
Kai: I just can't forget about all of you. I can't let you die.
Kai: My lord told me something once.
Kai: He said to protect the things that are precious to me until the end.
Kunoichi: Oh... I wonder if we can?
Kai: Of course we can, stupid! This is no time for doubt.
Kunoichi: You act like you switched spirits with Ujiyasu...
Kai: We can do it!
Kai: I will never lose!*END*

---
[Kai-8] Not Over Yet

Kai: Well, it`s over...
-After the battle, [Player] paid Lady Kai and Kunoichi a visit.
Kunoichi: I wasn't able to protect them.
Kai: ...
Kunoichi: I couldn't protect the people important to me.
Kai: I'm sorry... I really am powerless.
Kunoichi: Ooh... No...
Kai: Waahhhh!
Kunoichi: Wait a second... Why are you the first to start crying?
Kai: Crying can feel good.
Kai: What was it that Lord Yukimura and everyone else were fighting for?
Kunoichi: To show the world the way a warrior lives. That's what he said.
Kai: Lord Yukimura lived a wonderful life...
Kai: We should show it to the world. And we're the only ones...
Kunoichi: The only ones who can do it.
Kai: That's right. Our battle is not over yet!
Kunoichi: But you said it was over just a minute ago.
Kai: No, I didn't.
Kunoichi: Yes, you did.
Kai: No, I didn't!
Kunoichi: Yes, you did.
Kai: I did not!*END*


---
[Uji] (11 events)
Ujiyasu Hojo

---
[Uji-1] A Promising Youngster

Ujiyasu: You're still here?
Ujiyasu: If you don't want to be swallowed up by this troubled world we 
live in, then go out and see it with your own eyes.
Ujiyasu: Go and look upon the faces of the ones they call heroes. All 
right, you fool?
--Yes.
--I'm looking at a hero right now.

(Yes.)*

(I'm looking at a hero right now.)
Ujiyasu: Is flattery your only skill? You won't get very far.*

**Ujiyasu: I'm actually kind of busy right now.
Ujiyasu: I can't stand around looking at your dull face forever.
Ujiyasu: Get out of here.
Ujiyasu: ...
Ujiyasu: Oh, wait. Just remember.
Ujiyasu: You're still just a little baby. Don't be afraid to be afraid.
Ujiyasu: When there's danger, get out of there. Don't be die trying to 
be brave or something ridiculous like that.
Ujiyasu: Don't get the wrong idea though.
Ujiyasu: I just wouldn't be able to sleep if you died on me.
Ujiyasu: That's all I wanted to say. Make sure you make it big one day, 
youngster.*END*

---
[Uji-2] Ujiyasu's Scar

-The Hojo soldiers were talking about something.
Soldier1: Look! I got a wound on my forehead! I finally got a wound like 
Lord Ujiyasu's!
Soldier2: Good! A warrior's pride indeed! I must be bold and do the same!
Ujiyasu: Quit talking nonsense and get to work, you two.
Soldier1: Y-yes, my lord!
Ujiyasu: Pitiful...
Ujiyasu: They act as if being wounded is an honorable thing, but it isn't.
Ujiyasu: With every wound you get in battle, the pain of every man who 
died in battle gets inscribed into your soul.
Ujiyasu: No... We would be better off without being wounded.
Ujiyasu: Got it? Don't you let yourself get hurt either.
--I won't be fighting, so don't worry.
--What should I do?

(I won't be fighting, so don't worry.)
Ujiyasu: Not fighting, huh? Not a bad idea.
Ujiyasu: But in this day and age, you have to fight if you want to 
protect anything.*

(What should I do?)
Ujiyasu: Idiot! Working out what to do is what you youngsters are 
supposed to do!*

**Ujiyasu: Squeeze out what little knowledge you have and think it over.
Ujiyasu: Figure out a way to make everything right without hurting 
yourself or the enemy.
Ujiyasu: Only a fool like you would be able to figure out how to 
accomplish something crazy like that.*END*

---
[Uji-3] Seafood Stew

-Ujiyasu and Lady Aya came walking from up ahead.
-Ujiyasu was carrying a fishing rod in one hand. His wicker basket was 
full of fish.
Ujiyasu: Hey. The lady and I were just discussing the world while we took 
in the ocean scenery.
Aya: Good timing, [Player]. Ujiyasu says he's going to treat us to a meal.
Ujiyasu: us? You strike a hard bargain... I'm not a pushover like 
Kenshin, you know.
Ujiyasu: But all right. I'll bring the pot over. Could you gut the fish?
-Ujiyasu handed [Player] a knife and a large fish
--I can't gut a fish.
--Leave it to Lady Aya.

(I can't gut a fish.)
Ujiyasu: Huh? What good are you then? Look, here's how you do it...
Ujiyasu: Go like this, then like this, and then finish it off like this.
-Ujiyasu gutted the fish clean.
Aya: It's not like you to be so methodical.
Ujiyasu: Oh, be quiet.*

(Leave it to Lady Aya.)
-Aya took the knife and carelessly gutted the fish.
-The fish was a mess.
Ujiyasu: Well, I brought the pot... Hey! What happened to the fish?
Aya: Is there a problem?
Ujiyasu: All right, take it easy. I don't like how you're smiling and 
holding that knife like that!
Ujiyasu: That poor fish. I'm sure he would've wanted to be cleaned with 
a bit more skill than that.*

**-The three of them ate all of the fish stew.
Aya: You have quite an appetite, [Player].
Ujiyasu: A little too much of one, in fact. You almost didn't leave 
anything for us.
Ujiyasu: ...
Ujiyasu: I think we've had enough relaxation for one day.
Ujiyasu: Both soldiers and civilians alive live in fear for their lives. 
It's not right.
--Then help me train.
--Let's do this again sometime and invite everyone.

(Then help me train.)
Aya: You're ready to train after eating all of that? I suppose that's 
the power of youth.
Ujiyasu: Go ahead then. We'll watch over your training.
Ujiyasu: She may not look it, but she's not as young as she used to be either.
Aya: How about I add another scar to that face of yours?*END*

(Let's do this again sometime and invite everyone.)
Aya: Always thinking of the good of the people... You have a fine officer 
by your side, Ujiyasu.
Aya: If you worked under Kenshin, you'd be famous for certain...
Ujiyasu: Never thought I'd see you so disappointed. I guess that means 
this one has potential.
Ujiyasu: We can't let Kenshin have this one now. We don't need any more 
bloodthirsty warriors in the world.*END*

---
[Uji-4] Behind Every Good Man

-Ujiyasu and Kunoichi were talking.
Ujiyasu: In the end, it's his wife that pulls a man's stings.
Kunoichi: Hmm...
Ujiyasu: A husband will want to protect a good wife. That kind of 
resolution is what makes a man stronger.
Kunoichi: So that's why you're so tough.
Ujiyasu: You two aren't so bad, for women. Nowhere near my wife's 
caliber, of course.
Kunoichi: Thank you for that worthless compliment!
Ujiyasu: Just my way of saying thanks for the good conversation.
Ujiyasu: Anyway, you need to find yourself a good companion and get 
yourselves something to fight for.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Kunoichi: That was a fast reply! I didn't know you had it in you.
Ujiyasu: You may have just met your match, ninja.
Kunoichi: What's important is what happens afterward. It's about how 
much you care about the other person.
Ujiyasu: Come to think of it, you may already have fallen for someone. A 
certain red fellow...
Kunoichi: W-what are you talking about? I am a ninja, you know.
Ujiyasu: I knew it. I don't understand what you see in that suspicious, 
sorry excuse for a man.
Kunoichi: You're not talking about Lord Shingen, are you?*END*

(No.)
Ujiyasu: Oh, so there's no special person in your life right now?
Ujiyasu: I know a man - he's a tad eccentric, but he's tall, he's a 
ninja and he likes dogs.
Ujiyasu: You two would be perfect together! What do you think?
Kunoichi: Don't mix her up with that monster. Think of the poor girl.*END*

---
[Uji-5] Three Fools of Kanto

-Ujiyasu, Shingen and Kenshin were talking.
Shingen: Even the heavens must be reeling at the sight of the three 
of us joining forces.
Kenshin: It's a joy to be able to fight alongside an old enemy...
Ujiyasu: Tiger, Dragon and Lion are lined up and ready. We won't be able 
to show our faces again if we lose.
Shingen: Anyway, [Player], it seems as though Ujiyasu has taken quite 
a liking to you.
Shingen: Tell me how you did it. Maybe I could learn a thing or two.
--Just through faith.
--Just through love.

(Just through faith.)
Shingen: You're a good general, Ujiyasu. I envy you.
Ujiyasu: You're making me feel uncomfortable.*END*

(Just through love.)
Ujiyasu: Shut up! People will think it's true!
Shingen: I think it's a wonderful thing. But is your wife all right with it?
Kenshin: They must fight about it at home...
Ujiyasu: Idiot! You don't know what you're talking about!*END*

---
[Uji-6] Rice and Soup

-Ujiyasu and [Player] were eating breakfast together. Ujiyasu slowly 
started to speak.
Ujiyasu: This was a long time ago, but... My boys used to like rice with 
miso soup on it.
Ujiyasu: One day, Ujiteru and Ujimasa were eating breakfast like we are now.
Ujiyasu: Then both poured miro soup onto their rice as usual and 
started to eat.
Ujiyasu: But then Ujiteru started fussing about not having enough rice and 
Ujimasa about not having enough miso soup.
--It sounds like you had your hands full.
--Together they might have balanced out.

(It sounds like you had your hands full.)
Ujiyasu: You must not think much of them, I suppose.
Ujiyasu: They'd been eating the stuff almost every day, but they still 
couldn't prepare it right.
Ujiyasu: How could kids like that understand the feelings of the people?
Ujiyasu: How could they handle war and politics if they couldn't even 
handle their own food?
Ujiyasu: But Don't you think that maybe we're the ones to blame for 
forcing this kind of world on them?
-Ujiyasu neatly finished eating his miso soup and rice and put down 
his chopsticks.*END*

(Together they might have balanced out.)
Ujiyasu: You think the problem would be solved if Ujimasa gave a little of 
his rice to Ujiteru and Ujiteru gave a little of his miso soup to Ujimasa?
Ujiyasu: I doubt they would be clever enough to figure that out right away.
Ujiyasu: But from a parent's perspective, I think that's what gives them 
their charm.
Ujiyasu: I'd be scared to have a quick-witted kid like you.
-Ujiyasu neatly finished eating his miso soup and rice and put down 
his chopsticks.*END*

---
[Uji-7] Wind of the Hojo

-Kotaro showed up during Ujiyasu and [Player]'s conversation.
Ujiyasu: Kotaro, how are you?
Kotaro: I see you brought a dog along. It seems to have taken quite a 
liking to you.
--Ruff ruff!
--Cut it out!

(Ruff ruff!)
Kotaro: All right, doggy. I'll play with you. Show me a trick.
Ujiyasu: I wouldn't look at him that way. He doesn't take jokes very well.
Ujiyasu: He might cut you down if you don't do a trick.*

(Cut it out!)
Kotaro: You have a nasty bark, I see.
Ujiyasu: Just think of it as a compliment. Don't worry about it.*

**Ujiyasu: Be more considerate, Kotaro. Think about the position you 
put me in.
Kotaro: What a good dog. Your abilities could one day become seeds of chaos.
Ujiyasu: Hear that? Well, it all depends on how dedicated you are.
Ujiyasu: I'd rather you work to suppress chaos, but who knows what
might happen?
Kotaro: Heh...*END*

---
[Uji-8] Ujiyasu and the Kid

-Kai walked by as Ujiyasu and [Player] talked.
Ujiyasu: Oh, if it isn't Narita's kid. Causing a ruckus as usual?
Kai: How many times do I have to tell you... I'm not a kid, I'm a woman!
Kai: Does he call you a kid as well? I know just how you feel.
Ujiyasu: Keep your noisy chirping down, you kids.
Ujiyasu: Anyway... I've got high expectations for you young folk.
Ujiyasu: Give it all you've got. I'll watch and see just how far you
can go.
Kai: You don't have to tell us. Right, [Player]?
--Yes!
--Speak for yourself!

(Yes!)
Kai: I'm speechless... Finally, somebody with some sense around here.
Kai: Ujiyasu, that ninja woman, the chaos-lover... Nothing but strange 
people all around trying to spin my life in circles.
Kai: My time has finally come...
Ujiyasu: We're strange? Try taking a look in a mirror!*END*

(Speak for yourself!)
Kai: What...?!
Kai: So you're just like Ujiyasu after all. I'll have to think about how 
to deal with you.
Ujiyasu: Ha! You've got lot of nerve, kid.*END*

---
[Uji-9] A Leader of Men

-Ujiyasu was staring at a stack of letters as [Player] entered room.
Ujiyasu: Oh, it's you. Sorry, but I'm a little busy right now.
Ujiyasu: These are all requests from the people. I'm trying to decide
how to handle them.
Ujiyasu: Being a lord can be hard work. You can't overlook anything.
--Why do you work so hard?
--Why not leave it to your sons?

(Why do you work so hard?)
Ujiyasu: I am Lord of Kanto. And I will be until I die.
Ujiyasu: But normal folk have the right to choose their leader.
Ujiyasu: If I were a lazy leader, I'd soon lose the public's favor.*END*

(Why not leave it to your sons?)
Ujiyasu: I can't let that happen.
Ujiyasu: I really wanted to end all this strife in my lifetime.
Ujiyasu: But it continues because I wasn't strong enough.
Ujiyasu: I can't leave this mess for the next generation to clean up.*END*

---
[Uji-10] Leisurely Pursuits

-Ujiyasu and Sakon sat on stool on the beach. [Player] gazed at the sea 
off the coast of Odawara.
-Grilled seafood and sake sat beside them.
Ujiyasu: Talking, eating and drinking with an ocean view. Can't get any 
better than this, right?
--I'm happy just to be able to eat Odawara seafood!
--I wish I could have a drink.

(I'm happy just to be able to eat Odawara seafood!)
Ujiyasu: The local stuff is the best! Eat up! Don't hold back!*

(I wish I could have a drink.)
Ujiyasu: Young folk do just fine without having to drink.
Ujiyasu: There was a time when my third born, Kagetora, got out of control 
from drinking. He was a handful.*

**Sakon: Well, it can happen. But what I would like to know is why are we 
drinking sake so early in the morning?
-The morning sunlight spread out over the horizon. They were the only ones 
on the beach.
Ujiyasu: Are you stupid? Mornings are the best time for drinking! Drinking 
at night just leads to over drinking.
Ujiyasu: My grandfather used to say... Wake up at four o'clock and go
to work.
Sakon: Is that so? Hmm... Well, I don't think I could ever be a part of 
the Hojo clan.
Ujiyasu: What? Are my stories really that bad?
Sakon: Oh, no. There is much to learn from them.
Ujiyasu: Well, forget war strategies. Leave the shady stories up to 
the shady folk.
Ujiyasu: So, what do you say? How about a game of Go?
Sakon: I'd be honored. But didn't Lord Soun used to say that a friend 
who pushes you to play Go...
Ujiyasu: Oh, so you know that story. Yes, my grandfather always said that 
any friend who pushes you to play Go is no friend at all.
Ujiyasu: But don't worry. It's not like we're friends or anything.
Sakon: Well, that's true. Then let us drink and play till the sun sets.
Ujiyasu: Come on then, fool.*END*

---
[Uji-11] A Father's Words

-[Player] had dropped in on Odawara, and was discussing the state of the 
land with Ujiyasu.
Ujiyasu: So, do you understand a little now what is going on in this 
crazy world?
Ujiyasu: I guess I can tell from the look on your face.
Ujiyasu: You're prepared to kill or be killed.
Ujiyasu: I didn't think you were much when we first met... But you've 
really grown up.
Ujiyasu: It feels like I'm talking to my own daughter.
Ujiyasu: It takes all my strength just to rule Kanto, but I'm sure you 
could hand the whole nation.
Ujiyasu: No... Just do what you can.
Ujiyasu: I'll be watching. Even from the next world.
--Yes, my lord. Rest in peace.
--Don't talk like that!

(Yes, my lord. Rest in peace.)
Ujiyasu: I intend to.
Ujiyasu: Keep living strong and don't be afraid to complain.
Ujiyasu: Live like you'll die tomorrow.*END*

(Don't talk like that!)
Ujiyasu: Stop making that face...
Ujiyasu: How could I leave you behind when you're so careless?
Ujiyasu: Don't worry. I'll be around long enough to watch over you.*END*


---

[Take] (9 events)
Hanbei Takenaka

---
[Take-1] Hanbei and Kanbei

-Kanbei Kuroda was also present when [Player] visited Hanbei.
-He was Hideyoshi's strategist, along with Hanbei.
Hanbei: It's complicated having two people with names like Hanbei and 
Kanbei. They sound so similar. There's an easy way to tell us apart.
Hanbei: The one in black is the bad strategist, Kanbei Kuroda. Here 
dressed in white is the good strategist, Hanbei Takenaka.
Kanbei: All strategists are bad people. You especially.
--I agree.
--I don't know about that.

(I agree.)
Hanbei: You don't understand. I am one of the rare exceptions. I have a 
very pure heart.
Kanbei: Very funny. No one is as skilled at shaking the foundations of 
people's hearts as you are.*

(I don't know about that.)
Hanbei: You see? There are people who understand!
Kanbei: I can't tell if you're serious, a joker, a liar, or if you just 
have no common sense.*

**Kanbei: Let's find out, shall we? Answer me this. What do you use when 
you look at me, Hanbei?
Hanbei: I see poison.
Kanbei: Oh? So you believe I will be a poison to Lord Hideyoshi?
Hanbei: In ancient times, it was said that poison can turn into good 
medicine.
Hanbei: I, the good strategist, will turn you, Kanbei, from poison 
into medicine.
Kanbei: You're absurd.*END*

---
[Take-2] Secrets of Mino

No: You're looking well.
-Lady No approached Hanbei and [Player] as they walked the land around 
the castle.
Hanbei: Greetings, my lady. It's been too long.
No: Hanbei. You don't still have that old problem anymore, do you?
Hanbei: What problem?
No: Whenever you talked to people, you would sit stock still for long 
periods of time in order to not miss a thing they said.
No: You'd be so engrossed that you wouldn't notice that you had to 
relieve yourself. Finally you wouldn't be able to hold it any longer and...
Hanbei: Hey! No! That's a lie! That isn't what happened!
Hanbei: Why must people exaggerate the unimportant details?
Hanbei: My lady... You haven't been speaking of this to anyone else, have you?
No: I don't know... Perhaps I have.
Hanbei: My reputation is at stake! I'll never be able to show my face in 
the house of Oda again!
No: That would be a problem. I'll make sure I tell you-know-who.
Hanbei: I told you, stop spreading rumors!
Hanbei: [Player]! Tell her!
--Stop speaking ill of Hanbei!
--The more rumors the better!

(Stop speaking ill of Hanbei!)
Hanbei: That's right! Stop your bullying!*

(The more rumors the better!)
Hanbei: What?! [Player], you're horrible! I thought we were friends...*

**Hanbei: She's had enough fun at my expense. Now it's my turn!
Hanbei: So, have you not yet had the chance to use what your father gave 
you, my lady?
No: Oh, you mean this?
-Lady No pulled a dagger from her breast pocket.
Hanbei: I heard you married into the Oda family just to get a chance at 
killing Nobunaga, am I correct?
No: I'm impressed, Hanbei.
No: But those who know my secret must die, I'm afraid.
-Lady No pointed the dagger toward Hanbei.
Hanbei: M-my lady, you can't be serious! Eeee!
-Hanbei ran away.
No: Oh dear, there he goes.*END*

---
[Take-3] Hot Springs

-Hanbei approached [Player] after the battle.
Hanbei: That was a tiring battle today, wasn't it? I'm exhausted.
-Just then, Ranmaru Mori passed by.
Hanbei: Oh, Ranmaru. There's a hot spring nearby, would you like to join us?
Ranmaru: What? Me?
Hanbei: Yes, you. Well, I suppose I could go with that person behind you.
-Ranmaru quickly turned around but there was no one there. Hanbei took 
Ranmaru's arm before he could turn back around.
Hanbei: Just joking! Come on, let's go! Hot springs are great for 
soothing tired bodies.
Ranmaru: W-wait!
-Hanbei pulled Ranmaru against his will to the hot spring.
Ranmaru: L-lord Hanbei. It says this is the woman's bath here!
Hanbei: It'll be fine. No one's around. And it's much roomier on this 
side anyway.
--Why not?
--Wait, how do you know that?

(Why not?)
Hanbei: You see? Everyone agrees. It'll be fine!*

(Wait, how do you know that?)
Hanbei: Like I would tell you? Anyway, it'll be fine!*

**Ranmaru: No, it's not fine! Whoa, hey!
-Hanbei pulled Ranmaru and he fell into the hot spring.
Ranmaru: Lord Hanbei, why did you do that?!
Hanbei: Be quiet! You're going to ruin the hot spring mood. We need to relax!
Ranmaru: Oh... Yes...
Hanbei: This feels great. It almost makes me forget about all the 
trouble in the world.
Ranmaru: It feels as if that battle never even happened.
Hanbei: All this fighting is ridiculous. Everyone should just relax and 
fall asleep in hot springs.*END*

---
[Take-4] Black Rice Cakes

-Kanbei and [Player] heard that Hanbei had been horribly wounded in 
battle, so they rushed to see him.
Kanbei: Hanbei, are you all right?
Hanbei: Lord Kanbei, you look so pale! What's the matter?
-Hanbei was calm and collected.
Kanbei: This is just what my face looks like normally... We heard you were 
shot with an arrow in battle.
Hanbei: Oh, that. Well, the arrow did strike me in the chest.
Hanbei: But thanks to the sticky rice cake I had in my breast pocket, 
I was fine! It was a miracle.
Hanbei: I'm glad I had it with me! I was thinking about eating it later 
if I got hungry.
Kanbei: I am utterly speechless.
Hanbei: Wait, you weren't actually worried about me, were you?
Kanbei: I was fooled by the machinations of a bad strategist.
-Kanbei frowned.
Hanbei: This is great!
Hanbei: Hmm. In honor of this moment, I think I'm going to change my 
family crest to a sticky rice cake!
Hanbei: I'll draw a black circle around it and call it "Black Rice 
Cake". What do you think? Isn't that a good idea?
--Yes, it is!
--It's a little lame...

(Yes, it is!)
Hanbei: I knew it! I'll be easy to draw, too!*

(It's a little lame...)
Hanbei: You don't understand! Its initials "BRC" could also stand for 
"Brotherhood of Rebellious Countrymen"!*

**-Hanbei took a brush and drew a circle in ink.
Hanbei: There we are! You can use this family crest as well, Lord Kanbei.
Kanbei: I'd much rather not.*END*

---
[Take-5] Hanbei's Nag

Hanbei: Hello, everyone!
-After the battle, Hanbei cam riding into camp on a scrawny horse.
--Why are you riding a pack horse?
--Why not ride a cow?

(Why are you riding a pack horse?)
Hanbei: It looks like a pack horse, right? It's not though.*

(Why not ride a cow?)
Hanbei: I've ridden one before. It wasn't very comfortable.
Hanbei: They should get all those hot-blooded young folk to try riding 
them. That would cool them down.*

**Hanbei: Riding an expensive horse into battle makes you worry about 
something horrible happening to it.
Habnei: But you can't be thinking about that kind of thing on the 
battlefield. There may come a time when you have to get rid of your horse.
Hanbei: That's why it's best to choose a horse you wouldn't hesitate 
getting rid of.
Hanbei: But if you are a cheapskate like Lord Kanbei, you might not even 
be able to get rid of a cheap horse.
Kanbei: Did you say something, Hanbei?
-Kanbei appeared suddenly.
Hanbei: No. I wasn't saying anything, Lord Kanbei.
Kanbei: By the way, Hanbei, do you require a horse?
Hanbei: What? You're giving me a horse?
Kanbei: Not without some compensation, of course. We are friends, so I 
will sell it to you for less than it is worth.
Hanbei: If we were friends, you would give it to me for free! I knew you 
were a cheapskate.
Kanbei: Would it not feel better to pay for something than to receive 
it for nothing?
Hanbei: Well, I suppose it might...
Kanbei: Then I will sell it to you.
-Kanbei departed after selling his horse to Hanbei.
Hanbei: I fell for it! I fell for that horrible strategist's scheme!
Hanbei: I guess I'll have to take good care of this horse. I did pay 
money for it.*END*

---
[Take-6] The Role of the Strategist

-[Player] entered Hanbei's room but found it deserted.
Nene: Hanbei! Hanbei!
-Nene entered the room yelling Hanbei's name.
Nene: He's not here either. Why can't he be around when I need him? I 
have a favor to ask of him.
-Nene yelled his name again as she left the room in search of him.
--Search for a cool spot that would be good for napping.
--Search his workplace.

(Search for a cool spot that would be good for napping.)
-[Player] entered the castle thinking that maybe he was on the roof 
taking a nap.
-Inside of the castle was a complete mess. A busy Mitsunari gave orders 
amongst a mountain of paperwork.
-The castle was in a frenzy but [Player] decided to try and speak to 
the flustered Mitsunari.*

(Search his workplace.)*
-Inside of the castle was a complete mess. A busy Mitsunari gave orders 
amongst a mountain of paperwork.
-The castle was in a frenzy. [Player] asked the flustered Mitsunari if he 
knew where Hanbei was.*

**Mitsunari: Coming here looking for him is like going to a volcano 
looking for ice.
Mitsunari: If he would just do his part, then I wouldn't be so up to my 
neck n work all the time.
Mitsunari: He is most likely up on the roof enjoying the cool breeze.

-Following Mitsunari's advice, [Player] went up to search for the roof.
-Hanbei Takenaka was sleeping in the middle of a group of cats.
-As [Player] came closer, the cats started to scatter. Hanbei watched them 
depart through one open eye.
Hanbei: They run because they can sense your tension. You have to 
calm yourself.
--Tell him how Mitsunari was not happy with him.
--Tell him Nene is looking for him.

(Tell him how Mitsunari was not happy with him.)*
(Tell him Nene is looking for him.)*

**Hanbei: He'll be fine. Don't worry about him.
Hanbei: A strategist works on the outside of an organization and fixes the 
problems that can't be seen from the inside.
Hanbei: A strategist who is bust on the inside of the organization has his 
priorities in the wrong place.
Hanbei: The work of petty official like Mitsunari and Kiyomasa differ in 
quality and precision from our work as strategists.
Hanbei: For every actual battle, I run a trail battle through my mind 
10,000 times, killing millions.
Hanbei: That way, I'm able to reduce the number of deaths in the actual 
battle. I'm always thinking of a way to create peace.
Hanbei: For example, remember how I put a sticky rice cake in my breast 
pocket and it saved my life?
Hanbei: That was actually my strategy. Those petty officials can't pull 
of miracles like that.
Hanbei: You look what happens if you let them run a battle. They'd worry 
too much on numbers and supplies.
--You're amazing.
--You shouldn't talk like that about others.

(You're amazing.)
Hanbei: Not at all, not at all.*

(You shouldn't talk like that about others.)
Hanbei: I'm sorry... I've just been fighting so many mock battles in my 
head that I got a little harsh.*

-Hanbei answered in an annoyed tone.
Hanbei: But no matter how much you learn from trial and error, there 
will always be bloodshed.
Hanbei: People will die no matter how much you plan ahead. What am I, as a 
strategist, supposed to say to those people?
Hanbei: I'm sorry? I tried, but I failed? You have to die because it's 
more convenient for us?
Hanbei: I can't say that. I'd be a failure as Lord Hideyoshi's 
strategist.
-Hanbei then closed both of his eyes.
Hanbei: I overtax my brain. That's why I have to rest my body to
make up for it.
-Hanbei's face went blank and he fell back asleep.*END*

---
[Take-7] The Cat

-After the battle, Hanbei stood atop a watchtower, blankly gazing at the sky.
--Say something to him.
--Climb the watchtower.

(Say something to him.)
Hanbei: Oh, [Player]. Come on over if you're not busy.
-[Player] climbed the watch tower.*

(Climb the watchtower.)
-[Player] climbed the watchtower soundlessly and greeted Hanbei.
Hanbei: Whoa! [Player]. Don't scare me like that.*

**Hanbei: I didn't hear you until you called out.
Hanbei: You're much stealthier than before. I'm impressed you got by
my keen senses.
--You've got cat-like reflexes, don't you?
--I came sneaking up like a cat.

(You've got cat-like reflexes, don't you?)*
(I came up sneaking like a cat.)*

**Hanbei: Like a cat, huh? I wish I was born a cat.
Hanbei: If must be great being free like that. They look so comfortable 
always lying around sleeping like they do.
Hanbei: Sure, cats fight too sometimes, but it's only to protect
their territory.
Hanbei: At least they don't try and expand their territory like we humans do.
-Hanbei's sad, sleepy expression changed into a smile and he laughed.*END*

---
[Take-8] Life is Short

-[Player] found Hanbei sleeping in the camp after the battle.
-[Player] walked up to him but he didn't wake up. Hanbei was in a deeper 
sleep than usual.
-It looked like as if he were dead...
-Hanbei finally woke up after [Player] shook him.
Hanbei: Hey, [Player]... Oh, was I asleep?
--Maybe you've been working too hard?
--You've gotten weak, haven't you?

(Maybe you've been working too hard?)
Hanbei: Yes, well. I am fairly tired. But I'm fine. Nothing to worry about.
Hanbei: If I'm going to die, I'd like to do it on the battlefield.*

(You've gotten weak, haven't you?)
Hanbei: You say the sharpest things sometimes.*

**-Hanbei stretched as if nothing was wrong.
Hanbei: We won the battle today, but people still had to die.
Hanbei: As a strategist, I'm to blame.
--One the contrary, I feel like you've given me life.
--Insist that it isn't his fault.

(One the contrary, I feel like you've given me life.)*
(Insist that it isn't his fault.)*

**-Hanbei looked up at [Player], surprised.
Hanbei: Oh, I see... I suppose that's how those who live see it.
Hanbei: Thanks, you've lightened my burden.
Hanbei: I though being a strategist meant having to only count the dead bodies
Hanbei: I suppose I was focusing too much on the dead. That's not what 
being a strategist is all about.
Hanbei: It's about saving as many lives as you can.
Hanbei: Isn't it wonderful? People in these troubled times have a chance 
to save others - even on the battlefield.
Hanbei: Even if I go to heel and am called a hypocrite by all of those 
I let die...
Hanbei: My job as a strategist is to save people - to help them to live.
Hanbei: I can tell them that with pride. Thank you, [Player].
Hanbei: What is it you want to accomplish in this messed up world we live 
in, [Player]
Hanbei: Life seems long, but it's short as well. You should take care of 
everything you want to do before it's too late.
Hanbei: Well, I better get back to work before Lord Kanbei thinks I'm off 
just playing around.
-And with that, Hanbei departed.
Hanbei: How many more soldiers can I save, I wonder...?*END

---
[Take-9] The Best Medicine

Hanbei: Well, I made it.
-In the camp after the battle... Hanbei's body was bruised and broken.
Hanbei: Ahh. I can't move.
Kanbei: You push yourself too hard. You're not well.
-Kanbei came to his side. It was almost as if he knew that Hanbei was 
near death.
Hanbei: Lord Kanbei. Can't you at least say something pleasant?
Hanbei: I'm not long for this world, after all.
Kanbei: Indeed. I will honor your last wishes, then.
Hanbei: I don't believe a word you've said. But I wouldn't have you any 
other way, Kanbei.
Hanbei: Then listen to me. Do not mourn my death.
Kanbei: That is a simple thing to do.
Hanbei: What a horrible thing to say! [Player], Lord Kanbei is a monster!
--Yes, a monster!
--He's not so bad!

(Yes, a monster!)
Hanbei: Ah, thank you, [Player]. But I know Lord Kanbei doesn't mean it.

(He's not so bad!)
Hanbei: Very perceptive, [Player]. I know Lord Kanbei is kind, in his own way.

Hanbei: Ahh... I'm so tired.
-Hanbei writhed in agony.
Kanbei: Rest, Hanbei - you've earned it. I will find the path to peace.
-With that, Kanbei turned his back and looked away.
-The "black rice cake" crest was emblazoned on Kanbei's back.
-When Hanbei noticed it, he chuckled softly to himself.
Hanbei: Your words have soothed my soul. I can go to my rest smiling.
Hanbei: Laughter is the best medicine, is it not, Kanbei?
Hanbei: Then... Goodnight.
-Hanbei slowly closed his eyes.
Kanbei: Go in peace, Hanbei.*END*


---
[Mori] (10 events)
Motonari Mori

---
[Mori-1] History Awaits
=Mori Army, Camp=

Motonari: Our foe, Harukata Sue, is courageous, learned, treats his 
subordinates well, acts quickly, and is a paragon of integrity.
Motonari: He should make an easy target.
Motonari: Itsukushima is a vital economy and transportation hub.
Motonari: When I attack Itsukushima and Miao Castle, Harukata will 
immediately come with his troops.
Motonari: Harukata is not so foolish as to send small battalions into 
battle one after another. No, he will come in force, all at once.
Motonari: If he comes with his full army, his overwhelming numbers may 
force defectors from the Mori ranks.
Motonari: Of so he thinks. Itsukushima is not an ideal battlefield on 
which to maneuver a large force.
Motonari: The Sue army of 30,000 men will face our force of less than 
5000. The only way we can neutralize this numerical superiority is 
by fighting here.
Motonari: But we'll also need something else. We must take them by surprise.
Motonari: Thus, we must catch him when he expects we cannot cross the sea; 
tonight's storm will provide perfect cover.
Takamoto: Of course. But Father... The Sue army made landfall at 
Itsukushima ten days ago.
Takamoto: If Karukata takes the field, then Miyao Castle will surely fall. 
If the enemy takes up position at the coast, we may be unprepared for 
an attack.
Motonari: Tehy will not attack. I've got a secret plan to take care
of Harukata.
Motonari: Once I've departed for Itsukushima, the remaining troops will 
feign a revolt, and act as though they have captured our headquarters.
Motonari: Of course, this staged betrayal will unfold in accordance 
with my plan.
Motonari: But the credulous Harutaka will take pause. He will want to 
attack me from both sides with the aid of the defecting lords.
Motonari: But it is just when a man thinks he has outwitted his enemy that 
he is most susceptible to being outfoxed himself.
Takamoto: I see.
Motonari: I chose Itsukushima not only for its value in neutralizing our 
foe's numerical advantage, but for another reason as well.
Motonari: Once we have won, we must be able to eliminate Harukata, to 
prevent his forces from regrouping and launching an attack.
Takamoto: And Itsukushima, surrounded as it is by water, is ideal. On the 
other hand, if it is we who are defeated...
Motonari: Indeed. We will be unable to flee and will be utterly annihilated.
Motonari: But that has its benifits as well. Without such a powerful 
incentive, victory is uncertain.
Motonari: History reveals that those fighting with nothing to lose often 
succumb to defeat.
Motonari: Come - the stormy sea awaits. Let us watch history unfold.*END*

---
[Mori-2] A Busy Death

Motonari: I have fulfilled my duty.
Motonari: Takamoto, I am retiring. Please govern wisely with your brothers.
Takamoto: What...? If you are retiring, Father, then I too must retire.
Motonari: I will not live forever, of course.
Motonari: Though I wish I could continue to fight day and night, heart and 
soul for you, your brothers, and our people, I cannot.
Motonari: [Player], how can I convince Takamoto to accept his responsibility?
--Until you die, he will not.
--That is a harsh request to make out of the blue.

(Until you die, he will not.)
Motonari: Naturally. We may make such decision only when we are forced.*

(That is a harsh request to make out of the blue.)
Motonari: Is it really such a surprise? Death can come for anyone, at 
anytime on the battlefield.*

**Motonari: Death...? Yes. That's it. I would be better if I died.
Takamoto: Father?
Motonari: Takamoto, you must pretend that I have died. If you do, I can 
concentrate on my interest in history.
Takamoto: This is madness!
Motonari: It will be all right - even if we do not become the masters of 
all domains, the Mori clan will endure in peace.
Motonari: Relinquish desire, and live honorably; rule our land kindly 
with your brothers.
Takamoto: ...
Motonari: Thank you, [Player]. Thanks to you, I've found the perfect solution.
Motonari: Henceforth, I am Motonari the Historian. I will preserve the 
stories of the great heroes of our troubled times for posterity.
Motonari: Look as though I'll have plenty to do.*END*

---
[Mori-3] All for One

-After the battle, [Player] and Motonaru were discussing the enemy officer 
Takakane Hironaka.
Motonari: Takakane Hironaka was an old friend. He was quite skilled. He 
must have already discovered my ruses and worked out my plans.
Motonari: He could have abandoned Lod Harukata, or even slain me, 
and survived the battle.
Motonari: Instead, he chose to remain pure, and chose to die by his 
lord's side.
Motonari: But I, due to my schemes and trickery, survive with my hands 
stained with blood.
Motonari: Every time I win a battle, it strikes me...
Motonari: I wonder if history will view me only as a lucky survivor, if I 
will be remembered for any true accomplishments.
Motonari: Many minds, one heart - that's a phrase I borrowed from him.
Motonari: It's a phrase with a lot of gravitas. Many be too much for me.
Motonari: One must struggle every day without fail, no matter the obstacle.
Motonari: But mustn't we bear our burden into the future? History is 
being made every moment, after all. *END*

---
[Mori-4] Subjectivity

Motonari: Ah, it's you. Won't you speak with me for a moment?
Motonari: I wish to write a history of these turbulent times in which we live.
Motonari: We are, after all, living in one of history's great moments.
Motonari: Don't you find the recording of the excitement and passion of 
our times a noble pursuit?
--I do.
--I don't.

(I do.)
Motonari: Maybe you'll end up a historian as well.*

(I don't)
Motonari: It isn't something everybody understands, certainly.*

**Motonari: I scribble furiously everyday to record the events of these 
troubled times.
Motonari: I've run up against every historian's greatest obstacle. No 
matter what I do, I cannot help but inject myself into my writings.
--Inject yourself?
--You mean painting yourself in a favorable light?

(Inject yourself?)
Motonari: Yes. It seems there are certain people to whom I'm partial.*

(You mean painting yourself in a favorable light?)
Motonari: No, not that. No, I know my schemes were heartless.
Motonari: I do not gloss over even the most distasteful facts. One must 
stand before the judgments of one's successors - that is history.
Motonari: However, it seems there are certain people to whom I am partial.*

**Motonari: Pure objectivity is terribly difficult. That is, however, what 
makes the attempt worthwhile.*END*

---
[Mori-5] Instinct and Ambition

-Many small birds gathered near Motonari and Motochika.
-Motochika was playing a delicate tune on his shamisen
Motonari: Ah, it's you. I was just about to feed the birds.
Motonari: Animals are wonderful. They posses no hidden motives.
--You want to be an animal?)
--Are you tired?

(You want to be an animal?)
Motonari: After historian, an animal perhaps. That would be fine. 
What animal would you become?
--A bird.
--A fox.

(You want to be an animal? > A bird.)
Motochika: Excellent... To be free to soar through the sky.
Motonari: To fly whenever and wherever you like, that would be delightful.*

(You want to be an animal? > A fox.)
Motochika: Excellent... To survive in the dark on your cunning alone.
Motonari: That must be a hard life. Once, a rooster i kept as a pet was eaten.
Motonari: I searched all over the mountain for the villain who slew 
my rooster.*

(Are you tired?)
Motochika: As long as we live, we will tire and suffer. Even the great 
Motonari Mori.
Motonari: Even playing dead can tire you out. You should try it sometime.*

**Motonari: Animals live by instinct. They know no jealousy, greed, 
or treachery.</pre><pre id="faqspan-15">
Motochika: The same cannot be said of us. As long as we live, we are 
driven by purpose.
Motonari: Too true. And his purpose can sometimes lead people to...
Motonari: But I prattle on. I'll be scolded for my idle chatter.*END*

---
[Mori-6] The Historian's Roots

-Hanbei and Kanbei sat near Motonari.
Motonari: Greetings. These two have been kind enough to listen to my 
whining and complaining.
Motonari: About the death of Takamoto, you see. Losing a son is a 
terrible thing.
Kanbei: You can have more sons.
Motonari: The queen of the barbarians, when threatened with her child's 
murder, was said to have replied with the same sentiment.
Motonari: But enough of this talk. He was a dutiful, magnificent son.
Motonari: ...
Motonari: In my darker moments, I plucked the hearts of others, and made 
playthings of them in my plotting. I have done much I am not proud of.
Motonari: Outliving my son - perhaps this is my punishment.
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Motonari: I see. Perhaps this is karma, the wages of my evil.
Motonari: Takamoto was an honorable man, nothing like me. So why have I 
survived, and he perished?*

(No.)
Kanbei: That which must be, is. You are not one to try to escape justice 
for your own acts.
Motonari: It is as you say. I am indulging in escapism, perhaps.*

**Motonari: I was not a good father to Takamoto. In many ways.
Motonari: He probably would have liked to put me in my place. A selfless 
and virtuous man like Takamoto...
Motoanri: He would likely have borne his father's sins as his own. He 
would have heard the malicious, resentful voices of my duped enemies.
Mototnari: He probably wanted to ease my loneliness, too. History is full 
of the diabolical machinations of great men.
Hanbei: Is that why you decided to become a historian?
Kanbei: The fact is, you have to tell the truth, no matter how distasteful.
--As it should be.
--That's not it at all.

(As it should be.)
Motonari: It saddens me to hear it put so bluntly.
Kanbei: You are seeking an easy escape. That is not what [Player] intended.
Hanbei: When you realize that your motives are dishonest, you must 
distance yourself from them, and keep them from your accounts.
Hanbei: But there is still some sort of connection - is that not what 
makes history attractive to you, Motonari?*


(That's not it at all.)
Motonari: Really, you don't think so?
Hanbei: Does the motive really matter? If that connection is still there?
Kanbei: Have you discovered something in history beyond atonement 
for your sins?*

**Motonari: You two have taught me much about history.
Motonari: Yes. You have opened my eyes to a new world of ideas.*END*

---
[Mori-7] The Other Side

-[Player] headed towards Motonari's study. Papers were scattered all 
about the room
Motonari: you must be a fellow scholar to have ventured in here.
Motonari: There are no fine teacups or legendary blades. There is nothing 
here but a pile of old wirtings.
Motonari: Are you an avid reader as well?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Motonari: We share an interest, then. Read whatever book strikes your 
fancy, and feel free to read my writings, as well.*

(No.)
Motonari: That's a shame. I suppose you'll be bored then.*

**-Motonari was reading intently.
Motonari: I'm studying the histories of the vanquished. I'm collecting 
accounts of the generals Lord Nobunaga and I defeated.
Motonari: That includes all of my machinations of the past.
Motonari: The victors, the vanquished, and every plot and scheme - they 
are all part of history. None can be omitted from the record.
Motonari: History, too is made of many minds, and one heart. It is formed 
and born of myriad factors.
Motonari: If was you who led me to see the true profundity of history.
Motonari: As soon as my chronicle is complete, I will present you with 
the first copy.
Motonari: Will you accept it?
--With pleasure.
--I will not.

(With pleasure.)
Motonari: Thank you. It won't be long now.*END*

(I will not.)
Motonari: Well... I will continue to write in the hopes that you 
will reconsider.*END*

---
[Mori-8] Snowball Fight

-Upon visiting Chugoku, [Player] found that an unseasonal snow had fallen.
Motonari: There seem to be some sizable drifts remaining.
Motonari: How about a snowball fight? Only if you're up for it, of course.
Motonari: Ready... Go!
-Make many snowballs, and throw them.
-Dig in and wait for Motonari to tire.

(Make many snowballs, and throw them)
Motonari: There! Take that! Ha!
Motonari: Ow! Hey, wait a minute!
Motonari: You don't have to be so aggressive. You're like a wounded 
boar, aren't you?
Motonari: You are like the northern warriors I have heard of - dauntless 
and brave. You could be a great asset to us in our battle against them.*

(Dig in and wait for Motonari to tire.)
Motonari: There! Take that! Ha!
Motonari: Whew, let's take a break. The spirit is willing, but the flesh 
is weak, it seems.
Motonari: You still had that many snowballs? I surrender, I surrender! 
I cannot resist.
Motonari: Perhaps because of ther skill at sailing, the warriors of the 
south are known for their fighting skill and cunning.
Motonari: A clever warrior like yourself could be very useful in our 
battle against them.*

**Motonari: A snowball fight will inure you to the cold and fortify 
your constitution.
Motonari: You can grow strong even through play. That's how I stay in shape.
Motonari: But it's a little cold, so perhaps I shall bring the snow 
indoors next time.*END*

---
[Mori-9] Nobunaga's History

-Motonari stared raptly at Nobunaga.
Motonati: If we can collect all fo the histories, and with your life story 
as a focus...
Motonari: It would make for a splendid tome.
Nobunaga: ... Is that so?
Motonari: But there are no guarantees I shall outlive you, Lord Nobunaga.
MotonariL Isn't that so, [Player]? Should that time come, you'll carry 
on my work, won't you?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Motonari: Hmm... Nevertheless, this is a great undertaking I wish to 
complete myself.
Nobunaga: Why not kill me now and make your job easier?
Motonari: What a terrifying thought, my lord. It does have certain appeal...
Motonari: But one assassination would do little to ease the burden. 
I pray you'll forgive me for sparing your life.*


(No.)
Nobunaga: You have no desire to simply record events. Instead, you wish to 
make history yourself.
Nobunaga: Motonari... You have a splendid subject sitting right next to you.*

**Nobunaga: Ha... Hahaha!*END*

---
[Mori-10] For Generations to Come

Motonari: Ah, forgive me. I've not yet completed my chronicle.
Motonari: Of the most important figure, I've written nothing.
Motonari: I'm referring to you, of course. My history could never be 
complete without a record of your deeds.
Motonari: I will follow you, chronicling as I go. You'll permit me to 
come with you, won't you?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Motonari: Thank you. I knew you would.*

(No.)
Motonari: Don't worry, I won't misrepresent you.
Motonari: I'll write it thus: "According to Motonari, she was 
a peerless beauty."*

**Motonari: The time has come for you to take the nation by storm. History 
will be born in your wake.
Motonari: I will record all of it. And preserve it for posterity.
Motonari: Many great leaders such as yourself shone like stars against the 
darkest of chaos.*END*


---
[Aya] (10 events)
Aya Gozen

---
[Aya-1] The Peach Flower

-In camp after the battle, [Player] was clapped on the shoulder from behind.
-[Player] turned to find Lady Aya standing there imperiously.
-Frightened by her presence, the soldiers in the area quickly departed.
Aya: The young stare with dead eyes, battered beyond exhausted by this 
unrelenting chaos.
Aya: I saw something different in your clear eyes though. Dissatisfaction 
with the way of the world. I came that I might know your tale.
--You aren't mocking me, are you?
--You honor me. You have lifted my spirits.

(You aren't mocking me, are you?)
Aya: Hehehe...
Aya: No, no. Not at all. You are quite wise. One who could discern such a 
subtle nuance would never invite ridicule.
Aya: But it must be dreadful to see things through such a dark and 
pessimistic lens.*

(You honor me. You have lifted my spirits.)
Aya: Hehehe...
Aya: How wonderful. Such ingenuous naivete - that is youth.
Aya: But even if those words contained a hidden venom, your robust 
constitution would protect you.*

**Aya: Once again, I am please to make your acquaintance. I am Aya. 
Elder sister of Kenshin Uesugi.
Aya: I am also called Little Peach by some - you may do so as well. The 
elegance of the peach is unmatched, after all.*END*


---
[Aya-2] Upset Victory

-[Player] was playing Shogi with Lady Aya.
-Aya appeared to have the upper hand. [Player] was in dire straits.
Aya: Is something the matter? You are quite pale.
-Aya smiled with glint in her eyes that suggested a cat toying with a 
mouse. Cold sweat began to bead on [Player]'s brow.
--Look over there - Lord Kenshin!
--Give it your best shot and leave it up to fate.

(Look over there - Lord Kenshin!)
Aya: What?
-Aya looked away. [Player] made as if o move a piece on the board.
-And then, slam! The piece was fixed in place.
-Aya's dagger had skewered it to the board between [Player]'s index
and middle fingers.
Aya: Don't be a fool.
Aya: You planned on moving while my attention was diverted, did you not?
-Before Aya's cold smile, [Player] held the piece immobile.
Aya: It is important to break free of the cage of rules, sometimes.
Aya: That is the purpose of youth, or should I say, the special privilege 
of youth.
Aya: Nevertheless, when one suffers defeat, one must resolve to bear 
one's rightful burden.
-From that point on, [Player]'s recollection was vague.*END*

(Give it your best shot and leave it up to fate.)
-[Player] was determined not to give an inch.
-Eventually, after taking the offensive, [Player] was able to pull off 
an upset victory.
Aya: I am defeated.
Aya: Your concentration was impressive. I lost myself in your lovely face.
-Aya smiled warmly.*END*

---
[Aya-3] The Two Swords

-In camp after battle... [Player] had lost a sword in battle.
Aya: Is something the matter, [Player]? You seem troubled.
-Under Aya's penetrating gaze, [Player] divulged the story in its entirety.
Aya: What a calamity. It just so happens that I found a blade.
-Aya seemed to be teasing [Player].
Aya: Is this silver blade the one you lost on the field?
-A soldier appeared with the silver sword. It was obvious from its weight 
and luster that the sword was forged from pure silver.
--No.
--Yes.

(Yes.)
-[Player] started to say "Yes." Aya's eyes flashed menacingly.
-Sensing danger, [Player] reconsidered. *Forced to pick the other option*

(No.)
Aya: You are honest after all. Then what of this golden sword?
-Two soldiers appeared with a golden blade. The sword was solid gold.
--No.
--Yes.

(Yes.)
-[Player] started to say "Yes." Aya's eyes flashed menacingly.
-[Player] reconsidered once again. *Forced to pick the other option*

(No.)
Aya: You are truly honest. It's this sword. Isn't it?
-Aya silently handed over the sword. It was [Player]'s sword, without
a doubt.
-Aya smiled as she spoke, a satisfied air about her.
Aya: Had you chosen the golden or silver sword, I would have had you carry 
it into your next battle.
Aya: With their terrible weight and softness, they would have made 
exceedingly poor weapons in battle.
--The swords were meant as a lesson.
--I would still find a way to win.

(The swords were meant as a lesson.)
Aya: That would be too obvious, too boring.
Aya: I wanted you to earn the legendary glory that could only be won 
with your sword.
Aya: Perhaps the lesson is that you should always look for an opportunity 
at any moment.
Aya: I want you to become a person strong enough to do that.*

(I would still find a way to win.)
Aya: You never lose the will to fight. That is a worthy trait.*

**-Aya smiled broadly.*END*

---
[Aya-4] Lady Aya and Lady No

-[Player] encountered a most unlikely pair: Lady No and Lady Aya
-Aya issued the first challenge.
Aya: Well, if it isn't the foolish little princess.
No: I wouldn't make any threats you can't back up, my lady.
Aya: Foolish little princess, you wander so recklessly in the full glare 
of the sun, your skin exposed.
Aya: It may seem silly, but I'm worried for you. As you age, it will take 
a terrible toll.
No: Sunlight? I'll just cover myself with your shroud, ghost - problem solved.
--Lady Aya is no ghost!
--Touche, Lady No.
--Flee now, before this gets dangerous.

(Lady Aya is no ghost!)
Aya: [Player], what if it is as the foolish princess says, and I am a 
ghost? A vengeful spirit?
-Aya smiled her trademark mirthless smile.
Aya: That's what you really thought, isn't it?
-[Player] stood glued to the spot.*END*

(Touche, Lady No.)
-[Player] clapped, pointed at Aya, and guffawed.
Aya: You dare to laugh?
-Aya hung her head and pouted.
Aya: You are most unkind.*END*

(Flee now, before this gets dangerous.)
-[Player] fled.
-But Aya and Lday No took up the chase and gained quickly.
No: Stop! If you flee, you will be chased! It's the way of the world.
Aya: Fool! This is proof that your heart is heavy with guilt!
-[Player] was eventually caught, and met an ugly fate. *END*

---
[Aya-5] A Woman?

-Ujiyasu and Aya sipped sake as they contemplated the moon.
Ujiyasu: Dear lady, how fares your dear brother?
Aya: He sharpens his fangs in preparation to hunt the Lion of Kanto.
Ujiyasu: I'm sure he does.
-Ujiyasu emptied three draughts and then set down his cup.
-Aya had just drained her large cup. But the drink appeared to have 
no affect on her.
Aya: There is no other gentleman like Kenshin in all the land. Why has 
Kenshin not taken a wife?
Aya: Are you worried your brother won't marry?
Ujiyasu: Hey, [Player]. Give our distraught Lady Aya the answer to her 
Kenshin quandary.
--I think Kenshin may be a woman.
--Lady Aya has led Kenshin to distrust women.

(I think Kenshin may be a woman.)
Ujiyasu: You only say that because we're drunk.
Aya: Ha! You think so too?
Ujiyasu: Hey, there's no need to take it so seriously.
Aya: I've thought the same thing. He seems almost like a woman at times.
-Ujiyasu held up three fingers and wiggled them before Aya's face.
Ujiyasu: So, my dear, how many fingers am I holding up?
Aya: Are you trying to cast a spell on me?
Aya: Whenever I talk about this, my maid does the same thing.
-Ujiyasu and [Player] looked at each other and laughed.*END*

(Lady Aya has led Kenshin to distrust women.)
-Ujiyasu clamped his hand over [Player]'s mouth.
Ujiyasu: I know what you're going to say. But today, I just want to
drink in peace.
Ujiyasu: I came to look at the moon, and if you stir up trouble, I won't 
be able to relax and enjoy it.
Aya: What's the matter? 
-Aya's eyes were bright with the moonlight, as well as something
more sinister.*END*

---
[Aya-6] The Candle

-One night, Lady Aya called [Player] to her study.
-Aya and Kenshin stood in the candlelit study.
-Aya was lecturing Kenshin sternly about something, an almost sadistic, 
beautiful smile on her face.
-Kenshin offered not a word of protest, but nodded meekly at her words.
Aya: But we have a guest. Let that be all for today.
Kenshin: Yes...
-Kenshin did not so much as glance at [Player] as he departed.
-[Player] brushed by him and sat down silently in the study.
Aya: Is there something you'd like to ask me?
--You've bound Kenshin to your ideology.
--Did you tell Kenshin to die for honor?

(You've bound Kenshin to your ideology.)
Aya: Kenshin must have a reason to fight, a reason to lead.
Aya's expression turned unusually grave.
Aya: Kenshin is extraordinarily powerful, and because of his strength he 
must have reasons to exercise or restrain it.
Aya: I give him those reasons. Without them, he would falter.
-Aya pointed to one of the candles.
Aya: If left burning, a candle will slowly wear away to nothing...
Aya: But extinguishing it would accomplish nothing.
Aya: We must not feel guilty for consuming the candle for its light.
Aya: Instead we must give thanks for its light while it lasts.
-[Player] was stunned into silence by the power of Aya's argument.*END*

(Did you tell Kenshint to die for honor?)
Aya: Do you object?
Aya: A world with nothing more precious than life would be unbearably desolate
-Aya laughed archly.
-The two sat unspeaking as the night spread out before them.*END*

---
[Aya-7] Masakage Nagao's Death.

-Aya's husband, Masakage Nagao, had perished. He had drowned while sailing.
-Masakage Nagao was one of Kenshin's chief retainers, but was preciously 
his foe.
-A rumor that that Kenshin had orchestrated his death began to circulate 
and gather credibility.
Aya: Forgive me, [Player]. I wish to be alone.
--Leave her alone.
--There is no need for sorrow. This chaos brings death to all.

(Leave her alone.)
-Aya kept her composure, acting as though nothing out the ordinary 
had occurred.
-She would no doubt maintain her regal demeanor the next day, when she was 
to appear in public.
-[Player] looked at the grieving Aya and quietly departed.
Aya: Thank you.
-[Player] heard Aya's soft voice.*END*

(There is no need for sorrow. This chaos brings death to all.)
-The normally stolid Aya scowled, aware that her outburst had been observed.
Aya: How can one who cannot grieve for the death of one man preach about 
the lives of thousands?
Aya: Stop your prattling, fool. Are you such an imbecile that you've 
forgotten how to simply walk away?
-[Player] had no choice but to leave Aya to herself.*END*

---
[Aya-8] Aya's Disciple

-[Player] was chatting with Aya and Kanetsugu.
Kanetsugu: You were the one who discovered my talent, and secured my 
position as attendant to Lord Kagekatsu.
Kanetsugu: You forged my passion and fortitude, and made me who I am 
today - successor to Lord Kenshin's honor.
--You have a relationship based on love and honor.
--Do you regret it, Lady Aya?

(You have a relationship based on love and honor.)
Aya: You flatter me.*

(Do you regret it, Lady Aya?)
Aya: What a foolish question.
-Aya smiled faintly.
Aya: When one has presumed too much, one laughs quietly as though it was 
intended all along.
Aya: That is the way of an adult.*

** Kanetsugu: What?
Aya: But I will say this.
Aya: Kanetsugu, you radiant spirit is something to be esteemed across the 
land - and through the generations.
Kanetsugu: My lady!
Aya: Perhaps I have gone too far.*END*

---
[Aya-9] Desires

Aya: What is your desire?
Aya: You who struggle through battle after battle - what do you hope to 
achieve by fighting?
--The end of this chaos. I know it is a lofty ambition.
--You are my desire, my lady.

(The end of this chaos. I know it is a lofty ambition.)
Aya: That is nothing to be ashamed of.
-Aya gently clasped [Player]'s hand and continued.
Aya: There is no value in an aspiration that can be achieved easily 
and by anyone.
Aya: It is only by voicing an impossible dream that one's true character 
is born.
Aya: You must work tirelessly towards your goal, and prove that even the 
impossible can be achieved.
-Aya smiled warmly at [Player]'s uncertain expression.
Aya: That's right. What is important is that you never give up on your 
goal. It doesn't matter if you succeed or not.
Aya: When you display your determination, your energy, your dedication, 
others will notice, and the world will change.
Aya: That is what I believe to be the true nature of war.*END*

(You are my desire, my lady.)
-[Player] spoke in a dashing voice.
Aya: You mock me.
-[Player] stared at Aya, who was trying to laugh the matter off.
Aya: You shouldn't tease me.
-Aya smiled despite her puzzlement.*END*

---
[Aya-10] On the Boat

Aya: Let's go sailing.
-[Player] had come to the docks to meet Aya.
-Aya's husband had drowned while sailing. The very sight of a boat must 
have pained her.
-Aya spoke, smiling ruefully.
Aya: It's all right.
Aya: You're trying to achieve the impossible, after all.
Aya: I understand why you have chosen lighthearted banter and not serious 
conversation of late.
Aya: Your determination made me feel as though I too could overcome 
any obstacle.
Aya: I did this to show you that the world turns in response to show 
your determination.
--But what if the boat capsizes?
--Yes, my lady!

(But what if the boat capsizes?)
Should that time come, you, who would save the world, could easily rescue 
me from my fate.*

(Yes, my lady!)
Aya: You are a pillar of strength.
Aya: If our boat capsizes, I have no doubt that you would rescue me.
Aya: After all, you are the champion who will save the world. My rescue 
would be a simple matter in comparison.* 

**-Aya smiled sweetly and walked toward the boat.*END*


---
[Fuku] (7 events)
Masanori Fukushima

---
[Fuku-1] A Fool's Strength

-Showing no concern for Mitsunari and Kiyomasa, Masanori shouted out!
Masanori: We did it! Our time for rule is here!
--Huzzah!
--Calm yourself.

(Huzzah!)
Masanori: Yeah! We've done it, [Player]!*

(Calm youself.)
Masanori: Huh! Tell me to calm down, will you?*

**Mitsunari: Settle down. It is not completely over.
Masanori: Just how big-headed are you? Let your hair down for once, 
why don't you?
Sakon: He's right. It is traditional to celebrate on these occasions.
Mitsunari: I suppose that is human nature.
-Kiyomasa smiled as he watched Masanori and Mitsunari.
Masanori: Hm? What are you smiling about, Kiyomasa?
Kiyomasa: Sorry, it just seemed funny.
Kiyomasa: We've just been in battle, ready to die at any moment, ever 
since we were kids. We sharpened our skills and we're older now.
Kiyomasa: But nothing seems to have changed on the inside. That goes for 
me, for Mitsunari and for you too, Masanori.
Kiyomasa: We're still just dumb kids.
Masanori: What are you talking about, Kiyomasa? That's not true.
Masanori: No matter how you look at it, we're big, strong, dangerous 
adults! Right, [Player]?
--You're stupid adults.
--You're dangerous fools. 

(You're stupid adults.)*
(You're dangerous fools.)*

**Masanori: Hey!
Sakon: There's nothing wrong with being stupid.
Sakon: You three fools are trying to unite this land, right?
Sakon: That kind of plan can only be born from stupidity.
Mitsunari: In that case, I have high expectations of the power of fools.
Kiyomasa: So, [Player], how about joining our circle of fools?
Masanori: You want in, right, [Player]? We're mad, all of us! Ha!*END*

---
[Fuku-2]  Picking a Fight

-Meanwhile, as Hideyoshi continued his conquest of domains on the road 
to peace...
-[Player] was wandering through the town.
Kai: [Player], you should stay away from there.
Kunoichi: Someone's fighting, apparently.
-Masanori and Masamune were arguing heatedly.
Masanori: All right then! You want a fight, you've got it!
--Break them up.
--Egg them on.

(Break them up.)*
(Egg them on.)*

**-[Player] ran up to Masanori.
Kai: Wha...? Wait just a minute now!
-Kai and Kunoichi ran up on [Player]'s heels.
Masanori: Whoa, [Player]! Hear me out!
Masanori: That fool was staring at my hair and laughing. I couldn't help 
but get angry.
Masamune: I only said it was interesting. Temper, temper. I'm far too 
busy to waste my time mocking a fool like him.
Masanori: Why you! You won't escape so easily!
--Get him!
--Stop, you fool!

(Get him!)*
(Stop, you fool!)*

**Kai: What are you thinking, fighting in the middle of the road? Are you 
trying to be a nuisance?
Kunoichi: You got yelled at by a girl. For shame.
Masanori: You shut your-... I won't be talked to like this for some 
unrefined excuse for a girl!
Kai: Well I won't be yelled at by some pathetic, brawling oaf!
Kunoichi: Ha, ha! Dolt. You unlovable twit.
Masanori: Grrrrrrr - gah! That's it! I dare you to call me that one more time!
Kai: Why is that? Can you do something other than fight?
Masanori: [Player]! What am I best at?
--Fighting.
--Being stupid.

(Fighting.) *
(Being stupid.)*

**Masanori: See, I told you - hey!
Kai: Well, we've nothing to discuss. I've no interest at all in a man 
without a brain.
Kunoichi: Times are hard, after all. I wish I could find a good man to 
serve, one who could make me complete.
Kai: A strong, competent, clever warrior...
Masanori: That's me - me!

-Several days later, [Player] visited Masanori at hom.
-Writings on trade and architecture lay scattered about, while Masanori 
was bent over his desk, a scowl on his face.
Masanori: Damn it! It's no use! I don't understand a word!
Masanori: I really am an idiot.
--No you're not.
--Well...

(No you're not.)*
(Well...)*

**Masanori: All I hear every day is how stupid I am. Maybe it's started 
to stick.
Masanori: Whenever Kiyomasa and Mitsunari discuss something complex, they 
always leave me out.
Masanori: Even though we three are supposed to be protecting our clan, 
I'm always the odd man out.
--You have your own strengths.
--What's wrong with being stupid?

(You have your own strengths.)*
(What's wrong with being stupid?)*

**Masanori: Hey, you're right! Maybe being stupid's not so bad!
Masanori: You're right. There must be something else I'm good at!
--What could it be?
--No, there's nothing.

(What could it be?)*

(No, there's nothing.)
Masanori: Shut up! That's not true!*

**Masanori: Uh... Hmm. I know! Pure brute strength!
Masanori: When I get into a fight, I bring unmatched brute strength. 
Great, huh? Yeah? Isn't that it!?
Masanori: Haha! My stupidity is my greatest strength! I'm going to become 
as dim as I can!
Masanori: I feel so much better! [Player], let's go treat ourselves to 
something delicious.*END*

---
[Fuku-3] Men of Kyushu

-The Toyotomi camp after the conquest of Kyushu... Masanori celebrated alone.
Masanori: Ho, [Player], over here!
Masanori: That's one baaaad guy over there.
-Masanori pointed toward Muneshige and Yoshihiro Shimazu, who had recently 
proven his loyalty to the Toyotomi.
--Muneshige Tachibana?
--Yoshihiro Shimazu?

(Muneshige Tachibana?)
Masanori: Yeah, him!
Masanori: He's bad. He's a real ladies' man! As soon as he came, 
everyone's just swooning!
Masanori: And he's already got a wife!
Masanori: How can it be? It's not fair! It's just too much.
Masanori: I wonder - does having a wife make you more attractive to 
other girls?
Masanori: I'll be married too, just you watch! Then I'll finally be popular!
Masanori: Hmm... What kind of girl should I marry, then? What type is 
right for me?
--A great beauty.
--A cute maiden.

(A great beauty.)*
(A cute maiden.)*

**Masanori: That's it! Oho, here I come!
Kiyomasa: You bunch of fools.
Masanori: Hey, Kiyomasa! What type of girl do you think would suit Kiyomasa?
--A great beauty.
--A cute maiden.

(A great beauty.)*
(A cute maiden.)*

**Kiyomasa: Fools.
--Why don't we three head for the village and find you a woman?
--I don't think Kiyomasa's interested.

(Why don't we three head for the village and find you a woman?)*
Kiyomasa: Fools.
Masanori: That's the third time you've said it.*END*

(I don't think Kiyomasa's interested.)
Kiyomasa: It's exhausting just being around you. In fact, it's downright 
painful sometimes.
Masanori: Come on, Kiyomasa! Laugh for a change!
Kiyomasa: Fools. *END*

(Yoshihiro Shimazu?)
Masanori: Yeah, him!
Masanori: I just noticed something... Isn't that the Devil? The Devil Shimazu?
Masanori: The Shimazu are the Devil Brigade! And he's their leader!
Masanori: That's it! I've got no choice but to try and take over the 
Devil's Brigade!
--If anyone can do it, you can.
--What brigade?

(If anyone can do it, you can.)
Masanori: You think so? Follow me to the top, [Player]!*

(What brigade?)
Masanori: Ah, I see. Well if we're going to get this done, we'll need 
me, you, and Kiyomasa.*

**Mitsunari: I wondered what all the ruckus could be and lo and behold, 
it's a fool and his folly.
Masanori: Get lost. I won't have any pompous blowhards in my brigade.
Mitsunari: What on earth are you talking about?
--We're talking about Masanori leading a brigade.
--Mitsunari, don't you want to reach the top with us?

(We're talking about Masanori leading a brigade.)*

(Mitsunari, don't you want to reach the top with us?)
Masanori: You're too soft! But it's the soft ones who get all the ladies...*

**Mitsunari: Honestly, I couldn't care less.
Masanori: Even though you strut about acting as though you know it all, 
you don't get it!
Masanori: We're headed for the top! You just wait! You'll see! Right?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)*
(No.)*

**Mitsunari: Honestly, I couldn't care less.*END*

---
[Fuku-4] Boys will be Boys

Masanori: It's our world now!
Masanori: Yeah!
--Yeah!
--Aren't we going to wait for Kiyomasa?

(Yeah!)
Masanori: Yeah!
Masanori: ...
Masanori: You're right, two won't be enough - I'll get Kiyomasa.
Where is Kiyomasa?*

(Aren't we going to wait for Kiyomasa?)
Masanori: I don't know. I want Kiyomasa to be able to share in the glory.*

**Masanori: It's seems like I'm always by myself recently...
Masanori: Hey! Am I being left out?
--Yes.
--No.

(Yes.)
Masanori: I knew it!
Masanori: Grrrr... Two it is, then! I may be stupid, but a fool cannot be 
made a fool of!*

(No.)
Masanori: Maybe it's just my imagination. Yeah, that's it.*

**Hideyoshi: Hey, Masanori. So this is where you've been.
Masanori: My lord, Lady Nene! My congratulations on your victory!
Nene: How odd... Are Kiyomasa and Mitsunari not with you?
Masanori: It would appear that way. It seems I am without my companions.
Nene: it doesn't have to be that way. I think those two are rather fond 
of you, Masanori.
Masanori: Even old big-head?
Nene: Of course. But they can be quite difficult, can't they? You're 
just overwrought.
Hideyoshi: Try not to think too much. Just sock those two instead.
Hideyoshi: When we become adults, there are some things that can't be 
conveyed with words.
Hideyoshi: When that happens, you three should fight like children.
Hideyoshi: So get muddy, say what you want to say, and then get back to 
getting along.
Hideyoshi: Fighting is your specialty, isn't it, Masanori?
Masanori: My lord...
Nene: All three of you are grown, for goodness sakes. It's really very silly.
Hideyoshi: True enough. A family should be energetic and lively! 
That's the way of things, no?
Hideyoshi: If not, why did we create this world where everyone can live, 
and laugh, in peace?
Masanori: Yes! In that case, I swear!
Masanori: I, Masanori Fukushima, will serve my duty faithfully as 
Brawler-in-Chief of the Toyotomi Clan!*END*

---
[Fuku-5] Friendships Ended
=Osaka Castle, Surrounds=

-After Hideyoshi's death, a struggle for succession fractured the 
Toyotomi clan.
-Once Toshiie Maeda died, Masanori Fukushima and others decided to oppose 
Mitsunari Ishida.
-Masanori led his troops in an attack on Mitsunari's residence in Osaka.
Masanori: As soon as Toshiie died, that cad started throwing his weight 
around like he was somebody.
Masanori: I won't have it! I will finish it here, or die trying.
Kiyomasa: ...
Masanori: Sorry to get you involved, Kiyomasa.
Kiyomasa: It's fine. It's too late for me anyway.
Kiyomasa: I've had a change of heart. I'm with the Tokugawa now.
Masanori: What?*END*

---
[Fuku-6] Make him See Sense
=Eastern Army, Camp=

-Oyama in Shimotsuke - Masanori Fukushima's encampment with the Eastern 
Army. Masanori looked at his reflection in his cup.
Masanori: Kiyomasa - how could you?
Masanori: All this talk about fighting Mitsunari to protect our clan - 
tell me you're only joking.
Masanori: We three have been together for so long. It will never feel the 
same if we are separated.
Masanori: We must stay together, we three.
Masanori: It's just not fair!
Masanori: I don't understand! Why can't we stay together!?
Masanori: Back then, when I want after big-head... I'd lost my temper.
Masanori: Even then, when we fought like brats, we still stayed together.
Masanori: And then we became adults and hid our anger, talking instead of 
fighting like idiots.
Masanori: It wasn't easy, you know. Because we three were always together.
Masanori: We should have been together until the end.
Masanori: Those two are the idiots, aren't they? Neither of them have 
even begun to understand.
Masanori: If it's a fight they want, then a fight they'll get! I'm 
going ot teach them a lesson they won't forget!

-The next morning, the Eastern Army war council convened, and news of 
Mitsunari's raising of troops and the fall of Fushimi Castle was heard.
Ieyasu: Mitsunari will likely hold our generals' families left behind in 
Osaka as hostages.
Ieyasu: Even if we set out after Mitsunari immediately, there is nothing 
to be done.
Masanori: Alright!
-Masanori was suddenly overcome with rage.
Masanori: I have to make that fool come to his senses, even if I have to 
beat it into him!
Masanori: Lord Ieyasu! I beg you, let me lead the attack!

-Awed by Masanori's display, the war council was unanimous in their 
decision to force a decisive battle, with Masanori in the vanguard.*END*

---
[Fuku-7] Laugh and Fight

-The Eastern Army claimed victory at Sekigahara.
-Mitsunari Ishida, commander of the Western Army, escaped, but several 
days later, he was captured and brought to Otsu Castle.

Officer: To live on is the ultimate disgrace. Just how foolish is 
that Mitsunari?
Officer: It would only have been proper for a general to take the 
noble path of seppuku.
Masanori: What did you say?!
Masanori: Are you looking for a beating? It's only fitting that the 
commander should survive.
Masanori: He did nothing foolish. It is a man's duty never to give up, no 
matter what happens.
Tadakatsu: Well said.
Masanori: Huh? Tadakatsu?
Tadakatsu: Continue. And with your hand, reveal the sunlit land.
Masanori: Y-yeah, uh, yeah!
Masanori: Right! Let's go, [Player].
--I'm right behind you.
--Where to?

(I'm right behind you.)*

(Where to?)
Masanori: Gaaaaah! What are you talking about, you twit!?
Masanori: Haven't you figured it out? We're going to give Mitsunari and 
Kiyomasa theirs!*

**Masanori: I know I won't lose to them, I know it!
Masanori: I can feel the sheer brute power coursing through me! Right now, 
there is nothing I cannot achieve!
Masanori: I will beat those two into the ground, and then I will laugh in 
their faces!
Masanori: I can't reach them quickly enough! I'll remind them what's what!
Masanori: Yeah!*END*